Ancient China. The Shoo king, or the historical classic, illustrated by later commentators, tr ...

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

4»/-5V^4« .

k

Ancient China

THE SHOO KING,

OR THE

HISTORICAL CLASSIC

BEING THE

MOST A NCIENT AUTHENTIC RECORD

OF THa

ANNALS OP THE CHINESE EMPIRE :

ILLUSTRATED BY

LATER COMMENTATORS,

TRANSLATED BY

W. H. MEDHURST, sen.

SHANGHAE:

PRINTED AT THE MISSION PRESS

1846.

0m

PREFACE,

IBY THE TRANSLATOR.

'^^ fif f& Shoo-king, or Historical Classic, is held
in great veneration by the Chinese. It is supposed to
have been compiled by Confucius, from materials which
existed in his days : (B. C. 500.) During the reign of

i& S *??? Ch^-hwdug-te (B. C. 220), when the books
were burnt, and the literati buried alive, especial enquiry
was made after the Historical Classic, in order by its
entire demolition to blot out every trace of preceding
emperors, and make posterity, believe that the ruthless
monarch of that age was the first who had ever ruled
over China, in consequence of this savage spite
against the Shoo-king, not a single copy of it was any

where to be found ; and when ^ ^ W&n-t^, of the
JH Hdn dynasty, (B. C. 178) wished to revive literature,
and to restore this important historical document to the
world, he was obliged to have recourse to an old mar,

named {j^ ^ Fuh-s&ng, then 90 years of age, residing
at ^^ Tse-ndn-foo, in flf ^ Shan-tung, who in
the reign of Ch^-hw&ng-t^ had been one of the principal
literati, and who to escape death had put out his eyes
and feigned idiotcy. The loss of his visual organs, how-
ever, appeared to be no impediment to his communicat-
ing the knowledge of the Shoo-king, for he had the
greater part of it so strongly imprinted on his memory
as to be able to repeat it by heart. One j^ ^ Chaoa-
seth took down in writing what fell from his lips, and
when his peculiar dialect rendered his expressions ob-
scure, perscms from bis native province were brought,
who pointed out more definitely the characters intended

IV

by the blind repeater. In this way a great portion of
the book wts recovered, and because it was penned in
the form of writing current in that day it was called the
modem text. Some years afterwards, in the reign of

g^ tj^ Wo6-te (B. C. 140,) when ^ i Kung-wang, of

the ^ Lo6 state, was pulling down the former abode
of Confucius, he discovered a number of books, amongst
which was the Shoo*king, writen in the ancient
character. This having been decyphered by a descen-
dant of the sage, c^Ued ^ ^ ^ K'hiiog*gan*kw6, was
published by him, accompanied with a commentary, and
aenomi]>ated the ancient text, from the form of character
io which it was written. This more recently discovered
copy appears more full than the former one, and forma
the basis of the present editions of the Shoo-king.
It c6ntain8, as will be seen in the translation, 58 sec-
tipnfi ; though it is supposed by many that the original
Shoo-king comprised 100 sections, 42 of which are now
irrecoverably lost. Much of what remains also is
variously mutilated, and chronologically deranged, so
that many passages are obscure and unintelligible^ to
tihe Chinese commentators themselves.

Whether the book now presented in an English
d^ss.be the identical work compiled by Confucius, and
whethet that phil-osopher drew his information from
authentic sources, must be left in a great njeasure unde-
tjided. For hiiriSelf, the Translator does not see arfy
fgreat reason to be sceptical upon either of these points,
and notwithstanding a rather flippant critique upon the
Shoo*king, contained in the Chinese Repository for Dec.
1839, the authenticity and antiquity of the Historical
Classic would appear to be as worthy of credit as any
ot the most famous productions of ancient pagan au-

' The period embraced by the Shoo-king extends to

about €30 years, from the reign of ^ Yadu, B. C.

2366, to that of ^ 3$ Plng-w4ng, who died B. C. 721 .
An incideBtal reference, rn the commencement of the
^iVMk, to the stars culminating on the eveniDgs of the

sotetlces and equinoxes, would place the point at which
the eclii^ic crossed the equinoctial 57^ degrees behmd
what it was A. D. 1800, thus showing the age of Yadu,
nvhen the observation is said to have been made, to differ
from the present upwards of 4000 years. It is tnre
the difference of length between the solar and tropical
years was noticed, and a rate (though erroneous)
assigned to it in China, so early as A. D. 350 ; and
more correctly about A. D. 600. Yet previous to that
period, and still less in the days of Confucius, the
Chinese do not seem to have been aware of it. To
suppose, tlierefore, that the whole is a fabrication, and
that the Chinese have dated back the precession of the
equinoxes, in order to exalt the antiquity of their na-
tion, would be to give them more credit for cunning,
not to say science, than they seem really to possess ;
and would make the work of such recent origin, as
by no means to agree with the antique style of the
work. Besides, as the work is quoted frequently in
the Four Books, which al] writers agree in assign-
ing to the S'ge of Confucius and his disciples, it
mu^t have existed, in some form, before the Four
Books were penned ; and if the materials from which it
was drawn existed before the age of Confucius, then
certainly before the Chinese understood the theory oif
the precession of the equinoxes, or could, if they would,
have antedated the sign in which the sun crossed the
equator, in order to suit their views. To recur again to
the style of the original, it is confessedly so abstruse
and concise, \\hile so many obsolete and antiquated
terms are employed, as to make it differ in toto from
the works ascribed to Confucius' own pen, and still
more from those written by his disciples and successors ;
so that it would appear almost irripossible for a perscm
accustomed to the style of later ages to have adopted t
phraseology like that of the Shoo-king, or to have pro-
ducerd a work so penned. It may be difficult to pro^^
to the satisfaction of all parties the high antiquity of th^
work referred to, but certainly those who would under-
take toesteblish the comparative modemness of its orl-

VI

gin, have taken upon themselves a much harder task,
and must cope with difficulties of a more formidable
character. The trifling manner in which the critic, a-
bove referred to, has taken up the question, seems to us
the most unlikely method to elicit truth, and we scarce-
ly scruple to assert, that in the same playfal mood gra-
ver and weightier questions might be easily disposed of,
on which hang the eternal interests of immortal men.
Even the Pentateuch of Inspiration, if subjected to a
process of pleasantry, would hardly come out unscath-
ed from the ordeal, and the faith of some well-meaning
persons might soon be overturned, if what they most
venerate were attacked by ridicule.

In a treatise on Chinese music, by the late Mr. Tra-
descant Lay, that gentleman has remarked ; ^^ It has
been asserted that the Chinese have no science ; but
of a surety, if we advance in the free and scholar-like
spirit of antiquarian research, we shall be obliged to set
our feet upon the head of this assertion at every step
of our progress." In the exhibition here given of an-
cient and authentic Chinese ideas, the observation of
Mr. Lay will be fully borne out ; without optical instru-
ments, with a mistaken theory, and at a period when
our race was in its very infancy, the Chinese have dis-
played an acquaintance with astronomy, as accurate as
It is wonderful ; which nothing but the most attentive
and long-continued observation could have afforded
them, and which as far as it went is not falsified by the
more splendid discoveries of modern science. The sim-
ple fact of Tadu's having discovered, that an entire year,
reckoned in sidereal time, consisted of 366 days, or that
hi the compass of a year the sun fell behind the stars
by a whole circumference of the heavens, is so much in
advance of his age, that we can account for it in no
other way, than by his haviag received his knowledge
from the antediluvian patriarchs, the length of whose
age enabled them to make observations which would
escape the notice of their short-lived successors.

The fsystem of music exhibited in the following pages
is not fully understood, but the more it is examined, the

Til

more it is found to be based on scientific principles. 4*
cord of 81 Hnes in length is taken, which when brought
to a certain tension is found by striking to produce a
certain sound. This being divided into thirds, and one
third deducted, is found to give another sound. If this
second cord be divided into thirds, and one third added,
it mil produce another determinate sound, and so on ;
a^ may be seen by a reference to the passage in the Ca-
non of Shtin. According to Mr. Lay, melody, with the
Chinese, grew out of harmony, or the reciprocal arrange-
ment of the several notes. The Chinese had all me
materials for a mathematical contemplation of music ;
tubes and strings, proportioned by art were the tutors,
of whom the ear learned to measure out the distance
of one interval from another.

The labours performed by the Great J^ Yu, in the
draining of the land, in order to bring it under culti-
vation, seem to have been as stupendous and extensive
as they were scientific and usefiil. Embanking and
controlling the intractable Yellow River, levelling hills
and filling up marshes, were undertakings of no mean
nature, and required for their effectual completion a de-
gree of knowledge and energy seldom met with. To
which niay be added, the survey and draining of the couuf
try, extending over an area of nearly 1,000 miles eath
way, through regions unprovided with roads and bridges,
and over mountains and streams of terrific magnitude^
Surely Yt^*s knowledge of surveying must have been
far from contemptible, to have effected such gigantic
works, at such a period.

And then we must not omit a reference to the moral
philosophy and political economy dis|>layed in the work
before us ; the lessons of practical wisdom therein con-,
tained are applicable to all ages and nations. Even iti
enlightened Europe, and at this advanced period of the
world's civilization, something may be learned from the
Shoo-king, and as long as the world retains its distinc-
tion and connection between high and low, rich add poor,
the principles^ of reciprocal justice and affection, respect
and obedience herein laid down will keep their ground.

TUl

The Historicftl Classic, however, has one defect, and
that is the want of relig'ion. The Supreme is sometknes
spoken of, and his superintendence over the affiurs of
men referred to. But then the august Majesty of the
skies is not unfrequently identified with the material
heavens, and associated in honour with the supposed
Spirits of hills and rivers, and the manes of departed
ancestors and heroes. Love to the Great God and Fa-
ther of all is never inculcated, and the mode of reconci-
liation with an offended God, or the fact of a medi-
ation between Gtxl and man, not so much as once hint-
ed at. it constitutes the best specimen of natural reli-*
§pion, derived from an independent source^ with which
we are at present acquainted ; and yet it is miserably
deficient in all that respects the. spiritual and eternal
interests of man.

Whatever it be, however, it is far from bein^ famili-
ar and intelligible to the generality of the modern Chi-
nese. Amongst those bearing the name of teachers,
few can be found, who have ever beard it explained,
or have taken the trouble themselves to unravel it.
It is indeed often committed to memory by schoolboys,
as a task, but it is rarely the case that a Chinese urchin
finds his pedago^ue ia the humour or the capacity to
explain it to him ; at the literary examinations for
bachelors of aits, an acquaintance with the Shoo-king
ia not considered necessary to the attainment of a de-
gree, and it is only when the distinctions of masters of
arts or doctors of law are contended for, Ibat the
Shoo-king is used as a text-book among the candidates ;
thus, with the exception of a few isolated quotations,
and recognized principles, with which all scholars are
familiar, the Shoo-king remains, as to the generality of
the Chinese, a dead letter.

A translation of this book has already appeared in
the French language, from the pen of M. Gaubil, re-
vised and corrected by M. De Guignes. That trans^
lation is, however, too free, and in many respects
faulty, and never having been comnaoaly known i^
England, it has not been thougbt b^ work of supererp-

gation to lay the following sheets before the Britisli
public. The obscurity and conciseness of the original
has rendered it no easvy task to present the thoughts of
the Chinese author to the European reader, sa as to in-
terest without misleading. Xb^ mutilations, tranposi-
tions, and omissions tewhicfh the text is subject in many
parts has of course increased the obscurity of certain
ptasf^gas; ig[i4 the r^ermllfiod, particaiiariy tfboof
the middle of the book, man^ dry and unintelligible
sente^ises, but passing ^, t^ studeat will meet with
some rich a:.d deep thoughts, which will fully repay him
iar the trouble pf Irs^iqg thpp^l^ flibpiniorp rt^t^ fmd ob-
scure pj»s^a^e9 r

For the benefit of students in IJhipdSf , fte text S3
interspejrsed with tike translation, so as to afford a pxf^t^
ty jcorrect clue to ihe i^ienniag of each particiilaj: rfnH
jacter. I"he desire to preserve the original texi; perlei*,
\yoXh as to nunvber and duposil^on of th^ wprda, ini9
ipade the tranaflation a tittle ^lore stiff than it ptb^rmae
jvouid have }iaen» but the advaqtage to thp stmlevt, it
in i>restimedyniill more than counterbalaqce ^is defec^t,
'isWiie the general reader will be uble to proceed with-
ftui iregardiug (h^ Ohiniese j^iiKters.

Tlie IcanslaitQr has thought it advisea;ble to «ffix to
liistorleal idaseic, H4Bh'(Mrteompondiwn ofChiiieM
^«3toigr« annulling ^thiHiilt^ tbe periods vef^Mred to in the
ShfiOpkiiDg; and jdesigned to assist ihe «tttdeat in lakh%
ra fi(auiectci view^of tiie <whole.

.' fiftviog ixeeip obliged to steal a fe w iBoments of time
?inm «94jwr move weigbty and pressing duties, foi the
:|Mrepa|;<tftOQ jof the. folbwing paj^ for the press, the
atiwnslator thcHjoys^higis^lf appn the indiflgence of the
-^pMie^; being mpce than «ia^sfied, if by this slight
'ifrfbrt,: he oiay imt »upoee4 ia brini^ing £agland better
-MQiiaipted with KJhina, and establishing a more lively
^immBt in its claiiofl.

SsAKBHAEy Oet« 1646.

PREFACE

BT THE COMMENTATOR ^ *J^ TSAE-CH HIN,
THE DIBCIPLB OP ^[^ ^ CHOO-WAN-KUNG.

In the winter of the 5th year odfL ^ Ning-tsung,
of the ^ Sung dynasty, (A. D. J2U0,) my master

^ ^ ^ Choo-w&n-kuDg ordered me to make a
commentary on the Historical Classic, but in the
following year my preceptor died. Ten years after that,
1 brought m V work to a conclusion, the sum of which
amounted to thousands and myriads of words, but alas !
how difficult have I found it to explain these records.
The regulations of the two autocrats (^ Yadu and ^
Shiin) with those of the three founders of dynasties (^
y 6, 1^ r'hang, and -^ ft W&n*wod), being the great
rules and patterns for the whole world, are all contained
in these C'lassics, and how can a superficial view, or a
slight acquaintarce be sufficient to display their deep
mysteries ! Moreover, born as we are after a lapse of
several thousand years, and desiring as we do to explain
the events thit hcive transpired so many centuries ago,
we must expect to find it difficult But the regulations
of the two autocrats and the three founders originated
in right principles ; the principles of those illustrious
men were derived from right feeling, let us but embody
those feelings?, and their principles and politica may
certainly be elucidated. How is this ? Why, single-
ness of purpose and adherence to die due medium were
the principles on which Yadu, Sh6n, and Yii handed the
government over to each other: firmness and perseverance
were the principles which actuated T'hang and Woo,
the respective founders of the Shang and Chow dynas*

ties. But wliether they advocated ntlour or benevolence,
respect or sincerity, however varying the terms employ-
ed, the principle was one and the same, which was
none other than the elucidation of the wonderful opera-
tions of right feeling. When they spoke of Heaven, they
severely scrutinized the origin from whence right feel-
ing came : if they alluded to the people, it was to ex-
amine carefully the object towards which this right
feeling was manifested : ceremony, music, and pu*>lio
instruction evinced the display of this feeling ; while
classics, liternture, and intelligent men were the means
of setting it forth. Families being well regulated, th#
states properly governed, and the empire at (>eace, this
was the carrying out of tbisi same right feeling. Oh how
abundant, then, are the excellent qualities of right
feeling! The three autocrats and the three founders
of dynasties preserved this feeling. ^ KeS and ^
Shdvfn the last monarchs of the Ueaand Shang dynas^
ties, lost this feeling, ji^ ^ Iha^-kfri and ^ 9E
CUng*w&ng, the second monarchs of the above-named
djfnasties, after some effort, were enabled to maintain
^is feeling. l*hose who preserve this feeling promote
jright rule, those who lose it produce confusion : thus
the difference between good government and wild up*
roar consists in the maintenance or relmquishmetit of
this) feeling. The rulers of subsequent ages, who have
a desire to carry out the regulations of the two autocrats
and the three founders, must not omit to study their
principles: and those who wish to embody their princi-
pleSv must not neglect the right feeling which they dis-
l^ayed. .But which way is a person to attain to this
right.feelingvif he neglect the Historical Classic?

From the commencement of my study of this docu-
ment, 1 have dived into its meanings and examined the
various opinions respecting controverted passages; be-
ing thus thortrnghiy versed and acquainted with the
subject, 1 have presumed to decide between conflicting
opinipn^, but with regard to minute expressions and
abstruse meanings, 1 have very much inclined to the
views of time older commentators. What haft h^n ad-

TiBeed Mr Ae S ^ Tiril GctiMe^^mid dbt H^ Thme
CoilBsehs (m d>e fiWt p»it of the troyk) bss bedo fre«
qu€;Btly MxredtA hy way tutor^ the .ricbnesn oC wbose
remarks are Mill fresh, and kia memory affecting^ p btit
the. whole eommentary having hteu suggested hy my
preceptor, I have not taken any pattirttlar tiotiee, whca
quottag, his words. Thci records of the fi)ux dynasties
(^vis. the times of Yadu and Shiin, with the ages of
Hea^ 6bftBg» and Chow) are divided info six hooka, the
atjfle indeed differing according to the periods treated
of, biiit the regulations uniform, aa the. principles oa
lihicll^ tbdy acted^ Ihe feelings of perfect men ate ex*
bihited in these Classics, as the delicacy of the painter's
^ad ifB apjparent in works of art : which without a
HVfBtrte and deep acqaaintanee with the subject is hardly
dkceniiblo^

. Ihis commenlSfy, although it tnay fail in exhibitiifg
Ih^ minuteness of feeling dii played by ¥a6u, Sb^n, ¥4,
^'kaiig, Wi&n, Wo6„ and Chow-kung, ) et with regard to
flitf Itcoids of those werthiefi, lind in explaining the an-
cient faooks^ may have succeeded in pointiog out the
general meaning of their ideas.

Written in the I5\ix year of King-tsung, in the Srd
month, I5th da^, (A. D. Vii(i%. at the Bohea hiila, by
I'^a^-chlMn.

CONfBNTa

Bot>k I. ThcBoolof Ytrr orthecfeytf of TapStt

tfrd SWm

Section 1. The Canotf of Ta6il. , page 1

Secrtiou I f. The Camn of Sfaud 13

Section HI. The Counsels of the GirtWl YH. 41
Section IV. l^he Counsels of Kaou-jada. . . 58

Section V. Concenrtng Tth and Tse'fh 65

Ajok 11. The Book of Hea : ot the llecorti df the

Hca dynasty.

Sectiotrl. The tribute ofTi 82

Secticm H. The oath of Kan 119

SMtron I n. The song of the fl^e rhildrem 1 2 1
Section \ V. Tire chastisements tnflicted by

Yin. 125

Book III. The Book of Shtmg: or the Hecotd of

the Sbamg dynasty.

Section I. The oath of T'hSng 129

Section 1 1. The anuunciations of Chung-

hwuy. 131

Section I U. The announcemeitt of TYAtrg. 1 37

Section IV. The instructions of K. 140

Section V. 1 he first patt of the history of

l'ha*.kea 145

Section V(. The second ditto. 148

Section Yl I. The third ditto. 1 50

Section VIIF* The possession of single-eyed

Yhrtue. 152

Section^ IX. The first part of the htistdry of

Fwau-k^ng. I5ff

Section X. The second patt of ditto .162

Section XL The third pari oFditta 166

Section Xfl. The first part of the orders of

Yu«^. 168

SectioD XI 11. The second part of diftta. . . 171
Section XlV. The thhrd part of ditto. .... 173
Section XV. The dtOy sacrifice of Itaoa«

tsuog. 176

t

xiy

Section XVL The western Lord's conquest

ofLe • 177

Section XVII. The Count of WeL 179

Book IV. The book of Chow, or the Records of
the Chow dynasty*
Section I. The first part of the Great oath. 182

Section II. The second part of ditto 185

Section 1 1 \. The third part of ditto. 1 88

Section IV. Military completion 193

Section V. 1 he Great Plan. • 1 97

Section VI. Ihe hound of Le 209

Section Vll. T*he golden-edged casket. • • 211
Section Vlll. The great announcement. .. 216
Section IX. Ihe decree delivered to the Count

of Wei 222

Section X. The announcement to K*hang. 224
Section XI. The announcement respecting

wine. . • • • * 232

Section XII. The good material 238

Book V. The Book of Chow continued.

Section 1. The announcement of C'haou. . • 241

Section II. The announcement at L5 248

Section 1 1 1, llie numerous officers. .••••• 256
Section IV. On avoiding luxurious ease. 261

Section V. Respecting Prince Chih 266

Section VI. The decree respecting Chung of

Tsae 273

Section VII. The numerous regions 275

Section VlII. The establishment of govern-
ment ^ • •..• 282

Book Vl. The Book of (hpvv concluded.

Section i. The officers of the Cbow4ynasty. 2)^8
Section IL On Eeun-chin. ••••.... 2H2

Section HI. The retrospective decree 295

Section I V. 'J he announcement of E*hang-

wang. • 302

Section V* The commands to Pe% 304

Section VI. OuKeunyAy •. 308

I Section Vll, The command to Kung. • 310

Section VIII. ' Leu's code of punishments. . . 312

xr

Section IX. The decree addressed to the :

MarquisofW&n 322

Section X. The oath at Pe. 324

Section XL The oath at Tae 326

Extract from Chinese History.

The emperor Yadu 329

The emperor Shun 335

The Hea dynasty , 338

1 he Shang dynasty 350

The Chow dyansty 368

Appendix A. Chinese Constellations • 399

Appendix B. Chinese Astronomy 403

KWl

aianMjoei€AL table op taou aud ^frtnf.

1?

\

Chiang- e

Cirhuen-bevih

Aeuep.gaoH
Heuen

PXh.ylh

Kw&Q

IMP

^

T6 kilh

Yu, the founder
of the He4 dynasty

•"^iDg-tang

Kow-wang

4

Koo-8ow

K'he

I

D

I

8

^

I

o

B
f

a

•8

9

S

Ta6u Che

^

W&n.w&ng T'hang
of the of the

Chow dynasty. 8hang dynasty.

SHOO # KING.

THE HISTORICAL CLASSIC.

BOOK 1.
THE ^ BOOK OF ^ YU.»

DEFERRING TO THE DA'YS OF YAOU AND SHUN.

SECTION 1.
THE ^ CANON OF ^ YAOU, f

]3 ^ Now ^ oa examining into "j^ the ancient
^ Emperor^ Yaou, ^ vve must say, that he was
& vastly 1^ neritorious,^ reverential, and t|3 intel-
ligent ; t hib 3^^ external accomplishments and ,!§» in-
ternal reflectiims were ^ ^ easy and unconstrained; §
he was ^ sincerely ^ respectful, and ^ capable of
^ yielHing, while his -^ fame |jj^ extended to the
PH four ^ distant quarters, ^ reaching ^to J^ ^^^^
ven above and "J^ earth beneath.

* Yu was the designation assumed by Shun, when he obtnined tho
Empire. The Book of Yu contains altoirether five sections. The
canon of Yaou, although recording the aflfairs of Ihvit monarch, yet
havinj^ b'^en composed by the historians of Shun» has been comprised
in the book of Yu, or Shun. Tlic canon of Shun, with what folIo\A?8,
was composed by the historians of the Hea djmasty, on which account
itoui^ht to have been ealled the book of Hea. Indeed Confucius, in
his History of his Own Times, frequently quotes this book under tho
title of the book of Ilea ; while some ascribe the book of Yu to the pcu
of Conf jcius liimself.

t Yaou is the name of an ancient Emperor, who began to reigu
B. C. 2,356. This section records the affairs of Yaou, while tuccecd-
inggentrations, considering that the matters herein contained are wor-
thy of being held up as constant laws, have commonly inculcated
them as such. The section is therefore called the canon of Yaou.

\ The historians being about to detail the affan*s of Yaou com-
menced by saying, that having examined the character of the Em-
peror in question, they found his virtues to be great and universally
diffused, as ^hov^ detcjibed.

§ **Ea8y and unconstrained " means that the excellencies of his
virtuous nature proceeded from a spontaneous principle, and were
by no means forced. The virtues of common men are anything but
patural, and they being impeded by the lusts of other things, ai-c Dm

B

THE CANON OF YAOU.

He was ^ able to 89 display his ^ superior ^
i^irtue, ^ in order j^ to bind closer "^ the nine ^^
degrees of kindred ;♦ jf{^ the nine i^ kindreds ^ be-
ing ^ rendered harnuinioas, he 3p equalized and ^
illumined the ]^^ people of the Imperial domain ; f
his own "§* ]J^ people ^ |^ having become intelli-
gent, "^ ^ he harmonized the ^ various ^ states of
the Empire, and the^ black-haired ^ people, j^ oh I
how were they §8 reformed ^ by this ^ cordial
agreement. J

He 7^ then '^ commanded ^ He and ^H Ho,§ in
reverent ^ accordance with ( the motions of ) the
expansive ^ heavens, to^ arrange ( by numbers )
and ^represent (by instruments ) the revolutions of ihe
jQ sun ^ moon, |[ and ^ stars, ^ with the

bliged to foree themselves to exercise reverence, without possessing^
it in reality; while wishing to manifest yielding, they are unable ;
but Yaou did all these things naturally, h^ce he was truly respe ct-
fiil, and thoroughly yielding. Gbnfttctus said, ** Heaven alone is great,
and none but Yaou is able to imitate Heaven.*' Hence the historical
classic, in detailing the virtues of the ancient lovexeigns, considers
none naore accomplished than Yaou, and in praising the virtues of
Yaou, no expressions can be found more complete than these.

* The nine degrees of kindred include alt from the great great
grandfather to the great great grandson, with the collateral degrees-
of relationship.

f The Imperial domain was a portion oi territory under the imme-
diate control of the Emperor; the various states were under separate
chiefs who paid fealty to him as their sovereign.

X This means that Yaou cacried out bis virtue from his own per -
son to his &mily, and then to hb states and his Empire ; by which he
attained the appellation sf ** vastly meritorious. "

§ Ho and Ho were officers who superintended the calendar and astro-
nomical instruments, while they made known the times and seasons.
By the former is meant the book in which they recorded their calcula-
tions ; and by the latter the instruments wherewith they surveyed
the heavens, such as the sphere and scale, or tube mentioned in a
subsequent section.

II The sun, say the commentators, is the essence of the male prin-
ciple of nature, and revolves round the earth once every day. The
moon b the essence of the female principle , and comes into con-
junct'on with the sun once a month.

% The stars consist of those in the 28 constellations, which are

THE CANON OF YAOT7. 3

lunar mansions, * and then |^ respectfully to ^ com-
municate \ to the people tlie ^ seasons ( adapt-
ed for labour. )

He then ^ separately J ^ directed |^ He's ^
y ounfjfer brother ^ to reside at ||^ ^ Yu-c, § ^ called
the ^ Orient ;^ Valley, where he might ^ respect-
folly ^ hail the |fj rising Q sun, ^ adjust and ^
arrange the ^ eastern ( or vernal ) f^ undertakings, ||
notice the F{^ equalization of the ^ days, ^ and whe-
ther the ^ star ( culminatiag at nightfall ) was the
I middle constellation of the ) .^ bird, **^ in order

£xed, and the planets, Mercury, Venus, Mara, Jupiter, and Satuin.

* Tbe lunar mansions are tlie points where the sun and moon come
into conjunction, which divide the circumference of the heavens mto
twelve parts.

t The seasons for human labour refer to the times of ploughing and
reaping, on which all other undertakings depend.

JTlos and the three following paragraphs refer to 'tlie division of
labour after the completion of the calendar, in order to verify its cal-
culations, lest some error might have inadvertently crept in. Some
9ay, that in the former paragraph the comm ission was given to the
«lder lie and Ho, while here particular directions are issued to the
second and third brothers of those individuals. Others think, that He
and Ho were the names of officers, not persons ; and those subse-
<quently mentioned were the assistants and sub-assistants of the form-
-er. It is not quite clear which opinion is the true one.

§ Ytt-e is the place, after warvis mentioned in the ** Tribute of
Yu, " and is the modern T^ng-chow, in Shan-tung, situated in Lat.
-37. 43. N. Long. 4. 40. E. of Peking. The Orient Valley was the
name of the post where the Younger He resided ; for while his office
was at the capital, Yu-e was tlie place where he had to ascertain the
^imes and seasons, and where the eastern gnomon was set up. At Yu-e,
on the morning of the vernal equin'^x, just as the sun was rising, he
-observed the shadow it cast on its first issuing forth.

II ^* The eastern undertakings " refer to works which ought to be
<:ommenced in the months of spring, when the labours of the year o-
Tiginated : the exact period for undertaking these was arranged accor-
ding to the terms recorded in tbe calendar, which was then delivered
to the proper officer to be communicated to the people*

f{[ The equalization of the days refers to the time of the vernal equi-
nox, when the days wereofa medium length between summer and
winter. The day at that season comprised fifty quarters, ( tf 14 mi-
nutes and 24 seconds each ) ; the length of the day only is mentioned,
/rom which may be inferred that of the night.

** The Mk bird star refers to the seven constellations of the southern

THE CANON OF YAOi;

to ]^ hit the ccDtre of j^ mid ^ spring ; he?
might also obserTe whether |^ the ^ people began
to :^ff dbpei'se abroad, and whether JJ^ birds and ^
beasts vvere beginning to ^pair and ^ co[nilate.

He 1^ further ^ commanded ^ He*s ^ third
brother ^ to reside at the ^ southern ^ border^ *
2p to adjust and ^ arrange the ]^ southern ( or sum-
mer) gfj^ transformations,-)- ^ respectfully to notice ^
the extreme limit ( of the shadow,) J when Q the

quarter, whicb ^o- under the denomination of the p]^ J^ red bird.

" Tang Ylh-hinglias calculated that the luimr mansion called 5»^y\^
•*Quail fire, " ( or Cor Hydra, corrcsi)onding with the consteliatioa
Leo, of western nations ) culminated in the eveninjs of the vernal e-
quiiiox ( in the days of Yaou.) For a further ittustration of this, see
an account of the Chinese zodiac, and a table of the stars cuU
minating on e ich of the four seasons, according to the canon of '
Yaou, in appendix A, at the end of the volume.

[If Cor Hydra culminated at sun-set on the day of the vernal equi-
nox in the tinu of Vaou, the constellation on the meridian at noon
of that day must have been Pleiades in Taurus. Noav as by the retro-
cession of the equinoxes the Rtnra of the zodiac go back a whole sign
in 2000 years, it would take 4000 years for the sun to be in Pleiades
at the time of the vernal C([uinox, which is about the time when Yaou
is said to hnve flourlnhcd, and affords a strong confirmation of the
truth of Chinese chronology. For Plciidus is 56 degrees and one third
from tl^n point where the ecliptic crossed the equinoctial A. D. ISOO,
and as the equinox travels backwards 50 minutes and one tenth per
annum, it would take about 4000 years for Pleiades to be in the ze-
nith at noon of the Ternal equinox. Referring to Chinese records,
we find that Yaou's reign closed 2254 years before Christ, which
added to 1800 makes 4054; and a retrocession of 56 degrees and
Dne third at 50 minutes and one tenth per annum would give 4050.]
^Vansiafor,

* ** The southern border " denotes the region of Cochin China.
Chin thinks, that after these words should be inserted the phrase
*'* called tlic resplendent capital. "

f By tiie *^ southern transformations '* is meant that in the summer
months things come to perfection, which renders midsummer the
most suital>le time for making changes. A certain section of the hi&.
torical record has it ** southern performances, " referring to that as
the most suitable time for doing thimrx.

J. '* IjefpectfuUy to notice the extreme limit " is what the Book on
the Ceremonial of the Chow dynasty calls** noticing the extreme limit
of the days, in sununer and winter ; " for at noon of the summer ro1»-
lice they sacrificed to the sun, and noticed the length ot its shadow,
Wiuch at that p<,'riod \v?.s five in';hes to a gnoncm often, at ti.e place

THE CA>iON OK YAOC. 0^

days attain ^ their utmost length, ♦ and ^ the star
in the zenith is that denominated j|^ " Fire " ; f in |Jj^
order to fix JE the exact period of ^ mid ^>ummer, J;
Tfh^n J^ the ^ people @ disperse themselves more
widely, and ^ birds and g)^ beasts begin ^ to moult
and ^ cast their skins.

He then ^ distinctly -^ commanded ^ Ilo's ^
younger brother S^ to dwell p5 in the west, at a place
Q called the ^ dark ^ valley, where he might ^
respectfully ^ attend upon the ^ setting Q sun, ^
and 2p equalize ^ and adjust the IS" western ( or
autumnal ) J05 completions, |} notice ^ the equaliza*
tion of the ^ nights, H and see whether the ^ cul-
fflinating star was j^ emptiness ♦♦ (Aquarius), J^ in
order ]^ to adjust f^ mid ^ autumn, f| when ^

which was called the middle of the World, ( viz. the centre of China )
* The longest day in summer, at the point of ohservation, consisted

of 60 quarters ( of 14 minutes aud 24 seconds each. )

f The star ** fire " is the central star of the seven constellations of

the eastern quarter, called the p^^g *' azur^j dragon. " This star is

identical with tlie lunar mansion called /% yC " &r<*»t fire, " or
the heart of Scorpio, which star culminated on the evening of the
summti solstice.

X That which tlrey had to adjust was the extreme limit of light in
the summer solstice, of which noontide is the exact position.

§ " To attend upon " means to escort a guest on his departure with
the nepessary ceremoivies ; on the evening of the autumnal equinox,
just as the 8un was setting, he was to notice its shadow.

II The western completions, refer to the works which onght to be
completed when things are brought to perfection in the months of
autumn.

% ** The equaliziition of the nights" refers to the length of the
nisrht at the autumnal equinox, when it would be just at a medium
between summer and winter. At such a period night and day would
ejich comprise 50 quarters ( of 14 minutes 24 seconds.) The nights
only are quoted, but from this may be inferred the length of the dayg.

** The star called ** Emptiness, *' or beta in Aquarius, is the central

stnr of the seven constellations of the )iorthern quarter, called the ^f^

i^l " Black warrior. " It was the culminating f^tar on the evening of
Uie autumnal equinox.
tt He was required to adjust the autumnal equinox, because that

^ TItE t:ANON OP YAOU,

the 1^ people would be more ^ at ease, ♦ and the
W^ birds and |^ beasts would be % sleek and ^
plttmp. ^

He ^ further ^ directed ^ Ho*s 7^ third bro-
ther ^ to dwell at the ^ northern J^f region, J Q
called the ^ ^ dismal city, where he might ^ pro-
perly 7(1^ examine the |^ reiterations and ^ altera-
tions, § and see whether, when the ^ days were at
^e ^ shortest, [| the ^ culminating star was ^
Pleiadej^, H J^ in order to ]£ adjust ^1 mid^ win-
ter, "•* when ^ the Q people would ||| remain at
home, -ft and ^ birds and ||[ beasts get their ^
down and ^ hair. J J

period was the centre of the dark principle of nature.

* The heat being passed, people felt more at ease.

f The birds and beasts were sleek and plump, because tbeir hair
having dropped off, and their ooali being changed, they would appear
snaooth and ^ossy.

X ** The northern region " refers to the waste land of the north,
which is denominated the ** re?iTing region," because all things, when
they come to this point die and reyiye, like the waxing and waning
of the moon. At this place the sun seems to sink into the ground,
and all forms become dark, henoe it is called the dismal city.

§ ** Reiterations and alterations, " refer to things which should be
renewed and altered, when )n the winter months, the business of the
year is finished, and old things are set aside and exchanged for new.

n The day at the shortest comprises 40 quarters, (of 14 m. 24 s.}

^ Pleiades is the centre ofthe seven constellations of the western

quarter called the j^ j^ ** white tiger.*' At the winter solstice
this is the star culminating m the erening.

** He was said to adjust the winter selstioe, because mid- winter
was the extreme of the dark principle of nattnre, and midnight the
•chief seat of that principle.

ft The people would remain at home, on account of the cold.

Il The birds and beasts got downy coats, to keep them warm. The
Emperor having commanded Ue and Ho to couAtruct the calendar
"and prepare the instruments, separately appointed different regions
^ud seasons, where they might sererally verify the truth of their ca-
lculations, and ascertain whether any error had arisen in the process.
Thus careful was the Sage in reverently observing heaven, and la-
■louring diligently for the people, in order that his plans might not
^contradict the designs of Hcbven, nor his gevernmeiyt miss the proper
iseasons for human labor. The Chinese commentator remarks, according
tit) the foregoing statement, *t the time of Yaou, the sun in tl>e wijitcr

THE CANON OF YAOTf. 7

^ The Emperor ^ said, ^ Listen ! f^ you |[| He
£ aud ^ H6 ; 31^ an entire year * consists of ^ three

solstice was in Bg Beta of Aquarius, and the star culminating in tha

evening of that day was ^t Epsilon of Pleiades ; at present the sua

in the winter sofettce is in ^^ Sigma of SagittariuS| and the evening

culminating star is ^g Algenib ; thus the culounating stars are not
the same. Now the circumference of the heavens ( or the true solar
year) is divided into 365 and a quarter degrees, while the ( tropical }
year consists of 365 days and a quarter. In the circumference of the
heavens, however, the odd quaiter exceeds by a little the quarter of
a degree, while in the tropical year it falls somewhat short of a
quarter of a day ; hence the celestial degrees constantly revolve in aa
even path, with a little freedom, while the days of the year move withitt
this orbit and are rather contracted. Thus the body of the heavens
(or the sidereal year) is gradually ahi£ting towards the west, and the
tropical year as slowly varying its position eastwards^ This varying

position of the tropical year is what J§ -^ fj Twig Ylh-hing
calls the annual deviation. The ancient almanacs were brief and care-
lessly got up, so that the rate of deviation was not therein settled ;
whilst they merely corrected and altered according to their observation
of the times and seasons, in order to b ring the whole to accord with

the course of the heavens ; until j3^ ^^ Yu^h^, of the ^( ^y
Eastern Tain dynasty, ( A. D. 350) first distinguished the revolution
of the heavens, ( (»r the sidereal year, ) from the course of the tropical
year, and established the rate of error, in order to trace back the vari-
ations, from which he concluded that the recession was about one

in 50 years. jSf 3s yC I^o Ching-t*heen considered this too much»
and therefore doubled the years, when he found that the rate of re-
cession was too small. Until SI aP ^^^ ^^» of the ^^ Suy dy*
nasty, ( about A. D. 600 ) adopted the medium between the two cal-
culations, viz. 75 years, as nearer the truth. But this abo is not
very exact, we however insert it here.

[ According to Herschd the equinoxes recede 50 minutes and one
tenth annually, which would take about 72 years to recede a deinree ;
but the Chinese degree of the fleavens is to our*s as I to 1.01458^
which would bring the above calculation a little nearer ; though the
Chinese writer does not profess to be exact. The commentator waa
the disciple of Choo-w&n-kung, and wrote about the beginning of
the 1 3th century ; in his time he says, the sun in the winter solstice
was in Sigma ol Sagittarius, and the evening culminating star was Alge*
nib, when the equinox was about seven degrees from its position in
A. D. 1800, and nearly 50 from what it was in the time of Yaou. J
TranskUor.

* Aoeording to the commentator, the body of the heavens is a com*
plete sphere^ 365 degrees and a quarter in oircomference pt re-

8 THE CANON OF \AOU-

"Q handred ^ ^ sixty "^ and ^ six Q days ; do
you therefore J^ employ ao ^ iutercalary ^ iiiODth
^ to settle 1^ the four ^ seasons and ^ complete
^ the tropical year. "j^ Regnlate at the sarae time
g^ with exactness the "^ hundred kinds of 3^ labour,
and your ^ abundant;^ merits M-ill l)e J^ universally
IS" diffused.

\'olveB round tlie eaiUi, tinning to ihe MX, or •ubI, mid makcH a com-
plete revolution e*ch day, with une de(,'ree o\er. The Bun accompa.
tiies tlie heavens, but muvea a little more •lowl}', henee Iht; eiin iu'
itj dailj cuurxe mnkeH onerevi>1iition rouiiil the euth, bul does not
com« up with the heJVKns f or tlieslarf) by one degree. After 365
diya and 23d-dlOLh8, ( or 3<i5 days and a quarUr ) the tan coiaea
into conjunction niththeheavciiR, and coneti'.utefl a soiarj-ear. or the
«paee travelled by the sun. The ninon accuiopaiuci the be.ivetis, but
ie a little BtereHlon; every dav falling short 'of tlie Hxed elars by 13
4legr««->>, and7-l9thi. Afler'29 days and 499 y40Lhs it comes into
coiijuiiclion H'tth the sun ; in twelve euch conjunctions we obtain of
whuledavH 348. with 5988 frirtion», which divided by 940 gives 6
whi'le days, pins 348; IhiH kdded to the former, makes 354 days, and
316 940tbs, conatitntiug a lunar year, or the apace Iraveiledby the
moon. The ancient year (derived piTii^ips from Noah) has 12 monlhs,
each coiisisiiii); uf 30 days, nhic: makes 360 days, a* the ubiibI
period of a ] ear. But the sol»r year, when the sun comes into cor-
junclion with thr- hi'avens. lias an excess over the ancient je^irsl'S
days and235'd40ths. to comph te the terms into which the year is
divided: while the lunar yesr. or the moon comimj into con unction
with the inn, has a defect of 5 days and 592 940 the, to make it cor-
respond with the new moons and the lunar quarters ; now fiom the
excels of the full terius of the solar year, over the lunations of the
lunar year, the intercalary month is produced. Thus the intercalary
dayti of eai^h year are generally tipenking 10 days and 827 940thB,
and those of three years amount to 32 days and 601-94'Hhs. In
five yearn the intercalary days woul 1 be 54 and 375 940ths ; and
in 19 years there would hi seven intercalary moons, which would
make the solar and lunar years exactly even, and conilKute a complete
cycle. Hence if there be no iutercalary month in three years, then
oile of the months of spring would enter into the summer quarter,
And the aeaiutis would beifin to be unsettled, while the I Ith moon
would be brout^lil into the 12th and the whole year be };radually
disamnged. BJiould we collect the^e errors, and miss three iu-
tercaUry mi>iilh-i, then all the months of spring would pass into sum-
, and the seaaoriB be entirely unsetlleil. If twelve intercalary
I bo omitted, then the fir»:t yenr '>f the cycle would pass Inin
wud, and the years bo altogielber wron^; which might be
plied years ofcoDl\»ion, when Hnmmer and winter Would I e
Uged, andhuebaodri-, siik-cultivation, sindfucH likeoocnps-

terc alary rn
-mgr, and il

^^■I^H bo

THE CANON OF YAOU. 9

^ The Emperor ^ said, ^ Who will ^^ enquire
for one who, ^ complying With B^ these times, ^
may be elevated ^ to employment ? HC ^ Fang-
tse said, ||(j ^ Your son and heir, ^ Choo, * ^
is beginning fl^ to display intelligence.-j" ^ The Em-
peror Q said, 1^ Tush ! || he is insincerej and |^ li-
tigious ;§ Oj "5^ can he do *i \\

f^ The Emperor Q said, ^ Who will ^ enquire
for some one, ^ who can accoid -with -J* my mode of
^ managing Inisiness ? 1^ ^ Hwan taou Q said,
^ Excellent ! ^ HI there is the Superintendant of
works, ^^ who has just jj^ consolidated his affairs,
and ^ displayed ^ merit, ij^ The Emperor ^ said,
Of '1 ush ! when there is ^ nothing to do, "^ he can
talk ; but ]^ employ him, and he j^ belies his pro.
fesssion, while he has only ^ the resemblance of ^
respect, J^^ up to ^ heaven- **

^ The Emperor Q said, ^^ Oh! you President of
^ -{^ the four eniinencts, +f ^•j^ the swelling: JJt ^

tions would all miss their proper eeason. I'heretbre for these odd
days it is neceBsary to insert an intercalary month occasionally, when
the seasons will not be disarranged, and the works of the year will
be completed. Thus the various officers may be regulated, and the
merit of the astronomer be widely extended. For further remarks on
this subject see note B. in the Appendix.

* Tan Choo was Yaou's son and heir.

f *' He is be irinning to be intelligent, " means that his mind is
unfolding with clearness, and that therefore he may be elevated to
oflBce.

X '* Insincere " means that big mouth does not utter the vrords of
truth and faithfulness.

§ '* Litigious ^* means that he is fond of wrangling.

II In this we see Yaou's extreme penetration and uprightness ; he
knew well that his son was vicious, and he would not fur the sake of
one individual trouble a whole empire.

^ ** The superintendant of works " was a sort of hereditary officer
in ancient times.

** The meaning of the phrase " up to Heaven," is not clear ; it re-
sembles an expression in the following section, hence we suspect that
it is erroneously inserted here.

f\ ** The four eminences," Kterally ** the four mountains," is the
name of an office, filled by an individual, who pi esided over the affairs

c

10

THE CANON OF YAOU.

flood, ♦ :j^ fl] occasions hurt ; ^^ 7^ it spreads far and
>vide, ^ it encompasses ^J the hills, and ^ overtops
J^ the mounds ; J§ ^ vast and expansive 7^ it rises
MP to ^ heaven ; so that "]^ the lower ^ people ^
^1^ lament and sigh. ^ If there be any ^^ persons
of ability, ^ 1 will set them ^ to manage this matter.
\ They all f Q said, ■^LoM'^ there is Kw^uX !
JS The Emperor said,"tff Tush ! n^ ^ nonsense !
;^ he disobeys -^ orders, § and jfi ruins his ]^ com.
panions. -^ The President ^ said, ^ ^ Notwith-
standing:, II ^.just try if he "BJ can manage J^ this
matter 2i only. ^ ?^The Emperor |3 said, ^ Go ;
hut ^ ^ take care. ** For ^ nine ^ years ^ ^

of the princes of the four mountains, or the four quarters of the Em-
pire. [ In the days of Yaou, the Chinese recognized four g[reat moun-
tains in China ; since the time of the Chow dynasty they speak of
five.]

* The swelling floods were occasioned by waters issuing forth, and
having no vent, they inundated and overwhelnsed the country. [ This
probably alludes to the overflowing^ of the Yellow River, before a vent
was made, for carrying off its superabundant waters into the sea.]

f *' All '* means all the courtieis, with the President at their head.
• J " Kw§,n " was the name of a nobleman, whom they admired and
recommended to the Emperor.

§ ** Disobeys orders, '* literally squares the orders^ means that he
opposed the imperial commands, and did not execute them. Wang.
she says, when a thing is round it revolves, but when square it stops ;
to square the orders, therefore, is the same as to say, he impeded the
proclamations of government. For Kw&n was quarrelsome and self-
opinionated, disobeying the commands of his superiors. He was also
on bad terms with his companions, injuring men and destroying
things, hence he could not be employed in this undertaking.

II It is not exactly clear, what this word means in the original, but-
it is supposed to convey the idea, that although the Emperor had re*
jeeted Kwaii, 5'et the President wished to put him forward, whether

or not.

^ The President wished Yaou just to try K^ran in this matter on-
Iv, because among the courtiers there was not one more capable than
he, therefore it was as well just to try him in this affair ; admitting
that he was able to drain off the waters, but seeing that he was not
prepared to do anything else, they must not look for perfection in

him.

** Thus Yaoaflent him to regulate the waters, and cautioned him
with a '' take care : *' f#r haying auch a great responaibility on linni»

THE CAMON OF YAOU. 11

he laboured, but ^ did not )^ accomplish anything. *
^ The Emperor ^ said, ^ Oh! you p^ -|^ Pre-
sident of the four eminences, jglj I have now been ^
on '^ the throne ^b "f" seventy ^ years ; and since
^ > 0" ife are able ]^ to follow out >^ my regula-
tions, ^ A ^^iH resigii ^ my ^throne to you. t
-^ The President Q said, With my ^ r^^i'
^ qualities, ^ I should only disgrace ^ the
iojperial 'jifc throne. The Kmperor Q replied, HB tiring
to light those who are in ^ brilliant stations, and ^
set forth those of |^lj j|§ low rank. [ till we find oae
of sufficient virtue tj succeed] ^ All the cour-
tiers ^ then addressed the 'j^ tmperor ^ sayin<T,
/^ There is a ^ solitary individual, J ^ in a T%
mean station? ^ called ^ ^ Yu-shun. i^ 'Ihe Em-
peror said, '^ Good ! -^ 1 have ^ heard of him ;
but ^Ofpf how are his qualities? ^ Ihe President
13 said, ^ He is a hliad man'-§ ^ son, ^ his father
is stup'd, and f^ his mother}| || insincere, while
Seang (h s I roth er) If is ^ overbearing; but
he ^has been aljle i^ to harmonize Ihem i^^ by his
^ filial piety, so that ihey have ^^ pradnally ad-
vanced towards ^ self government, and Ijf^ have not

he must not remit the most serious atteution. The Sag:e's cautious are
laconic, but expressive.

* During these nine years the Emperor thrice examined Kw^n's
operations, and finding that he had failed in his endeavours, he degra-
ded him.

t Tan Choo, the son of Yaou, was a dejfenerate child, and most of
the ministers were inadequate to the undertaking, therefore Yaou,
wishing to elevate some one to the throne, preferred the President.

X One who is unmarried is called a solitary individual.

§ A man without eyes is said to be blind : and Shun was called the
son of the bHnd man, because his fatiier Koo-sow, not regulating his
mind by the dictates of virtue and rectitude, was doltish, and men-
tally blind.

II The mot' er here ment'onr d was his step mother.

i) Seang, the brother of Shun, was his half brother by a second
marriage.

12 THE CANON or YAOU.

^ ^one to the extreme lengths of ^ wickedness. * i^
The Emperor Q said, ^ had 1 not better!^ take
him 1^^ on trial! "^ 1 will marry my daua^hters^
to ^ this man, and ttius |^ observe ^ hisfl[|| mai-
ner of acting ^ with my ZH two j^ daugliters. •}•
Having thus ^ arranged matters, 1*:^ he sent down
his ZH two ^ daughters ^ to ^ J|^ Kwei juy, J
and jjl^ married them ^to j^ \u (or Shun;) when
^ the Emperor Q said to them, ^ ^J^ Take care ! §

* This means, that Shun was unhappily connected witlj tht-se
relatives, but he was able to harmonize them by his virtue, and cause
them gradually to regulate themselves by goodness, so that they did
not proceed to great and outrageous wickedness.

t The two daughters wpre called 'm ^L Go-hwang, " the im-

perial damsel," and 5s 5% Nyu ying, *' the flowery maid.'* Tsang-
tsze has said, that these two daughters were directed to serve him, in
order to observe how he would act at home ; for in the intimate
and private communications which take place between husband and
wife, are contained the principles of good government, the conse-
quences of which are very important: therefore in judging of people
no plan is mure useful than this.

J Kwei is the name of a river, which flows near the district of

jWj 3^ Ho tung, in the county of }h\ ™ llo-chung. It rises in

the uj^ Leth mountains and flows into the Yellow river. The Urii-

yay Dictionary says, the north bank of a river is called jjf^ juy ;
juy is also the name of the point of land where a tributary stream
flows into a larger river. This Kwei-juy was the residence of Shun.

§ *' Take c ire '* was addressed to Yaou's daughters, and conveys
the same idea with the expression in the Book of Ceremonies, where
the bride is addressed saying;'' go home to your family, and be careful
and respectful." How much more should tlie Emperor's daughters,
when married to a common man, display the utmost care and caution.

THE CANON OF SHUN. 13

SEC1I0N II.

TIIK ^ CANON OF^ wSUllN.*

IE] ^ Now 01 ^ examining "^ the ancient •J^
Emperor ^ hhun, |^ we may say, that in him was
WL a repetition ^ of glory^ "^ corformable ^ to ihe
^ former ruler ; he was ^ deeply ^ wise, ^ accom-
plished, and H^ intelligent, ^]^ harmonious and ^res-
pectful,'/!^ sincere and ^ uprig^ht ; so that his ^ re-
tiring ^ \irtue ^ came to the Emperor's ^ cogni.
zance, anciTS thus 'p^ he appointed him |"j^ to ^office f

He was j^ careful ^ to l>eauiify ^i the five ^
canons, J until ^ the live 1^ canons ^ could all ^
be ol)eyed ; ^^ he w^^s charged ^ with ^ ihe va-
rious ^ calculations, and ^ the various f^ calcula-
tions 1^ were seasonably ^ arranged ; § he was
commissioned to ^ receive the strangers ^ at the
pEj four P^ gates, || and all who entered |23 the tour

* This lirst parai^raph is omiUed in the older editions, and the
the second paragraph is joined on to the last paias^raph of the pre-
ceding s» ction. In the 6th centnry of the Christian era, this para-
graph was supplied, and is thought to be spurious. The style
and phraseology are indicative of a modern date.

f This means that Yaou hiuing manifested his glory, Shun also dis-
played an excellence, so that he could combine with Yaou ; his virtue
is particularized as profoundly deep and truly wise, perfectly accom-
plished and brightly intelligent, harmoniously blending and re-
ver ntly resptctful, thoroughly sincere and really upright. Having
these four unobtrusive qualities he was reported to the Emperor, who
commissioned him to fill an important office.

J The five canons mean the five constant virtues, such as afiec-
tion between parents and children, righteousness between sovereigns
and subjects, distinction of duties between husbands and wives, order
between superiors and inferiors, and sincerity among friends and as-
sociates. For at this time Shun was employed as public instructor.

§ This refers to the various calculations which he had to make when
he an*anged the affairs of government. This office existed only in ihe
time of Yaou and Shun, and is similar to the situation of prime minis-
ter under the Chow Dynasty.

II The four gates, were the gates of the palace which opened to-
wards the four quarters. The ancients by hospitality endeavoured to
attract the neighbouring states. Thtis the princes severally came irom
their respective countries, and Shun was ordered to entertain them.

14 THE CANON OF SHUN.

P^ gates, ^^ were rei dered harmonious; finally
^ he was sent ( on public business ) "p to the ^
great ^ mountain's for»t, and though ^\ fierce W^
winds and ^ thunder j^ storms prevailed, ^ he did
not ^ swerve from the right path.*

»f^ The Emperor ^ said, i^ Come, '^ you ^
Shun ! ^IJ having studied ^ your actions, and ^ ex-
amined ^ your words, T fir.d th it J^ your "p" conver-
sation |^ has been Oji^ ni^ritoiious, for.^:^ these
three ^ yenrs ; */^ yo.i can therefore ^ ascend the
ij^ imperial ^ throne. ^ Shun, however,^ declined
^ in favour of ^ the more virtuous, ^ and would
not H^ succeed to the throne.

Subsequently, on the jE first j^ month, and the J;^
first g decade (B. C. 2286,) Shun ^ received j^ the
conclusion^" ( of Yaou's government) ^ in ( the temple
of ) ^ the accomplished jjjfl, ancestor, if

( Shun ) then "^ examined the ^ pearl-embellish-
ed § ^ sphere, and the 5E gem-constructed

This office was connected with that of the chief President.

* History relates that Yaou sent Shun into the hills and forests,
among the rivers and marshes ; and though violent winds and thunder
storms prevailed, Shun did not miss his way. Soo-she says, that nt
thai time the inundations were still injurious, so that Yaou despatch-
ed Shun to the hills and woods, to take an observation of the plains
and marshes, when a violent storm arose. All the attendants were
alarmed and lost their presence of mind, but Shun did not stray. Was
it not because his capacity far surpassed that of other men, and i^er-

liaps it might be that j^ "J^ Divine Providence and the ^ ^j^
immortal gods assisted him? 1 should say, that equanimity ana t»eU"-
possession, on falling in with such violent storms and unusual changes,
could only be attained by a man really intelligent, truly wise, and
determined not to be thrown off his guard. ( Chinese conimentalor, )

t This means that Yaou concluded the business of ruling, and
Shun succeeded him.

X The accomplished ancestor refers to Yaou's first ancestor, though
it is not clear what particul*»r person is here meant.

§ The word here emploj'ed means a beautiful pearl, with which
the sphere was embellished which represented the motion of the
Heavens.

THE CANON OF SHUN. 15

scale, II j^ in order ^ to arrange the -^ sevea |5C
controllers.

11 The scale here spoken of was a tube made of a precious stone,
"which was fixed transversely, in order to observe and arrange the
motions of the seven controllers ; it was like the quadrant of the pre-
sent day. The seven controllers are the sun, moon, and fivt> planets ;
tMese seven travel round the heavens, sometimes slowly and some-
times rapidly, sometimes with and pometimes contrary to the fixed
ijtars, as rulers in the matter ofgoverment. The \vh"le passage
implies that Shun, on being first associated with Yaou in the tlirone,
and setting about the regulation of afiairs, began to examine the
sphere and scale in order to arrange the seven controllers ; this being
the prime requisite in constructing the calendar and adjusting the
seasons of husbandry. The commentator goes on to say, with re-
ference to the body of the heavens there are three theories ; the

first is called the j^\ jj^ complete pelvis, the second the Q ^ ^J

preclaimer of night, and the thrd 5$ ^v the entiie heavens. The
theory of tlie proclaimer of night has altogether no advocates, and we
do not know what was its form. According to the theory of the
complete pelvis, the heavens were thought to be like an inverted bowl,
with the north pole in the centre. The centre was represented as ele-
vated, and the four sides as depressed ; while the sun and moon travel-
led round on the side. When the sun was near and visible it consti-
tuted day, and when the sun was far off and invisible, it was called

night. 5fT B^ Tsae yung on examining the form of the heavens ac-
cording to this theory considered, that there were many omissions, and
mistakes. The theory of the entire heavens is as follows. The form
of the heavens is like a biid's egg^ with the earth in the midst, and the
heavens environing it all around, as the albumen surrounds the yolk.
It is round as a pellet ball, hence the expression, "the circumference of
the heavens," meaning that its substance is globular. According to
this theory the heavens are half above the earth, and half below; that
part of the heavens which is above the earth, and is visible, is 182 de-
grees and a half with a fraction over : that which is underneath the
earth, is the same. The north pole rises above the earth 36 degrees,
while the south pole sinks beneath the horison 36 degrees. The
Sung eminence is exactly under the centre of the heavens, and lies di-
rectly south of the north pole 55 degrees. South of that, again, 12
degrees, is the path of the sun in the summer solstice ; south of that,
again, 24 degrees, is the sun's course in the vernal and autumnal e-
quinoxes ; still further south, 24 degrees, is the sun's place in the
winter solstice. From the thence southwards down to the horison is
31 degrees only. Thus from the summer solstice to the north pole,
is 67 degrees, the vevnal and autumnal equinoxes are removed 91
degrees; and the winter solstice 115 degrees; this is the general
reckomng. The north and south poles are merely two points, a-*

16 THE CA>ON OF SHUN.

round which the heavens, with the sun. moon, and stars, oblquely re-
volve. This must have been the system adopted by the ancientf,

which was lost in the ^j Tsin dynasty ( when the books were burnt
B. C. 220 ; ) but during the r-^i^n of the Emp«ror ®J[ Woo, of the
^ Han dynasty, (B. C. 139.) f^ T^ |^ Loh Hea-l.ung began to re.
eon^truct the instruments, an I ^^ "J^ ^^ y^ Seen-yu Wanfir-jfn
marked them off into degrees. In the reign of § 'fg* Seuen t^ (B. C-
72.) ^y( ^f ^ Kang Show-chanc, melted brass and made a repre-
sentation of tlie heavens, ^Inle ^g ^^ Tseen L6, of the >(^ >J^
Pih Sung dynanty (A. D. 450.) also cast an aimillary fj Kne in
brass ; with a lube or scale eight cul its long, and one inch in diame-
ter. The diameter of the outer circle was eight cubits, and the circum-
ference 25 cubits and a fraction. It could be turned round and looked
through, in order to ascertain the position of the sun, moon and stars ;
th 8 was the same with the pearl- garnished sphere, and the j.em-con-
structed tube which had been handed down fnm antiquity. During
succeeding ages the system becanie gradually more minute and exact:

lantil in the present ( viz. the ^^ Sung ) dynasty ( A. D. 1200 )
an armillary 8?>here wa<« constructed of three rings. The outer ring

was called, ^\ ^^ J^ " The figure of the six cardinal points, "
viz. east, west, north, and south, with the zenith and nadir. For a
horizon they used a single black ring, on which was engraved the 12
lunar mon.sions, with the various points of the compass, in ordtr to
adjust the horizon, and fix the four quarters eacjt, west, north, and
south. In a slanting direction frcm this ip^ere fixed tvo MacK rings,
pn the back of which were engraven the degrees of distance from
^Q poles ; these rings divided the heavens into two parts just
^ross the horizon, half of them being beneath, and half above,
fastened at the north and south poles, to form the celestial meridian.
In an oblique direction from these, was placed a red ring, on the back
of which was engraven the deirroes of the equinoctial, in order to
divide the heavens equally, and to cut the meridian at right angles ;
half of this was also above, and half beneath the horizon, while it wns
fastened on the east and west sides of the horizon, to constitute the
base of the heavenly latitudes. These three rings within and without
were joined together, and rendered ininioveahle. The ring which re-
presented the celestial meridian, at the north and south poles wrs
provided with round naves, wliich were hollow in the centre, and
were turned inwards, in order to support the inner rings, one of which

called Z^ 1^ or ** the three luminaries, '* bore the figures of the

heavenly bodies ; and the other, called the IZQ ^^ ^^ ** universal
traverser,'* had depicted on it the four points of the compass. Thus
the zenith and nadir, with the four points of the compass could
be examined On which account it was called the figure of the six
cardinal points.

The next smaller ring of the instrument, to be described, was call-

AFHiLi^sv sraisE

THE CANON OF SHUK. 17

Shun ^ then oflFered a |^ sacrifice of the same
class (with the border sacrifice) * ^ to the J;z. ^ Su-

ed --*^ J^^ p^ the figure of the three luminaries, pr sun, moon, and

stars, ( corresponding with our solstitial colure.)

It was fixed in a slanting direction, and consisted of a double black
ling, on which was engraved the degrees of distance from the poles ;
on the outside, its pivot passed through the nave of the celestial meri-
dian, and on the inside, it supported the ecliptic and a moveable equi«
noctial. This equinoctial was a sinsjlo red ring, corresponding with
the celestial base of the parallels of latitude ; there was also engra-
ven on it the dcirrees of the 28 constellations, audit was joined to
the double black rinsr at the east and west. The ecliptic was a single
yellow ring, also marked with the dei^rees of the consti^llations, and
obliq'iely inclined from the centre of the equinoctial, with which it
was joined and fasteued at the ea-^t and west ; havin:/ the half with-
in, to represent the sun's path after leaving tlje vernal equinox, and
half without, to represent the sun's course after passing tiie autumnal
equinox. There was also a single white ring, ( the equinoctial co-
lure), to receive the conjunction of the rings, and prevent them from
slipping down. Machinery was fixed underneath, moved by water,
which set the whole in motion day and night, according to the revolu-
tion of the heavens from east to west, to represent the motion of the
heavenly bodies. Thus the sun, moon, and stars could be examined,
and hence it was called the representation of the three orders of hea-
venly luminaries.

The innermost ring of the armillary sphere was called, the [Zy S^

universal traverser. It also consisted of a double black ring ;

like the construction of the ~ j^ ^^ three luminary ring. It pas-
sed through the nave of the celestial meridian. Within the rings,
from side to side, and passing through the centre, there was to each
ring a straight bar, which externally pointed towards the two naves ;
and just between these, in the exact centre, there was a small orifice
to receive the axis of the gem- constructed tube, and cause the tube
not only to move round from east to west, together with the ring, but
also to be elevated and depressed at any given point toward the north
and south, at the convenience of those who waited to make their ob^
servations of the times ; and beca'ise it could traverse,eitlier to the east,
west, north, or south, it was called the universal traverser. Thi^ is
a general view of the armillary sphere.

Chin Kwo says, according to the old plan, these rings were engra*
ven on the one side with the degrees of the heavens, and provided en
the other side, with silver nails, for the convenience of those who ob-
served the heavens in the night season, as tlicy conld uot examine
the instruments with their eyes,on account of the darkness, and there-
fore felt it with their hands. Perhaps it was on this account, .thatLthe
ancients adorned their sphere with pearls.

* The border sacrifice was the usual offering presented to the ex-

D

18 THE. CANON OF SHUN.

preme Ruler, jj^ he pre^nted a pure oflFermg ^ ta
Ae 'j^ six ^ objects of veneration, * ^ be looked
ivith devotion ^ towards jl| the hills )]] -^nd rivers, f
and f^ glanced around ^ at the ^host of |^ spirits.;}:
He then ^ collected the ^ five ^ kinds of scep-
tres; § nud at ]^ the expiration of the j^ first month
7$ be gave j5f daily ^ audieuce to the ^ four ^

pansive heavens ; but now, when out .of the usual course they sacri-
ficed to heaven, they employed ^milar ceremonies to those us^d ^jk

the border a^crifice, h^nce it was ealled ^^ luy, .^ ,on^ of Ihe a&mtt

clap^.

^ The objects of y^nei!9tion in 8acriiG9ngwere4Bix, viz. the fieason^y.
h^at and cpldi ](hie /Sun, th^ iiiood, the stacs, and drought.

f The hills and rivers referred to the moAt c^lebrat^d hiHs »nd DUgh«
ty rivers^ such as the five nK>untait»9 and )h» four streams. He look-
^ towards thepa and iS^crijScieid, hence be i»mid to have looked wilik
devotion towards them.

X Th^ hosft of spirits r^iis t^ the auci^nt worthier, whose grav£»
yf(^Ti^ oin the mounds and hUls. Tbie whole sentence implies, that
ISbun having reo^iv^ aythority al the terjx^ination of Yaou*s reign,
and ^|[amiiied the astronomical i^strum^nts^ sacn6k;ed to the superior
and inferior gods, in order ta announce his association In the throne.

§ These sceptres, or signets^ ^ere for the sak^ of verification ;
( wey were made of some kind of precious stone, and carried in the

hands by ancient governora^ as Jthe signals of authority.) ^ ^ A

Duke held a ^^ ^g pillar sceptre, £ which is described as a flat
oblong piece of stone, about 9 inches lon^, rounded at the top, and en-
compassed by a border, see No 1.] j^g A marquis held a j^ ^g
straight sceptre, [ which is described as refiembiing the former, a-

bout 7 inches lonp, with the border only half round, see. No. 2. ] ^Q

An earl held a S^ 3E crooked sceptre, [ which is represented as
similar io the preceding, aUp seven inches long, oijily a little bent

see No. 3. ] ^p A viscount held a ^g ^g grain- besprinkled slab,
[ this is described as round, with a hole in the centre, and marked

»rithstalksof corn over the surface, see No. 4] ^ A baron held a J^

^1 rush- garnished slab, [ this is pictured like the former, only co-
vered with reeds instead of corn, see No. 5 : this and the former were
five inches in diameter. ] '^^^ A^^ ranks of nobles held these, in or-
der to see if their signets corresponded with that of the Emperor,
and thus verify their identity. According to the Ceremonies oi the

Chpyr Elyni^ty, the Emp^roir held jfi ^ 8i^9<?.t in the shs^pe of a cap,
ifkiti ks gaVs audisncis to his nobles ; to signify that l)^^ virtue

19 THE CANON OF S»UN.

eafinenf iliiefi; and tbe SpEl boat of ^ governors,* af-
ter which ^ ho gave batk ^the 6cept?es ^ to the
^ varioiis ^ chiefs.

]^. Every yea^, in the — second ^ tiioDth,f the
tnenarch ^ went eastward ^ OQ a tou?ef inspection
■^ amongthe fiefs ; J when ^he arrived ^ at -fS ^

thffiBoaarcU overepiegd and capped the empu-e ; when the nobles first
received their appoint me iits, th« Emperor gave them ^t sceptres,
the beads of which were uliliqueiy ^ointbd, whilst underoeath the Em-
peror's cRp orei^^iet tli^e WAS' afa iSblique incision, which in tho,
length, ainit breadth lortesponded to the tops of their sceptres : so that,
OD the nobles coming to audience, tbe Emperor could place tbe cre-
vice referred to on the tops of their sceptres ; whoAj- if thiy (fid not
fit, tbea holders were considered hnpostors.

* Chin-tai^ sajs, the cottectin^the five kinds of sceptreo, was inolf.
d«r to identify the five ranks of nobfes. What preceded this wsa tbe
work of the first month, when tbia montii was completed, then titb
□obles from all parts arrived ; some were nedtner, and others mors
distant, and therefore they cune, soUs sooner and others later ; henc^
the monarch gave audience eveTf d&yyand not as on great occasions,
when a general audieitce was appetnted for one partienlar day ; for he
wished U> receive tttetn l^ little and little, that the enquiry and ex.
etnination Aigbt be fully completed.

f The s<.cund month here means the 2d rOoath of the year mi
which the tonrb of inspection ytere im^rlMien.

{ M&ng-tszS tin said, that wbes tbe Emperor visits the lUbtse,
it is called a tour Of inspection, because tt wss' oiidprtaKen- wiHla viit#
of impectir^ the fii fs or tvtntories which the ooblea lieitt.

20 THE CANON OF SHUN.

Tae-tsung, * he ^ set fire to the pile, f and ^ took
a survey 5^ of the outline of the landscape,^ in order
to sacrifice to the |JL^ hills and j|| rivers ; J he ^ then
HJJ gave audience ^ to the eastern )^ chiefs, who
brought their 3£ five kinds of 3E g^"^s, § their ^
tricoloured }^ silks, || their ^IZ two ^ living,^ and
■-* one ^]i slaughtered animal,** as ^* presents of
ceremony. After which the monarch j^ harmonizedj-j-
the ^four seasons, and the ^ new moons, ]£ squared
P the days of the month, Js] and rendered uniform ^
the notes of music, ^ the measures of length ^ and
capacity, with ^ the standard weights.Jt 1^ addition

* Tae-tsung I efers to the^^ ^4 great mountain, situated in the
province of Shan-tung, Lat. 36. 30. N. Long. 1. W.

f The pile was fired in order to sacrifice to heaven.

;: lie surveyed the outline of the land, in order to sacrifice to the
hills and rivers. For according to the contour of the hills, was
arranged the order of sacrifices of living animals or silk, or prayers
or invocations were offered. The spirits of the five mountains, for
instance, were viewed as in the rank of dukes ; those of the four
great streams, as in the rank of marquises ; while the rest were con-
sidered as merely equal to earls, viscounts, and harons.

§ The live gems allude to the five kinds of sceptres which the no-
bles held.

II The tricoloured silks were as follows , a light red silk was held
by the heir apparent of a prince : the son of a duke held a sonibre-
coloured silk ; the chief ol an annexed territory held a piece of a yel-
low colour.

^ The two living animals were these: a noble led a lamb, and a
great officer a wild goose.

** The one dead animal, was a wild fcwl, which was held by a
scholar. The five gems, three different colours of silk, the two living,
and one dead animal, were intended as presents when waiting on
a superior. There is a transposition in the text here, the presents of
ceremony being placed after the adjustment of the measures and ce-
remonies ; [in the above translation , however, the due order has
been followed.]

It This means that if any irregularities had arisen in the countries
of the chiefs, as to terms and seasons, the monarch harmonized and
equared them.

It The notes of music are twelve, called the Ba S^ vellowtube,
*»e !7C 739E great arrow, the 55 "f/ti lady bathing, ^^ ^ the flou-
rishing guest, the ^^ 3 IJ foreign law, the ^^ §J unshot arrow,

THE CANON OF SHUN.

21

thetTJ S preat spine, the ^^ doable tube, the ^ Bt mid-
dling spine, the ^ jH forest tube, the f^ Q soulhern siiine,
and the ^§ ^g regpoiisive tube. Sis of these are Adjusters, and
six are teyulators ; kll the twelve tubes Hie three lines and a little
more in diameter, knd the c ire urn fere uce of the bore is nine lines,
«r niue-tenlhsofa ChiiiBse inch. The length of the yellow tube is
nine inches ; iioni the great B)iLne, both the adjuntera and the regula-
tors interchange, and be L'Dine gradually smaller, unto the resjiuiLsive
tube, wbiuh is the smallest. Shun made use of these to regulate
music, and mark off the Kounds ; th jb the long ones bad a deeper, and
the short ones a higher sound ; the deep tones were gruff end ^rutract-
ed, while the higher ones were clear and rapid. The Emperor made
use of the same tubes to t'xamine measures of length, and to calculate
extensioD; thus of the 90 lines which mude up llie length of the yellow
tube, one line was considered as one yf' punt; ten punts made an ^J
inch ; ten inches a 7^ covid or foot i ten feeta^t^ staff, and ten
staffd a ^ I chain. Further he employed the same tube to examine
meaaures of capacity and to arrange quantities ; thus the fistula
of the yellow tube, which contkintd 1,200 middling-tized grains
of black millet, was considered a ^^ pip^i 'c" pipes made a
•^ gill, ten jills made a 5fg pint, ten pints a. "T" gantang, or

^,

^

^ /©,

'3.

s

if-

s

@

S;

©

S
A

Hr

S

1+
s

i3

A
it

A

M

-t

s
-t

-t

5

E3

■+
^

ill

X3

^>

■^

s.

¥

s-

f

-C

_^^

>->-

^^7"

•^

^

"^

-^

'>

-=•

-^

^

— — 1

u

J

^_.

J

,_

_.

^_^

^^

_

^2 THi CANON OF SHUN.

to thiis {|^ he arranged 3L the fi?te jjg ceremonies,*
aufd Jin assmikted JJ the five kinds of' || imple-
mentsf used on those ofecafsions. ^ This done 73 he
§1^ returned.} fn ^ the fifth J| mdnth h6 ^ went
sotithwird Jgf onf a tour of inspection ^ among the
fiefs, and when ^ he arrived ^ at the ^ southern ^
hiH,§he^JJ imitated ^ the Tae nwuntain j^ceremo-

peck, and ten ganti&igs a j^ picul, of huricti^dwiBight. He then took
the same to adjust the steelyard itid to weigh light and heavy things;
thus the 1,200 grains of millet which thi^ fistulti of the yclfow tube con-
tained weighed 12 ^f penny weights; of these two fistula, or 24 penfiy-
weights, made an p^ ounce, 16 ounces made a jj* Chinese pound,

30 pounds made a ^^ quarter, and four quarter^ made a Jpf hun-
dred weight. This was the way in which the yellow tube became the
foundation of a variety of things. If in the dominions of the nobler
there was ought irregular, the Eri^peror examined and reduced it to
unifonWity. The errors of the seasons and new moons arose from
the accumulation of the excess of days, and the law for adjusting them
proceeded from the general to the more minute. Weights ancf
^ftsures received their regulation from the instruments of music, and
iti aifrttfi^g these, first the main things and then the subordinate ones
wer^ attend^d^i Thus the text speaks of adjusting the days after
tfe^ s^a^om^ and h^^ li^xHnr were harmonized, and of regulating the
notes of niUsie berore th^ v^gbtsr and measures were calculated; fut
ftuch i^ the prbpei* oi^ddri

* Thi? Ave y^vidk oi 64rdnlk|nies wirb the rites of worship, the solem-
niti^d (^jfuiierais^ ih^hoipitalltied tlsied towards guests, the arrange-
n&erktis of ai-miesf, hM. iSttei celiebratioh of marriage. Shim arranged
tbet^e, in oirdfer tjorindie^ tfre manheifs of the ertfpire URifbrm.

f The fiv6 kinds of impkrhetits, weie the implements of the five
cetemohles ;- aceordinc^ to ih^ CerenionieB of thift Cliow dynasty, there
wei^ M kinds of impiements and six pr^slents of ceremony, which
were also sitniiar to the law* handed down by ShUn.

% ** Tl'iifi dohi he returned'' means, that having offered the ac-
€U8t6med siacrlfices, aid given audience to the nobles, rendered uni-
form the beginning of the years and months, assimilated the regula-
tions, and arranged the five kinds of ceremony, with their implements,
all this having been completed, he did not proceed further east, but
travelled in a westerly direction, and then turned southward ; hence
it is said, having done this, he returned.

§ The southern hill was the fjSj Hw&ng hill in Hoo-nan, Lat.
27. 30. N. Long. 4. 15. W. of Peking ; the western hill Was the

^1 Hwa mountain ( iti Shaii-se, ) Lat. 34. 30. N. Long. 6. 30. W.

the northern hill was the ^H \m Hiiig hill, on the harder*

TH£ CANO^ OF SKU^. 23

Dies. In the J\ ei^th ^ month he ^ went we&t-
murd ^ on a tour of inspection ^ an)ODg the fiefe, and
when ^ he arrived ^ at the ^ western ^ rooun-
iain, sj^H he did as ^ hefor«. In the ^y* ^ -—
ele\Lenth J^ monfe he ^ moved northward, J^ to
make a tour of inspection ^ among the fiefs, and
on ^ his arrival ^ at the JtJ^ northern -gg* hill, ;^H he
imitated p|J the western |^ ceremonies. After this ^
he returned, and ^ arrived ^ at the temple of the
^ polite ^ ancestor, * where he ^ offered up i^
a single victim, f

In 3£ five ^ years the Emperor made -— one _
tour of inspection ^ amoQg the fiefs, and in the same
Period ^ the host of j^ nobles ^ had four ^
audieutce^, % Ilk t^ Jeporit jsi^^ ^^nRpunce )^ by
^- word, § when he 0)^ i^learly ^ Ct^amined ^

oTShep-se aud Cliih-'le, L»t. 37. 30. N. Longr2. 30. W. Iplhe
2d Qi9ii^ ^ weiU ^8tw%rd) in the 5^h n^opto southward, in the Sil|b
month westward, and in t,\^e iiih mo^th northwsird : toward each
poiat at its proper season.

* '^e polite appestor is supposed to be the samte with the accom-
plished ancestor, ^ome say, hovyever, that the accomplished ancestpr
was the forefather of the polite ancestor ; there is» howe7er,now no pos-
sibility of determining this matter.

f A single victim, means one ox. The anci.ent monarcbs^ on go-
ing forth, regularly announced it in the temple of their ancestors, and
parents ; whilst pn their return, they also proceeded to the temple
9Lnd gave information. For, as filial children, they could not bear to
consider their parents as dead ; wherefore they informed them of th^ir
departure, and presented themselves to them on their return.

X Within five years the Emperor ma^e one tour of inspection and
the nobles came four times to audience ; for on the ye^ succeeding
that of tiie tour of inspection, the noblejs from the ejistern region came
to visit t)3e Cmperor in his domain ; th.^ next ye^r tho nobles frojn
the south came ; the year after, the nobles from the west ; and pn
the fourth year, the nobles from the north came ; then again on 4^©
next year the Bnapepor went on hi^s tour of inspection. Thus, i^-
though the Emperor find his nobles differed in dignity, yet for es;e*
ry visit made there was a return, and no compliments were pitid
without ft reciprocation ; in this way superiors and inferiors associa-
ted together^ while far and near were harmoniously united.

§ " To report and announce by word" nv^ai^s that he required
each to set forth an explanation of the acts of his government; when^

24 THE CAMON OF SHUN.

into their Df^ merit, and rewarded with ^ carriages
and ^g robes those who JL}^ had ^ distinguished
themselves.

Shun ^ first divided the Empire into +^-IIl
twelve ji^ districts, * and ^ appointed the ^ ^ HI

if the account was good, he proceeded to examine clearly into their
deserts ; and in case they had merit, he rewarded them with chariots
and robes, in order to distinguish them. Bat tshould their account
be unfavourable, he would still instruct and try to improve them.

* The twelve districts were :^ Ke, ^ Yen, ^ Tsing,^

Tseu, ^] King, ^ Yang, ^ Yu, '^ Leung, |^ Yung, ^

Yew, "jj- Pine, and 'g* Ying. The territory of the Empire, dur-
ing the time of Yao'j, was divided into nine districts only, viz. Ke,
Yen, Tsinir, Tseu, Kinar, Yan^% Yu, Leang, and Yung. When Yu
drained off the waters, and settled the tribute, he followed the old ar-
rangement ; until Shun ascended the throne, when, considering the
regions of Ke and Tsing to be too extensive, he first marked off the

ground about thg ')§ H&ng hill, to the east of Ke, and formed the

district of ^ Ping ; while the region of i|^ ^ Plh-e and ™£

^ Woo-leu, to the east of that, con*»tituted the district of gg| Yew ;

a&TAin he divided the parts about j^ ^^ Leaou-tung, ( Manchow
Tartary, ) to the north east of Tsiiiii (or Shan.tung) and established
the district of Ying. While the real district of Ke consisted oftlie
territory within the bend of the Yellow river ; which has been since
called the region east of the river.

[ Tlie following is a sketch of the position of the various places
mentioned above, as far as can be ascertained, according to the maps
of ancient and modern times

Ke, same as T'a^ yuen, in Shan-se, Lat. 37. 53. N. Long. 3. 55. W.
Yen „ Yen- chow, „ Shan-tung, „ 35. 41. N. „ 0. 33. E.
Tsing „ Tsing chow, „ do. „ 36. 44. N. „ 2. 15. E.

Tseu „ Tseuchow, „ Keang-soo, „ 34. 15 N. ,, I. E.

King „ King chow, „ Hoo-pth, „ 30. 26. N. „ 4. 25. W.
Yang „ Yang chow, „ Keang*soo, „ 32. 26. N. „ 2. 55. B.
Yu „ Hondn, „ Ho-nan, „ 34. 43. N. „ 4. 5. W.
Leang „ Hdn chung, „ Shen-se, „ 32. 55. N. „ 9 . 12. W.
Yung „ Se-gnan, „ Shen-se, „ 34. 16. N. „ 7.38 W.
Yew „ Yung ping, „ Plh-chlh-le „ 39. 56. N. „ 2. 23. B.
Ping „ Ohin-ting. „ do. „ 38. 25. N. „ L 53. W.
Ying „ Leaou-tung, from 40. to 42. N. and from 1 . to 9. E.

Thus it appears that the territory of (^'hina in those days did not
extend farther than from the Y^aug-lsz^.-keang to the great wall,
and from Shen-se to the eastern sea, or 12 degrees of latitude, and
as many of longitude.]

THE CAMON OF SHUN. 25

twelve ( presidiug genii) |i| of the hills ; * he also ^
deepened ))] the channels, f

He then ^ gave intimatian J |J/ of the ^ ^\
criminal taws, § together with the ;/jfC (commutation
for) banishment, and 5^ the mitigation of the 33L
five kinds of ^J punishment : || besides which he
ordained that 1^ the wbip^ f^ should be the 'j^ flij
chastisement for public officeri?, that the jjcj* birch f^
should be ^ ]f l| ^or the flagellation of scholars,
and that (cert=iin ronsidentions in) ^ money
"1^ should be for those |^ Jfl] whose offences might
be ransomed. ** In cases ot -^ mistake or ^ mis*

* This means that in each district he designated one particular hill,
tbc &:eniu8 of which might he the guardian of the district.

f This intimites that he led out the streamts of the twelve districts.
But although Sfiun divided the territory into twelve districts, we find
that id the time of the Shang dynasty (B.C. 1300} there were Init
nine. Thus this division into twelve districts did not continue
long, and we do not know at what time they were againr merged into
nine.

J " To give intimation " is fts when Heaven intimates any thing
by si^ns for the instruction of mankind.

§ The criminfil laws respected the five usual moded ot punisKAoetit,
viz. marking the face with ink, slitting the nose, maiming the feet-
castration, and decapitation, which were intended for primary ofenp-
ders and great abominations, such as killing and wounding nten,
burglary, adultery, and dissolute behaviour ; all which were crimes
that coiild not be forgiven.

H *• B mijihment '* me v\i sending them to a distance, and ** miti-
gation " was employed in cases of lighter offences, when although
men rendered themselves liable to punishment, yet the circum-
stance of the ca^e might call for compassion, or there might be
some doubt in the application of the law ; it was also applied to those
who belon&;ed to noble families, or had acquired previous merit, and ]
who ought not therefore to be punished severely ; in all these ins tap-
ccs mitigation might be employed.

^ A piece of leatlier tied to the end of a stick constituted a whfi^|),
which was applied to offending officers ; while the birch and the broo^
were e'npl»yed in schools, for the treatment of lighter offenCefs.

♦♦ In offences of a very trivia! character, which rhight subject atiy
'on9 to (be whip or the birch^ when the circumstances of t)^^ case €tx
the construction of the law afforded any grotind for coniRideratioilj
theaa ransom in money was allowable; These fiyjB Senleape^ ptO- '
eeed* from the gi^vet to the more trivial offences, and are drawA up
in regular gradation.

E

26 THE CA>ON OF SHLTf.

15(;>rtune, he ^ ordered them to be ^ forgiven ; ♦
but when apy ^ presumed, or ^ repeated their
ofTences, they were to be gjJJ JpJ punished, with death.f
^ p!l^ Be careful ! however, saia he, §)^ r1^ be careful !
j^ and in the ]p| 7^ administration of the criminal
law ^ ^ lean to the side of mercy. J

He JJ^ banished § ^ HI the Superintendent of

'I ' ■ I ■ ■ ,.i — . ■

* In cases of mistake and inadverleiice, or calamity and misfor-
tune, although men rendered themselves liable to punishment, there
was no occa&ion to wait for commutation, miti^tion, or ransom, but
they were to be immediately forgiven.

f When, however, men presumed on their wealth or influence, and
purposely repeated their offences, then although tiieir crime mij^ht
otherwise be mitigated or ransomed, yet such mitigation was not to
be allowed, nor puch ransom received, and the punishment was to
be certainly inflicted. These two sentences, procieed first from the
heavier to the lighter, and then, from the more trivial to the graver
offences ; fur this weighing of circumstances in the administration
of criminal law, is what is called *' consideration independent of the
statute." Th'Se seven sentences carry out the general idea of the
sage with respect to the establishment of law, and the regulation of
punishments from beginning to end.

J Seeing that there was a great difference between the more trivial
and graver offences, points whicli might be insisted on, and those
which miuiht be passed by, the open and easily discerned, with the
dark and difficult cases, the sage did not omit to add ^* Be careful !
and in the administration of law, be merciful ;" for the slight shades
of differ* nee between the li^ht and heavy offences should each have
some claim upon our consideration, according to the lixed principles
of the invariable laws of Di\ine retribution, and the words " be care-
ful, " "be merciful, " coming in between, show the real disposition of
the sage to spare human life.

Accordiuir to the foregoing text, the fi.ve punishments might be
conmmted or mitigated, but could not be bought off with money ;
during the Chow dynasty no regulation of this kind existed, until the

code drown up by |^ JjlJ Leu-hing exhibited the five classes of

fines ; we suspect, however, that these were instituted by j*^ j^
Miih-wang ( B. C. 1000, ) but they were not according to th*^ cor-
rect system of criminal law ; for should a person be ransomed when
lie ought to be punished, it would I e an improper indulgence ; and
l|hould there he a doubt in the case that would lead to acquittal, then
to require a ransom, would be au excess of severity. Besides which,
ft affords the rich l^v opportunity of escaping by some lucky hit, while
the poor would suffer misery, which would not be just.

§^ ** To banish*' means to send any one far aw^, as water flows
lairay never to return.

rWR CANON OF SHUfC. 27

Worlds ^ to the ^ dark ^ island, j^ he detained*
^ ^ Hwan-taou ^ at the ^ Tsung |i| hill, ^ he
drove awayf (the sovereign of) the— t three "^ Meaou
^ to ~ )§J San-wei, and ^ reduced to extremi-
t\| £^ Kwaa ^ at the ^ Yu Jj mountain ; which
^ f jiji- ^ offenders havm§ been disposed of, jfj^ then
^^'J'the whole eminre J^ universally ^ acqnie-red.§
After in: "i^ twenty 'j^ and /V ei^ht ^ years,
(B. C. 225) the ^ Emperor Yaou Tj^lj^ de-
parted this life,|| when ]§[ j^ the people ^0 felt as
if 1^ 'they had lost ^ a father ^ or. mother,^ and
for ~ ihree ^ years all within the ^ four J§ seas ^
stopped & ^ silenced /V H^ the eight kinds of music.**

* '• To detain" means to contine a person to one place without
permitting him to go eUewhere.

f *' To drive away*' means to expel and confine.

j '* To reduce to extremity" means to seize and distress a person.
Thus according to the aggravation of their offeiices, he dealt with
tlieui differently. F'^r the mUter of the Superintendent of Works, with
the affairs of Kwan and Hwan-taou, see a former section. Meaou
was the name of a state in Keang-nan, between the districts of Kin^
and Yang. Th<^ i-.ihabitantx of that region depended on their fast-
nesses and stirred up rebellion. The dark isliind is a region on the
northern border. A hahitahle spot surrounded by water is called an
iMand. Tsung was a hill on the southern border, in tiie present

^ »jf| Le-chow, Lat. 29 37. N. Long. 4. 55. W. The San-wei
is a region in the west ; while the Yu mountain i> on the eastern
border.

§ Chin-tsze says, that when Shun punished these four malignants,
the fault rested with themselves ; what blame could rest on Shun ? It
was because these men did something which was reprehensible, that
he was justly angry with them, but the mind of a sage is not naturally
wrathful ; a sage is ansjry at that which rouses every man's indig-
nation, and thus the whole world acquiesces.

II The expression employed for departure, viz. to ascend and de-
scend, denotes that at death the intellectual spirit ascends to heaven,
and the animal soul descends to the earth. (Chine se Conrntcnfator j

^ ** Felt as if they had lost a father or mother," means tliat they
mourned for him as such, during a persod of three years.

** The pitrlit kind-s of music refer to those musical instruments
which were formed of metal, stone, cord, bamboo, calabash, earthen-
ware, leiither, and wood. The whole sentence implies that Yaou's
sagelike virtues wej;e. so great and expansive, and his favours so a-
bandiant and' liberal, that all within the four eeas regarded hira with

28 THB CANON OF SHUN.

^ jE On the Ist month, aod theTCQ first day of the
mopth,^ Shun}^ proceeded ^ to the ^jfiS au-
eestorial temple.*

Having g|j consulted ^ with (the president of) p^
the four -^eminences, ^ he threw open U^ ^^^ '^^^
f^ gates ( of the palace), B^Cblightened plj all ^ eye«,
and ^ encouraged the diffusion of gQ universal ]|§
information, j"

He -^1^ consulted with the 'f* ^j^ H twelve i^
shepherds (or goveruors,)J ^ saying, ^^ Oh
(how important is) the sustenance (of the people) ! d
jf ou f^ respect ^ the seasons (of luisban<lry).§
Be gentle 3^ towards the distant, and ^^ capaci-

dcep interest. According to the Book of Ceremonies, tlie inhal>i.
tants of the imperial domain, were to put on mourning for the Euipe-
ror for three months, while those heyond the roy:d tei ritcry were Hot
to mourn at all ; but on the occasion referred to, those who ouu^ht \o
have mourned thlree months, mourned as for a parent ( for three years,)
and those who had uo need to mourn, stopped and silenced tii^'ir
inf^truments of music. Yaou ascended the throne when he was onW
16 years of age, and reignei 70 years ; after which he made trial of
Shun for three years, and being old refrained from all interierence
with the affairs of government for 28 years, at the end of which time
he died, having been on the throne altogether 101 years.

* Alter Shun had mourned for Yaou tliree years he began to at-
tend to the affairs of government, and therefore proct-ednd to the an-
eestorial temple to announce t!ie aam^. W >eij he hec^:ne a co-sove-
reign with Yaou he informed the gods, and now he announced his
accession to the throne.

f Shun, having announced the circumstance in the temple and
ascended the throne, delioeraled on the affairs of government with
the General President, while he 0|>ened the gates of the palace on
all Hides, to induce the talented n>en of the t^mpire to come to liim.
At the same lime he enlarged the opportunities of ohservj.tion for
the people in every quarter, while he removed the impediments to
knowledge throughout the empire.

J The officers who feed and nourish the people nre called snep-
herds ; the twelve shepherd?, were the governors of the twelve
districts.

§ Acconling to the royal regulations, the sustenance of the people
was of ])rimary importance, and in the huf^ines;* of husbandry atten-
tion to tlie proper seasons ranked first in oi der ; ShuM*s meaning
was, that in order to procure food for the people, it was necessary
t9 aToi4 iuterledng with the seas^uns devoted to agriculture.

THE CAXON OF siiuri. 29.

^^te ^ tbo near ;♦ be l{|£ kind to the f^i ^*''***^^8'
and ^^fdlthful to the TJQ g^^i RTl ^^^^^e you ^ icot
out ^ ^ those who hnrbour mischief ; then evea
the ^ ^ barbarians will ^ lead on each otht^r
and ^^ be su»»nfiissive.+

^ Shun said, ^ Oh you (President of) the plj
four •^eminences! ^ if there aiiy "1^ that can ^
elevate ^ merit, and )^ carry out i^ the (former)
Emperor's "^ ]^ business, ^j^ 1 will cause him
^ to occupy the station of ^ universal ^ calcula-
tor (Prime Minister), ^ to throw lijgrht on ;jj^ every
affair, and ^ render subservient 1^ all kinds of
things. They ;^ all ^ replied, -/Q Lord ^ Yu4
who 'f^ now fills the sitnatioi? of ^ ^ Surveyor
General. § (is the man ) i^ The Empi^ror Q said,
^ Uight! ^^ OhH Yu! '][j5t; you have already ^
equalized :j^ the water and J^ land ; "j^ but H^ in
this sittif^tim you ^^^ must exert your utmost ef-
fort. -^ Yu ^ bowed 5^ and bent down "j^ his
head to the ground, while he ^ declined ^ in
fivour of ^ 1 seYh and ^ Se6, g with ^ f^

Kaou.Yaou|| *J^ The Emperor j^ said, ^ Right!

• ' ^ III ■ . I ■ .,1,1 >

* io be kind, meati^ tu 80uthe tiiem by lil;eruhty ; to ca|mcitatc,
means to render them j>ruticient by exercise. He thus intimated the im-
portance of attending to both far and near, and having referred to
the subject ven* rally, he afterwards poiut« out more particularly how
they were to be treated.

t Wheii these five precepts nre suitably attended to, O^en not only
will the middle country be properly ij:overned, but evcii the baiba*
rians will lead on each other and suhnait themselves.

J Yu*s nnme was Jy/ Sze, he was the son of g^ Kwlln« the

Lord of ^^ Tsung.

§ The duty of Surveyor General was to adjngt the land and waters.
Tie President and nobles all said, Lord Yu, who riow tilU the office
of Surveyor General, can occu) y the station of Prinie Miuihter. Tl'C
^mperor assented to their reiommendiuion, and addrensing Yu, com-
manded him still to fulfil the duties of Surveyor, and unite with tho^^e
the business oi' Prime Mini^l^r ; thu« rejordiug his former merit, and
liTL'ini? bun to new exertions.

Ij Tselh held the office ufSu peri nt-nident of AgrictiltuTe. IliiR prl-

30 THE CANON OF SHUN.

nevertheless ^ do you ^ »fe go and set about it.-^
^ The Emperor H said, ^ K'he \ (that is Tseih)
^ the black-haired ]^ people are ^H. afflicted with
M hunger ; do ^ you ^ Prince ^ TsethJ |§sow
1^ in their seasous ^ the various kinds ^ of

grain.§

The i^ Emperor Q said, §^ Seg! "g^ ^ the peo.
pie ^ are not ^ harmonious, and 5E ^he five fjfj

orders of relatioMshij | jf\ are not ^ obeyed ; -J^
do you f^ become p^ ^ Public Instructor, and i^
careful! vf ^ diflFuse abroad 55. the five ^ pre-

vate name was ^^ K'be, and his surname xft ^® j ^^ ^^^ ap-
pointed to the government of pJJ Tae. ^^ Se5 was the name of an-
other officer, his surname wafs "j* Yu, and he was appointed to the
government of |>^ Shang. Tseth and Se^ were both sons of

the Emperor j^ Kuh, (and hence the brethren ofYaou.) Kaou-
Yaou was also the name of a minister of state.

f " Do you go and set about it," indicates that he would not ad-
mit ot his refusal. In the former part of this chapter Shun is cal-
led by his name, but in the following sections he is styled Emperor ;
for when Yaou was old, Shun was merely associated with him in
the government, so that as long a« Yaou lived, Shun did not take
the title of Emperor, but after his death, Shun ascended the throne^
and was styled accordinijlv.

J Those who had both rank and territory were called princes.

§ This command was issued in consequence of Yus advice, re-
commending Tseih toat^er.dto his old office, and complete the business

II The five orders of relationship are those between parents and
children, rulers and subjects, husbands and wives, superiors and
inferiors, friends and associates. ^

f Although the sa'^es are always careful in business, yet this being
an afiair of importance, carefulness Is especially enforced, and gentle-
ness inculcalated. For the principle of these five emanates from the
natural feeling of the human heart, and needs not constraint for rts
production, hut when men are kept back by the depravity of their
natural temperanaents, or drowned in the obscurity of human lusts,
they begin to be confused in their principles, and ceaso to love and
obey one another. Thus, taking advantage of Yu's dicliiiing in favour
of SeS, the Emperor issues his commands, directing Si'g to take as
fiefore the charireofthe public morals, further admonishing him to
ht careful in diffusing instruction, and gentle in his treatment of the
i|>eop]e^ that by softness and mildness, instruction so;tkintf and dis-
tilling, might y;radua]ty imbue their minds ; and tl)« reality of tbeif

THE GANON OPSIXUN. 31

ccpts ; * but It all ^ coDsists in ^ gentleness.
'Ihe tf^ Emperor said, ^ j^ Kaou-Yabu ! ^
the barbarians ^ disturb the S- Summer re-
giun ;f while j^ robbers, gP( murderers, ^ bandits
and ^ traitors abound ; do ^^ you f'^ become "f^
criminal judge, and make use of jE ^1^^ five kinds ffl]
of punishment ^ ^^ to repress (their crimes;) in
using these 5£ five iT\odcs of ^^ repressing crime,
there are ~ three ]^ placesj (for inflictini/ the pe-
nalty ;) while in 55. the five (commutations for) J)^Q
banishment , ^ there are ^ certain places (of exile;)
but though there be 3? five ^ cases (in which ba-
nishment is allowed,) there are merely ^ three ^
degrees of distance (to which parties are banished). §

heavenly nature would thus be spontaneously elicited, without thepossi.
hility of cessation, or the least fear of their losini^ their sense ol shame.
Mang'tsze, in quoting Yaou's words, speaks of encouragiiijf , invitini^,
helpin&f, strengthening, assisting, and aiding the people in their flight,
80 that thev themselves mii^ht attain to virtue.

* The five precepts are, that affection should exist between pa-
rents and children, righteousness between rulers and subjects, distinc-
tion of duties between husbands and wives, order between superiors
and inferiors, and sincerity between friends and associates. Be-
cause in these five there are the principle of suitability, they are there-
fore made the groundwork of instruction.

f Ts^nir-she says, that China is the land of civilization and intel-
ligence, hence it is called the region of Flowery Summer.

X Kun&r-she considers that these three places denote that great
offenders were punished in the open field, that officers of govern-
ment paid the penalty of the law within the court, ani mere scholars
in the niarket-]);ace. It does notanpear what proof he has fortius asser-
tion ; we should rather imnt^ine the meaning to be. that capital offen-
ces were expiated in the market-place, that castration was performed
in a secret apartment, and that the remaining punishments were in-
flicted in some sheltered j)lace. For when the offences were not
capital, it was provided, that the criminals sliould be punished under
cover, lest the wind should get into their wounds, and thus accident-
ly occasion death ; which showed the benevolence of the Sage.

§ Kung-she considers that great offenders were banished to the
four borders , the less malignant to the outside of the nine dis-
tricts, and the next lighter ones to the distance of 1000 le. In this
matter, although we do not see what proof he has of the fact, yet ge-
lierally speaking it do^ not appear far from the truth.

32 TUB C\NOX OF 5ff0N.

f^ only be thou fl^ discriminating, and (people
urdl be) ^ able to ^ acquiesce.*

The ^ Emperor |3 said, ^ Who is there, that ^
complying (with reason,) nill atterKl (o -^ my variaus
X works vf Ihey^all ^replied, ^^ Cliuy
(is the man !J) 'ITie ^ Emperor Q said, -^ Rii^ht !
^OhliChuy! T^f do you attend to the ^X
public works, f^ Chuy ^ bowed, and 1^ bending^
down "^ his head to the groond, ^ declined ^
in favour of ^ Shoo, }j/f I'seang, ^ and |Q ^
Pih-Yu. The ^ Emperor ^ said, ^ True ! but
do you ^^ go, notwithstanding; as ^ you are |
suited to the undertaking.

The i^ Emperor Q said, fl^ Who is there, that
in accordance (with the nature of things,) will take
charge of -^ my J; higher and "jC lower domains, §
]^ pastures and ^ woods, ^ birds and ^ beasts.
1 hey ;^ all Q said, i^ ^ Yih is the man. The i^
Emperor Q said, ^ Ri^ht ! ^^ Oh j^ Yih ! f^ do
you ip become ^^ mv j^ forester.^ ^ Yih ^
bovvmg ^ bent down ]^ his hea<l to the ground, anJ
^ declined ^ in favour of ^ Choo, f^ Hon, ^
lieung ^ and Pe.** The *^ Emperor 13 said,

^ Oh iu;cotint uf Yu'h declining ia favour of Kaou-yaou, the
Eitiperor iiMued thin order to him ; and further cautioiKd him to
be diftcnminatini^, that he might apportiou punbhrneiits to the of-
fencen, and obtain the acquiescence of all.

f The K*befih-U enumeratoii six kinds of works, viz. those on
earth, isetal, stone, wood, leather, and brass. According to the
Chow-U, there were works in wood, metal, skin, colouring, and
braiding.

X Chnjr is the name of a minister of state, who was celebrated for
Ms ini^nious devices. Shoo, Tseang, and Pih-Yu, were also mi-
nisters.

J The upper and lower domains are the hills and forests, the fens
marshes.

% A foreMter In one who takes charge of the hill^ and marshes.

** These were four ministers who perhaps received raraes signi-
fying tiger, leopard, bear, k^z, because they were skilli^d in subdi^ing
these wild animals

THE CANON OF SHUN. 33

^ True ! but ^ ^ do you go, for ^ you are |^
suited to the business.

The 'i^ Emperor said, -^ Oh ! you (President
of the) P^ ^ four mountains, ^ is there any one fj^
who can ^ regulate ^ for me ^ the three ^ ce-
remonies ? * They ^ all Q replied, jg ^ Pih-ef
(is the man.) The ^ Emperor ^ said, ^
Right ! -^^ Oh f|9 Pih ! ^ do you ^ become the ^
arranger of the ^ ancestorial temple ; J j^ day and
' night W^ be JgJ respectful, ]§] ^ be upright and
be ^ pure. § fQ Pth ^ bowed and ^ bent
down "g" his head to the ground, ^ declining ^ in
favour of ^ Kwei and jjQ Lung, The Jj^ Emperor
H said, "^True ! but ^ go, and ^^ be thou res-
pectful.

The 'i^ Emperor H said, ^ Kwei ! ^ I order
^ you ^ to regulate ^ music, and ^ teach the ^
^ eldest sons ( of the nobles ) i§ to be honest fjfl
and yet ^ gentle, ^ liberal jjfj] and yet ^ stem,
^ firm ffi ^ without ^ oppression, and ^ expedi-
tious Ijjj 3^ without ^ disrespect || Now ^ Poetry

* The three ceremonies are the ceremonies used in sacrificing to
the celestial gods, feasting the spirits of men, and offering to the
terrestrial deities.

f Fih-e is the name of a minister, whose surname was 5c Keang.
Kwei and Lung were also ministets.

{ " The arranger of the ancestorial temple," was the officer who
superintended and arranged the service of the various gods, and he
was thu^ denominated because he presided chiefly over the ancestorial
temple.

§ When men are respectful and upright, without the least sel-
fishness or perversion, then their minds will be pure and free from
the fiithiness of lust ; so that they may hold intercourse with the gods.

II When people are straightforward, they are generally deficient
in mildness, therefore he wishes them to be gentle ; when libera], they
are frequently watting in sternness, hence he would enforce rigidity ;
which shows that the Emperor was concerned about their imperfec-
tions and wished to help them on. So also firmness sometimes leads
men into committing acts of oppression, and impetuosity urges them

F

34 THE CANON OF SHUN,

^ gives expression to the jg inclination, and ^ in
chanting odes ^ you should lengthen out ^ the
words ; in which ca«e §5 the notes 'j^ should accord
with ^ the length of the measure. ♦ Make use of the
^ panpipe ^fl to regulate S^ the voice, | and the )\

on to be guilty of disrespect, hence he wished to guard them against
excesses, and to restrain their feelings ; aitniog to inculcate the above
duties on the young nobles, he intimates that the way to accomplish
it was by laying stress oh music ; just as in the Book of Ceremonies
of the Chow dynasty, the chief musician is said to maintain Uie rules
of harmony, in order to instruct the youth of the nation ; while Coa-
fucius speaks of elevating them by poetry and perfecting them by
music. For this is the way to cleanse impurities, and guard againat
satiety, it gives impulse to the blood, and freedom to the spirits, while
it nourishes the virtue of inward harmony, and rescues mankind from
the depravity of their natural temperamoits.

* That towards which the mind tends is called the inclination; and
when the mind has any bias it will be exhibited in words ; hence
it is said '^ odes give expression to the inclination." When the views
are embodied in song, the measure will be sometimes long, and some-
times short, hence it is said '* in chanting odes the words should be
lengthened out." Differing in length, the notes will also vary in
being high or low, sharp or flat, hence it is said, " in chanting you

should lengthen out your words." The notes in music are j^

Kung, ^ Shang, ^ Ke8, ^ Ching, and ^ Yu. Generally
speaking, with regard to the notes of a tune, the long and flat are ar-
ranged under Kung ; gradually becoming more sharp and short, they
enter Shang, after that they merge into Keo, Ching, and Yu ; this is
what is meant by *^ the notes being in accordance with the length of
the measure.'' Having the long and short, the sharp and flat notes^
it will be necessary to take the 12 tubes of the orphean pipe, and
karmoaize them, then it will be possible to form the chords and pre-
vent discord. If for instance, the fistula of the "Yellow tube," be taken
for the Kung, then the " Great arrow, " (or the one a third higher)
would be Shang ; the " Lady bathing," (or the third above that )
would be Keo ; while ** the Forest tube," (a fourth higher ) would
be the Ching ; and the " Southern spine," ( a thurd higher still )
would be Yu. This is obtained by dividing the numbers which re-
present the notes by three, and adding or subtracting, when, after an
interval of e^ght notes, they will reproiduce themselves. The rest of"
the pipes may be arranged in the same manner. This is what the
Economy of Ceremony and Music calls, the five notes, the six regu-
lators, and the twelve pipes ; each in its turn may take the Kung as-
the key note ; this is what is called, *' making use of the panpipe to-
regulate the voice."

f When the sounds of the human voice are harmonized, then let
the notes accord with the eight musical intruments, and the music will

THE CANON OF SHUN. 35

eight kinds of ^ instruments, JJ when you can ^,
harmonize the whole, ^ but do not :^ ^ interfere
with j^ the due order. 1 hen both ^ gods and ^
men J^ ^ will approve. J

be invariably harmonious, and without discord or disorder ; thus
the tune may be Btruck up in the court, or presented in the sa-
crificial temple, and both gods and men will approve of it. The
sages constructed music, in order to animate natural ieelin^s, to
foster human talents, to serve Rpiritual beings, and to harmonize tlie
various ranks of men ; the utility and effects of music were once thus
extensive and deep, but now we have no repetition of these melodies.
How exceedingly lamentable ! [Tor an illustration of this system,
see the diagram on music]

J The following extract from the L6 K^ may serve to render the a-
bove passage a little more clear.

Text. The Kung may be compared to the prince, the Shang to
the minister, the Keo to the people, the Ching to matters of bu-
siness, and the Yu to things J when thene five are not confused, therd
will be no discordance nor interruption of sound.

CoMMENTABT. The Origin of the five sounds springs from the regu-
lation of the " Yellow tube." This tube is 9 ( Chinese ) inches long,
and each inch has nine lines, which make 81 lines, this is the mea-
sure of the Kung sound. Take away one third, or 27, in order to form
the Chitig sound, and you have 54. To the Ching add one third, or
18, and you produce the Bhang, whidh is 72. Deduct from the
Shang one third, or 24, and you have 48, for the Yu sound. To the
Yu add one third, or 16, and the result is 64, for the Keo sound.
Dividing the Hombers of the Keo sound, into three, you have an odd
one remaining, and the calculation cannot go forward, hence the
sounds stop at five ; this is the order of their mutual production.

The relation of Kung to Ching is then 54^8 Iths equal to § or a fifth.
The relation of Ching to Shang is ,, 54.72ths ,, „ f" „ a fourth.
The relation of Shang to Yu is ,, 48-72ths ,, „■§ „afourth.

The relation of Yu to Keo is „ 48.64ths „ „ f „ a fifth.
Kung belongs to the element earth, and to produce it a cord must
be used of 81 lines in length, which gives the longest and lowest of the
five sounds ; being thus distinguished, it is called the Piance. The
Shang belongs to the element metal, and to produce it a cord is used of
72 lines in length ; its sound is moderately low, hence it comes next
in order to the prince, and is called the minister. The Keo ^elougs
to the element wood, and to produce it a cord must be used 64 lines
in length : the sound being half shrill and half gruff, it occupies the
middle of the gamut, it is therefore next in order to the minister, and is
denominated the people. The Ching belongs to the element fire ;
in order to produce it a cord is used 54 lines iniength, and its sound
is shrill ; as therefore after the people comes business, it is called
the busiuess note. The i'u belongs to the element water, and in

36

THS CANON OP SHUN.

otder to produce it, ft cord aaoA be lued 48 liaea in length, irhich
being tlie ahoitest, the uufid is ehrillest, ftod as things succeed to
buKiDew, it ia known by the name of the material note. This is the
orderof their rank, lite five nvtes originate irith the Yeltoir tube,
wlucb is the Kung ; but the Knng may be interchanged, and all the
other eleven pipes may by turns coramence with the Kung. The
Kung, however, must be considered that of the prince, and must not
be nuiked below the minister. The Sbang most be the minister, and
must not precede the prince. The Ke5 must be ranked with the peo-
ple, the Ching with business, aad the Yn with things, eacb in theii
proper order. Should the minister note exceed the prince, the peo-
ple that of the minister, bnaineea that of the people, and things that of
business ; then it will not be proper to use a whole note, but a half
note must be substituted ; this is the way in which the eight musical
instruments will accord, and dissonance be prevented.

To illuslrate the relation of the musical notes to each other, the Chi-
nese make use of the two diagrams .which are here presented to the
reader. The first exhibits the relation of the Sve tones to eacb o-
tber, which is ss follows :

Kung requires a cord of 81 tenths of a Chinese inch m length.

THE CANON OF SHDN.

37

Theao have been ndjuated to the European gamut by J. H BleU
terman, Esq. at follows ;

The second diagram atiewa the sounds produced by the 13 tubes
of the Chinese panpipe, in wbich we trace some resemblance
to the doctrine of interrals, spolten of by western writers.
" When a Bonotous body is strucli till it gives a sound, the ear, t>e-
sides the principal sound and its octave, perceiyes two other sounds
verf high, of which one is tlie twelfth above the principal sound, that
IS to say, the octave to the fiilh of that lound, and the other is the
17th major aboTe the same eound, that is to say, the double octave
of its third major." Thus, if we take the fin^t note of the Chinese
sarout f^ ^ , we shall find that Ihe note ^ ^ is the ocUre,
1^^ the twelilh, and ^ j'j^ the seventeenth, of which ^^
is again the octave.

38

tBt CANON OF SHUN.

The ifj^ £m]peror ^ said, fJHOhhtn^l ^ I am
Bp vexed with those ^ slanderous ^ words and
^ injurious ^ practices, which ^ alarm and H^
disturb ^ iny ^ people,* I thereforej^ command
^ you ^ to assume the office of ^^ censor,^ ^
day and ^ night |lj to issue ^ and receive ^ my
-^ commands, i|i^ and only (permit to pass) ^ what is
genuine.

Tha'jff Emperor Q said, ^Oh J^you ni"
twenty H" and — two ^^ persons, J ^n^ht respect-
ful, and tfg^ complying with ^ the proper seasons, ^
illumine ^ the celestial ^^ undertakings.

the yellow tube is 4^JS ^^^ forest pipe
great spine, „ g^ fQ foreign law.

The octave of the

>»

»

>>

9»

»

99

99

99

99

99

99

99

99

99

southern spine

^f unshot arrow.

^responsive tube

^g yellow tube.

great spine*

great arrow,
doable tube.

lady bathing.

middle spine

floarish. -guest

great arrow,
double tube,
lady bathing,
Q middle spine, ^ ^

'^^ flourishing guest, j^
forest tube,
foreign law,
southern spine, „
unshot arrow, „ jljj
[responsive tube, ,,

* This means that these slanderous persons spoke incorrectly,
and confounded white with black, so as to agitate men*s minds.

f It belonged to the public censor to inspect all orders and instruc-
tions, and if genuine to issue them; thus misrepresentations would
not prevail, nor falsehoods be relied upon. When reports and re-
plies were sent in, he was required to examine them, and if suittible,
he was to forward them to the Emperor ; thus corrupt and licentious
documents would be kept back, and the clues of merit would be
discernible.

X The two and twenty persons, were the President, the 'nine of-
ficers just mentioned, and the twelve governors of districts. Ac-
cording to the Ceremonies of the Chow Dynasty, "Within were the
Prime Minister and the Chief President, and withorft were the go-
vernors of diBtricts ond the nobles. Fot the Prime Minister took
the superintendence of the corps of officers, while the Chief Presi-

THE CANON OF SHUN. 39

Every = three ^ years ^ he examined into jg|
their merits, and after rn three :^ such examina-
tions 1^ he degraded and ^ advanced ||^ the stu-
pid and ^ intelligent,* until ^ all j^ their merits
were J^ universally ^ spread abroad ; while he ^
separated and ^ turned btxck to back (the princes of)
the ::::2 three '^ Meaou.f

After ^ Shun ^ was born S ^ thirty years, ^
he was summoned into JS employment ; ^ -|* for
thirty yenrs ^ he sat on t£ the throne (with Yaou,)
and having reigned 55 "1^ fi% SUt y^^^s alone, he ^

deqt took the oversight of the twelve gtvemors. Having comman-
ded them separately, be now gives them some general directions, re-
quiring them to be careful in the discharge of their duties, and in aid-
ing the business of Heaven.

* Three examinations made out nine years, and after the period of
nine years the intelligence or the stupidity of the men, with the suc-
cess or failure of the business might be ascertained ; he could thus
elevate the well-informed and degrade the dull, while rewards and
punishments being thus clearly and uprightly administered, every man
would exert hi^ strength in meritorious undertakings, and thus the
good qu9litie9 of i^l would be widely extended.

f While he retained the good, he discarded the bad, and banish^
ing them, he made them turn their backs on each other, and sent
them far away. Thi9 means that Shun, having commanded his
two and twenty officers, established this mode of examining their
merits, that he might elevate or degrade them accordingly. He
acted as circumstances required, and thus spoke of the results.
We find that the affairs of the Three Meaou (a tribe of independent
mountaineers still existing) are spoken of in the classics, and more

particularly in the sections denominated the j^ Canons, and the

Counsels, together with those entitled S ^ Ylh-Tseih, ^

Yu-Kung, and |^ TpJ Leu-hing. For this tribe, depending
on their fastnesses, would not entirely submit, sometimes they ac-
knowledged themselves as subjects, and sometimes they rebelled, un-
til Shun assumed the reins of government and drove them away.
When Yu drained off the waters, the district ( f San-wei was alrea-
dy peopled by them, and the iii habitants of their old capital still prov-
ing rebellious, they refused to \vork. When Yu came ir.to power,,
the Emperor commanded them to remove, but they still disobeyed
orders, until Yu marched back his troops, and after that, they came
to him. Thus he was enabled to ascertain who were good and who
bad, and to «[ivide them asunder the one from the other.

40 THE CANON OF SHUN.

a gcended j^ far away J^ and j(g died.* (B. C. 2201 .)

* Han-tsz^ says. In the annals of the bamboo books, the death of
kings is always called an ascending, meaning that they ascended to
heaven. The CUssics say, according to the Ceremonies of the Yin
dynasty, '^ the deceased princes ascended and were associated with
heaven," meaning that when they closed their days uprightly, their
virtues were blended with those of heaven. Hence the classic recor-
ding the latter end of Shun says, that he ascended, and afterwards
it adds, .that he died, by which the writer would explain that ascend-
ing means dying. When Shun was 30 years of age, Yaou summon-
ed him into employment, and having tried him three years, he asso-
ciated him with himself in the government for nearly 28 years, mak-
ing together 30 years, when Shun ascended the imperial throne.
Fifty years after this he died. For in the end of the section, we have
a general view of his beginning and end. History says, that Shun,

being on a visit of inspection, died in the wilderness of

Tsang-woo, but M&ng-tszd has said, that Shun died at ^^ ^^^
Ming-teaou ; we know not which is correct. However the tomb

of Shun is still pointed out in the nine hills of !^ |^ Ling-lmg.

The following account of the San meaon is extracted from the works
of Magaillans, by the Editor of the Chinese Repository.

The independent mountaineers in Sze-chuen, Yun-nan, Kwei*
chow and Kwang-se, pay no tribute to the emperor, nor yield
him any obedience, being governed by absolute princes, whom the
Chinese call " local lords," and *'local officers." Their towns are, ftJr
the most part, so environed with high mountains and steep rocks ** as
if nature had taken a particular care of their fortification." Within
these mountains lie extensive fields and plains, and many towns and
villages. Though they speak the Chinese, *' they have a particular
language also, and their manners and customs are likewise somewhat
different from those of the sons of Han." Nevertheless, adds our au-
thor, **their complexion and the shape of their bodies are altogether
alike ; but as to their courage, you would think them to be quite
another nation : the Chinese stand in fear of them, so that after se-
veral trials, which they have made of their prowess, they have been
foi'ced to let them live at their own liberty, and to consent to a Xree
tfaffic and commerce vfiih them." He gives an account of one of
the chiefs, who \vith an army of forty thousand men, was beguiled and
destroyedJ)y-tC Chinese usurper : of this catastrophe he himself was
an eye-witness.

For a further account of this tribe, see the Chinese Repository for
March, 1845.

tttE GREAT YU^S COUNSELS. 41

SECTION. III.
THE -j^ GREAT ^ YU'S ^ COUNSELS.* '

^ NowJ^ on examining "jf^ the ancient sag^,
-j^ the Great ^ Yfl, lE| we may say, that ^ his li-
terature and 1^ his doctrines ^ were diffused "J*
towards the pQ four ^ seas, while ^ he respectfully
^ submitted "^ to ij^ the Emperor (Shun.)t

Yii ^ said, when |§ a prince ^ can feel H^ the
difficulties of ^ his )^ princedom, and ^ a minis-
ter ^ is able to appreciate ^ the responsibility of
j^ his ^ stewardship, |^ the government J^ will
be ^ well-regulated, and the ^ black-haired ^
people ^ will speedily ^ attain to virtue. J

The ^ Emperor |3 said, -^ Good ! and ;f^ really
^ if you can carry out ^ this ^ excellent "p maxim,
then there will be ^ no virtues ^ that f/^; can be
concealed, ^ in the wilderness 4& there will be no
neglected ^ worthies, and ^ every ^ region

* Lrn-she says, that the historian of Shun, having delivered the
two Caiions, it was found that th«re was something incomplete in
them ; hence he further relates the excellent words, nnd conversations
on good government, which took place 1 etvi een that prince and his
ministers, and thus added the three sections of the Counsels of the
Great Yii, with those of Kaou-yaou, and Ylh-tseih, in order to
supply the deficiencies of the two Cano ns. The edition in modern
characters does not include these sections, while that in the ancient
form of writing does.

f The historian here speaks of Yu, as having diffused his accom-
plishments and instructions throughout the four seas, and then setting
forth his counsels in the presence of Shun, in order to receive his opi-
nion, as the following sections set forth.

X Here we have Y^ respectfully submitting his suggestions to
Shun. He meant that when a prince does m t dare to make light
of his duties as a ruler, and when a minister does not presume to tri-
fle with his oheiience as a subject, being day and night tremblingly
alive to their responsibilities, and each fulfilling that which devolves
on him, then government will be well ordered and exempt from cor-
ruption, and the people, naturally influenced by their example will
be speedily converted to goodness, without being able to help it.

G

42 THE GREAT YU's COUNSELS.

j^ will be thoroughly ^ peaceful ; but in order to
this ^ you must enquire ^ of J^ all, ^ you naust
give up Q your own opinions and ^ follow the advice
y^ of others, ^ you must not ^ oppress those ^
who have none •§ to plead for them, ^ nor ^| reject
^ the poor and ^ wretched, f^ Oaly the ^ Em-
peror (Yaou) ^ ^ i^ sufficient for these things.*

^ Yih ^ said, ^ Oh ! ^ the Emperor's |j[ vir-
tue j^ is extensive and j|| perpetually revolving ; -j-
7j he is 1^ sagelike, J^ and ^ divine, 75 h^ 's ^
dignified, 7^ and ^ elegant; so that ^ imperial j^
Heaven ^ has regarded him -^ with its decree, J e-
ven ^ to extend >j^ his authority over p5l the four ^
seas, and >^ be ^ fC the empire's ^ ch'ef.

* Here Shun approves of Yu's words, and intimates that if this
could be accomplished, he would then give free vent to the opinions
of all, and bring about him a host of worthies, so that the people of
the empire would all experience his kindness, and invariably attain to
their right position. But except a man entirely loses sight of his
own interests, and complies with right reason, loving the people, and
cherishing the scholars to the uttermost, he will not be able to ac-
complish this ; and only Yaou is sufficient for such an attainment,
while common men invariably fall short of it. This answer was
an expression of his humility, in which he did not dare to say
that he could accomplish it. From this then Shun's sense of the
responsibilities of his situation might be known.

f Extensive^ means great and unlimited; revolving^ means travel-
ling round without cessation ; the Emperor's virtue being thus mag-
nificent and all- pervading, his renovations were inscrutable ; thus,
speaking of the greatness of his reforming energy, he is called sage-
like ; speaking of his unfathomable sagacity, he is called divine ; al-
luding to bis awe-inspiring majesty, he is denominated dignified ; and
with reference to the budding forth of his glories, he is styled elegant.

J Yaou's origin does not appear in the classical record ; tradition

says, that he arose at once from the station of the Earl of f^ Tang
to b? Bmperor, and looking at YXh*s words, it would seem reasonable
tQ conclude thus. A certain one has said, " that when Shun uses
the word Emperor he refers to Yaou, but when his ministers employ
the term, they allude to Shun hinaself,'' hence such expressions as
'' the Emperor's virtue is faultless,*' and '^ let your imperial majes-
ty consider,*' both refer to Shun. Thus Ylh taking advantage of
Shun's honouring Yaou, proceeds to admire Shun's virtue, in oiider
to eucparage him, saying, that B<»t only was this the case with Yaou,
but ** your imperial majesty is also thus." ^ow on examining the

T«E GREAT YU's COUNSELS. 43

^ YA Q said, to ^ pursue the ^ right way
^ is felicitous, ^ to follow ^ perverse paths^ is

calamitous; -l^ just like ^ the shadow and ^ the
echo.*

^ Yih m said, fff Oh ! 5^ ^ take care If and
1^^ be particularly cautious ^ j^n unforeseen
circumstances,^ lest yoa^ fail in ^^^ the applica-
tion of the laws; ^ do not ^ saunter ^ at 5^
ease, f^ nor be '/^ excessive =f in indulging ^ plea-
sure. J -^ lu employing ^ the talented ^ do not
listen ^ to mischief-makers ; § ^ remove f(5 cor-
rupt persons ^ without^ hesitatiou.|| and^ doubt-
ful ^ schemes ^ do not ^ complete,^ thus |^ all
your ^ projects 'jll will be )6B successful. ^ Do uot
violate ^ right principles, 1)J^ in order to ^ seek
j^ the people's :^ !^ applause ; but ^ do not 0^

quotations here made, with reference to the case in hand, they certair-
ly appear very apposite. But as Ylh is carrying out the former sen-
tence, *' only the E nprror Yaou is sufficient for these things," it does
not seem proper so .suddenly to drop the idea of Yaou, and consider
Shun as the object of discourse. Moreover to l^rinch forth in the
praises of Shun, without enconrasring or warnrnghim, would seem an
excess of flattery, which mea c )uld scarcely have reached in those
early times. Tiieref«n*e the old interpretation, which makes Yaou the
subject ofapprobatioi,is to be prefened.

* The meaning is, that the way of heaven is awe-inspiring ; felicity
and calamity correspond to virtue and vice, as tiie shadow and echo
follow the sabfitance and proceed from the sound ; in order to show that
a man must not make light of the duties of his station, and to carty
out the idea of the former section.

f He first utters an exclamation, and then lays down a caution, in
order to induce minute discrimination on the part of his audience.

J In unforseen circumstances, the laws are easily set aside and re-
laxed, he therefore cautious against failure on these occasions. In
circurastances of ease and pleasure, men readily become dissolute, be
therefore guards against sauntering and excess. While he lays
down thene three maxims with the view of inspiring care and fear.

§ When the worthless attempt to prejudice you against the vir-
tuous whom you wish to employ, it iscaUedmisc' ief-making.
11 To be irresolute in excluding the vicious is called hesitation.
% A scheme is a plan of action : finding that your actions do not
accord with right principles, and being dissatisfied about them, then
do not attempt to carry them out.

44 THE GREAT Yu's COUNSELS.

oppose ^ j^ the people, J^jJ in order to ^ gratify

2i y^^^ ^ ^^° 'Sfc inclioations. ^ Be not ^ sloth-
ful, ^ nor ^ remiss, and pCj the surrounding ^ bar-
barians ^ will come 3E ^^^ acknowledge your
sovereignty.*

^ Yu Q said, 1^^^ ?^ let your majesty ^ ^
consider ! ^ virtue f^ consists mainly in ^ good ]^
government ; and jj^ good government ^ in ^ nou-
rishing ^ the people, f Let the elements j}^ of water,
j^ fire, ^ metal, >^ wood, i and earth, with ^

* Ooce ia a life-time to come to court, is called acknowlddgiirg
eovereignty.

When an emperor attends to these eight maxims, morning and even-
ing, cautiously and tremblingly, without negligence of mind, or re-
missness in business, then the principles of right government will be
more gloriously displayed ; and when the distant barbarians without
exception revert to him, the submission of the people of the middle
country may be easily conceived.

On examining what Ylh says about these eight maxims we find a
gradation in them. For when a prince can maintain the laws, with-
out giving way to ease and pleasure, his mind will be correct, his per-
sonal virtues cultivated, and the principles of rectitude will be fully
developed ; then with regard to the talents of men who may, and who
may not be employed ; also with respect to the rights and wrongs of
business, what may and what may not be doubted of, he is able to
examine every thing minutely, without the least doubt or darkness.
Thus the mind is illumined and rendered intelligent, and in manag-
ing the business of the empire, both that which is according to cor-
rect virtuous principles, and must not be opposed, and that wliich is in
compliance with right popular feeling, and must not be withstood, he it*
able to assign each circumstance to its proper place, without errin:^
from right reason, or allowing the slightest degree of selfish feeling to
intervene. This was the object of Yih's profound caution, and the
way by which he enlarged upon the counsels of the great Yu, in urg ing
a due sense of responsibility, and the following out of the right way.
But if a man do not possess the essentials of virtue, and in discerning
between right and wrong, giving and receiving, if he do not extermi-
nate the selfishness of private feeling, while he desires to be resolute
and unhesitating in practice, he will find tliat the injurious conspquences
will be unspeakable. Can we then possibly dispense with caution ?
t Ylh had in the former section laid down the principles of caution,
while in this Yu sighs aud admires the observation, saying, Let
your Majesty deeply consider what Ylh has said ; further remarking
that virtue does not consist in mere goodness, but mainly in perfec-
Ijing government. So government is not merely a system of laws, but
the ability to nourish the people ; what the following section says, of

THE GREAT Yu's COUNSELS. 45

grain, j/^he j^ well regulated ; * jE adjust the ^
domestic virtues.f ^ij increase ^ useful commodities,*
^ promote ^ human existence, § and |^ cause ^
harmony to prevail. || Let these ;^ nine ^ afFairs^j ^^
^^J^ w^ll arranged, ^nnd these nine ^ being arrang-
ed,** f^ let them ^ be set to musicff In ^ cau-
tioning jj^ them ^ use ^ good words, and in ^ re*

the six granaries and the three main things, refers also to the nourish-
ment of the people.

* " Let water, fire, &c. be well regulated,*' means that water should
be used to overcome fire ; fire, metal ; metal, wood ; and wood earth ;
thus producing the five kinds of grain ; perhaps it might be necessa-
ry to adjust any one of these iti order to draw off* superfluities, or it
might be requisite to aid them in order to supply deficiencies, and
thus all the six would well regulated.

f " To adjust the domestic virtues'* means, that parents should be
kind, children filial, elder brethren friendly, younger brethren res-
pectful, husbands upright, and wives obedient, by which means the
people's virtue would be adjusted.

J " To increase useful commodities" means, that artificers
should make implements, while the merchants bartered goods for
money, in order to advance the people's employments.

§ *' To promote human existence" means, to clothe them in silk and
feed them with flesh, that they might neither be cold nor hungry,
which is the way to foster the people's lives.

II These six being attended to, the lives of the people would begin
to advance. Bat we must not allow them to live at ease without in-
struction, and therefore we inculcate good principles and disseminate
instruction, in order to adjust their domestic virtues ; we make la-
bour general and get commodities interchanged, in order to increase
useful articles ; we settle arrangements and are careful about the re-
gulations, in order to promote human existence ; making every thinar
accord with rii^ht principles to the exclusion of what is perverse, and
then there will be no want of harmony.

% ** The nine affairs" refers to the reg-ilation of the six substan-
ces and the observance of the three maxims.

** '* Arranged" means th;;t each one of these should be consonant
with reason and not out of order, lest they confuse the constan t
virtues.

•ft ** Setting them to music " means to take the arrangement of
these nine aflairs, and chant them in a ballad.

The whole means that these nine bein'jf carefully attended to, and
harmonized, each one according to its principle, the peoj)le would reap
the benefit, and universally sing these soni^s, while they rejoiced in life.
But to be first diligent and afterwards nearlii^ent, is common to human
feelings ; fearing therefore lest, after a long period of ease and plenty,
the spirit of ne«»:ligence should arise, and thus the merit already se-

46 THE GREAT \u's COUNSELS.

proving "^ them f^ employ J^sternness ; ^ urge ;^
them on J^ with 'fy^ the nine ^ odes, and ^ cause
that there ^ he no ^ disaster.*

The i^ EmjKjror said, ^ Right ! -^ the ground
2p is now levelled. I and ^ the heavens jjjjj will com-
plete (the production of fruits;)^ the six J^ stores J
and ^ three ^ alTdirs§ are -J^ properly j^ regu-
lated, and ^ ten thousand *jfl^ generations ^ eter-
nally ® rely thereon (for support ;) [|^ this J^ is
your :^ merit.

The ^ Emperor |E| said, ^ Come -J^ you ^ Yu !
^ I have been ^ seated on the ^ imperial j^
throne ^ "^ thirty ^ and ~ three ^ years (B.
C. 2223) and ^ am now old and ^ advanced in

cured be of short continuance, and eventually fail, it was found ne*
cessary to ur^e men on, as in the following section.

* Those who are dilgent in this matter should be cautioned
in a kind manner, while the negligent should be strictly warned.
But when a thing is produced by constraint it cannot last Jon? : he
therefore again refers to the song above mentioned, and harmonizinj^
it with the twelve panpipes, aad suiting it to the various notes, he
causes it to be used among the people, and adopted throui^bout the
country, in order to exhort and assist them, so that they may joyful-
ly drum and dance, run to their business and hasten to their work,
without being able to stop themselves ; and thus the merit achieved
in former days may be long preserved, and continued indestructible.

Ko.she has said, according to the Great Rule of Fitness, the five
elements are merely water, fire, wood, metal and earth ; while grain
does not appear among the number ; but Y^, considenng that it was
essential to the people*s subsistence, especially distinguished and
subjoined it.

f The water and earth being duly arranged is called levelling ;
the phrase implies, that when the water and earth are properly level-
led, all things will be brought to perfection.

J The six stores are water, fire, metal, wood, earth, and grain ;
these six are the origin of wealth and utility, and are therefore
called stores.

§ The ** three affairs" are the adjustment of the domestic virtues,
the increase of useful commodities, and the fostering of human exis-
tence ; these three are of all human affairs those which ought to
be first attended to, hence they are called the three affairs. Shun,
hearing Yu speak on the arrangements for nourishing the people,
set forth his merits, in order to applaud him.

THE GREAT YU's COUNSELS. 47

years, so as to be easily f^ fatigued ^ with ^ la-
borious duties ; ^ but be thou j^ only careful ^^
to avoid ^ negligence, ^ and superintend the af.
fairs of ^ my §p people *

-^ Yu ^ said, ^ My ^ abilities p^ are not
equal to the task, and J^ the |)eople ^ do not
accord with me ; but A fM Kaou-yaou ^ has vi.
gorously |g diffused ^ his virtues, which ^ virtues
75 have ^ descended down, and caused the ^
black-haired ^ people *^ to esteem y\ him. '^
Let your Majesty j^=^ consider this : ^^ think-
ing on the person most fit for this office, ^ j^ ray
mind re^ts on him; ^^ if I wo ild dispense with
this man, ^^ ^ my thoughts still recur to him ; ^
^ ^ when his name is mentioned, ^ ^ I in.
stantly imagine he would do ; ^ \ll ^ ^°^ *h®
first impulse of my mind is, >^ ^ that he is the
man. fH Only ^ let your Majesty ^ think of T^
his merits, f

* When a man is ninety, he is called ^ g maou, and when a hun-
dred J3 ke. At this time, Shun was ninety-three years of age,
and therefore he could apply these terms to himself saying, be-
ing old and feeble, I feel soon wearied by any fatiguing employment ;
but do yott exert your strength untiringly, and take charge of the
multitude of my people ; thus he appointed i u to take a part in
the business of government.

f Here Yii acknowledges that his capacities were not equal to the
office, and that the people did not revert to him. But Kaou-yaou,
said he, ^* is vigorous in his undertakings and strenuous in action,
so as to establish the fame of his virtue ; while his excellencies reach
to the people, and induce them to submit to him. I-.et your Ma-
jesty think of him, and do not overlook him." Yii then went on
to say, that his own mind was perpetually set on Kaou-yaou ; that
when it was suggested to set Kaou-yaou aside, and to seek for ano-
tber, be still thought of Kaou-yaou. That when his name was allu-
ded tOy he approved of him, and thnt the sincere impresion of his
mind was in favour of Kaou-yaou. Thus he thought of him again>
and again, and could not remove his approbation from Kaou-yaou.
It was only for the Emperor deeply to consider his merits and as-
sociate him with himself in the throne.

48 THE GREAT Yu'b COUNSELS.

The ^ Emperor ^ said, :^ |^ Oh Kaou-yaou !
j^ ^ these ^ my roinisters '^ and people f^ have
not ^ it may be "f^ oflFended against ^ my TF^
regulations, because f^ yon f^ have tilled the office
of J;; criminal judi^e, and ^ been clear ^ in the
application of 5Ft the five kinds of ^J punishment,
jy^ in order to ^ aid S ^he five points of ^ instruc-
tion,* thus ^^ aiu.ing ^ to establish -Jt my 7^ go-
vernment, fp] By punishment ^ you calculate ^
on eflfecting |^ the discontinuance of ff|] punishments,
^nd ^ the people ^ harmonize ^ in Vfl the due
medium. ^ This jt^ is your ^ merit. J^Sfe ^^
strenuous in your efforts. f

^ ^ Kaou-yaou ^ said, ^ Your Majesty's ^
virtue f^ is v^ithout ^ fault. |^ You come 'p
down to (the people) J>C with ^ a dignified negli-
gence, ^ you urge on J^ the multitude ^ with ^
indulgence. J ^ In inflicting punishments ^ you
do not ^ extend them to ^^ successors, but '^ in
conferring rewards ^ you perpetuate them ^ to jti^
future generations.§ t^ You excuse ^ sins of ig-

* The government of a sage is carried on by virtue, which is the
foundation of the renovation of the people, while punishraests are
used merely to assist when instruction fails.

f To a'tn at, means to make sure of a matter beforehand. Shun's
meaning was, that *' although it was not possible entirely to avoid
the use of punishments, yet that which he calculated on was to arrive
at the point where no punishments would be necessary. Then the
people would all accord with the golden medium, until exempt from
every error and defect, punishments would really be dispensed with.
The effecting of all this is your merit ; go forward, therefore, said he,
in your efforts." For he would not listen to Y^*s refusal, and yet
admired Kaou-yaou*s excellence, in order to urge him onward.

J '* Negligent " means *' not hurried." When superiors are an-
noying and over particular, inferiors have no indulgence ; and if
they urge the people on too pressingly, then the multitude will be
agitated and disordered.

§ Successors and future generations both refer to posterity, but suc-
cessors to the more immediate, and future generations to the more dis-
tant. The sage did not ascribe the crimes of parents and children

THE GREAT Yu's COrNSELS. 49

norance, ^ without regard to -J^ their ononnily^
while Jfl] you punish ^ presumptuous off(^nrei? ^
irrespective of ^|\ their lightfiess* VVIieu |p in
judgments ^ there exists a doubt, \\^ you incline
t ) ]^ clemency ; and when :^ cases of merit ^
are questionable, *[^ you award |^ the more sub-
stantial (recompense.)-)- J^ ^ Rather than ^ put
to death j[\ ^ an innocent person, ^ you would
prefer ^ to err in 35> ^^ irree[ularity. These your
^ ^ life-cherishing ;^ ^^ virtues y^ have instil-
led themselves -J- into the ]p^ people*s /^ minds,
j^ ^ exercising which ^ they do not :J|J offend -^
against >^ ^ the officers of justice. J

to each other, while he extended rewards to future generations ; thus
per})etuatinif his achniration of the ^ood, and cutting short his in-
flictions on the vile.

* Sins of ignorance, are Uiose which are erringly confimittcd, with-
out knowing them to he wrori^ ; and sins of presumption are those
which are purposely perpetrated, with a full knowledge of their malig-
nity. Sins unwittins?ly fallen into, though iire.it, he would excuse ;
hut offences fearlessly perpetrated, although small, he i::sisted on
punishing. This resembles the expression in a former section, ** In
cases of mistake or misfortune, he ordered them to he forthwith foriri-
ven ; but when any presumed, or repeated their offences, they were
punished with death."

f When guilt was ascertained, and there existed some doubt in
the law, whether the punishment should be I'ght or heavy, he then
adopted the lighter infliction ; and when a man's merit was clear,
but the law had not quite determined whether the reward should be
considerable or trifling, he chose tlie more considerable.

J Accordintr to the various interpretations of the law, sometimes
a man might either he put to death or spared : in such cases, if he
were capitally punished, there was a fear of involving an innocent
person; and if not visited with condign punishment, one might fail
in being too remiss ; either of wl)ich would be a departure from the
strict justice and perfect integrity of a sage, while the slaying of an
innocent person would ba m )^t insapporta^le to the mind of a
perfect man ; therefore rather than put the individual to death, and
thus cut short his life. Shun preferred allo^iinsr him to complete his
days, while he himself bore the blame of failing? in the infliction of
due punishment. This shewed the extreme of his benevoh nee and
kindness, and might be denominated a life-cherishing virtue. For
tbe laws. of the philosopher bad a certain limit, but his kind ft>eling«
were onbounded, beuce in inflicting punishments or conferring r^-

H

50 THE GREAT \U'S COUNSELS,

^The Emperor Q said, ^ Causing -^ me ^ to
obtain H^^ n.y wish 1^ in 7^ the trovernraent ( of the
country), until ^ every ;i^ region j^ $)j is influenced
thereby, ^ this is to be attributed to /J :;^ your f^
excellence. *

1^ The Emperor then said, ^ Come here, ^ YA !
When ^ -^ the inundation j^ alarmed ^ me, t you
JJ5 fulfilled ^ your promise, and ]^ ac/complished J^
the undertaking, 'j^ thi» was entirely ^ your.^ abi-
lity. X '^ You could be ||6 diligent ^ in (the busi-
ness of)^ ^he country, and ^ were able to practice ^

i - ■ — ^.. - ■ I ■■■■-■ ■ ^ . ^

wards, when there was any doubt, he invariably made the law bend,
to carry out his gracious intentions, and would not allpw the idea
of adhering to tlie strict precept, to interfere with the display of
humanity. This is the way in which his better feelings maintained
Uieir unobstructed course, and travelled beyond Uie mere letter of the
law, until their outflowings widely extended themselves, soaking and
saturating into the people's minds, so that the subjects of the em-
pire, universally affected by longing delight, rose up to goodness, and
did not offend against the officers of justice. Kaou-yaou, hearing
Shun applaud his servant's merits, uUered this in order to give all
the glory to his superior ; for he did not dare to appropriate admira-
tion to himself, or to account the merit his own.

♦ For th«5 people not to transgress the laws, and for the ruler not
to inflict punishment, this was what Shun desired. '* You, said he,
have been able to promote the fulfilment of my wish, in the govern-
ment of the country, so that reformation has spread throughout all
quarters, like the wind influencing and agitatintf every blade of grsss ;
this is all to be ascribed to your goodness.'* Here Slmn again utters
an exclamation, in order renewedly to admire the excellence of
Kaou-vaou.

f An ** inuniatiou" means an extensive flood. The ancient
text reads it, the descent of waters. Mang-tsze said, *' when waters
flow out of their course it is called an inundation ;** as when a
mountain is precipitated, and the waters burst their bounds, while
the out\^ard vent is stopped up, the stream attempting to force its
way, suddenly flows backwards, and overwhelms and inundates to a
boundless extent. Although this calamity commenced in the time of
Yaou, yet when Shun was associated in the government, the evil was
not stopped ; therefore Shun considered it to be a celestial warning
to himself, and did not dare to view it as no concern of his, respecting
which he could make himself easy.

X Yiii^sent up his report, and was able to make good his words, he
tried the scheme and was able to complete the affair ; this is what the
safe qiillf AllftUing his premise and aocompli«bing the undertaking.

ttlL CHEAT YU'S COUKSELi. 51

econoTTty ^ in your ^ household (expenditure,) /fi
without being g ^ self-sufficient and f^ elated ; P
this was also ^ your ^>^irtue.* 'l^ You ^ alone 7f^
did not j^ boast, while 5^ ^throughout the enipire
^ noMe could |^ with ^ you ^ compete f| for abi-
•ity ; -^ you f||"alone ^fC did not^ vaunt, while ^
"p under Heaven, ^ none could |5| with ^j^ you ^
contest 5^ the palm oLn»erit. f ::jp« I *^ tonmiend
75 your ^ virtue, anil ^ admire /} your ^ great
excellence^ ^ -^ The celestial |p ^ destiines
rest on -J^ your |^ person; -^ you j^ eventually
must be elevated TJQto the highest |g r?int:.§
^ llie carnal /l> "^^^^d 1^ i*^ ^ trencberous, while
the virtnous iC> feeling f^ exists only ^ in a small
degree; }|| I.e yoU therefore ^^ minute in distinguishing,
j^ and he — ' uniform in maintaining, while joa ^
firmly ^ grasp ]^ the due tfl medium ||

* Seeine that Yi!i conld do this, he was evidently more capable than
others. But !*till he could he diligent in the kini,'*8 hnsinesa and e-
conomical in his private expenses ; this was a further proof of Yu's
capacity.

f Yu being possessed of these two excellencies, and yet able to a-
void boastinif of his pow r, or vauntin^r his merit, whilst the reality
of his attaintments conld not be concealed, Shun 'ssued his commands,
requiring him to take part in the throne.

J *' 1 commend your virtue" means that Y^ possessed virtue, and
Shun considered it full and great. ** I admire your great merit,^'
intimates that Yi^ had displa} ed this merit, and Shiin accounted it
excellent and good.

§ ** The celestial destinies" refer to the order of succession of kings
nnd rulers, like the precedence of times and seasons, terms and years.
*' The destinies rest on you," intimates that you possess the great
merit of accomplished virtue, and therefore it is evident that the fate's
have decreed your elevation. From henceforth therefore astend
the throne of the great sovereign, and do not refuse. At this time
Shun first commanded Yii to take part in the government, and as Yh
had not as yet ascended the throne he makes use of the expression,

^ j^ ** henceforth ascend."

II The mind is the perceptive faculty of man, presiding within and
coiresponding to that which is without. Sjmaking of it with refer-
ence to its display in the natural disposition, it is called the carnal
m»nd ; but tr*atin£j of it in conr.ection with its exhibition in the
principles of rectitude, it is called virtnous feeling. The cantat mind

32 THE GREAT YU S COUNSELS.

Unauthenticated ;^ "g words ^ do not j|_
listen to; and ^ ^ unadvised 1^ ^coausels ^ do
not ^ follow *

Who "Sf can ^ be loved, if ^^ not ^ the prince ?
Who '^ can -^ be feared, if ^ n()t^ {^ the people?
If j^ the multitude ^^ be without 7^ a sovereign f^
head, fSf ^\honi||^will they honour ? and if )0 a prince
^ be without ^ subjects, ^ there will be no one ^
to defend ^|5 the country (for him.) ^^ Be res-
pectful, therefore ! j^ caution is necessary J^ for you
^ that are in j^ office, who should ^ carefully f|^
cultivate ^ that which "^f they may ^ desire. J
When all within the ^Q four ']^ seas are ^ reduced
to poverty and ^ jwretchednesj*, the ^ celestial

readily becomes selfish, and is with difficulty brought to generosity,
hence it is said to be treacherous; the virtuous feeling is hardly eli(;.t-
ed, and easily obscured, hence it is said to exist only iii a ninall dci^ret:.
But if a man can be minute in discerning things, and does not i;et
mixed up with the selfishness of his natural disposition, moreover if lie
can be uniform in maintaining virtue, while he preserves pure the
correctness of right principles, then the virtuous feelin<^ will con-
tinually predominate and the carnal mind will be subjected to it.
In this way tiiat which is treacherous will become settled, and that
which is minute will be displayed, until in motion and at rttst, in
words and actions, a man becomes exempted from excess or defect,
and can really maintain the due medium .

* ** Unauthenticated" means not verified by antiquity ; ** unad-
vised," means not counselled by the generality. Words that can-
not be aulhenMcated, and counsels of a man*s own devising ; only
resulting from the private views of an individual, and not in conformi-
ty with public sentiment, invariably obstruct good government, and
injure right rule in a considerably degree. ** Words" mean words
jn general, which may not be listened to ; " counsels" mean delibera-
tions on buKiiness, which we are still mor<* cautioned not to adopt.

The former section having alluded to the maintenance of right feel-
ing as the foundation of good government, this speaks of the impor-
tance of listening to advice in deciding on business. Thus external
and internal things will assist each other, and the principles of right
rule will be fully prepared.

f If the people be without a prince, whom will they venerate? If a
ruler have no subject*, then who will guard the state for him ?

J *' That which they may desire," means all the good which they
<;an wish or desire. A pririce ought to be careful with regard to the
.ttati(»u hje filU, and respectfully aim at that which he ought to desire ;

THR GREAT Yu's COUNSELS. 53

revenues will come :?J^ to a perpetual ^ end,* |^ On-
ly Q from the mouth Ji^ proceeds ^ good feel'ng,
and the same c:iuse leaHs men ^\o take up ^arms.f

(It is enough!) |)^ my ^ words ^ will not p^ be
repeated. }

•^ YA 3 said, ^ repeatedly \\ cast lots (among)
TJj the meritorious |^ officers, ^ and only ^ the suc-
cessful one ^ let him ^^ be followed.§ ^ The Em-
peror Q replied, ^ Oh Yii ! *g^ the superintenaent
f^ of divinations j^ always ^ first j^ fixes j^ his
object, and ^ then '^ commits tlie affair j to the
decision of the 7^ great ^ tortoise. Now ffil^ my ^
intrntiong 5ic^®^^ previously ^ settled; ||jj consult-
ing D^ and deliberating, w all were of jg] the
s^nie opinion, ^ the demons jfflfl and gods, j^even they
^ complied, while ^ the tortoise and ^ reeds "^
harmoniously ^ coiiicided. Resides which, |^ in divin-

bnt if the leJist atom of vice spring up in the mind and corrupt the
governniPHt, then the people will be dej)rived of their rights in great
uumbf»r8.

* Wlien the people within the four seas are reduced to poverty and
wretchedness, then the celestinl revenue of the prince will be cut off,
without renewal ; would not that be most seriously alarming? Here
Shun earnestly reminds Yu of the preservative or destructive conse-
quences of trajiquillizing or endangering the people, in order to alarm
him ; for although he knew that Yu was possessed of the fulness of
meritorious virtue, and would not proceed to such extremities, yet he
wished him to he trelr^hlingly alive to the responsibilities of his situa-
tion, without daring to give way ^ luxurious ease, and cautioned him
in the most minute particulars, by which means he displayed the real
feeling of a sage

f Words proceeding from the mouth, produce these various effects,
thus serious are the minute springs from which &;ain or loss proceed.

J What I have now commanded you has been well-advised : how
cau I alter my opinion. Thus he wishes Yu to receive his orders,
and not to persist in declining.

§ What the emperor had already said was sufficient to exhaust the
subject, so that Yu had no t^rounds on which to reiterate his reftisal ;
but still he requested that lot» misrht be ca^t amongst the meritorious
officers, and the honours accorded to him or. whom the favourable lot
might fall ; hoping that by this means some one would be found tq
supply his place, and that he would succeed in his refuihal.

54 tllE Gr%EAT YU*S COUNSkLS.

ing, ^ we never ^ rer>eat the operation ^ after a
fnvourable reply.* -^ Yin still ^ bowed, ^bending
]^ his h<*Hd to the ground, and ^ steadily ff^ refused.
\Vhen 'l^ the P>Tif)eror ^ said, ^ do not decline !
1^ ^ you alone |^ are most suited to the station.f

j£ On the first ^ month, ^ and the first day, ^
early in the mori iii^-, (Yii) ^ received (the Imperial)
-^ decree ^ in (the ten^ple of) |^ the divine ^ an-
cestor,?^ leading "^ the hundred ^ officer.-^, ^ just
as at ^ ;;^ the Emperor (Shun's)^ commencement of
his reign. J

The ^ Emperor Q said, -^^ Oh ^ Yu ! f|| on-
ly tj^ these ^ 1§^ Meaou-ites, (the aboriginal in-
habitants of China,)^ ^ do not ^ obey ; 'Jj(^ do you
||[ go and ^ correct them, -^j Yu J^ then -fl^

* The Emperor meant to say, that according to the rules of the su-
perintendent of divination, it was necessary 6rst to determine the ob-
ject on which the mind was bent, and afterwards to cominit the matter
to the decision of the tortoise ; (tiie Chinese mode of divining.) Now,
said he, my mind was already made up, and the councils of all united
to recommend the roeasuro ; Uu; irods also were favourably inclined,
and the tortoises and teeds harmoniousiv coincided; what further ne-
cessity, therefore, is there to repeat the divination. Moreover, accor-
ding to the laws of divining, we do not wait to renew the divination,
when the answer is already favourable.

f This means that you only are suited to fill the station of sove*
reign ruler.

{ The divine ancestor means, Yaou. Soo-she says, the person
from whom Yaou received the crown was the accomplished ancestor,
apd the individual from wlioui Shun obtained the ihrone was the di-
vine ancestor ; but when a person receives the empire from anothei",
he must announce it in the temple of him from whom that person
received it. The Book of Ceremonies says, that Shun ofiered the

imperial sacrifice to the J^ 1^ Yellow Emperor, while he pfiered
the border sacrifice to the emperor ^g Kiih, the primogenitor a sa-
crifice to 1^ 3^ Chuen-heuh, and the ancestorial sacrifice to
Yaou ; thus it is clear fiat the divine ancestor was Yaou. Early
in the morning of the first day of the first month Yu rcceive-.l the
imperial decree to be associated in the throne, in the temple of the
divine ancestor, while be led forth the hundred olfic-ers, performinfif
the same ceremonies as when the Emperor Shun fir^t received the
throne at the conclusion oi Yaou*8 reign.

THE GREAT YU'a COUNSELS. 55

assembled S^ the host )^ of princes, and ^ made
a speech "^ to g|p the army, Q saying, you ^ *^
compact and united ^ jl^ multitude, ^ all ^ lis-
ten to ^ my ^ commands. S How ignorant ^
are these i;^ "^ Meaou-ites ! ^ stupid, j^ deluded,
and >jf\^ disrespectful ! j^. f§ insulting and ^ ^
self-sufficient, ^ reversing: 5§ the right way and ^
destroying ^ virtue ; 5^ -j- men of superior talent
^ are (driven by them) Pf into the fields, and /]
\ vrorthless fellows ^ put in j}£ office, until
the people ^ have cast them off ^ and refused
to sustain them, while ^ Heaven [^ has sent down
^ upon them ^ calamity. ^ Therefoie "^1, feJt
with ^ you, )^ numerous -J-; warriorb, ^ have
received ^ commands ^ to punish them ^ for
their crimes. If therefore ^ you ^ will aim at
unanimity, both as 75 to your )^ minds and
strength, ^ ^ we shall be able ^ to ensure
a successful issue. -j-

ForS three ^ decades "^^the people of Meaou

f Here Shun bursts out into an exclamation saying, **no\v through-
out the Empire only the ruler of the Meaou-ites (a tribe of moun-
taineers still existing in the heart of China,) refuses to obey instruc-
tion ; do you go and correct his fault." Yu then assembled the
troops of the princes, and addressed them on the oi)ject of the expedi-
tion, saying, *' the people of Meaou are stupid and disrespectful, in-
sulting to others, and improperly exalting themselves, opposing the
right way, and corrupting the constant virtues ; turning the world
upside down, so that the people complain and Heaven is incensed.
Therefore it is that I, with you, have all received the commands ef the
sovereign, to punish the offences of these Meaou-ites. If all you
warriors were but to be united with one heart and effort, we should
then be sure of success." The above is the tenor of Yu's address.
Lin-she said, when Yaou was old. Shun was af%soci»ted in the go-
vernment twenty-eight years ; so also when Shun ww old, Yu reign-
ed as co-60vereii;n seventeen years. These men sharing in th^
throne took a general superintendence of the multifarious business
of the state, whilst Yaou and Shun filling the imperial throne werQ
left to their own enjoyment. Any case of importance, however^
was still reported to the Emperor. When Yu wen t on his expedi-
tion against tlie Meaou-ites, he was already associated in the govern-
ment; yet l^e received bin orders from Shua, not daring to act oit

56 THE GREAT YU'b COUNSELS.

^ resisted -^ the command*^ of the sovereis^n* ^
Y'h then ^^ rendered assistance ^ *o -^ Yu, ^
saying, ifll 1* is oi.ly ^ virtue ^ that moves ^
Heaven, ^ there is no 5^ distftnce lo wh eh ^
it does iiot ^ extend ;f Jil fulness f(^ i iviles ^|^
diminution, while ^ humility ^ receives ^ ad.
ditions ; + [^ this^lj is ^ heaven's ^ way ; when
»S^ ourEmperOi§ ^ formerly ^ dwelt at ^ the
Leih )1| mountain, || ^ he went forth ^ into 05
the fiehl, and fj daily |g§ cried and Jfl! ^^pt ^ to
the ^ soothing ^ heavens, •{ -J* on account
of 3^ his father ^ and moth3r ; *♦ ^ he bore
^ the blame, ff and ^j drew on himself ^ the
reproach ; JJ while he was ^ respectful jj^ in

his own responsibility. If we miglit draw an inference from Yu's
conduct in correcting the Meaou-ites, we should say, tliat Shun, in
putt?ni? to death the four delinquents, also doubtless informed Yaou.

* Yu came upon them with an army for upwards of a month, but
the Meaou-ites were stubborn and would not submit.

t At this time Yili accompanied Yu or. the expedition, and see-
ing that the Meaou-ites, surrounded by their fastnesses, and upheld
by their energies, could not be subdued by terror, be aided Yu >y
his advice, sayini^, that it was virtue alone which could move the
heavens, while the wonders of its influence extended to the most
distant region. Thus his advice was, that Yu should march back his
troops, and bend his attention more particularly to virtue.

J Fulness bringnig diminution, and humility increase, acc)rl8
with the exjiression of the YTh king, that Divine Providence diminish-
es the full, and replenishes the humble (Luke, II. 53.)

§ The Emperor here referred to is Shun.

II The Leth mountain is in the district of /Bj ^ Ho tung, in the
county of ^ ^ Ho chuug. (The present ^ ^ Ping yang,

in p4 ^5 Shan-se province.)

^ Benevolence overshadowino: the mourners, is called soolhifti?.

** This means that when Shun cultivated the Leth mountain and
vent forth into the fields, he daily lamented towards the soothing
heavens on behalf of his parents, because he could not render then>
obedient to virtue ; which shews the depth of his feeling and his .
strong desire for their good.

tt '* Bearing the blame " means, that he blamed himself for it,
and did not dare to consider his parents in the wrong.

It '* Drew upon himselt the reproach'* means that he reproached
himself, and would on no account ascribe the fault to his parents.

TUB GREAT YU's COUNSELS. 57

business, and ^ waited on his sire ^ |i| Kow-
sow, ^ ^ penetrated with veneration, ^ rever-
ence and )^ awe, until ^ Koo ^ also ^ sin-
cerely ^ conformed (to virtue ;) * ^ high degrees
of 1^' sincerity ^ move f ^ the gods, ^| how much
more ^ these ;^ ^ inhabitants of Meaou ! -j- |^
Yu ^ bowed at these i^ excellent e words, S^ and
said, ^ Right ! he then p^ marched back ^ his'
army, and ^ quartered f^^ his troops, ^The
Emperor J^ upon this |^ greatly ^ diflEiised abroad
2Jt his accomplished ^ virtue, and whilst they were
^ brandishing ^ the staves ^ and feathers ^ o»
f^ both sides of the ^^ (royal) staifi-case, J in the
course of 'jj seven |E| decades I^ '^ the Meaou-ites
:^. come to ^ul^nit. §

- ■ ^ This means thut Shun respectfuUy fi;Mlled the duties of a son,
while he waited upon his sire Koo. Shun was moreoyer solicitous
and cajreful in serving hia parents to the utmost decree ; until by
his sinctere piety he brought his sire, though so stupid and stubborn,,
to submit to virtue.

f. Thus YIK enlarged upon the doctrine of extreme sincerity, in-
timating that e»?en the gods would be influenced thereby, how nmch
more the people of Meaou.

X These staves and spears were usually held by posture-makers ;
the sides of the royal stair-case were severally appropriated to hosts
and guests.

§ ShuTi*s accomplished virtue did not commence with the with-
drawal of Yu's forcesy nor did the jMeaou-ites arrive merely in conse-
quence of the brandi&hing of the staves and feathers ; but the histori-
an referring to Yii's withdrawal of his troops, the relaxing of martial
vigour, Uie increased attention paid to the diffusion of virtuous instruc-
tion, and the brandishing of staves and feathers, with the utmost har«
mony atid absencie of all force, intimates that the arrival of the Meaou-
ites occurred at that time. Thus recording the facts of the case, in
order to iUuetratc the virtue of Shun. At this distance of time,
though several thousand years from the event, we cat) by this mbans
guiasome idea, of the spudt and manners of that age.

58 THE COUNSELS OF KAOU-YAOU.

SECTION IV.

THE COUNSELS OF KAOU-YAOU.

19 ^ Now ^ on examining "^ the ancient Jp^ , ^
Kaou-yaou, (we find him) ^ saying, ^ Let a man re-
ally ^ carry out ^ his ^ virtuous principles, and
then ^ his counsellors ^ will be clear, and §^ his
assistants ||f harmonious.* ^ Yu Q said, -^
Right ! but ^B ^ how is that ?t ^ f^ Kaou-yaou

said, ^ That is an admirable question ; ( a prince)

should be careful J regarding j^f his own ^ person.

al virtues, and j^ endeavour to jS think of ^ distant
plans of usefulness), while he ^ lays great stress on
_^^ the arrrangement 'Jlj of the nine ]|^ degrees of re-
lationship, and then ^ the multitude ^ of the intelli-
gent j§[j will be encouraged ^ to assist him.§ From

the near flj you may argue ^ to the distant, ^ in
this (it may be seen.|| ) ^ Yil ^ made obei-
sance at ^ these excellent ^ words, ^ and said,

ir R^ght.f

* Kaou-yaou meant that when a prince can truly follow out his
principles of virtue, then that which his servants advise will be in-
variably clear, and those who aid him will be uninterruptedly cordial,
f Yu here assents to the observation, and further enquires into the
details, while Kaou-yaou admires his enquiring disposition and pro-
ceeds to inform him.

J By a prince being careful, he meant that he should not fail to carry
his caution out to the utmost.

§ When personal virtues are cultivated, there will be no impro-
priety in words or actions ; and when distant plans are formed, then
there will be no shallow nor short-sighted schemes. When stress
is laid on the arrangement of the nine relations, then the affection of
relatives towards each other will b e sincere, and the whole family will
be duly regulated. When the multitude of the intelligent are encou-
raged to assist, then the host of worthies will exert themselves in the
prince's cause, and the country will be well governed.

II That is, if personal virtues be cultivated, the family will be regu-
lated, the state well governed, and the whole empire tranquillized.

^ These words of Kaou-yaou were uttered with a view of elucida-
ting the idea, that if a prince follow out virtuous principles his coun-

THE COUNSELS OF KAOU-YAOU. 59

1^ ^ Kaou-yaou Q said, ^ You say well, ^ for
it consists in ^ a knowledge \ of mankind, y^ and
in 3^ tranquillizing ^ the people * -pj Y^ ^ said,
rq^ True If ^but ^if ^ this were the case, J^
then ^ even the Emperor (Yaou) ^ attained to it
^ i^ but with difficulty. + He who ^Q knows /\,
mankind ^ is ^ intelligent, and he who j|]| can ^
rule J^ u^en and ^ tranquillize ^ the people ^ij is
15 kind, while the^^^ black-hdired p^ race ^
would sensible '^ of it. But if a man ffe can ^ be
wise jjfJl and J§ kind, fi5f what need ^5r *^^* be be
concerned about ^ §^ j^Hwan-taou ^jif why ^ ^
banish ^ ]|J the inhabitants of Meaou ? and jl^f why
^ dread ^ the flattering"^ words and ^ smooth
countenance of (those who harbour) ^l^ great

3& plans (of wickedness.) §

— — ■ —

sellors will be intelligent ; wherefore Yii again assented and admired
the maxim.

* Kaou-yaou, hearing Yh admire his maxim, went on to enlarge
on his yet unfinished idea, saying that it consisted in knowing man-
kind and tranquillizing the people ; for to know men is the business
of wisdom, and to pacify the people is the work of benevolence.

f ** True V* is an expression denoting admiration, without giving
full assent to the proposition.

} This means, that if it consist in knowing mankind, and tranquil-
lizing the people — if both these qualities must be alike present, then
even the Emperor Yaou would find a difficulty in accomplishing it.

§ Intelligence is the essence of wisdom, and kindness the principle
of benevolence ; to be intelligent and kind, is as much as to say, to
know mankind and tranquillize the people ; but if a man be intel-
ligent and kind, he possesses wisdom and benevolence in the highest
degree , and then a cabaUish and wicked person, like Hwan-taou,
would not be worth caring about ; then stupid and misled people,
like the inhabitants of Meaou, would not require to be removed ;
while flattering sycophants, and smooth-faced villains, who conceal
extensive plans of wickedness in their bosoms, need not be dread el.
All these three would not be able to interrupt our right rule ; which
intimates in a forcible manner, that the meritorious use of benevolence
and wisdom is very great. Some say, that the flattering sycoi)hant
alluded to is the Superintendent of Works. Yi!i referred to these three
delinquents, and did not mention Kwan, because it was proper to con-
ceal the name of hie father.

60 THE OOUNSSLS OF KAOU-YAOU.

^^ Kaou-yaou Q said, ^ (Your suggestion is)
proper ;^2fiP g^^^^^^y speaking ff iu practice ^jthere
are 5^ nine ^ virtues ; ^IjpauiJ when it is generally "p"
asserted ;^ that any ^ man T^ possesses ^ virtue^
J^ we "^ might remark Q and say, (Let us have proof
of it) ^ in the performance ^ of this ^ or that
business. ^^ Yii ^ said, j^J in what respects ? ^
(^ Kaou-yaou ^ said, A man should be 9 liberal
yet ^ rigid, ^pliant |]n yet jj determined,
particular fjS;)'^^ respectful, ^ regular ^ yet ^
reverential, 3^ benignant p^ yet ^ intrepid, ]§]
straight-forward IJlf yet ^ meek, ^ negligent
yet j^ pure, |^ firm f^ ye t ^ sincere, ^hd ||§ cou
rageous |j|[| yet ^ upright ;*^ let him show |^ that
he ^ possesses^^ constancy, and ^ ^ how fortu-
nate will he be *?f

He who Q daily ^ illustrates S ^he three |^ vir-
tues, J would (as a great officer) ^ morning and

* " Liberal yet rigid," means that a man should be enlarged in
his views, yet strict and severe. ** Pliant yet fixed/* means that he
should be yielding, yet determined. "Particular yet respectful,"
means that he should be attentive to little things, yet filled with ve*
neratlon. ** Regular yet reverential," means that he should pay
attention to order, and yet be filled with awe. " Benignant yet in-
trepid," means that he should be docile, yet daring. " Strai ght-for-
ward yet meek," means that he should be upright, yet mild. "Ne-
gligent yet pure," means that a man should be easy in his manners,
yet maintain integrity. ** Firm yet sincere," means that he should be
strong, yet real. * * Courageous yet upright," means that a man should

behold, yet a lover of right. |iP**Yet" is an expression that gives
a turn to the sense : the direct quality having been referred to, its
counterpart is spoken of^ in order to show that the virtue in question
is not partial, while in every instance it points out the spontaneous-
ness of perfect virtue, and implies that nothing is taken from this to
make up for that.

t When perfect virtue is displayed in one's own person, and is ren-
dered uniform from begining to end, liow highly-favoured is that
scholar !

X The allusion to the three virtues and the six virtues means that
amongst the nine some have three and some six.

THE C0UNSKL6 0^ KAOU-YAOU. 61

evening ^ regulate and SB illumine ^ ^ his family:
he who can be .0 daily j|^ rigid, and ^ ^ respect-
ftfl in (cultivating) 3^ the six |^ virtues, might (as a
noble) 5^ ehed light on ^ the aflfairs of ^ ^ his
country. * But a prince should ^ unitedly ^ re-
reive (men of various degrees of talent) and]^ spread
them )^ abroad, then those who possess the jf(| nine
^ wtues )U would be all ^ engaged in public bu-
siness ; tfee ^ men of superior and ^ inferior talent
would be installed in ^ office ;t ]§* *e hundred
officers ^ ^ would lead on one another, ]^ while
the host of III workmen would »J|| conform to ^ the
proper times,;}: each one ^ according^ with^Gt ^^ five

* To ** regulate and illumine,'* and** to shed light on business,**
both convey the idea of managing well the business and affairs of a
family or a state. The influence might differ in amount, hence the
man of three virtues would be ti great officer, and the man of six vir-
tues a noble ; but the quantity of virtue and the dignity of station re-
ferred to are both expressed in general terms. Now he who has but
three of the virtues will daily enlighten and enlarge them, and seek to
increase them by display ; while he who possesses six of the nine vir-
tues ought rather to be daily vigorous and respectful, and seek to
augment them by careful attention.

f Though the virtues of men may differ in amount, yet the prince
should combine and receive them all, and thus spread abroad and em-
ploy them, then the men of nine virtues would all be engaged in their
proper business. A man of superior talents is one of a thousand ; a
man of smaller talents is one of a hundred ; these would all be in office,
thus making the talented of the empire sustain the government of the
empire. In the courts of Yaou and Shun, none were forgotten be-
low and no business was overlooked above, thus excellent were their
arrangements.

} Xieading on one another, means that they would imitate each o-
ther's. examples ; intimating that when all the officers take each other
fur patterns, then all those engaged in public works would obser\'e the
proper seasons in order to hasten their business. The hundred offi-
cers and the host of workmen all mean the different persons employed
by government ; speaking of their imitating one another, they are calU
ed the hundred officers ; referring to their hastening to their work,
they are called the bost of workmen, but really they are one and the
same.

62 THB COUNSELS OF KAOU-YAOU.

terms,* so that J^ every one's ^ merit ^ would
be ^ completed. f

4|£ Do not ^ cause (subordinates) ^ to be luxuri-
ous and ^ licentious J ^ in the management of the
^country ; ^j|^ be cautious and ^ ^ tremblingly
alive (to your responsibilities;) in the course of— one
^ day or Zl two Q days ^ ten thousand ^springs
of action arise ; § ^ let there be no ^ neglect a-
mong the J^ multitude of ^officers. || Itis^ heaven
m that works, as for 7^' men ^ they are only f^ J^
substitutes.^

The ^ heavenly ^ arrangement (of the human

* The five terms refer to the four seasons. The four elements
wood, fire, metal, and water, preside severally over the four seasons,
while the element earth temporarily presides over each of the four
seasons in turn. The Le-yun says, spread the five elements over
the four seasons ; which is the same idea.

f This means that the hundred workmen being punctual to their
time, every work of merit would be accomplished,

X The word ** cause" here does not mean that a prince actually
orders the thing ; but when superiors do any thing, inferiors are
apt to imitate them. The caution implies, that an emperor should
be industiious and economical, in order to set a good example
to the nobles, and not lead them astray by luxury and lasciviousnes.

§ The springs of action mean the minute causes of things. The
Ylh king says, only attend to these minute springs, and then you
can accomplish the great affairs of the empire ; for the causes of
calamity are wrapped up in trifles, which cannot be foreseen by
common men, but when once displayed, even the wise cannot reme-
dy the evil. Therefore the sage is tremblingly al've to minute evils,
in order to their prevention ; which is called foreseeing difficulties
in times of ease, and aiming at great aff lirs by commencing with
small. "One or two days" means tliat the timo U very short ; ** ten
thousand springs" implies that the causes of action are extremely
numerous ; for in the course of one or two days, the causes of things
coming and going amount to myriads : can we then for a single
day giv e way to licentiousness ?

II This means that a ruler should not employ men of inadequate
talents, and thus cause the officei*. to neglect the duties of their
stations.

^ It is ''heaven that works," means that a prince manages af-
fairs for heaven, and that which the officers attenl to, is none oth r
than the business of high heaven ; therefore, if perchance a sin-^le
duty should be neglected, then the work of heaven would be over-
looked ; under such circumstances, can we be too cautious ?

THE COUNSELS OF KAOU-YAOU. 63

relations) ^j^ has its ^ statutes, ^ let us corect
^ these our 5 five ^ statutes, and then, 3£^ H^
oh the five solidities^(of human conduct!)* The 3^
heavenly ^ order (of official rank) ^ has its
ordinances ; ^ let there proceed ^ from us
these five § ordinances, and then ^ J^ tt^S oh
how constant (the people's habits I)! Let us be |^
unitedly ^ respectful and "^ conjointly ^ reveren-
tial, and then ?^ ^ ^ oh how harmonious and
good (will the people be !)J ^ Heaven "^ encou-
rages >^ ^ the virtuous, but (use) JL the five kinds
of J^ clothing (as rewards,) and then 5S ^ ^ ^^
how illustrious will be the five displays ! ^'C H^^ven
g^ punishes ^ |^ the wicked, but use jB[ the five
kinds of Jf|] punishments, and then 5EI)^ ^ oh how
serviceable will be the five applications ! This is all
^^ the business of governments ; ^ w^ let us
exert ourselves ! ^ ^ let us exert ourselves ! §
^ Heaven's |]g[ perception and S^ observation

* The " arrangement " means the arrangement of the relations
which exist between princes and ministers, parents and children,
elder and younger brothers, husbands and wives, friends and com-
panions.

t The " order " means the order of elevation and depression a-
raong the high and low, noble and mean degrees of rank.

J Although statutes and ordinances are appointed and arranged
by heavcH, yet the correcting of them, that they may be regularly
classified and solidified, and the application of them, that they may be
duly ordered and invariably fixed, rests with us. Therefore princes and
ministers should unite in reverential care and combine in cautious
respect, be sincerely unanimous without variance, allowing harmo-
ny and good understanding to pervade all classes, then the people
will be moral, afiairs orderly, and every thing in its proper place,,
which is what is called harmonious and good.

§ The five kinds of clothing are those used from the ninth degree:
of rank, up to the first degree. It means that while heaven en-
courages the virtuous, there are still the five kinds of dress to dis-
tinguish them ; so also while heaven chastises the vicious, there are
stilj the five kinds of punishment to correct them ; for the rewards
of rank and the inflictions of punishment belong to the business of
the ruler. The prince directs and the ministers enforce, and
therefore all ought to exert themselves, and not be negligent.

64 THE COUNSELS OF KAOU-YAOU,

(may be agcertaifid) Q from ^ our ^ people's
perception and BQ observation. And ^ heaven's
^ approval ^ and disapproval (may be known) ^
from ^ our ]^ people's ^ approval and ]^ dis-
approval,* There is ^ a connection ^ biitween
the J; upper and ^ lower world ; -il^^ Oh how
careful should those be ^ who are in charge of
jt countries !f

}^ ^ Kaou-yaou ^ said, ^ MTy "^^ words ||[
are in accordance with right principles, and '^ may
be ]^ carried' out fy into practice. -^ Yii H
said, ^ Right ! 73 if this ^ advice ]^ were put
in practice, "^ there would be ^ some good result.
^ 1^ Kaou-yaou Q said, ^ I ^ do not Tff pos-
sess ^H knowledge, but ^ oh how I long Qi: every
d^y ^^ to assist (the Emperor,) ii| ^ ia per-
fecting the government^

* By heaven's perceiving and observing, it is not meant that we
can notice its seeing and hearing, but we t8|ke what the poop le see
and hear, and consider that to be the perception and observation
of Heaven. By Heaven's approving and disapproving, it i» not
meant that we can notice its likes and dislikes, but we tak« the likes'
and dislikes of the people, and consider them as the approval and
disapproval of Heaven.

f This means that one uninterrupted principle pervades heaven
and men ; that which the people's minds dwell on, is that on
which heavenly reason is set ; and v\ the reverential caution of our
minds, we again^ unite heaven and men, and bring them together.
Can he who possesses the empire be ignorant of Uie need of
caution ?

J Kaou-yaou here says, that his words were accordant with right
reason, and might be carried out into practice. Yti af^sents to his
observation, and considers that if this plan were carried out into
practice, there would certainly be some good results. Kaou-yaou
humbly declines the compliment, with a confession of his own
ignorance, saying that he did not dare to scheme after merit ; but
only aimed at daily assisting the Emperor, in order to complete
his government.

YIH AND TSEIH. 6^

SECTION V.

YIH ANDi^TSEIIl.*

: ^ Vhe Emperor Q said, J^ Come -^ Yu ! J^ do
you >|]K also utter ^ »ome excellent "p" words. -^ YiSi
& made obeisance Q and said, ^ How excellent is^
your Majesty's (requisition) ! but -^ I, fgj" what gf can
1 say ^ ^ I ,S aim Q every day ^ |5t ^ put forth
unwearied effort.f ^ f^ Kaou-yaou p| said, tif very
well 1 but jXi jaj how is that ?t ^ Yu Q said, When
^ the flood of ;{f^ waters }^ mounted up ^ to heaven,
tS f^ spreading far and wide, ^ it embraced jlj ^le
hills and |^ over-topped ^ the mounds, ^ the inferior
^ people -jlft were bewildered a«d ^ overwhelmefd.§
^ I then ^ availed myself of (ZQ my four ^ convey-
ances, and 1^ following )X| the line of hills j)] I felled

♦ The copies in both the ancient and modern hand have this section,
but the edition in the modern hand joins it with the counsels of
Kaou-yaou. The sentence beginning with ** the Emperor said,
Come Yu ! do you also utter some excellent words;'* seems, according
to the tenor of the style, to be connected with the last sentence of the
former section ; for the books of the ancients were written on bam-
boos, which did not admit of too many slips being strung to^^ether ;
they therefore regulated and divided the n into two, without having
any set intentioti in so doing. Because in the following sentences
Yh, speik^ much of Yth and Tseth's lielping him to complete his
work, the section is called by their names.

f *' Unwearied effort" conveys the idea of exerting the strength
without weariness. When Kaou-yaou had set forth his counsels re-
garding knowing mankind and tranquillizing the people, the Emperor
called on Yii to state his opinions. Yu bowed, and sighing in admi-
r-xtionof the extreme excellence of Kaou-yaou's advice, said," what
further can I have to say ? T only aim at daily exerting myself to the
utmost in attending to business !" From this we may perceive that
the dialogue between Yu and Knou-yaou in the former section was
carried on in the presence of Shun.

t The question, " how is that?" intimates that Kaou-yiibu wished
to enquire how Yii was thus unweariedly earnest.

§ Yi referred to former times, when the floods prevailed, and the
inundsltions rbs^ to heaven, expanding far and \Vide, eoibracirig the
hills and covering the mounds ; when also the itiferior people were
dismayed ^nd dejected, being extremely didtres^e'd on account' of the
calandi'ty of tb^ tC^aiet^.

J

66 YIH AND TSEIH.

;^ the trees. * @ Then in conjunction with j^ YHi
^ I introduced ]^ the various kinds ^ of auimal ^
food.t After this "3^ I ^ drained off ^ the nine }||
channels, ^ and J^ led them into the ^ four '^ seas ;
I ^ deepened the ^ furrows and^ canals,§ and
}^ ltd them into )|] the rivers. j| ^ In conjunction
•with ^ Tseih |^ 1 scattered ^ and introduced ^ the
various kinds of seed, and (while the people) still ^
found some difficulty -^ in obtaining food,^ (I indulg-
ed them in the use of) |^ animal ^ food, (as before.)
I ^ encouraged ^ the interchange of ^ what they

^ The four conveyances mean, that on Uie water he went about iu
boats, on the land in carriages, on the mud in sledges, while in ascend-
ing bills he availed himself of spiked shoes. These sledges were
made of boards, in the shape of a sieve, and were pushed along the
mud. The spikes were made of iron, in shape like awls, about half
an inch long, fixed under the shoes, in order to prevent their slipping
when ascending hills. For when Yii drained off the waters, he avail-
ed himself of these modes of getting forward, to cross the hills and ri-
vers, and to travel through dangerous places. At that time the wa-
ters issued forth, and having no vent, inundated and spread them-
selves abroad, so that every part of the level country was under water.
Nothing was visible but the hills, hence he followed the line of hills,
felled the wood, removed obstructions, opened up a way, and after-
wards the work of draining the waters was carried on.

f Before the waters were drained off, the people had no corn to eat,
hence in conjunction with Ylh he recommended the flesh of birds,
beasts, fishes, and tortoises, to the people, that[they might have some-
thing to eat and satisfy hunger.

X The nine channels, are the channels of the nine districts.

§ According to the Ceremonies of the Chow dynasty, in the midst
of an acre, every opening a foot wide and a foot deep Avas called a
furrow; and in the middle of afield, every communication eight cu-
bits deep and sixteen wide, was called a canal. Intervening be-
tween canals and furrows, were t^ater- courses, ditches, and gutters,
all for conveying water through the fields, while the smaller channels
ran into the great ones. Mention is here made of the furrows and ca-
nals, and not of the water- courses, ditches, and gutters, because the
smallest and greatest being quoted, the rest would of course be
included.

|] He first led out the waters of the nine rivers, and made them
flow into the sea ; and then deepened the furrows and canals, and
made them communicate with the rivers.

% The waters having been but just drained and the grain bu t
newly sown, the people had still some difficulty in obtaining food.

YIH ANB TSEIH. 67

bad ^ for what they had not, and^(taught them) ^ to

convert their property 5S ^"*^ ^^^^ >* ^ ^^® whole
of ^ the people fj then had ^ corn to eat, and ^
all ^ the states f^ were ^ well regulated. ^ |^
Kaou-yaou Q saidi'p^ Ei^^ht! 0tp how worthy of imi-
tation are these '^ your j^ excellent ^ words, f

^ Yu ^ said, ^ Itfis well remarked 4 'Sf? but let
your Majesty observe jj® how cautious Jj those ought
to he 3^ who are in ^authority. ^ The Emperor
^ said, -^ True !§ -^ YA Q continued, ;^ Rest in
that point *]^ at which you it stop ; || f^ only be **^

* He encouraged the people to baiter what they had for what they
bad not, and to convert into money Uie goods which they had accu-
mulated.

t Wlien the calamity of the flood was overcome, the people succeed-
ed m sowing the seed, and in obtaining the productions of the hills and
forests, rivers and marshes ; they also interchanged what they had
for what they had not, in order to supply their wants ; after which the
people had com to eat, and all the states were well-governed. Yu,
whilst explaining the idea of unwearied eflTort, alluded to the particu^
lars of draining the waters from first to last, and from begining to end,
while the idea of caution was really contained in all he said ; for he
wanted the pririce and ministers, superiors and inferiors, mutually
to exert themselves, aud put away sluth, in order tg maintain good
government to an interminable period Kaou-yaou considered that
his words were excellent and worthy of being held up for imitation,
f YA having expressed his adnnration of Kuou-yaou's observation,
purposely mentioned the Emperor*s name, in order to call his Majes-
ty's attention.

§ " Let those in authority be cautious,'* means that he who fills the
station of sovereign should be careful ; for the imperial throne is be-
set with difficulties; if a single thought should be carelessly conceived,
it might bring trouble over the four seas ; and if indifference should
be indulged in for a sinsrle day it might iHciucc hundreds and thousands
of years of sorrow. The Emperor fully assented to Ibis ; and Yu
proceeds to enlarge on the maimer in which tkose in authority should
exercise caution, according to what follows.

II To stop, means tl at point at which the mind stops. When a
man's mind is rightly affected, then every business and afll^iir will in-
variably arrive at the point of utmost perfection, from which it will
not swerve ; but the conception of selfish desires comes up in the inte-
rim, and then men begin to be confused about right principles, and
do not find that wherein they should stop. To re^t, means to com-
ply with the correct uesss of a virtuous miud, without being involved iu
the hazard of human passions.

68 YIH AND TSEIH.

rointjte ifj^ and j^ tranquil ;♦ ^ and let your J^
assistants be J§[ upright ;f ^ then H^ on every
movement !3^ there will be a grand Hll resixmsion j^

— -* ^ I ^^ /tils « I^G

pf those who wait for J^ your schemes, |^ in order
to flg shew clearly ^ that you have received (the de-
cree) J;;; *i^ of the Great Supreme, while ^ high Hea-
ven, ^ should it t^ again declare ^ its will, would
do it j^ in the employment of {jf^ excellent blessing^.*

^ Ihe Emperor gj said, Wf Right ! |^ ^ (Oh the
importance of) ministers ^ ^ and attendants ! ^ ^
attendaiitb! and ^^ ministers! ^ Yu Q rejoined,
^ most assuredly.§

ij^ 'I he Emperor ^ continued. ^ You ministers
f^ constitute ^ my ^^ legs and fl^ arms, ^my eon
and Q eyes. || -J« Should 1 |[j|j wish !^ /^ to aid

♦ To be '* minute," refers to the inspection of the first d splays of
business ; to be " tranquil," h.is respect to the examination of the
settlement of affairs ; and is synonimous with the expression after-
wards used, "Let every thing be tranquilly arranged."

f When the attending and assisting ministers al?*o fulfil their du-
ties in adjusting errors and correcting what is amiss ; then at home
and abroad there is a mutual attention to the cultivation of virtue with-r
out one failure.

X Under such circumstances there will be no need of actio ; hut
should a movement be made, then under the whole? heaven there
would be none who would not loudly respond ; indeed thoy would be
beforehand with the idea, and be anticipating our efforts : thus tlie
sovereign would shew clearly that he had received the decree from
heaven ; and how could heaven, in the renewal of its declarations, do
otherwise than make an exhibition of the most excellent blessings
towards him.

§ Attendants are assistants and helpers on the right hand and left.
The word *' ministers" refers to them us individuals ; the word '* at-
tendants" has respect to their offices. The Emperor was deeply im-
pressed with the allusion in a former sentence to the uprightness of
assistants, and therefore excl:iimed ''Right!" &c. repeating the ex-
pression, in order to shew, tbut the idea of upri^ht helpers was thus
important, and must not be overlooked. Yu then assented and
approved.

II This sets forth that ministers are the attendants of the prince.
Tiie sovereign is the head of the state ; and the ruler depends on
his ministers for assistance, as the head requires the use of the arms
and legs, ey^s and ears. The terms employed in the course of
this sentence, viz. ''assisting," "acting," ''displaying," and "lis-

YIH AND TSEIH. 69

^ J^ the people, ^ yoa must ^ assist me ;
^ should I i^ wish ^ to spread ^ my power gg
:^ abroad, 'J^ you must ^ act for me * ^ Should
1 ^ Wish ]^ to observe "^ 7^ ;^ ^ the forms made
by the ancients, such as the sun, ^ moon, and

stars, with Jj the hil's, ^ dragons, and ^ flowe
^^^ insects, which f^ '^ were painted ; with
the monkey, ^ the water plant, ^ the fire, ^ jjC
the white rice, ^ the hatchet, and f| the double
hook, which were j^ j^ embroidered, I^' by 3£ *^®
five 5^ colours, ^ ^ and variegated "^ on 5S the five
^ kinds of silk, f^ in orler to form ^^ court dres-
ses, — (should I wish to o! sr^rve these) ^ do you
^ «iet them forth-t ^ When 1 ^ wish ^ to listen

tening,** set forth the duties of ihose who are the arms and legs,
the ^y*^8 and ears of the 4)rince.

♦ This means that when I wish to aid my people, then I depend
on' you for assistance ; and when I wish to make my power felt in* all
parts of the empire, I rely on you to act lor me.

f The forips here mentioned mean the representation of things

on the court dresses. The Yth-Kiiig says, ** ^^ ^^ the Yellow
Emperor, with Yaou and Shun, merely let fall their robes and
garments, and the empire was governed.** For they took the
idea from heaven and earth, and made the robes above and the skirts
below ; these were first constructed in the time of the Yellow Em-
peror, and were perfected in the divys of Yaou and Shun. In deline-
ating the sun, moon, and stars, they alluded to their brigh Iness ;
the hills represented the deities who guarded the country ; the
dragon was chosen on account of his tranHformations ; the flowery
insect, (or the wild fowl,) was selected on account of its variegated
colours ; the monkey, or the tiger ape, was taken on account of its
filial piety ; the water plant, as an emiilem of cleanliness ; fire, for
its brightness ; white rice, for its nourishing qualities ; the hatch* t..
shaped ornament, as denoting decisicin ; and the double hook, which
was forioed by two hooks placed baci t» back, as denoting dis-
crimination. (Ministers in ancient t mes were represented as turn-
ing their backs on vice and facing virtue, hence the idea of dis-
crimination.) The first six, viz tha sum, moon, stars, hills,
dragons, and wild fowl, were painted on the rohe The next six,
Vtt, the monkey, water plant, fire, white rice, the hatchet, and
double hook, were embroidered on the skirts ; thus constituting
these the twelve orders of court dress. The six orders of the ves-
ture were reckoned (rom top to bottom ; and the six orders oi the
WM» wmkfm%4k from bottom to top. The five colours were

70 THE TWELVE OIUiAUENTS ON COURT DRESSES.

•X

^«-

Ao5ffi^<^»

o^^

>1

I!"

AE

■•&

YIH AND TFEIH. 71

to the six ^ notes, 3l tbe five ^ sounds, and the
J\ eight kinds of i^ insmusical truraents, ^ in order
to ascertain whether (my government) is ^ right or^
not,* ^ when I take ^ the odes of the court and ^
the ballads of the village (to see if they correspond
with) 35l a® five ^ souuds,t ^ do you then |@
listen for me. J

^ Should 1 ^ act contrary to reason, ^ do you
gpg help to set me right ; ^ you ^ must not @ ap-
parently J^ comply, 5§, and when you retire '^
invent ^ some back-biting '^ expression. ^ Take
care, ^ you four |j^ attendants.§

^ All those ^ stubborn and ^ calumnious ^
assertors, ^ if they >f^ do not ^ conform to ^
these upright principles, || ^^ then try them by the

green, yellow, purple, white, and black. Whether painted on the
robes or embroidered on the skirts ; the five colours were all inter-
mingled on the five kinds of silk. '* Do you display them," means,
do you set forth the order of rank, whether high or low, great
or small, which they designate.

* The six notes refer to the sharp notes, while the six flats not
being mentioned, are supposed to be included. Having these notes,
we discover the sounds : having the sounds, the eight musical in-
struments may be verified. Therefore the six notes, the five sounds,
and the eight instruments are thus arranged. The doctrine of
sounds corresponds with that of government ; hence we investigate
the sounds, in order to ascertain the nature of the music played ;
we enquire into the music, with the view of finding out the success or
failure of government.

f When poetic effusions proceed from superiors and reach infe-
riors, they cure caUed (Q odes ; when such strains originate

with inferiors, and are heard by superiors, they are called ^jf^ ballads.

J Do you listen, means do you examine the music, and ascer-
tain the success or failure of my government.

§ This means, when I do anything contrary to right reason, do
you help to correct my failings ? Do not flatter me before my face,
sajring that I am in the right, whilst behind my back, j'ou blame me
for having done wrong. You cannot dispense with reverent caution,
whilst filling the office of royal attendants. This connects the idea
of a former sectioii that **as8istants should be upright,'* and **Oh
the importance of royal attendants," while it lays a heavy respon-r
sibility on Yii.

II Carrying on the idea of the former section, the Emperor ex^

72 YIH AND TSEIH.

target,* i^^ in order to ^ detect J^ them, ^ afnd
scourge-j" them J^ in order to g£ Ij^ refr<3sh their me*
'mories ; ^ Oh the book, f^ how useful is it, ^ ^
for recording their faults. J (In employing these
means) 1}^ how much do we desire ^ simultaneously
^ ^ to preserve them in life. §' Let HI the chief
musician J^^ be employed ^ in taking "^ the words
(which he has received,) ^ |]]l and constantly 1^ "^
fan them in their eiri ; ^should they repent, §lj
then ^ ]jj^ recommend ^ J^ and use them ; ^ if
not, ^ then J^ :^ overawe them.||

lift'e^iscs his concern lest these stubborn and calumnious fellows
should be unfaithful and dishonest. Calumnies were what Shun
detested.

* The ''target," means the shooting target. "Detect," means try
to discover whether they are really stubborn and calumnious or
not. For archery iis that whereby we discover virtue. These stub-
born and calumnious fellows have perverse minds ; which disposi-
t ons become incorporated with their several members, and are
diffused through all their motions ; so that their forms will not be
consonant with propriety, nor their motions in accordance with
the time of music ; under such circumstances their hitting the centre
of the target cannot be frequent. Scrutinize them in this way, then
.you will directly ascartain that they are stubborn and calumnious.
According to the Ceremonies of the Chow dynast}, the king, at
the great archery match, was provided with a tiger target, a bear
target, and a leopard target ; a prince was far:iish6d with a t>ear
target and a leopard target ; while nobles and great officers were fur-
nished with a stag target ; each lif them had a goose, or bull's eye
in the centre. A carpenter made the target as broad as high, and
at one t'didof the breadth, placed a goose in the centre. The an-
cient ceremonies were not very different frdm these.

f He directed them to be scourged, w hich was the punishment of
the schools, that they might remember their duty and not forget their
fEii lings.

I He also wrote down their past delinquencies and recorded them
in a book ; as the village officer, according to the regulations of the
Chow dynasty, at certain times wrote down the people's filial piety,
and fraternal affection, with their friendly amity, conjugal tenderness
and attention to learning.

§ The sage could not endure hastily to reject m^n on the score of
■tubbornness and calumny, and therefore employed these three me-
thods of instruction, to develop*^ their energies, and display their
efforts, so that they might forsake the evil, revert to the good, and
thus enjoy life together in this sublunary state.

H With regard to these stubborn and quarrelsome fellows, the sage

YIH AND TSEIK. 73

^Yt^ .said, if ^ Is that ri-ht ?♦ Rather ^
let your Majesty's jf(^ glory (be vliffused) 5C ^^ TF
throughout the empire, ^ even ^ to the •)§ ^
corners of the sea, and to the ^ ^ blue distant pros-
pect, -j- so that ^ the myriad pjj of states, and |^ j|^
the virtuous among the people, ^ would all ^ be-
come ^ your Majesty's gg subjects. j^ Only Jj^
let your Majesty ^^J^ elevate these men, and ^
when they send up their reports, ^ receive J^ ^their
testimony ; BJp set forth ^ the whole |Jj^ according to
J^ their merits, (and reward them with) !^ chariots
and 3g dresses,)^ in order to ^render them constant.
m Who then ffc would dare ^ to be deficient in ^
yielding ? who would ^ dare [ijC to fail in |^ re-
spectful 1^ compliance? ^ Should your Mi.jesty
^ not ^ act thus, then they would ^ all be corrupt
^ alike, and Q every day (would witness) ^ reports
of ^ unworthy:^ proceedings. J

having tried to arouse their energies and eftbrts, and to develope their
inclination to return to good, he further comnoanded the chief rausic'an,
to take the odes which had been communicated to him, and perpetual-
ly reiterate them, in order to see whether those persons had really re-
formed or not. If they had reformed, then he would advance and
employ them ; but if not, then he wouy overawe them by punish-
ment, in order to shexv that the iiistroictions of the sage, left no mean^
untried. Wuen there was no help for it, th :n he overawed them ; thus
reluctant was he lightly to reject men. All this was especially the bu-
siness of Lung, but here he directs Lord Yii to take a general charge
of the matter.

* Shoe-she says, that the expression, *' Is that right !'' intimates
that while the mouth assents the heart does not.

f The blue distant prospect, means . that which looms great, and
appears distant.

J Although Yu assented to the Emperor's words, yet he withheld
his full consent from them ; while he. intira'tted, that to overawe the
obstinate and calumnious fellows by terrors, Nvas not so good as to
illuminate them by virtue ; let the Emperor's virtues shine forth
and extend throughout the empire^ unto the corners of the seas, till
the blue distant prospect were every where enlightened ; then the
displays of virtue being thus distant, who, throughout the my-
riad states, and amongst the virtuous people, would not be influenced
by a longing desire to rise up, and wish to become the sub-

K

74 YIH AND TSEIU.

^ Do not ^ be like -j^ ^ Tanchoo, who was
^ disrespectful, * ^ who only ij^ in leisurely ^
sauntering about ^ took ^ delight, and in ^ in-
suiting and ^ oppressing (the people) ^ f^ busied
himself; ^ no matter ^ whether by day or ^ by
^^ff^^ ^m ^® w^s incessantly acting thus ; ^ where
there was no ;j^ water ( he insisted on) ^ moving a-
long ^ his boat, and ^ by depraved associations ^^
he corrupted ^ all at ^ home ; (so that Yaou) ^
proceeded ^ to cut oflF ^ his jtit succession. f -^ 1
^Ij took warning ^ by ^ this, % and ^ having weilw
ded ^ at '^ the Too jlj mountain, 1 spent 5jS5£ ^
^ only four days there ; § when (my infant) j^p E.e

jects of your MajeBty ? Let your Majesty therefore elevate and em-
. ploy these alone. When they send up ^ report, do yon rece ive their
statements, in order to ascertain their requirements; display the
whole according to their merits, iu order to set forth their accom-
plishments ; reward the capahle and encourage the virtuous, in
order to render their remuneration liberal. Under such circun^etan-
ces who would dare to refuse their subjection to virtue, or presume
to refrain from purity and sincerity of mind, while they respectfully
accorded with the wishes of their superiors ? then what need would
there be to concern yourself about these obstinate and calumnious
fellows ? But if your Majesty should not act thus, then these
ministers whom you now employ, both far and near, woulJ be of the
same spirit, leading on by lies and disrespect, and daily proceeding
to unworthy conduct. How*then would the stubborn and calumni-
ous fellows be the only objects of concern ?

* According to the records of Han, Yaou placed his son ^^ Choo

at 14 J^ Tan-yuen, to be the ruler of it; thus Tan was attached to
his name, on account of the country he governed.

f Tan-choo was unfilial, therefore Yaou gave the empire to Shun,
and did not give it to Choo ; henc6 it is said, he cut off his succession.
Chin>tsze has said, that of all the sages none were so distinguished as
Shun; yet Yii cautioned Sh^n so far as to say, Do not be like Tan-
choo, fond of idle sauntering and practicing insult and oppression.
Now though a man were ever so stupid, yet he ought to know that
Shtin was not addicted to these, and can we suppose that Yi!^ was ig«
norantofit. But this was the mode of cautioning those who were
in high authority used in ancient times.

X Here Y^ speaking of himself, says that he took warning by Tan-
choo's wickedness, and did not dare to saunter idly about,
• § Tbe Too mountain is the name of a region, to the north-east of

the present f^ Jn Show-chow district. Lat. 32. 34. N. Long.

YIH AND TFtlH. 75

'$L 901 sobbed jjfjj and JS cried,- -^ I ^ did not gi
fondle over hiin ; j^ I only ^ considered irapor-
tant ]^ Jh 35^ tbe business of levelling the ground*
Moreover 5® ' assisted ^ in completing 5 *he five
y^laiivs of tenure,! ^ •=f- to the distance of 3£ five
==jp'thousand (le.)J •jfj In every district (I appointed)
-^^ ^^ twelve ^ officers ; § ^\^ beyond these dis-
tricts, j^ even to fTQ the four ^ seas, )^ everywhere
W- 1 established 5L the five M elders :y ;^ each one
of whom ^ has attained ^ some JrJ merit (in the
pursuit of virtue ;) but ^ the people of Meaou ^ are
stubbop, and ^ will not ^yj go to [^ work. ^ Let
your Majesty ^ ;^ «!{; reflect on this.^ t^ The

0. 16. E. of Peking. Yu married the daughter of a man at the Too
mountain ; and four dsiys after his marriage, he went off to regulate
the waters.

* Ke was the son of Yu, after the birth of .whom Yu had no lei-
sure to think about his wife and child, and only considered of great
and urgent importance, the measurements relative to the work of
levelling the ground. Mllng-tsze says, that Yii was eight years a-
broad on the public service, during which time he thrice passed hid
own door without entering it.

t The five tenures are the @ Teen, ^ How, ^ Suy, .^'

Yaou, and ^^ Hwang tenures. Tliis implies that he not only at-
tended to the levelling of the country, but according to the distance
or nearness- of the various regions, he assisted in comph'tinij the regu-
lations for the five tenures. To regulate the borders of the empire
is the business of the prince, and not what a iniuister can presume to
do of his own accord ; hence he says, that he assisted in completing
the ten u res i

t *' Five thousand le," means that eveiy tenure extended 500 le ;
thus the territories included within the five tenures, east, west, north
and south, were mutually distant 5000 le.

§ '• The twelve officers*' mean that over every one of the t^velve
districts he established a nobleman, as officer, bidding them mutually
guard, in order to restrain th*) rest of the chiefs.

II Beyond the nine regions, bordering on the four seas, in every
part, he separately established five elders as superiors, to take the
general charge of the country. Tiie regulations of the sage in super-
intending the empire, were thus minute in what was within, and
diffusive with regard to the external regions.

^ He meant by this, that while t^.e twelve officers and the five
elders guarded the governors within, and fenced off the foreigners

76

YIH AND TSEIH.

Emperor Q said,] (The people's) ^ compliance with
H^^y ^ virtuous rules, ^ is entirely to be ascribed
y^ to your 35^ merit '^ in ^ arranging matters ; but
j^^ Kaou.yaou ^ has just |^ respectfully recaived
M y^^^ M arrangement, ^ and J^ superadded ^
the forms of flij punishment ; |^ in which he is J}^
clearly discriminative.*

^ Kwei 3 said, g When they tapped ^ ' and
beat tfJI the sounding ^ stone, f and ^struck and^

swept ^ the harp ^ and lyre, J^j^ in order to ^ ac-

I — -

without, all of them following a meritorious line of conduct ; the three
Meaou alone were stubborn and disrespect! ul, refusing to jjo to their
work ; which circumstance rendered the Emperor anxious

* The Emperor replied, That the compliance of all within the four
seas with raj virtuous instruction is entirely to he ascribed to your
meritorious arrangement. With regard to those who are stubborn
a- id disobedient, Kaou>yaou has just reverently received your -merito-
rious artangement, and is eng iged in displaying the iorms of punish-
ment, in which he is clearly discriminative, suiting the penalty to the
offences, in order to overawe the rebellious. In ihe former sentence,
Yu wishes Shun to relax the terror of the whip, and to extend the
influence of his accomplished instruction ; here th« Emperor infers,
that notwithstanding YuV meritorious arrangement had already pro-
'duced such effects, yet there were a number of stubborn fellows who
would not go to work, like the people of Meaou, in which case it
was impossible to dispense with punishment. A certain person has
suiTgested, that if the vicious and obstinate Meaou-ites were not to he
subdued by armies, and in spite of military force resisted the imperi-
al will, it was not likely that Kaou-yaou's display of punishment
could effect their subjection ; but such an objector is evidently ig-
norant of the order in which the sage employed military expedi-
tions and judicial inflictions, while he knows jiothing of the history
of Shtin's dealings with the people of Meaou.

These words of the Emperor were uttered before Yu was assocint^-d
in the throne, and are not to be placed subsequent to the expedition
against Meaou. For he first overawed them by punishment, and find-
ing them still unwiDing to'submit, he ordered Yu to go and set them
to rights. When he could not subdue them by f©rccr, he took Ylh's
advice, and paid an increased attention to virtuous instruction, where-
upon the Meaou-ites same under subjection, and he parted them a-
sunder. These words of Shdn, although placed at the end of the
Three Counsels, ought really to come in before Yii's association
in the throne.

t The sounding stone, means the sonorous gem, (formed of a piece
of precious stone or jade, suspended in a frame, which on being
struck emitted a pleasant tinkling sound.)

ANCIENT MUSICAL INSTfttlMBNTS. 77

ilL

7j

5%

^^

^S|

ffi

iS?

lAlAte

$t t

78. YIH AND TSEIH.

cord with the chant, •♦ then (the spirits of) fjj]B[ the
ancestors^ and progenitors ^ came down ^ and
visited ; (at the same time) J^ ^ the guest of Shun ^
filled the ^principal seat,-|-|p and the host ^ of no-
bles ^ virtuouKly ^ yielded ; J ^ at the bottom of
the hall were ^ the pipes ^ ^ and tambours, §
which were ^ brought iiito unison jJh or siiddeiily
.checked;^ by the rattle || S^ and the stojjper,^ while
^ the organ** ^ and the bell ]^/^ indicated ^ the
interludes, -j-f Upon this .1^ the birds J^ and beasts

* At the CiHiiiiieacenieiit of the pertbrrnance, they raised the sonij
at the bead of the hall, while the musicians selected those sounds
which were shrill and clear, in harmony with the human voice ; hence
it is said, *' m order to accord with the chant ;" for they tapped an I
beat the sonorous stone, and struct and swept the sounding lyre,
in order to accompany the chautins^ song.

f The guest of Shun was Tan Choo; for aft r the death of Yaou,
he was entertained by Shun, and sit on the principal seat to assist in
the SHcritice.

J The host of officers yielding to each other*s virtue, shews that
there was no want of harmony amougst them.

§ The tambour was like a drum but smaller, it wis famished with
a handle, on shaking which, the two pellets wliich were attached
struck the instrument.

II The rattle was like a varnish tub, two cubits four inches iif diame-
ter, and two cubits eight inches deep ;- in the centre was a hammer,
joined by a handle to the bottom, which on being pushed struck the
tub to the right and left.

^ The stopper was in form like a crouching tiger, on the back of
which were 27 indentations ; alonjr these protuberances they drew a
style made of wood about afoot long. When the tune was to begin,
tliey shook the ratUe, in order to make all the instruments strike up
in unison ; and when they were about to conclude they drew the
style alonjs the stop, to make the mus'c hold up. For both these
were instruments for regulating the time of music.

** The organ was made of a calabash, into which a number of
pipes •%vere inserted ; they also fixed a cross piece in the end of each
pipe. (This origan is described by Mr. Lay, as a collection of tubes,
varying in length, so as to utter sounds at harmonic intervals from
each other;, apart from the tubes is a sort of wind-chest, being a
simple bowl, into the top of which the tubes enter, and are held in
their position. Tlie tubes are of five different lengths, and corres-
pond in appearance to the scale of five sounds. * See the Chin 83 lle-
pository for May 1839; and the plate on the opposite page.)

ff Above it is said that the music was intended to accord with the
hdmaa Toiee^und here it is- said *^ to indicate the interludes ;'* the

YIH AND T6K1H. 79

_ were set in motion* ; and when ^ they played
5^^ the nine airs of Shun's music, ^ the male
and female phcBnix jj^ came forth ^ with
their gamhols.f

expression being used antithetically, for the music was played durifn'
tlie intervals of the song.

* This means Unt the sounds of the muHic not o ily infl'iencsd the
gods, but even the ignorant birds and be ists led each other on, and
(Janced and frisked about

f The phoBnix was thft most intelligent of the feathered tribe ;
** their coming forth with their ^anhols/* means that they also skip-
ped about, and put themselves in various attitudes. A certain person
has said, that as the form of the organ was like a bird's wing, and as
the ornaments of the bell-stand resembled beasts, therefore, when
these instruments were played as an interlude, it is said that the
birds and beasts were mDved. Anoth t wr.t'ir' Suggests, that Shun
made the organ to appear like a phceMix, the sound and shape of the
instrument resembling that bbd, to indicate the harmony of his mu-
sic : how could it really be that the birds and beasCs, wiflh the male
a. id female phoenix, were f et in motion, and came frisking about ? To
these ol)servations the commentator replies, that the writers do not
seem to have been aware of the wonderful and all-pervading influ.

ence of the sounds of music. WhyS^I^ P'l Paou -pa merely drum-
med upon his harp, and the wandering fishes came out to listen ; wh ile

JR ^^ Pth-yay swept his lyre, and six hprses looked up from their
pasture; besileswhidh there are numerous instances on record of
sounds producing a felicitous influence and affecting animals. How
much more when Shun's, virtue caused harmony , above, and Kwei*s
music diffused concord below, so as to influence both gods and men,
is it worth while harbouring a doubt that the birds aud beasts frisked
and gambolled about !

We have read, that ^p^y Kwei-cha, whilst listening to the mus'c
of the Chow dynasty, and witnessing the performance of this piece,
exclaimed, It is the essence of virtue ; the very summit of excel-
lence ! like h-^aven which overspreads all, and earth which su^^tains
every thing ; for the powers of nature, although exhibiting the fulness
of virtue, can add nothing to this. Now the music of Shun when
played up, affected the spirits of the invisible world, and the shades
of progenitors came to tlie entertair.ment : it moved the occupants
of this present scene, and the host of officers yielded to virtue ; a-
mongst inferior things it stirred up the brute creation, and the phoenix
gambolled, and the dumb animals danced about ; the only thing
which wrought upon all these was the virtue of Shun, which like
heaven and earth overspread and sustained all nature. This music
was handed down for more than a thousand years, when Confucius,
hearing it in the Tse country, was so affected, that for three months
he did not know the taste of flesh, exclaiming, I never thought that

60 YIH ANB TSEIH.

Kwei H said, j^ wnilst ^ I was ^ striking
^ the stone |^ and tapping :Q the stone,* ^ all
^ the beastsf ^ led each other on ^ to gambol, J^
ami all ^ the officers ^ were sincerely |§ harmo-
nious.

?|^ The Emperor then ]^ invented and f^ compo-
sed ^ an ode, Q to the eflfect ^ that men should
be careful (to preserve) ^^ ;^ Heaven's "^decree,!
^ be ^ constantly on their guard, ^ and be ^
minute in every particular ;§ 75 ^^*^ *^^u ^ he san^-,
sayinff, H^ J^ "When the members of the govern-
ment j| ^ ^ (are delighted to serve,) 7^ ]^ the head
of the state ^ ^ will be aroused to action, and ^
T the various public undertakings, )SB ^ will pros-
per." J^ 1^ Kaou-yaou ^ bowed with ^ his
hands, and thei ^ bent down "^ his head, |^ ex.

music could have produced such an effect npon me. If such wa^
the case in the days of Confucius, what must have been the power
of the performance in the age of Shun !

* There were sonorous stones of various sizes, hence some were
Rtriick hard, and others gently tapped, Of the eight kinds oi musi-
cal instruments, those made of stone, are alone referred to ; because
the sound emitted from atones constituted the lowest note, which was
the most difficult of all to harmonize. B«it when the soun 1 pro luced
by the instruments of stone was in harmony, then the symphonies
elicited by those made of m?taK silk, bamboo, calabash, earthenware,
leather, and wood, would dou;)tles8 accord.

t Above mention is made of birds and beasts, and here reference is
made to the beasts alone, because there are generally reckoned five
kinds of beasts, the horned, the adipose, the naked, the feathered, and
the scaly tribes, all of which may be termed brutes.

J The reason of this charge is, that the decree of Heaven is
not invariably fixed in one family, while order and confusion, tran-
*quillity and hazard follow close on the heels of each other ; intima-
ting that although at that moment right rule might be established,
public works completed, ceremonies rendered orderly, and mirsic
harmonious, yet if care and fear were not perpetually maintained, then
negligence and indifference would spring up ; and if every minute
particular were not strictly enquired into, then trouble and calamity
would speedily arise ; hence the necessity of caution.

§ Here Shun, being about to give out an ode, first sets forth the
object of the ode.

II '* Members of government," literally arms arid legs, mean
the ministers of the crown.

YIH AND TFFIH, 81

claiming ^ in loud terms, ^ sayin^j, ^ ^ Think
On this ! (the sovereign) E^ ^ should take the lead
J^ in the commencement ^ of affairs, ^ and be
careful about /J his ^ regulations. * ^ ^ Be
respectfully cautious ; g^ frequently ^ enquire into
7$r jjJJ the completion of affairs. f ^ ^ By all
means be cautious. J /J ^^® *^®^ ^ connected
and completed ^ the ode, |3 saying, " when 7^
the head of the state H^ ^ is intelligent, ^ ^ the
members of government ]§j ^ will be virtuous, and
JH all ||[ the affairs )|| "^ will be prosperous." ^
Again ^ he chanted Q saying, " If the 7^ "^ head
of the state ^ ^ ofe be annoyingly particular, ^^ ^
the members of government ^ ^ will be indifferent,
and ^ every ^ thing ^ ^ will fall into ruin.§
ij^ The Emperor ^ bowed ^ and said, ^ Excel-
lent! ^ go your way, ^ ^ and be respectfully cau-
tious. ||

* This means that the prince should take the general lead of his
officers in setting ahout any undertaking, and he careful respecting
the maintenance of the regulations ; for when men are bent on
commencing an affair, they easily get into bustle and confusion ;
hence the need of extreme caution.

f In commencing an affair, frequently enquire into its successful
operation, then you will experience the result of trial and verification,
and be exempt from the evils of misrepresentation and concealment.

X He repeats the caution, because in commencing business and in-
Bpecting its progress, we ought to be deeply cautious and free
from carelessness.

§ This means that when a prince interferes annoyingly with a mi-
nister's duties, then ministers will become indifferent, and not holding
themselves responsible for the issue of affairs, every thing will fail
into confusion. On this account he sets forth his warning. Shun
in his ode had laid the burthen on the ministers, and Kaou-yaou in
carrying out the idea, threw the responsibility on the prince ; for the
rule of Shun consisted in princes and ministers mutually sharing
their responsibilities ; an attainment which perhaps cannot now be
reached.

II The Emperor towed and returned tlie compliment, while he
approved of the sentiment and said, do you eo and attend to your
duties, but be particularly respectful.

L

THE HISTORICAL CLASSIC.

BOOK IL
THE BOOK 5 # OF HEA .•

OR, THE RECORD OP THE HEA DYNASTY.

SECTION I.

THE TRIBUTE ft ^ OF YU-t

^ Yii |g|[ divided Jb the land, and J^ followinfl;
J| the range of hills ^J he cut down ^ the wooii, ^
fixing as boundaries j^ the high |Jj ^^^^s and ^ great
)|| channels.;^

* Hea Wit the national title assumed by Yii, oh his usceuding
the throne. This book contains four section*. The ** Tribute of
Yii*' was composed in the ttoie of Shdn, and is joined on to the Book
of HSa, because Y{lk*s attaining the empire originated with the un-
dertaking here referred to.

t When superiors take anything of their ioferiors it is called taxa-
tion, and when inferiors present anything to their superiors, it is
called tribute. In this nection both taxation and tribute are referred
to, and ** tribute" alone is mentioned in the title of the section,
because, as M&ng-tsz^ says, ** Under the Hea dynasty, the average
of fifty years was taken to determine the tribute ;" that b, the tribute
was ascertained by comparing the medium of several years to find a
regular sum ; thus tribute was the general title of the tax on land
during the reign of Hea. The editions in both the modern and an-
cient hand writings contain this section.

X He divided the land into nine provinces, fixing upon the high hilh
and the lar^e rivers to distinguish the boundaries of each province :

thus, the PP Tse and J^ H6 (or yellow) river formed the boundary

of 3£ 7^^j (the southern part of Shan-tung) ; the sea on the east,

and the ^Sf Tae mountain on the west, formed the boundary of ^j

Tsing, (the northern part of Shan-tung) ; the ^E Hwae river on one

side, and the sea on the other, formed the boundary of >^ Yang, (th

southern part of Keang-soo) ; the ffi ;5f^ Hlh-shwiiy, Black water,

^"^^ @5 Wl t^e western arm of the Yellow river, formed the boundaiy

of '$ft Yung, (the central part of Shan-se) ; the ^ Kmg and Ae

jJBi H&ng mountains formed the boundaries of the ^J King countrj^

(the modern Hoo-pft) ; the sea and the jj$^ Tae mounUin formed

the boundary of f^ Tseu, ( the northern part of Keang-soo) ; the

7^ >iin

r

.<yi%\' ' V • I

V / ^ I

/■''^ ."

4s|i!t)B^

r'XO

r f / . _j^ 1— xii.

C'T,

.^:>^-

A"

■ T

'\W,:.h y

^

■^

^1 ~i;4"/,/

$1 r-'^

4/

//

-tl3

Or ^

THE TRIBUTE OF YU. 83

First with respect to ^ ;)[| the Ke province:*

^ Having ^ commenced the work ^ tl at Hoo-

kow,-|"

Jfl Kine mountain and the tS| Ho, or yellow river, formed the boun-
dary of^l Yu, (the present Ho-nan) ; the ^p Hwa and ^^ Yang
hillfl, together with the j^ /[y Black water, formed the boundary of

yf^ Leang, (the southern part of Shen-se). (See the Canon of Shun,
page 24.) About that time the in'indations flowed abroad, and the
boundaries of the various regions could not be distinguished, until Y^
divided the land into nine provinces, f >llowing the chain of hills, and
according with the advaatages of the country, he cut down the fo-
rests and cleared away the roads, in order to regulate the matter. He
also fixed upon the highest mountains and the largest rivers as. cer-
tain boundaries. These three thirn^s constitute the most important
items of Yu's merit in draining the land, there. ore the writer of the
Classic sets them down first.

* The Ke province (or Shan-se) was the Imperial donaain, surround-
ed on three sides by rivers, for it lay to the west of the river of the
Yen province, to the east of that part of the Yellow river which borders
the Yung province, and to the north of that part of the same river
which borders the Yill province; all the other eight provinces have
their borders mentioned and not the Ke province, because the others
being described this may be known.

f Hoo-kow (situated in Lat. 36. 15. N. Long. 6. 5. W. of Peking,)

if the name of a hill, situated on the south of the {^ Keiih district,

corresponding w^Ui the present department of |J^ J^elh. (Lat. 36.

40. N. Long. 5. 32. W.) near the district of ^ Kelh, (Lat.
36. 6. N. Lit. 5. 65. W. of Peking). On examining this pas-
sage we fin 1 that the Ke province, or the territories of the imperi-
al domain, was the place where Yiji first received the command to
drain off the waters, and where he was required to commence the work.
He began his work therefore at Hoo-Konv and the adjacent places, in
order to cut off the force of the Yellow river, hence it is said " having
oommenced." But the order in which Y\!l originally set about the
work of draining the waters was to begin at the lower part of
the streams; hence he observed the following cours** ^ Yen, Tsi ng,
Tseu, Yang, King, Yu, Leanur, and Yung. The Yen province was
farthest down the stream, therefore he took that first ; while ti:e
Yung province was farthest up the stream, therefore he attended to
that last. Yik us'*d to say •* I have cleared out the nine rivers, and
led them into the sea ; I hive dee|)ened the canals and led their wa-
ters into the river ;'* thus the beginning and ending of his labour con*
sisted in first draining off the waters of the nine rivers into the sea,
that the great body of the fluid might have a vent; afler which he
deepened the ennaU, that the smaller streams might find their level ;

84 TttK TRIBUTE OP YU.

He ^ directed the course of the waters ^ near the
Leang ^ and |j^ Ke hills ;«

gg And having j^ set in order i^ ^ the plain of
Tne-yuen, ^ he extended his improvements ^ to @
the south of the Y5 mountg^in.f

At ^ ^ Tan-hwae J ]!^ he carried out ^ his meri-

in both of which cases he commenced with the lower ' part of the
stream, in order to spread it out and cut off its violence. Those who
read the account of Yii's operations, and wish to ascertain the order
of his work, ought to pay particular attention to this.

* These are the names of two hills in the province of Ke (Shan-se) ;

the Leang hill is the same with the ^ ^^ Leu-leang ; that range

of hills situated on the north-east of the department of ^Q Shth, the

modern J& J^ Woo-paou, Lat 37. 35. N. Long. 5. 57. W. of Pe-

king. ipj ^^ ^1 Leu-piih-wei used to say, when the ^|g pq
Ldng-mfin pass was not yet opened, nor the Leu-leang hill excavated,

the river flowed out above the pass of ^g "^ Mang-mOn. The
Lung pass is about Lat. 35. 45. N. Long. 5. 55. W. of Peking ;
near which is a part of the range of the Leang hills. The pass of
M&ng is situated Lat. 36. 20. N. Long. 6. 20. W. of Peking, on

the west bank of the Yellow River, jg* |g^ 7C Le-taou-yuen says,
that the rocks of the Leu-leang hills are high and precipitous, and the
Yellow river flowing by dashes along, so as to agitate surrounding na-
ture ; this is the reason why Y\!l, haying finished his business at
Hoo-kow, set about directing the course of the waters at the Leang

hill. The Bg^ K® ^*^^ ^ situated in the department of ^^ yji
Fun-chow, Lat. 37. 19. N. Long. 5. 15. W. of Peking. From t.ie

Koo-ke hill issues the j^ Shing water, which flows north-easterly
till it roaches the river Fun.

f llo is said to have arranged that region, as taking up the labours

of his father ^^ Kwan. The plain here spoken of refers to the region

east of the liver, near the prefecture of ^J5^ JJ^ Tae-yuen, the capi-
tal of Shon-se, Lat. 37. 45. N. Long. 3. 55. W. of Peking. The

•^ Yo, means the Great Y6 mountain, situated in the district of ^g
Ho, Lat. 36. 30. N. Long. 4. 30. W. of Peking. The south of a hill

is called ^j Yang, and there is at present a district called Y6-yang
(Lat. 36. 25. N. Long. 4. 20. W.) where Yaou held his capital.

The J^ Fun water rises in 5^ /§> Tae-yuen, passes to the eastward
of the great Y6 mountain, and then flows into the Yellow river.

I Tan-hwae is the name of a place, situated in the prefecture of
Hwae-king, Lnt 35. 6. N. Long. 3.28. W. of Peking. It is

THE TRIBUTE OP YU. 85

torious work, ^ even ^ until the J^ fp river
HSngchang,*

M The j:; soil (of the province) was |^ white
clay ;t

j^ Its 1^ revenue f|| was Jt of tne first class Jt of
the superior kind, §^ occasionally mixed ; while ]^ its
fQ fields f ^ were 1^ of the medium class tft of the
middling kind.J

a level country, lyiug to the east of the ford "Slrr '^^ng-tsin,
and to the west of the y^ -f^ Tae-hinpr mountain ; the mF Lae wa-

ter issues from it to the west, and the ^^ Ke water to the east. At
that time, when the great inundation encompassed the hills, and over-
topped the mountains, it was very difficult to complete any work in
the level country, therefore it is said *' he carried out his meritorious
work.*'

* The Hang-chang is the name of a river. The geographical re-
cords says, that there are two Chang rivers, one coming out of the

^^ L6-ping district, Lat. 37. 35. N. Long 2. 40. W. of Pe-

king ; the name of this water is ^^ ^^ Tsing-chang, or the clear

Chang. The other river issues out of the "^ jH^ Fa-kew hill, in

the ^ ^ Chang-tsze district, Lat. 36. 5. N. Long. 3. 50. W.

of Peking. This is called the j^ ^L Tsiih-chang, muddy Chang.

t When earth is not formed iato lumps it is called clay ; soft
mould is also called clay. The minister of instruction of the Chow
dynasty pointed out twvlve sorts of clay, and ascertained their appro-
priate seeds, in order to instruct the husbandman in planting and
sowing. He also distinguished the five kinds of grain and nine
classes of soil, in order to regulate the impost on land for the whole
empire ; thus, in teaching the people to plant and sow, and in regu-
lating the tribute according to the character of the soil, it was neces-
sary first to distinguish the sorts of ground. But there are two
things to be attended to in observing the soil ; first its whiteness,
and next its clamminess. For the method observed by cultivators in
manuring the ground, it to use cow-dung for the light red and hard
soils ; for the deeper red to use the dung of sheep, for a loamy soil that
of does, and for slippery and marshy soils that of bucks; thus they
manured and regulated their fields according to the colour and cha-
racter of the soil. Tsang-she says, we are not to suppose that the
whole of Ke province consisted of a white clay, but he gave this de-
signation to it, because the greatest part of the soil was of that
colour.

J Revenue is that which the cultivators ftjrnish , whether grain, rice,,
amis, or chariots. Ihe revenue of the imperial domain was of the

86 THE TRIBUTE OF TU.

The ^ H&ng • and ^ Wei rivers f ^ were fj|
led through their proper channels, and the "J^ greal;^

highest kind, occasionally mixed with that of the second sort. The
caltivated fields were only of the fifth class ; thus the revenue was
higher than the character of the fields might warrant hy four de-
grees, because the land was extensive and the people numerous.
Lin-she says, that in the Ke province the revenue was greater than
might be expected from the soil because the Ke province was the ter-
ritory of the royal domain, under the immediate superintendence of
the Emperor, who levied a tax upon the corn-floors, the flower and
the kitchen gardens, with the fields, marshes, forests, and such like.
The rest of the provinces all paid the tax on fields only, hence their
cultivated land was superior to the revenue obtained. On examining
the nine kinds of revenue derived from the nine provinces it appears,
that they took the general income arising from each province annually,
and comparing it with the quantity produced in all the nine, they rec-
koned nine kinds of revenue ; it was not that certain kind of fields
were required to produce a certain amount of revenue. In the Ke pro-
vince no mention is made of the tribute basket, because that province
constituting the region of the imperial domain, there was no necessi-
ty for a tribute basket. The nine kinds of revenue were as follows ;
first, the firHt class of the superior kind ; 8econd,the medium clas^ of
the superior kind ; third, the lower class of the superior kind ; fourth,
the best of the middling kind ; fifth, the medium of the middling kind;
sixth, the lowest of the middling kind; seventh, the best of the inferi-
or kind , eighth, the medium, and ninth, the worst of the inferior kind.

* The HJiug river springs out of the northern valley of the @ |JL|

Hing mountain, in the district oi piq ^f Keilh-yang, in the pro-
vince of Pth.chlh-le, (Lat. 38. 39. N. Long. 1 . 45. W. of Pe-
king.) On the east it enters the ^2 ^^^ water, and then flows on
till it arrives at the |^ [^ Kaou-yang district, (Lat. 38. 44. N.

Long. 0. 38. W. of Peking,) where it enters into the ^ Yth
water.

f The Wei water, issues from the north-east part of fgg: ^» Liner-
show district, (Lat. 38. 18. N. I^na. i. 76. W. of Peking. It

flows easterly into the ^ y^ Hoo-to, which passing, it also enters
the Yth water.

J The great plain, according to ^ 5^ Sun-yen, is the gS| ^

Kwang-o marsh, to the north of ^ ^ Keu-liih, by which the
Yellow river passes, (Lat. 37. 30. ^' Long. 1. 20. W. ofPe-

king, ^fcj^ Chin-she hewever says, that Keu-luh is very lar
from the ancient bed of the Yellow river ; and since that river never

did pass by the ^fll King districts (Lat. 37 .7. N. Long. 1. 50. W.)
it is wrong to suppose that it flowed as far as the Kwang-o marsh

THE TRIBUTE OF YU* 87

j^ plain Ijg was f^ rendered capable of cultivation .•
^ The island ^ foreigners (brought) J^ furs
fl^ in token of subjection : and >^ turning "j^ to the
light ai jfi ^ Ke^-shth, (or the stone tablet,) X ^^^y
entered ^ into ^ ihe Yellow river, t ^

of Keu-ldh. According to the ^ fp Urh yay dictionary, a high

and level place is called (^ L&h, a plain ; and when mention is
made of the great plain, it intimates that on aU sides, there were nei-
ther hills DOT mounds, but that the country exhibited one wide out-

stretched plain. In the time of Yii the Yellow river passed by

Chen, or ^ iH^ K'hae-chow, (Lat. 35. 46. N. Long. i. 12.

W. of Peking,) and tS ^<^ng, or ^ ||§ Chang.tlh, (Lat 36.
7. N. and Leng. 1. 56. W. of Peking,) from whence it took a
B(Nrtlierly course ; but its oourse now is nearly west and east between
the 34th and 35th parallels of latitude, till it enters the sea. Tlie
opinion that the great plain is situated somewhere between the dis«

tricts of }fp Hing, or il^^g Shun-i(h, and JQ^ Chaou, and

Shin, the modem jE 5S Ching-ting foo, is nearly right, (say
►rn Lat. 37. to 38. N. and Long. L to 2. W. of Peking.)
* When the calamity of the inundation had ceased, th*) widely-
extended plains were rendered capable of cultivation. The H&ng
and Wei waters were small, but the ground they travelled over was
distant ; the great plain was level and near the YeUow river, hence
Yik attended to the draining of these, mfier he had decided on the
character of the fields and the revenue.

f Ke^-shth, according to the geographical record is on the south-
west of qR j^ Le-ching district, to the south-west of the mo-
dem ^ ^ Yung.ping, (Lat. 35. 45. N. Long. 2. 30. E. of Peking,)

near the mouth of the Yellow river. (N. B. The word ^P| Ho, river*
is used in the original, by which is generally meant the YeUow
river ; but as the Yellow river falls into the sea in latitude 34. N.
and the place at present referred to is in latitude 39. N. some
might doubt whether the Yelluw river be really intended here ;
but from various parts of this work it would appear, that the Yellow
river has greatly shifted its course since the time of Y^^ and the
ancient maps describe it as disembogueing itself into the sea, some-
where about the present gulf of Jtl JS. ^C Pih-chYh-le ; from
which it would be rt-asonuble to conclude that the Yellow river is in-
tended in this passage.) ^ 'jf| Ke-chow being situated in the
north, when persons arrived with tribute from the northern sea, they
entered the Yellow river, weit towards the south, and then turned
westward ; KeiS-shYfa was eituated just at the place where they turned
off to the right ; kenoe it is said^ that they turned to the right at

88 THE TRIBUTE OP YU.

The Tse river and ^ the Yellow river j^ for-
med the boundary of the ^ Yea jf| province ; (ihe
south-western part of Shan-tung.*)

^ The nine ^ rivers ^ were then ^ led through
their proper channels.-]"

Ke^-fihth. Chin-she says, that j% Ke was the imperial metropo-
lis, being bonnrleil on the east, west, and south by the Yellow river.
(N. B. The Yellow river does not now bound tiie Ke provinoe on
the east : if it did then, the river must have shifted its co»ir8e.) The
other provinces, in forwarding their tribute, reached their destination
by sailing up the Yellow river ; therefore it was not necessary to
mention those three sides. But on the northern boundary there

were )§g Han and jg Leaoa, (Shinsr-King, or Leaou4un?,)
and on the right were the regions of JtJ "T^ Plh-ping, 7%iS ^?
Yu-yanar, and Jl! ^P Shang-kiih ; which countries were watered

by the xS Le*o"» ^^^ im ^®"» ^^® •(? ^^^» ^^^ ^^® ^f ^^
rivers, (the two latter are in Cklh-le province,) all of which tiowed

from the high lands in the centre, and did not communicate with the

Yellow river ; hence it was necessary to come from the northern

sea, and afterwards to get into the Yellow river. Moreover,

JUL

J9J]q Le-ching borders on the sea, having a range of stones like a
passage, several miles in extent ; at the top of the hill there is a lar^e

stone like a pillar, which 3^ ^S Wei-chaou thinks to be Ke^-shih,
or the stone tablet. Near that hill the Yellow river fotmerly emp-
tied itself into the sea, therefore it is recorded that they brought
the tribute by the way of the Yellow river. After a long succession
of generations, however, this region was gradually swept into the
sea, and the coast for upwards of 100 miles has disappf ared.

* The border of Yen-chow, on the south-east, was the T«e river, and
on the north-west, the YellotiC river ; which river now flows to the
south of Yen-chow. Soo-she, observing that the distance bet\Yeen
the Tse and the Yellow river was not great, imagined that the border of
Ten province extended over the Tse to the south-east; but the com-
mentator, however, thinks that the Yellow river formerly flowed far-
ther to the north, so that the border of Yen-chow in a northerly di-
rection extended to Ke^-shlh, the teritory on the right of the Yellow
river ; afterwards the region of Ke^shlh having been swept into the
eea, the Yellow river shifted its course farher south ; in this way the
Tse and Yellow rivers approached each other, and Soo-she's opinion
is not to be received.

t The nine rivers were 1st, the ^£ ^^ Too-hae, 2nd, the j^

^ Thae-she, 3rd, the ^ f^ Ma.ke«, 4th, the ^ Sfi Filh.foo,

5th, the ^j^ Hoo-8oo,6th,the^^ Keen-ke«, 7th, the ^^

&fl

[■V.

THE TRIBUTE OF YU, 89

JBft Keu-pwan ; 8th, the ^ J^ Kth-tsin ; whilst the usual stream
of the Yellow river constituted the ninth. The former literati, not

adverting to the stream of the Yellow river, divided the ^^ Keen

and the j^ Ke5 into two. According to the Geographical Record, the

^ 1^ Too-hae was the ][^ J^ Hoo-to river, (flowing in a north-
ea>terly direction tliroiigh the province of Plh-chlh-le, till it joins
the Pih-ho,atTheen-t«in, Lb. 39. 10. N. Long. 0. 40. E. of Pe-

king.) The Universal Geography says, that it flows through 2^ '^)^
Tsang-chow, Lat. 38. 22. N. Long. 0. 28. E. of Peking, to the

south of the ^ 'M Tsing-che, Lat. 38. 35. N. Long. 0. 25 B.
of Peking (a stream running parallel with the former on the south-

east, and joining the Pih-ho, nearly at the same place.) The ^^ X^

M^-ke^, Yuen-ho places on the south andeadt of ^p* J^ Ping-yuen,
Lat. 37. 15. N. Long. 0. 8. E. of Peking. The Record of Geo-
graphy states, that it flows through ^ TBJ Shang-ho, Lat. 37. 23.
N. Long. 0. 50. E. of Peking. The ^ ]^ Ffih-foo, is in ^ *jf|
Tlh.chow, Lat. 37 32. N. Long. 0. 3. W. of Peking. The 4fl ^
Hoo-soo flows through the district of ]^ 2x!^^"'P'^®» ^**- ^^•
8. N. Long. 0. 17. E. of Peking.) It also passes by ^ ;)t^ Tung-
kwang, (Lat. 37. 58. N. Long. 0. 12. E. ol Peking) The ^^
^ Keen-keS, also passes by ^ K Nan p'h^ ; and the ^
Keu-pwan is to the south-cast of ^ |^ Lo-ling, Lat. 37. 48. N.
Long. 0. 50. E. of Peking, and passes by the district of ^ ^
Tth-ping, Lat. 37. 34. N. Long. 0. 36. E. of Peking. The ^
^ Klh-tsin river, is on the east of ^ (^ L6-ling, and flowing

north-westerly, it enters J^ JtH Tsang-cliow. The jj^ §g Tae-
Bz6 river is unknown. From tlie Han dynasty to the present day,
men have been very minute in their enquiries after the nine rivers ;

but though ]gK H4n was so near the times of old, still they could only

find out three; the men of ^ Tang, by collecting the sayings of suc-
cessive generations and accumulated traditions, found out six of them ;

WC ^ is Gow-yang-win added another ; but either he recorded
a new river under an old name, or one and the same region was vari-
ously denominated : on examining his statements we And in them a
semblance of right, while they are really wrong, without any evidence
that can he depended on ; at length their erroneousness becoming ap-
parent, ^E [51 Pan-koo took the Hoo-to to be the Too-hae,
forgetting that Hoo-to never had any connection with the a\}cient

vYellow river. ^ ^ Yo-szS took the Ma-ke^ to be the J^>^
Tfih-mSi of the Han dynasty, and ^ P\ Ch'hirig-sh^, not beirgable

M

90 THE TRIBUTE OF TU.

to ascertain these streams with exactness, suggested that ^[ Hw&n

the Duke of J^ Tse, had stepped up eight out of the nine rivers, to
extend his own dominions. But turning and stopping streams was
expressly forbidden in the Ts^ country ; thus it would appear that
Duke Hwan had no hand in this work. Moreover, supposing the
waters of these rivers to have been turned aside, their channels also could
not have been entirely obliterated. Thns we must conclude that all

these are unfounded assertions. But ^£ p^ Ching-sh^, coneidering
that the region of these nine rivers has all been immersed in the sea,
points to KeS-shlh, or the stone tablet, as the proof of it ; thus he

reckons the region from the north of the present f^S Jn Tsang-chow,
Lat. 38. 22. N. Long. 0. 28. E. of Peking, up to the border of

^ ^ Yiing.ping, Lat. 39. 56. N, Long. 2. 28. E. of Peking, a
distance of five hundred le, as the territory formerly watered by the
nine rivers, but since overwhelmed by the sea ; (the modern gulf of
Pih-chth-le) ; on which account their traces are not preserved. At that
time when the district referred to was not yet overrun by the ocean,
from the present sea-shore in a north-easterly direction, for 500 le,
there was a level plain watered by tliese nine rivers ; in this territory
of five hundred le, KeS-shlh, where the ambassadors turned to the rit^ht
as in the former section, was the very place where these niLe rivers
emptied themselves into the sea. The Ke^-shth, or stone pillar, is still
standing on the north-west shore. Thus the channels of the nine
rivers, having been shifted, can be with difficulty ascertained ; but the
stone pillar, being built from the foundation to the summit of mas-
sive materialp, could not be overturned or overwhelmed. In the pre-
sent day, throughout the provinces of Yen and Ke, there are no traces
of these stones, but just on the south of Yi^ng-ptng there is a hill
called Ke^-shth, still to be seen in the middle of the sea, about 500 le
from shore, standing erect, and visible at some distance. (Probably
Sha-luy-teen ?) Then from the ancient- Yellow river, from what is
now the bed of the sea, towards the north, in a slanting direction, the
stream was divided into nine ; but now the bed of the river is clearly

buried under the ocean. H**^ ^^ Waiig-hwdng, of the Han dynas-
ty, says, that formerly heaven poured down incessant rain, while the
north-east wind ble v, and the waters of the ocean overflowed the land,
immersing several hundred le of territory to the south-west ; thu-^ the

reifion of the nine rivers was buried under water. §g j^ y|j
Le-taou-yuen also says, that the nine rivers up to Kee'Shth were to-
gether overrun by the sea. The literati of succeeding gen^Tations
have only thought of seeking the nine rivers in the level country, and
did not advert to the existence of Kee-shlh as a verification of the
above hypothesis ; h*^nce the various opinions that have prevailed
on this subject, without coming to any just conclusion. For when
the region of the nine rivers was not in existence, and when they were
dLetermined io chisel it out, it was natural that they ihouli wandflv
wi4e of the mark, and not find crut the trutk.

THE rniBUTE OF TU. 91

|g J[ The LAy-hea region ^j having been ^ form-
ed into a marsh, ♦

^ The Yung and the ^ Tseu waters were ^ ^

united; f

^ The mulberry i ground gjj having been ^
supplied with silk-worms, J^ the people P^ descend-
ed from Jl^ the hills ^ and dwelt j; in the plains. J

Be db ^^^ soil (of the province) was M a black ^
loam, J^ its ]^ herbage '|^ was ^ luxuriant, and
^ its ;;^ trees f^ were f^ tall. §

^ Its 05 cultivated tields ^^ were tfl *p the worst
of the middling kind, || ^ its ^ reveiiues ^ were

* Luy-hea is on the north-west of ]^ '/TJ P6-chow district, Lat.
35 48. N. Long. 0. 55. W. of Peking. They say, that a spirit dwells
iu this marsh, with a dragoons body, and a man*8 cheeks ; should any

one drum on its belly, thunder is heard. It is the original

Hea march, and on account of the thunderings called Luy-hea.
When the inundations prevailed, the waters flowed into this marsh,
which not being able to contain them, allowed them to spread abroad;
ifter the waters were regulated the marsh was formed.

f Any water that flows out of the Yellow river is called Yung, and
he same issuing from the Tse river is denominated Tseu.

X The nature of the silk-worm is to abhor damp, hence it was not
ill the wat^irs were abated that the silk-wurms could be reared. The
.line regions equally depended upon this source of profit, and the
Yen province alone is mentioned, because Yon, (or Shantung pro-
fince,) was adapted for the mulberry. Much of tlic ground in that
*x)untry was low, and when the inundation prevailed, the people all
irent ahd dwelt in the high lands ; but at this time they began to
5ome down into the plains.

§ Throughout the nine provinces, towards the north-west there

vere many hills, and towards the south-east many rivers ; in the hilly

regions it was natural to expect much grass and wood, so that it was

not necessary to mention it ; the three province of Yen, Tseu, and

Yang, were situated far down on the extreme south-east , so that the

uind was low, damp, and thoroughly saturated with water ; when the

'nundntion prevailed herbs and small plants would not grow, but the

iioductions of the soil were either luxuriant or long, or thick, or tall,

>r bushy, theref(.«re especial mention is made of (he Tegetation in

these three provinces, to show that the land was levelled, the waters

irained, and the trees and herbs were permitted to follow their na-

iural tendencies.

II The character of the fields was of the sixth grade, and the revenue
of the ninth grade. The revenues of the Yen district, though thus

92 THE TRIBUTE OF YU.

proportionate, and f^ when it had been worked ^
^~ thirteen ^ years, /} ^^ ^^^ I^ assimilated to
ihe other provinces. ♦

M Its "^ tribute consisted in ^ varnish ^^ and
silk, + while ^f their f| tribute- baskets were filled
with ^ stuflFs ^ of various colours. J

With these ^ they floated ^ down *^ the Tse ^j|
and T&h rivers, ^ till they came ^ to the ;/9l Yel-
low river.§

The 'JH sea j^ and the Tae mountain j^ formed
(the boundaries of) ^ »)f| Tsing-chow ( the north-
eastern part of Shan-tung.) {|

small, were said to be proportionate, because in ruling the Empire the
lighter the burden of taxation the more just for the people.

* They worked the soil for thirteen years before that province was
put on a level with the other provinces, because Yen was near the
tumultuous rushings in the lower part of the Yellow river ; the wa-
ter dashed about and flowed with rapidity, while the ground was level
and the soil loose, so that the calamity oi the inundation was the more
distressing. Now though the waters were drained off, yet the low
damp and moisture was not entirely remedied, so that the ground was
extensive but the people thinly scattered, while the means of obta iu«
ing a livelihood were rare ; on which account it was necessary to
work the fields thirteen years, before the rulers could levy an impost
in the same way with the other provinces.

f Tribute consists of the peculiar productions of the soil paid by
inferiors to superiors ; the Yen province was adapted for the produc-
tion of varnish and silk, hence they paid tribute in tliese articles.

J The baskets here mentioned were made of bamboo, and were
used by the ancients for carrying presents. Stuffs of various colours,
means that they were embroidered with different colours.

§ The Tab was an arm of the Yellow river. The Ke province
was surrounded on three sides by the Yellow river, hence when they
got to the Yellow river, they reached the imperial domain.

According to the geographical record, theT ah river rose in jB^ f^

Wob-yang, the modern ^^ 5K Chaou-ching, Lat. 36. 8. N. Long.

0. 43. W. of Peking, and passed on to ^]' J^ Tseen-shing, the

modern ^^ '^ L6-gnan, Lat. 37. 5. N. Long. 2. 10. E. of Peking,
whete it entered the sea.

II Tsing-chow, Lat. 36. 42. N. Long. 2. 14. E. of Peking, was
bounded on the north-east by the sea, and on the south-east by the
Tae mountain.

^« *~ " ft I

I • 6^.:-Tr3-
'••^•••"■■■■■■•• I .1 I

^

«!■

tr

A

/'v

U4

J . _

?»■

I

P»l^t li^

_. loc>£>

^<

, --..^-^

-A

• • • •

£_^

THE TRIBUTE OF YU. 93

A^ B^ The territory of Yu-e ^ having been ^
divided by land-marks, ♦

^ The Wei ^ and Tsze rivers (flowed through) ^
their proper j^ channels, -f

Wt i The soil (of the province) was ^ a white
loam, while that on the ^ sea j^ shore was
waste and )[? briny. J

PJ Its gg cultivated fields fH were Jt T the
low er sort of the superior kind, while ]^ its ^ revenue

was Pfl _tl *^® fi^'s^' c^^ss ^^ ^'^^ middling kind. 8

^ Its ^ tribute consi-^ted in ^ salt, ||| grass-
cloth, and 3^1 ^ the various productions of the sea,
f^ but ^ mixed together. From '^ U^ the valley of
the Tae mountain (they brought)^ silk and ^hemp,
1^ lead, i^ the fruit of the pine, and ^ rare >0 stones.
The ^ Lae mountain ^ foreigners 'j^ formed ^ pas-
tures ; || ^ while their |^ tribute-baskets (were
stored with) ]^ the wild mulberry and ^ silk. ^

* Yu-e 18 the present @ tH T?lne:-chow, (Lat, 37. 48. N. Long.
4. 35. £. of Peking,) and is the sanae with the Yu-e mentioned in the
Canon of Yaou.

f The Wei river rises in the Wei mountain, at the north-east of

the district of ^ ^[ Keu-chow, Lat. 35. 35. N. Long. 2. 50. E.

of Peking, from whence it flows northward to |^ 1^^ Chang-yth,
(I^t. 36. 50. N Long. 3. 13. E. of Peking.) The Tsze water

rises in the J^ l-LjYuen hill, 70 le south-east of y^^ )ll Tsze-chuen
district, (Lat. 36. 43. N. Long. 1. 40. E. of Peking.) From

thence 't flows eastward to the district of ^p j/JQ Show-kwang,

(Lat. 36. 55. N. Long. 2. 30. E of Peking.; where it enters ^
the Tse. Mention is here made of the natural channels of these
rivers, because the inundations having abated, the waters flowed
through their original beds.

J This salt ground could be boiled down and formed info salt.

§ Thus the character of the fields was of the third, and the revenue
derived from them of the 4th grade.

II The Lae mountain is in ^R /H Lae-chow, Lat. 37. 10. N.
I^ng. 3. 40. E of Peking.

% The tenacity of the silk produced by the mountain mulberry was
such as to adapt it for the strings of harps and guitars.

94 THE TRIBUTE OF YU.

With these ^^ they floated ^ doTvn ^ the W'Sn
river, and ^ entered yf into -^ the Tse.*

^ The sea and ^ the Tae mountain, 2^ with ^||
the river Hwae ^ were (the boundaries of) ^ 5)^4
the Tseu province, (formed of the southern part of
Shantung, and the north of Keang-soo.)-j*

^ The Hwae and "Jjf E waters ^ were ^ regula*

ted. X

^ The Mung and ^ Yu mountains ^ were
then ^ brought under cultivation. §

* The river W^n rises in the district of Jit ?w I'ae-woo, (Lat.
36. 16. N. Long. I. 25. East of Peking ;; iruiii whence it flows
in a south-easterly direction and entrr« the Tse, near the dis trict o

•p ^[5 Chung-too, the modern ^^ Jl Wan-shang, Lat. 35. 50.

N. Long. 0. 18. E. of Peking. The ^^ Isze river (referred to
in a former section,) rises on th€ north ol uie Yuen mountain, in the
district of Lae-woo, and flovvs in a n^^rth- easterly direction into t!ie
sea, while the river Wan issues from the south side of ihe same hill,
and runs in a south-easterly direction into the Tse. It does not say
that they sailed on till they entered the Yellow river, this having
been mentioned in the description of Yen province.

f The province of Tseu is bounded on the east by the sea, on the
south by the Hwae river, and on the north oy the Tae mountain ;
it is not added, that on the west this province was bounded by the
Tse river, because the Tseu province lies oa the south o. the Tae
mountain, to the east of the Tse, and on the north of the said hill,
the eastern bank* of the Tse constitutes the bor lers of the Tsing
province ; hence the Tse, not being a boundary sufficiently distinct,
it is passed over.

X The Hwae river rises on the borders of the j|^ Yu province,

and it flows between ^^ Yanc, and f^ Tseu, when it be-
comes a considerable river ; at the time of tne inundution the calami-
ty was most extreme in the Tseu province, hence the draining of
the Hwae is mentioned in the account of that province. I'he E

water rises in the 3C ^^® mountains, noar the district of J/|* /rjv
E-shwuy, (Lat. 35. 46. N. Long. 2. 33. Eist of Peking.) It flows
thi^nce in a southerly direction, till it comes to the south- east of

T^ J|i Hoii pei, where it falls into the '^^ Sze. (Lat. 34. 30.
N. Long. L 55 E. of Peking.)

§ The Mung mountain is in the district of ^ Pe, Lat. 35 50.
N Long. 1. 40. £. of Peking.) The Yu mountain is in the

THE TRIBUTB OF YU. 95

-j^ The great |^ plain ^ was made ^ a re-
servoir (of water.)*

"0^ The eastern ]^ plain J^ was low 2|S and level.f

"^ J; The soil (of the province) ^ was red j^ and
clayey ij^ but fertile ; while '^ the grass TJi^ aud trees
^became gradually ^ thick and bushy. J

^ Its Q cultivated fields f^ were Jt ^ the mid-
dling kind of the superior class, while ^ its ^ re-
venue was FfJ Fft the middling kind of the medium
class.§

^ Their ^ tribute \^ consisted of jt earth
3E of five different -^ colours : B ^ W^{ S S ^"^^

district of Hfil li| Keu-san, (Lat. 3i. 32. N. Long. 2. 56. E'
of Peking.)

* This was the Bame of a marsh situated to the north of the

district of ^ 5/ Keu-yay, (Lat. 35. 27. N. Long. 0. 10. W.
of Peking.) V^hen water collects anywhere, and afterwards flows on,
it is called a reservoir. As soon as the Tse river arrives at the

district of ^^ y^ Shintr-fih^, it is divided into two, the ponthern-

naost of which is called ^^ Ho, and the northernmost J^ Tse.
One of these streams flows south-east, and the other north-east,

until it enters the marsh of jf^ ^J* Keu-y3ly ; thus the great
plain absorbing the stream of the Tse, the collection of water is
very great,

f The Eastern plain forms the d-^partment of jpji jHl Yun-chow. .

It is the same with the district ol ^, ^P* Tung-ping, (Lat 36. 7. N.
Long. 0. 3. Bast of Peking,) and has frequently been troubled
with inundations, so that the inhabitants have several times removed
their city. The expression *' low and level," intimates that al-
though the inundation had passed away, it was still very low in the
level country. Subsequent generations, on account of the evenness

of the land, have called it the ^ ^P Tnny-plng, or eastern flat.

J When the soil is adhesive, it is called clayey ; adhesive clay
is also slippery like grease. The natiue of the soil being adhesive
and slippery, fine and close, it was beaten and moulded, and worked
up into vessels.

§ This means that the land was of the second, and the revenue de-
rived from it of the fifth trvade.

II Though the soil of the Tseu province was generally red, yet
earths of the five colours were occasionally to be met with, on which
aiWunt they were made up for tribute. The record of the Chow dy-

96 THE TRIBUTE OF YU.

variegated feathers of the wild fowl from the valley
of the Yu mountaiu, * the ll^ || ^^ single-
stemmed Dryandra, from the south of the Yih moun-
^^^'t 70 Jl[ y^ ^ the floating musical stone from
the banks of the Sze river, J ^ ^ i^ 3^ pearl
oysters and pearls brought by the foreigners who
dwelt at the Hwae river, §^ together with )S fish ; §
)|^ their |^ tribnte-baskets were filled with '^ black
silks, II and ^ ||J checquered sarcenets.^

nasty says, that when the princes of the empire received the decrees
from the house of Chow, they erected a great altar in the centre of
the country, the wall of which, on the east, was built of blue earth,
that on the south of red earth, that on the west of white earth, and
that on the north of black earth, while the centre was plaistered
with yellow earth. When tliey were about to construct this altar,
the princes dug up some of the earth in their own quarter, inclosed
it in yellow mud, and wrapped it in white rushes, as the designation
of their territory. This is the reason why they brought as tribute
the five coloured earths, and this the use to which they were applied.
* The variegated feathers of the wild fowl exhibited the five diffe-
rent colours, and were used for standards and banners ; besides which
the carriages, cloths, and implements of the ancients were frequently
adorned with these feathers.

f The Yfli mountain is situated to the west of the i(I Pei district,
(Lat. 34. 30. N. Long. 1. 55. E. ©f Pek.) while the range stretches
asfarasLat. 35. 30 N. Lomr. 1.10. E. of Peking. The wood
of the Dryandra is considered fit for harps and &rnitars.

J The Sze water water rises in the pQ^ ^g Pei-wei hills in the

district of ^0 :?J^ Sze-shwuy, (Lat. 35. 48. N. Long. 1.4. E. cf
Peking.) AX the head of the river there are four mountains, hence

the name of the river *|I!ly Sz^, which means four waters. It flows

first to the south-west, past the city of ^^ Pang, and then to the

south-east near the distiict ^SdE Hea-pei, (Lat 34. 30. N. Long.

1. 55. E.) where it enters the /^ Hwae. The floating stones ap-
peared on the brink of the river as if they were floating. These were
called musical stones, because they were first formed into musical in-
Btuments, and then brought as tribute.

§ The pearls were to adorn their robes of ceremony, and the fish
were for sacrifice.

II The black silk here denotes silk of a reddish kind of bla(?k .

% The sarcenets were woveti with a black woof and a wliite warp,
and were worn when mourning was ended.

-2 ft

7B55pr

Kf'^;'^

■ ^m

+ I'l ^

.^'f

,li./,*

\:;

S

'*+';-

fi"

n

^ /...••■•

V17

-^ i > ■■■•

_ 1 . .'-7 \ \A. ^y / V..:? 7 /^

>*, _ -f- . . vs y .. • .^*» y

y-iu

J^^^^c.^

\

par"

R^

'.f><

'^i^

vv:

^

'>\ : I

t~

5l^^^'

'^(^.^'.m^

v

i^-^' /V>

4

J

H':

o

"^

\^

-^

i^

-'^m^y^

V'

'f

-/

'Sfc'

■"•1

-f-

A

"H"

\

V.l

1

^M . , ,^ _

■•-■- I V 1' 7 ?.

\-

t:f^ 1 a: A I ^

^.^^ 1 y: '

1'^

I

-V "'

•^>N ^ .

i.-<^ — ^'^^^ v^- /^V ^ XT '^'^ '' -3"-;

M

';^'>.
-^>

/^^ ; ^'

V

V

%
V

f4'<^>^L ^.^^

>.4^/^

..n.^my

i* «

«

ll » \i, ,.

V

».

'/>. ^^

^:Vx

-t

•i-

<t^¥'-'~

A_

?ir

Wf ^

' —

*

"

il^i^^^

r

#(

^_ i "^'*«>v. ,

1+

vv

4t

is

THE TKliiUTE OF YU. 97

^ They floated with fhese ^ ob ^ the Hwae ^
and Sz6 rivers, ^ until they arrived ^ at ^ the

Yellow river. *

^ The Hwae river -J^ and the sea 1^ formed the

boundaries of >|^ ^ Yang-chow. (The southern part

of Kearf^-nan, and the northern part of Keang-se. -f)

The ^ ^ PSng-le lake ^ having been ^ form-*
ed into a reservoir, J

^ The southern ^ birds j|J[ had then a place ^

to settle in. §

^ The three p2. rivers ^ having ^ entered (the
sea,) II

* The jK Peen water (a branch o£ the Yellow river) after receiv-
ing" various tributary streams, arrives at ^^ Mung, (Lat. 35. 50. N.

Long. 1. 43. E.) where it is called the j|P Yung river, and flows
easterly into the Sz^ ; thus, the Hwae and Sz^ communicated with
the Yellow river, because the Yung reached to the Sz^.

f Tlie boundaries of the Yang province extended northward to the

Tfg Hwae river, and south-eastward to the sea,

X The Pang-le lake is on the east of the district of 5^ ^p P^ng-
tsth, Lat. 30. 2. N. Long. 0. 10. E. it unites the waters of the Yansr-

tpze-keang on the west and east, and strides over the counties of ^|

^ Nan-chhang, Lat. 28. 37. N. Long. 0. 35. W. "^ ']f|

Yaou-chow, (Lat. 28 59. N. Lonsr. 0. 20. E.) and f^ ^ Nan-kang,
(Lat. 29. 31. N. Long. 0. 25. W.) It is otherwise called the

MM PS-yang lake.
§ I'ne southern birds are those that migrate to the south, such as
wild geese ; which in the present day haunt the islands of the Po-
yang lake, in flocks of hundreds aud thousands. The waters of the
marsh having been formed into a reservoir, and the islands cleared,
the birds obtained a resting-place, and followed the dictates of
their nature.

II The ^ Vt Sung-keang river, (Lat. 31. Long. 4. 35. E.)
after flowing about 70 le, divides into two; the north-east branch, ex-
tending to the sea, isj the river ^* /H Leu-keang, while the south-
east branch is called ^^ 7-^ Tung-keang river, which together with

the original |^ "pi Sung-keang, form the three rivers. The adja-
cent region is still called the mouth of the three rivers.

N

98 THE TRIBUTE OF YU.

The disturbed^ nfiarbh]^having been ^stilled,*
The smaller and^ larger bamboos ^vvere then
multiplied, '^ ^ \he ^rass (of the marsh) f^
grew ^ luxuriantly, aud J^ its 7^ trees \^ became
^ tall, t ^^^ M i*s i soil f§ was still '^ ^ muddy.
^ ^ The cultivated fields (of the province) »^^ere
"^ "yC the lowest kind of the inferior order, and j^j^ its
^ rev^^iies "J^ Jt were the superior kind of the lower
order, Ji ^ mixed wdth the grade immediately abov^e
it. J ^

]P5 Its ^ tribute j^ consisted of ;^ ^ j|J| the
three kinds of metal, § 3E^ 3^ P^^cious stones, || ^
small and ^ large bamboos, ^ ^ ivory ,>^ hides. ^
feathers, ^ hair, ^ and >|^ wood. ** The ^ 9^
foreigners from the island ( brought) j|*f |^ grass-cloth.^ ;
while ]^ their ^ baskets (were supplied with) ^
weaving ^ cotton, f-j- and ^ their '^ bundl es filled

* The disturbed marsh, is the jS^ /J^ Tae-hoo, or the Great Lake,
(Lat. 31. N. Long. 4. E.) about 50 le south-west of the district of

^^ Woo-he^n, Lat. 31. 20. N. Leng. 4. 10. E.) The waters of
this lake were frequently troubled, and with difficulty pacified, on
which account their being rendered calm is especially noted.

f The waters having beea drained off the islands of the lake, the
bamboos began to flourish.

J Thus the cultivated fields were of the ninth grade, and the reve-
nues of the seventh class, mixed with the sixth.

§ The three kinds of metals were gold, silver, and copper.

II These were handsome stones resembling gems, which might be
used for sacrificial vessels.

% The smaller bamboos were used for the shafts of arrows, and the
larger for the pipes of musical instruments ; as also for checks, in wri-
ting agreements.

** The ivory was obtained from the elephant, and the hides from
the rhinoceros ; both adapted ioi ornamenting chariots and armour ;
while the feathers and hair were intended for standards and ban-
ners. The foreigners came from the islands in the south ; probably
Chusan.

f f The cotton her-? spoken of is obtained from the cotton tree, and
can be made into cloth. That from the south was fine and good, it

was also called ^ ^ keth pei. The foreigners from the south-
•astern islands, brought grass-clotha for tribute, while they put the
latr eetton iuto basketi.

<^f- gig

nr

JL^

V^ iL

C£( V

*

^

«■

»

P^ jl F?; : 3

ji

I

1

i\

vrv

^

'T.'"^

■' ^/----r^-^ — f -^^ ^ ^^ 1:

ft ^r ^^. "

I

i

'■^t

«5

!
I

f

i:

-a

THE TRIBUTE OF YU. 99

with ^ smaller aiul-l^ larger oranges ; which ^ they
were allowed to bring ^as tribute. ♦

^ They followed the stream ^ down JiC the
Yaiig-tsze-keang ^ into the sea. and from thence
passed on ^ to the -^11 Hwae ^g and Sze rivers, j-

^ The King hill 7^ with the {^f ^ south of the
Hang mountain '|*^ formed .the l)ouiularies of ^Ij j{\
King-chow, J (the present Hoo-kwang.)

^ The Yang-tsze-keang ^ and the Han rivers
uniting ^ ^ paid their court "J^ to ^ the sea. §

^fL '1 he nine )[C rivers were JL well ^ regulated. ||

* Being " allowed to bring," means that they were required to
wait for the orders of the court before they brought their tribute ; and
that it was not the usual annual offering.

f It IS not said that they proceeded to the Yellow river, because
that had been already spoken of in treating about Tseu-chow. In the
time of Yu, the Yang-tsze-keang and the Hwae rivers were not con-
nected, therefore the tribute-bearers went out into the sea. In the

time of the state ^ Woo, (A. D. 229.) the ^ ^ Han canal

was first dug, which the mien of ^ Suy enlarged at ^ yj\
Yan^-chow, Lat. 32. 26. N. Long. 2. 50. E. from Peking. (A.
D. 600.) so that boats and vessels could pass between Uie Keang
and Hwae rivers. These two streams are now connected by the
Grand Canal.

I The boundaries of King-chow, on the north, reached to the King
mountain, (Lat. 3L 20. N. Long. 4. 30. W } and on the south
extended to the south of the Hang mountain, Lat. 27. 30. N. Long.
4. 20. W. (Thus forming the centre of iioo-kwnnif.)

§ The Keang and Han united their streams at ^\ ')j\ King-chow,
(Lat. 30. 26. N. Long. 4. 25. W. from P*^.kmg,; some distance
Irom the sea, yet because their waters were settled, and flowed on
without further obstruction towards the ocean, it is said that they
went to pay their court to the sea, as the princes of the empire
paid homage to their sovereign.

II The nine rivers refer to the present ^j^ ]p| Tung-ting lakn,
(Lat. 29. N. Loner 4. W.) The Record on Geography says, that

the basin of Ck ^ Pa-ling, and ^ ^ Seaou-seang, was in the

midst of the nine riveas, in "j^ jW Yo-chow. (Lat. 29. 24. N.
Long. 3. 33. W.) Now tlie Tung-ting lake is just on the north-
west'of that city, thus it is well ascertaianed th:it the nine rivers of the
text were none other than the lake of Tung-ting. At present the wa-
ters of rine rivers do empty themselves into that lake, hence its name.

100 THE TRIBUTE OF YU.

The ^?^ To and f^ Tseen waters j^ havisg been

led out in their proper channels. ♦
§ i ^^^ ^^^^ of the Yun marsh (appeared) and ^
that of the Mung f^ was brought under ')(^ culiivd-

tion. t

^'±: The soU (of the province) j!^ was ^ J^ still
muddy : ^ its |^ fields ^ belonged to "7: 1^1 the
middling class of ihe lower series, and j^^ its ^ reve-
nue J^ "^ to the lower class of the upper series. J

Its "^tribute consisted of^ feathers, ^ hairs,
ivory, ^ hides, f^ and the ^ ~ jj^j three
kinds of metal. § Also the wood of the Ai^ C hun tree
foi* ^ bows, 7^ with the cedar ^ and cypres's ; be-
sides |^grinding and i|3^ whetstones, ^ stone arrow-
heads, j^ and cinnabar. ^ Likewise @ ^ the
Kw&n-lo bamboo ^ and the Hoo wood (for the sh.ifts
of arrows.) ^ ^fl The men of the three regionsjl ]^
in briaging ^ their tribute J^^ ^ were famcms fur
these. ^ In their bundles ^ and baskets wjs

the ^ ^ Pandanus, ^ while j^ their ^ baskets

* The overflowings of the Yang-tsze-keang were called To, an^
those of the Han river were denoininatpd Tseen.

\ The marshes and jungles of the Jpj yj'| King-chow were called
Yun and Muns^, being about 8 or 900 le square, slretcliiiig over the

district of ^ ^ Hwa-yung, (Lat. 29. 30. N. Long. 4. 10.

W.) ^ ?3t Che-keang, (Lat. 30. 24. N. Long. 5. 4. W.) and
other places.

J The soil of King-chow br^ing similar to that of Yan^.(;how, its
fields were only one grade better, while the revenue was much higher;
because the territory was extensive, and human labour abundant.

§ The tribute of ^| J/j^ King-chow was in many respects si-
milar to that of Yang-chow, but in the enumeration of the productions

of Kinsr-chow, feathers and hair stmd at the head of the list, as ^^

^L ^v Han-kiing-she would say, putting the best first. While
the Yang province was productive of gold and tin, the King province
yielded most cinnabar and silver.

II It is not known what these three regions w(m e.

^ The Pandanus was a flag or rush with three ribs, and provided
wth thorns ; it wa^ u^ed in saciificing, wherewith to strain wine.

I

.M

■" i

1

®'^

C9

V

><^CV

^^^:

>^ H

tl

mmm*

1^

.7|# ^ ■

^^X

-^

<b B.

'^t\

y^^/
^^>/

1$ _o. "S- ?

1 ^r \ jur

k:-^

v/^y

THE TRIBUTE OF YU. lOl

were stored with ^ bl«ck ^nd ^ red silk, 3^ coarse
pearls, and j^ silk fringes. Occ^si )nHl!y from -fl^ ^JX.
the nine rivers j|^ they brought ^ and presented ^
the great ^ tortoise. *

With these ^^ they floated ^ down "J!!: the K6ang,
^^ the To, J^ the Tsin, 7^ and the Han, ^ when
they crossed over ^ to ^ the L(i, and ^ came "J^
to the ^ southern part ^ of the Yellow river, -j-

Ifj] The King mountain ^ and the Yellow river ij^
formed the boundaries of ^ ^ the Yu' province. J
(Ho-nan, and part of Hoo pth.)
_The ^ K § j§ L5, II Ijg 1 een, ^ and yffl Keen »*

Having bundled it up, they still put it in caskct«, to show their re-
spect for it. lu the present day, tl^e di-^trict of ^C |^ Ma-yan^.
(1/dt. 27. 38. N. Long. 7. 10. W. of Peking,) pr«d"ces such flags.

* Tiie torUjise here referred to was upwards of a cubit in diameter,
and was cou.sidered the guardian of the country. Ic could not always
be obtained, on which account they did not invariably bring it as an
article of tribute : but when they happened- to catch one, they were
required to take and present to their superioifs.

f It is ditficult to ascertain the course of their voyage down the
four streams here mentioned, but it seems that generally speakin;^
they came from the Keang and To, and entered the Tsin and Han.
The Han river had no connection with the L6, hence they were o-
bliged to quit their bo:Us and travel overland, until they got to th&Lo,
from whence they proceeded to the Yellow river.

X The borders of Yu-chow, on the south-west stretched to the King
mountain, and on the north to the Yellow river.

§ The '^ E watir rises in the ^^ I^ Heang-^rh (Bear's ear)
hill, (Lat 33. 35 N. Long. 4. 55. W.) whence it passes in a

north-easterly direction to the south of the district of (Q** 1^ ^^'^'
yang, (Lat. 34. 40. N. Long. 4. 20. W.) after which it runs
north war 1 into the L6. ^^

II This 7^ Lo water, rises in a hill in the di,;trict of j^ jfl Shang-
chow, Lat. 33. 51. N. Long. 6. 34. W from Peking, from whence

it flows to the district of^ Kung, Lat. 34. 53. N. Long. 3. 25. W-
and enters into the Yellow river.

% The Teen water rises on the north-west of the Ho-nan district.
Lat. 34. 43. N. Long. 4. 5. W. from whence it flows to 'he district

of iS ifi Y^n-sze, Lat. 34. 45. N. Long. 3. 42. W. and falls in-
to the L6.

** The ]ffl Keen water rises in the south-east of the dirtrict of

102 THE TRIBUTE OP YU.

streams f^ Having been ^ led ^ into ^ the Yellow

river.

^ The Yung ♦ ^^ aad the Po f streams ^ hav-
ing been ^ formed into a reservoir ;

^ He then led ^ the Ho+ ^ marsh ^ to ^
the Ming ^ reservoir.§

^ i The soil (of the province.) »j^ was ^ clayey,
while that in "]n the lower Jb region ^ j^, was of
a loose moiild.||

]|^ Its ^ cultivated fields -j^ were 4* J;; the supe-
rior kind of the middling class, but ]^ its ^ reve-
nues were ^ mixed, and Jt^ PJ^ the middling kind
of the superior class.^

g|f The "^ tril)ute was ^ varnish, ^ hemp, **^
the finer and ^ coarser kinds of e:rass-cloth ; ^
their f^ baskets were filled with j|^ different co-
loured flos-silk i^ and silky cotton ; while ^ they

^t S Sin-gnan, Lat. 34. 45. N. Long. 4. 26. W. and soon
falls into the L6. Thus the E, Ttien, and Keen, fall into the L6,
and the Lo empties itself into the Yellow river ; thoiu^h it would ap-
pear from the text as if all four streams separately entered the Yel-
low river.

♦ The jjjsff' Tse water, flowing from the jJU Mang district, Lat.
34. 55. N. Long.3. 37. W. used to enter tne Yellow river from the
north, and dashing across the stream, poured itself out on the '^onth,

and formed the Yung, five le to the west of the district of ^^ J^
Yung.tsih, Lat. 34. 56. N. Long. 2. 4 W. of Peking. At pie-
Beut, however, the Tse water merely enteru the Yellow river, and d >es
not pass over to the south, but there is a iioud-gate to lot off the s ipcr-
fluous water.

f The ^J% Po was one of the marshes of "gS *H| Yu-chow-

X The Ho marsh is in the district of ^g y\\ Tsaou-chow, L!\t.
34. 56. N. Long. 0. 50. W.

§ The M^ng resMvoir is in the district of j^ jy5? Yu-chlug,
Lat. 34. 38. N. Long. 0. 20. W.

jl The colour of the soil is not alluded to, because it was diverse.

^ Thus the fields were of the fourth, and the revenues of tiie
second mixed with the first order.

•* In the time of the Qnw dynasty the varnish forests were subject
to a tax, of 25 per cent, but here varnish is reckoned as tribute,

1

-£a>

-i-i

«#..■■

VB; .A i ^:J<-„

,7V x-^^S y ' -■'^V >'Tfet4J^ \' , , I ■ /■ ' f-

■

THE TRIBUTE OF YU. 103

were permitted "^ to bring as tribute ^ ^ files
for smoothing the musical stones.*

With these ^^ they floated ^ down ^ the L5, ^
and thus came ^ to ']pj the Yellow river, f

^ ^ The H Aa.y4ng hill, and M ;!fC the Ilth-
shwAy water ^ formed the boundary of the^ jj\ Leang
province. J (comprisinor Sze-chuen, with partofc>hen-se.)

JlJJ The Mia and itf^ Pwan hills ^ having been ^
bronQ[ht under cultivation. §

^ The Toll and ^ Tsb If j^ were jg led through
their proper courses.

^ The Tsae ♦♦ and ^ Mung-|-|- hills j^ were sacri-
ficed to, 2|2 as having been levelled.

because the "j^ Yu province under the Chow dynasty was part
of the imperial domain, and in Yu*s time, it did not form a part of
tlie sovereign's private land. From this we may see the reason, why
no mention is made in this book of any tribute from the Ke province.

* These files for rubbing down the musical stones were not always
needed, hence they were not brought as a constant article of tribute,
but only when required.

f 1 he Yu province was very near the metropolis; those on the
east side of the province had only to enter the Yellow river, while
those from the west of the province floated down the Lc, to the
great stream.

J The border of the Leang province on the east reached to the

south of the ^ ]li Flowery hill, CLat. 34. 30. N. Long. 6. 25. W.)
and on the west extended to the ^tt J> Black water, (Lat. 32. 15. N.
Loner. 13. 25. W.) 5t^^J>

§ The Min hill is situated in the district of ^^ W Min-san, (Lat.
31. 38. N Long. 12. 32. W.) The Pwan hill is in the prefec-

lure of j^ ^^ Kung-ch'hang, (Lat. 31. 53. N. Long. 11. 42.
W. of Pfking.) ,^ ^JJ^^

II These streams are tributary to the "jCC Keang and ^^ Han
rivers. The To r^-er flows into the great Keang, to the west of

the district of ^ Pe, (Lat. 30. 47. N. Long. 12. 15. W.)

% The Tsin water flows towards the Keang to the south-west
of the prefecture of jjS Xll Keu-chow, Lat. 30. 53. N. Long,
9. 45. W. i^Jll

** The Tsae hill is in the prefecture of ^SyH Yay-chow, (Lat.
30. 3. N. Long. 13. 25. W.)

tt The Mung hill is in the district of ^ |Ij Mlng-B&n, (Lat,
30. 10. N. Long. 13. 22, W. of Fek iug.)

■1

104 THE TRIBUTE OF YU.

5F0At

Ho and ^ E, J^ he carried out to the
utmost j^ his meriiorions work. ♦

^ dt '^^^ s^^l (^^f ^'^^ province) was ^ slatish
and black ; ]^ ©the cultivated fields ^^ wore f:
the superior kind of the lower class, while )^ the ^
revenue was "}C F^ the tnidvlling kind of the lower
class, S 1^ mixed with the kind above and below it. -j*
Its ^ tribute consisted in ^ musical getts,
iron, \ ^^ silver, ^ steel, ^ stone arrow-heads,
_ musical stones, ]|| f| hearts and ^ JB^ fo'sl's
skins, ^ with tanned ]^ leather. §

Setting out from 19 ^ the Se-king hill, RQ they
followed the course of ^ the II wan river, ;j^ ^ and
came ^ floating ^ down -j^ the Tsin, ^ crossed o-
ver ^ to ^ the Meen stream, "^ entered-^ into y^
the Wei, and ^L ferryed ^ across '/9j the Yellow
7'iver.||

^n

* E and Ho were the names of places : to the west of Yen-taou in

Yay-chow there is the Ho river, and the E ridge, which are
probably the places referred to. One says that E and Ho are the
names of two rivers ; the Ho water flows to the north of the district of

!^i^ Yung-king, (Lat. 29. 52. N. Long. 13. 40. W.) The

E water rises to the eiist of t)ie prefecture of rl yfl' Pa-chow,
(Lat. 3L 50. N. Long. 9 42. W.)

\ Thus the fields were of the seventh order, and the revenues of
the 8th, mixed with the 7th and 9th.

\ Iron is here mentioned before silver, because the advantages de-
rived from iron are greater t!%an those of silver ; some people liave
consi lered a blaci^ snaith equal to a prince.

§ The Leang province wai^ overrun with wild animals, thus the
skins of bears aod foxes could he made up into fur dresses, or their
hair manufactured into coarse cloth. From the frequent mention of
musical gems and musical stones, in this and other provinces we may
gather that at that time among the musical instruments those made
of stone were considered of most importance.

II The Se-king hill is in the prefecture of ^(> yq T'haou-chow,
Lat. 34. 35. N. Long. 12: ^, W. The Hwan water rises on the
south of the Se-king hill ; in 'jtg jfl #1 Min-chow-wei, Lat. 34.
4. N.Long. 12. 28. W. of Peking. When^ the Han river firrt

MM

Mam

l^Wjj j J

7"

-TV

''*----.^-.^. ;./-''--'% ^Ci^ _-.^^-^.

H-

I

x^

.^^

•In

h-^l

ff

1 y-f^^^

■1 .JQl' ^_

i/o\ ^.""Z'y^^ s-

.^f-f-^; ,*^i -f^ ^^ ;^^ V

1^ if^^
a- / 'l^/ if_ ......V - . /, -\

\ ^^\i 'few/ /r^N.^*^.... r.- \X

■"••;• r*^* r**i* ^^" f«»». «rv

\

^

w

dJTx

?tw?p

1

I

'^ 1

@l\/'>^ -^

>»-.

-/^

''^

y

/ '^

^5/ IjJJ^

/ -

J

^^^r,

.1. _ <

V

■ A.^-^

u^ i

LA:

I i.-M^«

\M/ 1. ^i

J L_...

I A;^:i' ^^';^... ^^^. ,. _

1'

1 >>\

V-

.'7

,'* — ■*"*■ y' " \^" ' V

^ ' '^ —J -^- —

>>-

y'?.'-^^ .VN,

A^

y^T'

^-Xrs

• P>..^

■j^f, '^^

-^v-^-^ '

E7 !+- ci^i-i;:; '^i'

• • • • t t

THE TRIBUTE OF YU. 105

The ^ /X Hth-shwiiy (Black water) and the
western bend ^ of the Yellow river fH constituted
the boundaries of the ^ ^ Yung-chow* province-
(Shen-se, Kan-suh, and part of Sze-chuen.)

The II Ytt :^ water gg was led out gf to the
west, f

•@ The King % water JH belonged to the jjg Wei §
an d ^ Juy || streams.

The Tseih % and ^ the Tseu ♦* waters

rises it is called ^35 Ying ; after flowing some distance to the south-
east it receives the name of j^ Meen, until it arrives at the region

of Han, when it is denominated the ^^ ^)§ Han meen.

* The border of the Yung province extended westerly to the Black
water, (Lat. 33. N. Long. 13. W.) and easterly to the western
river, (a jjprt of the Yellow river running north ar.d south, in Long.
6. W. ) so called because it lay to the west of the Ke province.

f Near the hills of the western sea, or Blue Lake, (Lat. 36. 45. N.
Long. 16. 30. W.) there are divers streams dispersed abroad, which
have no strength to bear even a straw, and in which the smallest

substance sinks to the bottom ; hence they are called the ^^ 'Jj^
Y6-Fhwi!iy, weak waters. One says, that these stream are in the

district of jjM ;W* San-tan, in the county of ^ ^? Chang-yXh,
(Lat. 38. 30. N. Long. 16. 40. W.) ^ o^

J The King wa ter runs to the west of the yP ^^ King-y ang dis-
trict, (Lat. 34. 30- N. Long. 7. 40. W.) whence it flows south-
easterly, and enters the Wei at the district of isf ^£ Kaou-ling*
(Lat. 34. 30. N. Long. 7. 22. W. of Peking.)

§ The Wei river rises in the district of ^% ^ Wei.yu^n, (Lat.
35. 8. N. Long. 12. 6, W.) whence it flows westerly and enters

the Yellow river, at the district oi SB [^ Hwa-yin, Lat. 34. 35.
N. Long. 6. 30. W.

II The Juy water rises in the county of ^5 J^ Foo-fung, Lat.
34. 20. N. Long. 8. 35. W. whence it flows easterly into the
King. These streams were connected together, kence they are said
to belong to each other.

% The 1 seth water comes from the north-eastern boundary of the

district of 1^1 ^ Tung-kwan, Lat. 35. 6. N. Long. 7. 25. W.

whence it flows to the district of j^ Jfff Yaou-chow, (Lat. 34. 56.
N. Long. 7. 33. W. of Peking) and unites with the Tseu.

** The Tseu water rises on the north-west of thp Hifttricf of

o

106 tHE TRIBUTE OP YU.

were ^ led out ; ♦ while the J^ Fung jJC water

^^ ^ united with these, f /

f ^ The King and |l^ Ke hills ^ were ^ sacrificed
to (on being brought under cultivation), which was al-
so the case with the ^ ^ Chung-nan and f^ ^ Shun-
wuh, 3g even ^ to the ]^ M Neaou-shoo hills. J

In the plains {^ and swamps J^ he carried out
his meritorious work ^ even ^ to |^ the Choo

wilderness. §
The region of ^ the three f§^ Wei ^ having been

rendered habitable, ^ "1^ tlie three tribes of the

Meaou-ites (attained to) ^ great ^ merit. ||

E-keun, Lat. 35. 28. N. Long. 7. 17. W. of Peking, after

Tvhich it unites with the Tseth, at the district of j^ rH Yaou-

chow, and then both flow together to the district of ^|J P^^ Chaou-
ylh, Lat. 34. 48. N. Long. 6. 30. W. where they ent^r the Wei.
* *' Led out," means led out into the Wei.

f The Fung water rises in the district' of ^^ Hoo, Lat. 34 8. N.
Long. 7. 50. W. whence it flows north-easterly to the district of

J|^ ^f Han-yS,ng, Lat. 34. 20. N. Long. 7. 50. W. and enters

the JM Wei.

I The King hill is in the district of @ ^ Foo-ping, Lat. 34.

42. N. Long. 7. 20. W. The Ke hill is in the district of ll^ Jj
Ke.san, Lat. 34. 20. N. Long. 8. 50. W. The Chung-nan hill

is ^n the district of ^ ^ Wob-kung, Lat. 34. 20. N. Long. 8.
24. W. The Shun-wfth hill is in the same district. The Neabu-

shob hill is west of the district of ^^ ^ Wei-yuen, Lat. 35. 8. N.
Long. 12. 8. W.

§ The level region here referred to in in |bS aH Pin-chow, Lat.
35. 5. N. Long. 8. 26. W.

II The region of the three Wei was the place to which Shun banish-
ed the Meaou-ites, but the exact position of that region is not known.
The banishment of the Meaou-itea occurred before the draining of
the waters ; and at the time of Yu the Meaou-ites attained to great
merit by rendering it habitable. It appears that Shun had banished
the Meaou-ites on account of their extreme wickedness, and establish-
ed those who were a little less corrupt in their old city. Now those
who had been transported had attained to great merit, while tlie inha-
bitants of the old city had become proud and unsubmissive. For

THE TRIBUTE OF YU. 107

"fl The soil (of the province) »j^ was
yellow ^ clay.*

1^ Its 5^ cultivated fields f^ were J^ the superior
»ort Jt of the first quality, while ^ its ^ revenues
were tb '^ the lower kind of the medium sort-]-.

M l^s -^tribute j(^ consisted in ]^ ^ the Kew-
lin gems j^ 3^ and the Lang-kan pearls.

With these ^ they floated ^ . from |f 'jQ TseTli.
shih,^ until they came ^ to ^ P3 Luag-miin, (the
dragon gate) ^ on the western branch JpjJ of the Yel-
low river, '^ and met ^ at (the conjunction of) J^
the Wei J^ and the Juy.J

(Ihey brought) ^ ^ hair-cloth and furs from
^ ^ KwSn-lun, ^ ^ Seih-che, aud |^ ^ Keu-sow;
whilst araone: |n| the western ^ barbarians ^|) he
completed ^ his merit. §

the old residence of the Meaou-ites was among the fastnesses of the
mountains, the air of which product'd such independent feelings. In
the present day, when any of these m'^untaineers go on a predatory
excursion, and are caught and questioned, they commonly assert that
they belong to the clan of Meaou ; is it not likely that these are de-
scendants of the original Meaou-ites? (Commentator.^

* Yellow is the proper colour of earth. The soil of the Yang
province beiing yellow clay, the cultivated fields far exceeded those
of other provinces.

f Thus the fields were of the first order, and the revenues derived
from them of the sixth order ; this was because the territory was con-
tracted and labour deficient.

J The Tseth-shth hill is in the bord<'r of the district of _ _
Liing-che, Lat. 36. 10. N. Long. 14. W. The Lung-manhill

is in the prefecture of jPj ^ H6-chung, Lat. 35. 40. N. Long. 6.
W. There were two ways of bringing tribute from the Yung pro-
vince; those on the north-east boundaries came from TseTli-shth,
down to the western arm of the Yellow river; while tho!?e from the
south-west border met at the conjunction of the Wei and Juy rivers .
§ At the Kw&n-lun hill is the source of the Yellow river. SeXh-
che is the modern Thibet ; Keu-sow is in the same direction, t o the
westward of Kan-suh. These three regions sent fur dress'^s as tri-
bute, which are generally classed under hair-cloth and furs.
The Yung province having been drained, the remnant of Yu's la-
bours extended to the region oi the western barbaiians, hence the
notice of them ^s here added at the end.

108 THE TRIBUTE OP YU.

Yt then ^ traced the hills from ffff K'hSea • J^^
and j^ Ke, ^ up ^ to ^] the King |ij mountain ; f
he then j^ crossed ^ over ^pj the Yellow river at
|:J Hoo-k'hdw,J and (traced the course of) the ^
Lfly-shdw hills,§ ^ up ^ to the ^^ Tae-yo moun-
tain ; and then of J^ ;^ Te-cho6, || and ;|jf |^ Seih-
ching tower,^ ^ up ^ to 35 M W&ng-uh hill, ♦♦
also of the j^ ^ Ta6-hing mountaina,tf and the
iff )^ Hang hill, tt M up ^ to ;fi| ^ KeS^hth,
where (the chain) 7^ was lost ^ in J^ the sea.

(He ohserved the direction of) ^ f^ the Se-king,§§

* This with what follows points out the range of the hills. The
K'heea, Ke, and King mountains are all in the Yung province (Shen.

se and Iloo-pth). The K'heen hill is in the department of fg jW
Luiig'Chow, Lat. 34. 48. N. Long. 9. 30. W. and is by some thuughi
to I)e the same with the Lung hill, a little to the westward of that dc-
partnient.

t For an acconnt of the Ke and King hills, see the description of
Yung province (page 106.)

t The Hoo-k'h6w, Ta^.y8, T^-cho6, Sefli-chlng, Wang-fih, Tad.
hlng, and H^ng-san, are all mountains in the Ke province (Shen-se.)
For an account of Hoo-k'hbw, Tad-yd, and Ke^-shHi see the des-
cription of that province.

§ Ii{iy-8h6w is in the district of JbJ ^ Ho-tiing, the modern ^

j\\ Poo-chow, Lat. 36. 1 8. N. Long. 5. 25. W. of Peking.
II T<^-cho6 is a stone iii the midst of the stream of the Yellow river,

in form like a pillar ; it is situated in ^^ *rpj Shen-chow, Lat. 34.
45. N. Long. 5. 18. W.

If Selh-chlng is in the district of j^ ^ Yang-ching, Lat. 35. 26.
N. Long. 4. 10. W. The peaks of the hill are like a citadel,
hence the name.

** Wdng-tlh is in the north-eastern part of the district of I|^ |ii)
Hw&n-keiSh, Lat. 34. 58. N. L6ng, 4. 40. W. the form of the
hill is like a house, hence the name.

ft The Tad-hing mountains are north-west of the department of '

_ Hwa^-k'hing, Lat. 35. 6. N. Long. 3 30. W.

XI The H&ng hill is in the south-west of the district of ^
Keiih-y^ng, lat. 38.45. N. long. 1. 45. W.

§§ The first four of these hills occur in Yun^r-chow, the rest are
inYu-chow. The Se-king hillis lat. 34. 45. N. long. 12. 10. W.

THE XniBUTE OF YU. 109

^ gChoo-yu, ♦ and ^ ^ Neadu-sho6 hills, t

up ^ to the ^ 1^ Ta6-hwa mountain, J also that of
Ihe ^ % Heung.iirh, § ^ 3^ Wa6.fang, j| and ^
i^ Tung.pih hill, If M T as far as j^ ]g Pei-wei.**
He then ^ traced the i^ ^ Po-chung hill, j-f

as -for ^-as Ae^^^ iJjJKing^saH hiH ; J J and the

^ Ntiy.

range of the p^ ^ Ntjy.fang,§§ Ig ^ as far as the
3^JtjT4.pe6hUL||||

m \^7t^ From the south of the Min hill t[^
(he observed the contour x)f the country) l£ ^ as far
as the ^ Jj Hclnp:-san mountain, •♦* ^ where he
crossed the ^ nine JH rivers,ff •{• ^ even '5* t^ *he
M V^ M FoQ-tseen-yueu hill, JXt

• The Choo-yu hill is in the dopartmeut of ^ Tsin, lat. 34. 36.
N. long. 10. 46, W.

f The Nea6u-shob hiU is in lat 35. 15. N. Ion?. 12. 20. W.

{ The Ta^-hwa mountain is in the district of ^S j^ Hwa-yin,
lat. 34. 35. N. long. 6. 25. W.

§ The Heung-^h (Bear's ear) hill is in the department of ^g Jf[
Bhang-chow, in lat. 33. 51. N. long. 5. W.

II The Wa^.fang is in the district of ^ ^ Tang-fung, lat. 34.

30. N. long. 3. 25. W.

% The Tung.pth hill is in the district of ^ ^ Tung-pih, lat.
32. 15. N. long. 3. 10. W.

*♦ Pei-wei is in the department of ^» He4, lat. 35. 10. N,
long. 5. 15. W.

tt The Po-chung hill is in the Leang province, in the depart-

mentoffUpf Lung-se, lat. 34. 55, N. long. 11. 40. W.

XX "^he King-san is the southern range of that name, in the dis-
trict of ff^ ^ Nan-chang, lat. 31. 47. N. leng. 4. 45. W.

§§ The Nuy-fang is in the department of Wj yQ King-m{in, lat.

31. 5. N. long. 4. 18. W.

nil The Ta-peg is in the department of Han-yang, lat. 30. 34.
N. long. 2: 16. W.
^H TheMin.hilli8inlat.31. 38. N. long. 12 32. W.

••• The H&n? mountain is situated in Ihe dlsU ict of f^ lij
H&ng-«an, lat. 27. 14. N. long. 4. 10. W.

Iff The nine rivers are in the neighbourhood of the Tung-ting
lake, lat. 29. N. long. 4. W,

XIX The Foo-tsl'^n.yuln hill is supposed to be in the distiict of

110 TH£ TRIBUTS OF YV.

He then ^ led ont ^ -jj^ the T6 shw&y (weak wa-
ien)^^fx{^LTas^ ^H6lc;t while^ the
rest J5^ of its stream was J\ ^ guided into the ^
^ Lew-sha, J (or moving sands.)

^ He led out the S ^fC Hihshwoy (Bkck water)
^ ^ as far as the ^ ^ San-wei hill, until j\
^ it entered the ^ southern ^ sea-J

^ He then led out the jpj Yellow river from ^ ^
TseihHBhih, §g ^ as far as H P^ Lfing-mftn ; jj f§
southward he conducted it ^ *^ as far as
Hwa-yin,^ and then ^ eastward ^^ *^ ^ .
Ti^choo ,♦♦ 5^ and further ^ east ^ -=p to ^
M&ng-tsin, f f rrhere flowing ^ tonards the east ^
it passed ^ jp^ the point of hnd formed by the 1^5,^}

^ Ttli-j^an, lat. 31. 18 N. long. 2. 53 W. Bnt the Foo-
iM^n jQ^n was only a diminutive hOl, so that its position cannot be
exactly asc^^rtained, while it is very probable that both the hills
Mid rivers have had different names in different ages of the world.

* Here begins the account of his deepening tlje channels ol the ri-
Ters. For a description of the Y5-shwikyy see the account of the
YoBg province, page 105.

t The lld-le hill is in the north-w&^t of the district of h^ ^r
Ch'hang.yth, lat. 38. 30. N. long. 15. 40. W.

} The movin^r sands are 80 le to the west of Sha-chow, lat. 40. 15.
N« long. 11. 30. W. of Peking ; these sands shift with the winds,
hence the name. The work of deepening the channels commr^nced
after that of observing the hills, and as both mountains and streams
originate in thf» north. west, so Yu in his work of draining the land
began in that direction, tstk'nvr the K'heen and the Ke first among the
hills, and the Y6-shwiiy first among the waters.

S The Black water rises in the district of Chanf?.yni, whence it
flows past the San-wei hill, and empties it«elf into the southern sea.

II The TsrTh-^hth hill and the Lnng-mun pass, are mentioned in
the accfMint of Yung-chow, psjre 107.

^ For Hwa-yin, see page 109.

•♦ T^-choo is described in pasfe 108.

-ft Mkng-tfiin, or the Miing ferry, is situated in Lat. 34. 47. N.
Long. 3. 50. W.

XI The t^yngue of land formed by the confluence of the T rS water,
with the Yellow river, is a little to the eastward of the district of

3^ Kung, (Lat. 34. 53. N. Long. 3. 25. W.) The L6 enters
the Yellow river from the south-east, while the Yellow rivers flows

THE TRIBUTB OP YU. 11!

^ ^ even to :^ ^ Ta-pei ; ♦ then -^ taking a
northly direction 5^ it passed the ^ Keang yf^ wa-
ter, t M ^P 3^ *^ ::^ 1^ Ta-liih ;X % still more
ij^ to the north f^ it spread >^ into the ]^ nine ^
channels, § which afterwards |^ united i^ and for-
n^ed ^ the backward ^ flow, 1| and then 7^ disem-
bogued itself ^ into ^ the sea.

From AS ^ Po-chung ^ he led oflF the ^ Yang
river f ^ ^ towards the east, ^ where it became
^ the Han ; ^ still further W to the eastward j^ it
formed the ^ ^^ Tsang-lang ;J^ :;^ water,** whence

on from the west, hence it is said, that it crosses the tongue of land
formed by the L6 river towards the east.

* Ta-pei, means & hill newly thrown up ; some think it is si-
tuated in ^^ Sew. woo, (Lat. 35. 16. N. Lon?. 2. 52. W.)
others that it is to be found in the district of ^^ ^^ Le-y&ng, or
i^i Seun-chow, Lat. 35. 45. N Long. 1. 43. W. of Peking.

t Tlie Keang-shwuy is in the prefecture of ^^ ^[J Sin -too, or

^5S Pa6u-t[ng, Lat. 38. 53. N. Long. 0. 65. W. It seems
that the course of the Yellow river in later ages differs much from
the direction it took in the time of Yi!i ; and according to some

there is still in the district offp}! Nee, or the modern ^^)S
Chang-tlh, (Lat. 36. 7. N. Long. 1. 23. W.) some trace of the
former river which then flowed to the north-east, straight out into
the sea. The Keang water pases through Sfn-too, and flows norther-
ly into the bed of the old Yellow river.

X Ta-liih (in Lat. 37. 16. N. Long. 1. 22. W.) is mentioned
in the account of Ke-chow.

§ For the K^w-ho (nine riveis) see the account of Yen-chow ;
(from which it appears that they occupied the site of the n^^ern
gulf of Pth-chni-le.)

II The river with the backward flow is supposed to refer to the
tide coming up from the sea." The region of the nine rivers, however^
being now ingulfed in the sea, the river with the backward flow
which was below it is certainly no longer in existence. The
river higher up divided into nine streams, and lower down it united
into one, which is frequently the case with waters.

^ The Yang river comes out of the Po-churg hill, in the prefec-
ture of m Q Lung.se, (Lat. 35. 55. N. Long. H. 38. W.)
whence it flows to Woo-too (Lat. 33. 30. N. Long. 12. W.) and
becomes the Han river

••

Forty le to the north of Woo-tung hill, Lat. 32. 42. N. Long.

112 THB TRIBUT8 OF YU.

passing by the ^ ^ San-she,*; ^ even H to y^
n Ta-peS, t ^ ^^ flowed southward and )\ entered
into pC. the Y&ng*t6ze-keang ;^ then again l^east-
*ward m it turned into ^ the marsh, j^ and formed
^^ the Piing-Ie lake, § and ^ more to the east*
vrard still j^ it formed j\^ the northern part of ^

the Yfing-tsze-keang, |[ and finally J\ entered ^ into
^ the sea. %

From 4^ the Min jll till (in Sz^-chuen) ^ he led
^£ the Yang-tsze-keang ^ towards the east, ^ij where
it branched off ^ and formed ^ the To .♦♦ X ^'^r-
ther ^ to the east ^ it reached -J^ to the f^ Le ; j* j-
5^ passing through ^ the nine ^3! streams (the
Tung-ting lake,) ^ it proceeded ^ to ^ ^ Tung-
ling ;XX JH eastward 5& it gently flowed, and j^ on
the north "^joined ^ to |§ the revolving waters ;
^ further to the eastward ^ it formed the *f* f£i
Chung-keang, >^ and entered ^ into ^ the sea.

5. 25. W. there is an island in the middle of the Han river, called
Tsang-lang, and the stream flowing near it is called the TsangUang
wa ter.

* The San-she water is in the department of 2>{f |^ Gnan-luh,
(Lat. 31. 20. N. Long. 4. W.)

f Ta-pe^ is situated to the north of ^S ^^ Hdn-y&ng, Lat.
30. 34. N. Long. 2. 17. W.
X The H4n river enters the Keang at H^n-yang.

§ The Pang-Ie marsh is the modern ^^ ^ Po-yang lake.
II It is not clear what is meant by the northern Kean?.

If The Keang enters the sea near the department of i|a T'hung,
Lat. 32. 3. N. Long. 4. 18. E. of Peking.

^* The To is a separate branch of the Yang-tsze^keang in Sz^-
chuen.

tt The Le river rises in the west of the district of ^ ^ Wob-
ling, Lat. 29. I. N. Long. 5. 10. W. whence it flows to the north-
west of ^^ ^fV Chang-sha, and enters the Keang at J^ yf\ Shin-
chow, Lat. 26. 22. north, Long. 3. 52. W:

Xt Tung^ling is the same as Q BE Palling, lat. 29. 24. N. long.
3. 38. W.

THB TRIttUTE 01^ YU. 1 13

}ff^ He then traced the ^ Yu6n 5J( water, * ^
as it flowed to the east, 1^ and formed pf the Tse, f
after which j\ entering ^ into *^ the Yellow river,
^ it overflowed ^ and constituted the ^ Yung ; ^T
towards the eaist ^ it appeared again ^ at ft^ ft;
Taou-k'ew il^ on the north side ; ^ further ^ east-
ward ^ it passed on ^ to ^ Ho ; 3C *>^^ agaia
^ i[j on the north-east ^ it joined ^ on to the ^
wan ; 5C a'^^ still further Jtl ^ to the north-east ^
it entered ^ into the ^ sea.

^ He then led ^ the Hwae river J ^ from ^
^ Tung-pth '^ towards the east, '^ to unite ^ with
the JE3 Sz3 and '^)f Erivers;§ (from whence flowing) jfj
still eastward, ^ it entered ^ into the ^ sea.

* The Yuen water is the same with the Tse ; at its rise it re-
ceives the former, and as it flows to the east it obtains the latter name.

f The Tse water i^'ses to the south-east of T^ J^ Wang-iih hill,

in the dUtrict of j|[ ^ H^ng.keiih, Lat. 35. 5. N. Long. 4 46.
W. After proceeding for some distance it disappears, and comes

out again in the district of ^ ^ Ts^-yuen, Lat. 35. 7. N. Long.
3. 50. W. This water has two heads , that to the eastward is
700 paces in circumference, and its depth ii unknown, while that to
the westward is 685 paces round, and ten feet deep ; they unite their

waters and flow to the district of )SL W&n, Lat. 35. 2. N. Long.
3. 12. W. where they constitute the Tse, and enter the Yellow
river. After this the Tse pours out to the south of that river and

forms the ^ Ytlng, Lat. 34. 55. N. Long. 2. 50. W. Suhse-

quently it proceeds to the north of (^ J£ Taou-k'hew, or ^ l^^
Tinsr-taou, Lat. 35. ll.N. Long. 0. 40. W. and again goes on to

^ ^O-tsth, Lat. 35. 15. N. Long 0. 45. W. flowing north,
easterly to the district of ^p §^ Show-chang, Lat. 36. 8. N. Long.
0. 20. W. where it unites with the ^[^ Win water, and near the dis-
trict of f^ J^ P6-hing, Lat. 37. 15. N.Long. 1.55. E. enters the
sea. At this point it is called the ^^j^ Tsing-ho.

I The Hniae river rises in ^ g)|r K&n-y&ng, Lat. 33. 6. N.

Ixmg. 3. 5Q, W. but Y^ only guided its course from /^ ^fpl
Tung.plh, Lat. 32. 15 N Long. 3. 10. W.
J The Sx^ water is in Keang-nan province, and the E in Shan-

p

^4 THB TBIBLTB OF TV.

^ He likewise led ]^ the Wei rirer j^ from J^ ^
Neaou-shoo hill, ♦ at the ^ ^C Tung-heu* peak,
whence ^flowmg eastward ^it utfi'ed ^wi»h ^ (he
'^"^•5» 3C ^"J fiirther ^ east '^ it cumbiReJ -^ with
^ the King ; ^ still fiinher ^ eastward 5^ it pasi-
ed the ^ TseHi and ^fi Tseu, and ^ ^^^treu ^ into
fnj the Yellow river.

He also guided the course of y^ the L6 river Q

from ^ JSL Heung-urh hill, v.hence ^ ife on the
north-east ^ it uiated --J- with ^ the Keen and ^
the Teen. ^ and further^ eastward "^ joining ^
with '^ the tj^ 5C^8^*" pursuing ^ ^^ north-easter-
ly course, \ it entered ^ into ^ the Yellow rivenf
"Jlj The nine j\\ provinces ^ having been thus ^
conjoinp<l, pl| the four |{)| bays ^ rendered 1^ habi-
table, -fl^ the nine |1| hills ^ cleared j|f5 ""^^ sacrificed
to, ^^ihe nine )l] rivers Jj^ deepened ^ and drained,
^ while the nine ^ marNhes f^E ^^^ wL '^'^W-banked,
(ttU within) ([Q the four ^ seas ^ was rendered com-
pact |p] and united. ^

5^ 'I he six ]j^ stores (comprising the five metals
and graiii) ^ having been fully |^ attended to, |5|and
the general jb pro^bictions of the toil ^ exchanged
JE and adjusted, ^ he took especial *^ care ^ of
f- = '

un(^ ; tbe E enterB the Sze, and the Sz^ pours itself into the Uwa^.

• The Neao>u«ho6 hill is in Kan-f»Ah, Lat. 35. 10. N. LonK*.
12. 20. W. from thence the Wei flows into Shen-se province,
wh<jre it joins the Funif, Lat. 34. 15. N. Long. 7. 45. W. and
the Kii.fr, Lat. 34. 25. N. Ix>ng. 7. 28. W. and enters the Yel-
\ovf river, Lat. 34. 45. N. Long. 6. 22. W.

I The Heum^'dxh hill is that part of the range situated in the dis*

triaof JS ^ Loo-sh^, Lat. 34. 4. N. l^ng. 5. 42. W. The
course of this river may be easily traced in the map of H6*n&n, where,
after uniting with the streams above-named, it enters tbe Yellow ri-
ver, Lat 35. N. Long. 3. 15. W.

X This preset) ts a general view of what has been treated of in the
preceding sections, showing thnt the various provinces, s^as, rivers;
aad lands wtrt all regulated and arranged. - ^

THE TRIBUTE OF YU. 115

the wealth of the country ^ and *he baaposts ; ^ all of
which ^ were classified according to ~ the three J^
kinds of soil, and thus ^ he completed ^ the reve.
nues 1^ of the middle §^ region. ♦

1^ He conferred jb l^^^^s ^ and Kurnames. f

('i hen said he) 1^ let them respectfully place "j^

my ^ virtue ^ hefore them, and then Z^ ihey will

not Sg transgress ^ ray ^jf r»ites of practice. J 4 -^

To the distancjB of^g] fi ve*^ hundred gjle was f^

^^ the region of fi^u Ul tenure, (within that space) "g"

for the-first hundred H le]^ the revenue ^ consisted

of Wi ^he entire j.lant of .the jj;raiu ; ~ f'U*. the second

'^ hundred |g le |^ they had to pay ^ the gnin

with half of ihe Btraw„ ~ for the thir.i "^ hundred g

le ^ they hiid to bring 5^^ the grain in the ear ; ^

while ril 1th ese rendered feudal service; H for the

fourth ^ hundrc d |^ le |^they paid tlhie errain in the

husk ; a' d iFl for the fifth "j^ hundred! ^ le (they

brought in) >^ thj rice re^dy cleaned. §

• The soil is that which nroduccg wealth ; and s »ils are called ffp-
neral, when they an* adapted fur otluT thiiiijfs ■ esido.s i^rain.; of these
•fioils there wluTc tr a 1 uioMs, and it was n<'coss «rv tlmt f^rodiictions
Fhonld 1)6 interchaui^ed an i adjusted acr.ordini^ t« tha fertilitj' or har-
renn«»ps and the elevation or depression of the soil, in order
to Piistain the business of agriculture. Noticing, therefore, the
articles produced on the several soils, he took especial care that the
impost should be levied accordintrly.

I Hi' coiderred lands, in order to settle the various states, and sur^
names in order to establish the line of ancestry.

J Yu havi!>^ drained the land, settled the revenues, and ostaMIsh-
ed the princes of the empire. hi»< regulations were fixed, and liis work
•was complrted. 'At that time it was oidy necessary to set a good
example to the empire in virtue, and then lUe whole world would be
ct'U^itrained to follow his line of conduct.

§ The reirion of the feudal tenure is included within the imperial
domain. This region extended 500 h. all round the royal city.
Those who li^^d with'n ttie first hundred le, being near, had to l»ring
ilw^ ifrain with the whole of the straw.; those who lived withip the
range of the next hundred le, had only to briuff half of the straw,
Tiie next in orlrhro'iijlit merely the ears of corn witli lio straw.
The mor« distant inhabitants brought the corn beat out of the ear.;

116 THE TRIBUTB OP TU.

(To the distance of) jE five "^ hundred ^ le be-
yond this was HH ^^ the res^ion of the Tiob!e*s tenure.
The first "15 hundred 3| le of this ^ whs allotted to
the great officers ; ~ the second '^ buiulred J|[ le to
M the baronial ^ domain, S and the three Q" hun-
dred ^ le beyond to the ^ ^ princes of the em-
pire. ♦

To the distance of 5E five Q hundred ^ le (be-
yond the tenure of the nobles) lay ]^J^ the tranquil
tenures ; of these ~ three ]^ hundred J^ le ^ were
measured oflf ^ ^ for the cncourageiu tut of literary
instruction ; and ^ two "ff h indred 1^ le ^ f-r
the inriteraent of ^ warlike ^ defeiice.f

(To the distance of) 5B five ^ hundred J^ le be-
yond ^ JJS was the restricted tenure, ^ three l^" hun-
dred ^ le of which was allotted^ to the foreigners,
and m two 1§ hundred ^ le to the ^ transported

convicts. X

and the farUiest of all brouKbt the clean husked rice. Thus the dis*
tance of their dwelliti)^ wus taken into consideration and the imposts
of the people were he.ivy or light accord in^^ly. This speak?* of the
rrwrion of the feudal tenure heins^r divided into five classes. (A Chi-
nese le is generally reckoned at 360 (double) paces, of 5 covid^ each;
(it has however been fixed by the afesuit!* al 250 le for a doifn^e.)

* Beyond the roirion of the feudal temire, lo the distance of 500
le on all sides lay the lands held in lee l)y the d«'pendant lords.
Those of minor rank are mentioiied tir<t, and the iiii^her one*s last;
because the larger states could ward oif external ai^essions, and tlie
smaller states conld trnnqnillize internal dependants. This speaks
of the baronial tenures being divided into three classes.

f These tenures were called tranqnil, because they gradually rec^led
from the imperial domain, from which they w< re distant 1000 I",
and were yd just as far removed from the wild tenures outj^'di*,
thus occu[>ying a middle space between them ; hence this region
was divided between civil and military objects, the former to pro.
mote internal rct^ulation, and the latter to maintain external tranquilv
lity. Thus particular was the sage ia laying out the territory of the
flowery empire.

J The restricted tenure was far removed from the imperial domain,
and was entirely inhabited by foreigners, whose laws and civilization
were inferior to those of China. They are called the restricted
ioimi08, )>ecaus« it was nec«0Sary to bridle and restrain them.

THE TRIBOTB OF VU. 1 17

(To the distance of) £ five 'jg hundred H le'^be-
yond ^ 3ft ^^^ ^^^ ^^^'^' tenure, ~ three ^ hundred
W le ot which was orcupied hy ^ barburiaus, and
'^ ihree "j^ hand red M '^ 56^ *^y banished felons. ♦

^ On the east these tenures ^ gt*adually advanced
^ to the "Jfi sea, ^ on the west ^ they extended
^ to Jjt5^7 the liodlin^sands, ^JJ on the north |Q
and south ^ equally, ^ Yii's fame and ^ the iu-

* Tills region was still further removed from liie imperial domain,
hence the classic npeaks lightly of it. Because (;f its wilderness
stale, it was called the wild tenure. Thus it ajipears that each te-
nure was 500 le i>roi<l, and tiie five to^^ether made out 2.500 le each
way, or t'roiD north to south, and from east to west 5000 le ; but

from |£ •Jfl K^-chow, Lat. 37. 52. N. Lougp. 3. 50. W. the

capital, up to the northern boundary, even including the hills of ^^

^p Yiin-chung, Lat. 38. 45 N. Long. 4, W. we apprehend that
there are scarcely so many as 2.500 le ; and supposing we allow that
space, yet it is all a sandy denert, without any traces of vegetation ;
while the east and south, from which the greatei»t revenue comes, are
put down as restricted and wild tenures. So that this account does
not appear to tally with the appearance of the con r» try. But we rather
think that the fertility .or unproductiveness of certain soils, has differ-
ed in ancient and modern times. Thus at the time of Shun, the ter-
ritory north of K^-chow was perhaps not so wild and desert, as we
find it in subsequent times. So in like manner, the reg on of Ch^-
keang, and Fuh-ke^n, which was formerly a low jungle inhabited by
barbarous tiilies, la now a rich and populous country; for we can-
not judire of the fertility or barrenness of soils, from the observttion
of one single period. In the time of the Chow dynasty, there were nine
tenures round the capital, each consisting of 500 le, which in'.luiling
the royal domain occupied a space of 5000 le each way. <ind stretched
over an area of 10,000 le in diameter. Thus being double that of
Yu*s tenures. The records of tho Han dynasty also say, that the
empire at that time extended 9,000 le from east to west, and 13,000
le from ncrth to south. O.i this account former I'lterati have imagi led
that Yu's tenures were rather contracted, while tho<e of Chow and
H4n were stretched too far ; or that the measures of ancient and mo-
dern times differed in length, or that Yu measured in a direct line,
while those after him calculated the distince from the roads travelled
by men,* neither of which opinions can now be decided in the affirma-
tive. (N. B. From an examination of Yu's labours as recorded
in the present chapter we find, that the territory subject to the Chi-
nese in his days extended from Lat. 27. to 40. N. and from Long.
15. W. to 2. £. which at 250 le to a degree will oidy give 3,000
le in one direction, and 4,000 le in the otlier; of this distance Ke-
chow may be consideied the centre from east to west, but by no means

118 lltE TRIBUTE OF TC

flueropof h^P i: f'ructtoi.^ ^ -rread out -^ to the'^
four ^ <e^sr\,^ yu tl eu ^ prest'rtett jg^ his dark
(iiluurtd 3^'"T<-. a'<l ^auuouue«l J5E *■>« rft com-
plt-liiin of hi* jj^ WL'r! .•

frtnii ut-rth tuh-julh ; :i»! Vij'.- tt-. m.ii, iii»m<I.,f l^iilk \it>cuutiact-
et*, are in fui-t tuu diuA rxl«..<)ttl.}

* t'lr^i tiie nrtiLri-. .^.■Jn;■ c i^is t;xtifU-'<iun uf tlie live t'>nitT<.-8, and
nezl of I'le <iiSUsi».i i>; h> la.uv »:A iii»inii:tvJii : fur l>n>a 'd n:^\il»-
t d.ia ui&y b i\e Itieir li.uii. liit tli - iiidu iter of re.iov.iti ^{f prinu |>i S ia
i.i^'xluu^ible. It-ivK K- tuj c»:»u[ of w^lvr; beuci; the iuul-v, i-r
Uul.'e of vffice, iie^ti in Yu nk> ola daik l-uiuut.

DIAGRAM OF TiiKUVE 'lENtKES.

ni 3. t'J 5%

SB
2

THE OATH OF KAN. 119

SEC'lION 11.

THK OATH tt # OF KAN*
There was -j^ afgreat j^ war ^ in '^ Kan, (B.
C. 2194.) Jj when (the Kmperor) ^ s immoued ^
his SIX ^generals.f

aE The King H said, 1^ Oh ^^ ^ -^ \ yon
men in charge of the six legions ! ^ I will ^ ^ ]^
administer to you an oaih. ^^6^1 The people of Yew-
Hoo ^ have contemptuously fj^ destroyed 55 the
five ^ elements^ and ^ neglii^ently ||| rejected
,1:2 tb^ three JE regulaiions , 8 ^ heaven ffl has
employed me gQ to exterminate j|g and destroy :^

• Kan is the name of the country, belonging to the ^^ J^ Yew-

hoo people, in the district of of ^jl Hoo, (Lat. 34. 8. N. Lonar.
7. 42. W.) The oath wa8 admin mtered to the troops, to sbtw the
stem severity with which the Emperor punished the rebels, and to
combine the efforts, and arouse the cMiergies of* the people. Both
the earlier and la^er texU« contain this chapter. According to histo.y

it appears that when jJiX K h^ ascjnded the throne, the people of

^ JS^ Y^w-hoo would not submit, and were therefore destroyed.
The ground of their disaffection was, that Yaou and Shun had deli-
vered the reigns of government into the hands of the most worthy,
while K'he inherited his father's throne.

I" These generals were the rulers of the six districts, who in peace
had nothing to do beyond attendini^ to the governments of their vari-
ou« provinces, undt-r the controul of the minister of instruction ;
but in war they had each to 1 -ad out a Urgion of their fellow subjects,
amounting to 12,500 men, under the charge of the commander-
in-chief. In ancient times when rebellious occurred in the various
regions, the respective lords of those districts were charged with
quelling them ; should they fail in so doinir, the Emperor went i\\
person to set things to rights. Tfie imperial troop« aie said to
punish the refractory, and not to engajre in war as with equals ; here
Ijowever, K'h^ having headed the army in i)Prson, it is said, that
*' there was a great war in Kan,*' which is au intimation that the
people of Yew-boo were very powerful and audacious, so as to i>re-
sume t0 wage war with the Emperor.

J The dve elements are metnl, x^ater, wood, fire, and earth.

§ The three regulations, are the arranucmeuts regarding tie
commencement of the year ; their nc'glecting thise, means lt>at they
did not acknowledge the samenrw year with the government. Thus
ihey offended against heaven, and heaven decreed their extermination.

120 THB OATH OF KAfT.

their ^ lives ; ^ now -^ f )|| do bnt ^ rcspect-
tuliy fy carry out ^ i^ ^ ^e punishment decreed

hy heaven.

If ;^ oil the left 7^ you do not :^ attend ^ to the
huS'm-84 3^ of the left, then xlt y^** ^ do not ^
regard ^ the decree* ; if you j^ on the right ^
do not ]^ attend ^ to the business ^ of the right,
then ^ you ^ do not ^ regard ^ the decree ; and
^ if the charioteer ^^ does not follow ^ his |§
horse's ;;J^ JE correct course, I^Jthen you ^ do liO^
regard ^6^ the decree. ♦

^ If you obey ^ the decree, '^'I will reward you
^ in front of the ^ ancestorial temple, but /f\ ^
if you disobey "^ I will order you ^ to be slain ^
before the Jjj^ altar of the srods of the land and grain ;
and -^ 1 will ^ij then ^ ^ ^ put to death your

wives and children.^

» — - III

* Tne left and rij^ht here mean ihe left and right hand side of the
chariots. The ancienU had three persons in each war chariot ; one
on the left to attend to arc'iery, one on the rieht to manage the
charge ; with the charioteer in the centre, to guide the horses. If
these were not severally to attend to their proper business, they
would induce defeat; and therefore the sovereign charges them
with their several duties, in order to prevent the least negligence.

f When the Emperor went on his roundn of iuHpectioa, he took
with him the tablet of the ancestorial temple, together with the
shrine of the ^ods of the land and grain, to shew that he did not
presume to follow his own inclination in rewards and punishments.
He added, that if they disobeyed the decree, he would -.lot only put
them to death, but also involve their families in ruin ; because war
is a serious affair, and if the military rt-gulations are not severe,
there would be no means of keeping the host in order, or of urging
them on to glory.

tBBBONO or THE PlVB CBlLDRBK. l21

SECTION 111.

3l ^ Tt ^

THE SONG OF THE FIVE CHILDREN .♦

iJC IM T'ha6.kangf J^ was like a corpse ^ on
the throne,:^ and J^ by i^ addictedness ^ to plea«
sure § j^ obliterated W^ his ^ virtue ; ^ the
black-haired ^ people JgJ hnd every where ^ a dis-
position to revolt, 75 but H^ ^ he gave himself up
to sauntering ^ without ^ restriction, and ^ went
a-huntiog' "J* ^ ^ /^ ^ oeyond the river L6, ^ ^
for a hundred days ^ j^ without returning. ( U. C.

21C9.)

^ ^ )^ ^ E, II the prince of Yew-k^ung, Q see*
ing that ^ the people |J^ could not ^^ endure (his
rule), 1^ drove (T'hac-kang) -^ beyond ^ the Yel-
low river. ^

M ^ S A His (T'hae-kang's) five younger
brethren |^ attended ^ their ^ mother J»j( while
she fj^ followed (her son), ;j^ and waited for him ^

■

* These fiv»5 children were the young^er brethren of j^ J^
T*ha^-kang. The text in the modern hand has not this song, though
that in the older form of writing has it.

f T*ha^-kang was the son of ^ K*h^.

X ** Like a corpse/' means that he sat on the throne without
attending to business, like the person who personifies the dead at
funeral sacrifices.

§ Other kingsof this dynasty had indulged occasionally in pleasure,
but they did it in moderation, and studied the interests of the
the people in their amusements ; not like T'hae*kang, who revelled in
delights and obliterated his virtue ; when the people shewed some
symptoms of disaffection, he still had no notion of reform, but gave
himself up to hunting excursions without restraint. Thus T'ae-kang
deprived himself of his crown.

II £ is the name of a, famous archer. Some say, that E was the

name of the chief archer under the Emperor i^ Kuh, on which ac^
count every good archer since that time was called £.

^ This man seeing that the people could not endure the misrule of
the negligent sovereign, drove T'hae-kang beyond the north of the
Yd ow river, aud afterwards dethroned him.

Q

122 Tfll BOVfS OP tH£ FIVS CHlLDHKIt.

^^^ ^^ *he junction of the river L». The 3J
five ^ younfif men then ^ all ^ «et up iheir lamen-
tation, and ^ quoted ^ -^ rfb ?ft *^^ Great YA's
warning, J[J|^ in order ff< to iorin^ a song, *

^The^^firstQ said ^ fB. our great ancef»tor
^ said f^ in his instmciions, g that the ^j^ople "Bf
ought to be |£ cherished , ^ l^and laust not be 'K
trampled unHer foot; f ^ the peogle f^ are ^7^
the foundation of a country ; jlj^ when the fouudaticn
^ is firm ^ the country k jp is trinquU. J

•^ I ]jj|[ consider that jfc "K throughout the empire^
^ every btupid ^ clown ^ and simple ^ dame
— f^ can severally ^ surpass '^ me ; § (now if 1)
—- a single J^ individual ^frequently ^ err, ^ j^
ISE HS ^^^'^ what need is there to wait for open com-
plaints, xp -^ ^ ^ ** ^* '^o* better to calculate be-
forehand on secret dir satisfaction ? jl -f* When I |^
come before ^({^ the millions ]p^ of the people, I feel

* The five young men, ohsemng: their ancestorial temple %nd na«
tive altars in danger, without the possibility of rescue ; and mothiT
and sou, elder and younger bretliren separated, without any chance
of restoration, could not restrain their sorrow and regret, vexation
and spite ; thus they expressed their feelings in an ode, and on
aearchinf? for the causes oi tueir country *s ruin, could not but ascribe
it to their neglect of ancestorial instruction.

"( This i.-* a part of the instructions of YA. Princes and people,
with respect to rank, differ in degree, as the clouds are elevated a-
bove the soil ; but speaking with reference to feeling, then they are
mutually necessary to each other's tranquillity j as the members of the
body depend on one another for the maintenaiice of life. Therefore
when much ptress is laid on rank, the parties become more and more
fteparated ; when feeling is consulted, they are more closely united.
Consulting feeling the people are cherished, building on lank they
are trampled undier foot.

} Moreover the people are the foundation of a country } when the
foundation is firm, the countiy will be tranquil ; but if the fbundatton
he insecure, then althongb the country be powerful as TBin, «iid
rich as Suy, it will nevertheless be destroyed.

S Heoe tbe five children are speaking in their own persoLS.
II When a sovereign loses the hearts of his people, he become^ s
private individual, and against such a soUlaiy individual eveiy slupidi
slewB osn sentsad with suectss.

THE 60XG OF THR FtVB CSILDBBSI. )1<S

^^^ as much anxiety, ^ ^s if one :|3J with rotten ^
reins ;^ j^ were oruiding "/^ six ^ horses.* j^ I'hus^
for one who is ^ the peo[)le's J^:^ suf>erior< ^ ^
how can he ^ dispense with IK respectful caution ?f

^ The Zl second Q said, fH) The instructions ( of
our ancestor) ^ jj^ state, ^ that whin at home (a
prince) f^ induces in ]^ ^ the dissipation of lust,
^ and abroad f^ is addicted to ^^ the pleasures of
hunting^ ; "^ when he h js a fondness ^ for wiw,
and ^ an excessive attach raeut ^ to music, together
with ^ lofty J^ demies |^ and sculptured ^ wallg,
3^ even if he have — but one 'f ^^ ]^ ^l* these, ^
there will be no ^chmce !^> of his avoidiug'^ niiH.'

^ The = third ^ said, •[§ Formerly f^ Fg Jg^
Tang, the }.)rince of Taou ^ held possesion of \^ this
^ Ke ^ province ; ^ But now (ihe ruler of it) ^
has lost ^ the 5^ right way, ^ and thrown into
disorder ^ the ^ canons and ^ rules, 75 ^y which
1^ he has brought himself ^ to ruin -^ and de-
solation. ;^

^ The IZg fourth p Slid, BJ^ How c?early?3J5 in-
telligent ^ was our jfjg^ ancestor, § ^ f|J jS

* Rotten reins easily break, and six horses are sooa iVI^^htened ;
therefore rotten reins are not adapted for curbing such a team ; by
x^hich 16 represented the extreme danger and fearfuhiess of high sta-
tions ; is it possible therefore that a ruler can dispense with caution ?

\ When the people's minds are dissatisfied, it is not necessary to
wait for the display of that bad feeling before we become aware of it ;
but we ought to calculate upon it ere the matter has assumed a shape
and form.

X Yaou was originally the earl of Tang, and had his capital at
Taou, hence he was called Tang, the chief of Taou. Yaou handed
over the government to Shun, and Siiun delivered it to Yi!k, all of

whom held their capital as K^-chow (^R^j^ T'ad-yuen,in Shen-se.)
Yaou, Shiin and Yu mutually yielded and possessed the empire, accor*
ding to the one settled pnnciple of right reason ; now T'ha^-kang had
Icet that principle, and thrown the regulations of the state into dis-
(urder, by which means he involvei himself in ruin.
§ The aucestor here referred to is Yu.

124 TBB SOIK5 OP THB FITS CHILDRBH.

the sovereign of ten thousand states ! ^ he possesse<l
J^ rules ^ and ^ij regulatitms, |^ which he handetl
do'An J^ to his ^ ^ posterity ; ^ he rendered uni-
form 1^ the weights,* ^ and harmouized §^ the mea.
sures, of which at £ the royal /^ palace j^lj a
standard specihen ^ was kept (ihis man-j- how*
ever) ^ic has carelessly ^ dropped ^ the jj^ clue of
gotemment, by which means ]^ he has oYertumed the
^ ancestorial temple ^ and cut off the |£ <;acrifice3.
^ Ihe ^ fifth ^ :>aid, H| llf Al^s ! ^ whither
H shall 1 retire? ^ While I ^ :^ think on ^
my sorrows, ^ all the ^ people ^ are enemies -^
to me, -^ ^ (^ and on whom shall I ^ depend !

^ [^ ^ How itistressed "^ is my >J5i ^"i^^ • ]@ ?P
1 blush ^i^t^ ^nd am ashamed, ^"^ through dis-
regard ^ of his ^ virtue, ^j^ and though "{^ I rejient,
^ of what ig avail is it ? J

* The various weights here referred to are, the ^ Shth, or stoue^

of 120 catties, (160 lbs. SToirdupois) and the $^ Kin, or quarter,
of 30 catties, (40 lbs. avoirdupois) ; these were Uie must im-
portant of the five kinds of weights.

f This roan refers to T'ba^-kang.

X The individual here speaking alludes to T*ae-kang, and yet uses
the first personal pronoun, oat of delicacy and kindness, not being
willing to reprove his elder brother directly.

TUB CHASTISEMENT INFLICTED BY TIX. 125

SECTION IV,

THE CHASTISEMENT }^^ INFLICTED BY YIN.*

f^ When 'jifl ]^ Chang-k'aiig ^ first ascended the

-0; throne, (B. C. 2,158) (and ruled over all within)
151 the fon r JQ: seas, HL j^ the earl x)f Yin ^ was
directed ^ to taVe coinmand jr^ ^ of the arm>. -^
(At that t*me) ^ He and ^ Ho ]^ had neglected
]^ their ^ duties, 7^ J^ and addicted themselves to
wine ^ m ^ their own 1^ cities, when )fL Jg
the earl of Yin ^ received 3E *^® royal '^ conamands
^ and went ^ to chaNtise ihem. J

The earl ^ then announced^ to ^ the multitude,
saying, tg^ Oh ! all you ^ ^y ^ ^ hosts, §§ the
sage ^ has handed down |j^ his counsels g)|| and
instructions, ^^ which are clearly |^ verified, and ^
fully adapted f^ for tranquillizing (the pec^ple) ; ^ the

• Yin is the name of a state, ftp p^ Chiini^.k*hang lived at a

time when the Hea dynasty hegaii to decline (B. C. 2,158) ; _ ^
E had already seized the government of the country, so that Ine
tranquillity or danger of the state was entirely in his grasp, yet
Chung-k'hang was ahle to give direction to the earl of Yin, to take
command of th-r army ; and thi earl of Yin knew how to receive the
decree of Chung-k'bang, in order to punish offenders. Thus, though
he could not punish £ for his irregularity, and point out the ciime

of^^ He and ^fP Ho in forming wicked cahals, yet at the critical
moment, when the fates of the country were in jeopardy, he could
raise an army and chastise off^*nders, shewing that rites and ceremo-
nies, punishm-.^nts and corrections, proceeded directly from the em-
peror. The edition in the modern hand has not this section, but
that in the ancient form of writing has it.

•(• Chung-k'ani^ was the younger brother of T*ae-k*ang: when he first
ascended the throne he directed the earl of Yin to take command of
the army, and the next year he ord«'ied him to chastise He and Ho; the
historian, in speaking of this affair, admires the firmntss of Chung-
k^hang in getting the military force under his control, and issuing or-
ders for the correction of the negligent chiefs.

X He and Ho's offence, although ascribed to wine, consisted main*
ly in caballing with E, and joining him in his wickedness ; therefore
th« earl of Yin received the royal commands to go and clip his wings,
•• that during the whole of that reign, E could not do ae he pleaeed.

126 THE CHASTISEMENT INPLtCTBD BT TIN.

former ^ kings |^ were CKtremely ^ observant ->(
^ celestial J^ warnings. |^ their servants \^ and
p<'ople ^ were also al>Ie ^ to utainUan ^^ a constcint
^ regard to the laws ; while ^ ibe various ^ offi-
cers jj^ lent ^ their aid, ^ and the )q prince f||
attained ^ to clear B^ ilhimination. ♦

j^ Every ]^ year. ^ ia the first mouth ^^ of
spring, ^ y\ i* herilvl U^ with a ^ wooden ^ bell
46) perambulated^ about the^ rOids^ (inviting) ^
the officers and ^j public instructors :lj^ ^ to correct
each other's errors, and calling on J^ the working
classes, ^ while at'ending to ^^ the lni««ine^s of
mechanics, J^ to ^ reprove (ail extravagancies ;) I^
adding that |j|[ifauy were "^ wanting in ^ re.>pect
(in not communicating their views) ^ ihe state ^
had 1^ a settled fpj punishment for ihem.f

f^ l^ At that time ^ He and ^ Ho ^ ^ per-
verted j^ their own ^ principles, j^ ^ and disor-
derly gave themselves ^ up to ^ wine ; ^ ^
neglecting the duties of their office ^ /^and quittin-jf
their posts, ^ whilst they began ^ to confuse ^

• The celestial warnin;^ refer to eclipses o\ the sun ; to be obser-
vant of these means, to be trembling:ly anxious in attending to the
cakulations, that strange calamities mij^ht. he foreseen And avoided.
When the sovereign was carefully observant of celestial sii^ns, and
his subjects constantly obeyed the lavs, while the officers att»*nded
to their various duties in assisting the prince, then the prince would
neither fail in private virtues, nor public conduct, and thus become
trulv intelligent. It appears that eclipses were considered sis^ns
of the weakness of the sovereii^n and the violence of his subjects, and
gave warning of the usurpations of £ ; He and Ho, who were the
astronomical officers, caballed with £, and would not give information
of the sign, which rendered their conduct unpardonable.

f To reprove a prince in difficult circumstances, is called respect ;
thus if the officers, teachers, aud workmen failed to correct and
admonish their sovereign, it would be accounted disrespect ; for
which crime there was a settled punishment ; how much more for
neglecting the divties of an office,' deserting a post, and Cunfuuudiag
the Celestial regulatioua.

THE CHASTISEMENT INFLICTEB BY YIN. 127

the celestial j^|J regalitions* and ^ ^ disregard _
their especial ^ business. Jj Thus ^ in the third
month ^ of autumn, ^ $1^ on the first day of the
months there was a ^ conjunction of the sun and moon,
^ without being ^ fully com])iiicd, ^ "n ^ the con-
siellalion of Fang (the head of Scorpio,) f ^ t\'hen
the blind musicians ^ proceeded to bett ^ the
drums,$ while ^ ^ the inferior ministers ^ gallop^
ped oflF, and '0 A ^he people in office ^ ran to help.
^ He and ^ H6,§ however, J^ seemed dead to
the duties of ^ their ^|p office, ^ not ^ having
he^rd ^ :ior ksown cf it, ^ and being stupidly 55^
deceived -^ as to the ^ celestial ^ appearances, j})^
they thus ^ involved themselves iu a crime which ^
the ancient 3E kiBgs ^ ^ punished with death. J^
]^ The regulations of government H say, (that when
the astronomers V^fe H^ ^ were before their time. ^
they were to be killed ^ without ^ respite, 3J\ /^
^ ^ and that when they were behind the time, ^
they were also to be put to death ^ without ^ mercy.

* The celestial rcgulutl;)n8, refer to the astronomical calculatiani
of the sun, moon, and stars ; for from Uie time of Yaou and Shun,
ever since He and Ho had been ordered to conduct the calculations
and represent the conrtie of th« heavenly bodies, their descendants
had for successive ages attended to the-^e duties, without throwinyf
anything into confusion ; but at the period referred to, some mis-
takes had begun to creep in.

f Accordmg to the record of T&ng, an eclipse occurred in the

5th year of ^ ]^ Chung-khang, (B. C. 2153.) (Chinese his.
tory records this to have happeaeii in the 2ad year of Chung-k*ang,
(B. C 2156.) Pere GauMl says, that an eclipse really occurred
in the constellation referred to, B- C. 2155.)

X The ancients, on the occasion of an eclipse, used to beat the
drums, and make use of presents, in order to rescue the celestial
luminaries.

§ They are said to have gallopped and run off, to indicate what a
calamity an eclipse was considered : tlie Emperor was terrified
above, and the ministers and people ran backwards and forwards-
below ; thus anxious were the> to rescue the sun, while He and H6,
the astronomical officers, sat like corpses at their poets, as if they had
never heard nor known anything about it Now such a remarkable

128 THE CHASTISEMENT INFLICTED BY YIN.

4* Now ^ I ]^ wit!) M all you ^ J^ hosts,
have; received commands ^ to execute the ^ celes-
tial ^ punishments ; PI )^ i therefore all you
warriors ^ uniting >(/ your strengthjin aid of ^ the
royal ^ houso, fj^ should still further 511 co-operate
with -^ me ^ in respectfully ^ carrying on ^ ^ the
Emperor's ^ dread ^ commands. % When fire
3^ blazes ll|g |^ on the top of the KwSn hill, ^3i
gems and ^ pebbles ^ are alike ^ consumed. l»ut

should ^ a celestial M ^g®^* ^ ^^^^ ^^^®®^ ^ ^^^®
bounds, he would be ^jj more fierce ^ than ^ the
raging ^X fi^e .♦ I therefore H^ kill IR the |g ®
chief rebel alone ; his ^ assodiates ^ and followers
^ I do not 7§ meddle with ; only those ^ who have
been long ^ inured ^ to filthy ^habits, gj^
should all fll 1^ be renovated.

?4 "f Oh yes ! Jg when discipline ^ exceeds gg^
one's ^kindness, affairs will i^ assuredly '^ succeed;
but when ^ indulgence ^ gets the better of BS ^°®'s
^ firmness, there will ^ certainly |^ be no ^ me.
ritorious issue. ^ M ^^ y^^ *^®^ ^ ^ soldiers
exert yourselves, J^ ^ and take warning, f

eclipse as this having occurred, while these men were ignorant of
it, they involved themselves in the crime of being behind the
proper season.

* This means, that should an agent of Heaven be thus indis-
criminate in the execution of vengeance, making no difference be-
tween the good and the bad, but killing all alike, the injury inflicted
would be greater than that of a riolent conflagration , which burns
up precious gems and common pebbles together.

t^In the army discipline i« of the hif^hest importance, and in mili-
tary laws there should be no lack of severity ; if severity prevail,
the business will certainly be accomplished, but if kindness rule
the day, then th^ work will fail.

THE HISTORICAL CLASSIC.

BOOK IIL

THE BOOK is Sf OF SHANG,*

OB THE RECORDS OF THE SHANG DYNASTY.

SECTION 1.

THE OATH ^ ^ OP rANG.f

(B. C. 1795) 5E The king ^ said, i^ Come hi-
thcr, |j|[ you }jfl hosts of J^ people, and ^ all |
listen to ^ my "^ words ; ^ it is not ^ that I, >|
^ the worthless one, ^ would dare fj to set about
^ ^(i this disorderly proceeding ; Ibut ^ ^ the
gOTereign of He4 ^ has frequently ^ offended, and
^ heaven ^ has commanded me ^ to exterminate
j^ him.

^ Now ^ you ^ ^ hosts of people, ^ you Q
are saying, ^ our jp prince ^ has no ij^ pity on ^
us jf^ all ; ^ he sacrifices ^ our ^ agricultural
business, (jfjj and ^ goes to cut oflF 35 and correct
the sovereign of He4.§ Now '^ I fH have been
hearing ^ all J^ your ^ murmurings 5 but ^ j^

Ke« first founded the state of |^ Shang, and '^ T'anp
took it for the designation of his dynasty. This book contains 17
sectione.

f T'ang's name was ^ Ld, and his surname ^ Tszd. When

§^ Eee, the last king of the ^^ He4 dynasty was oppressive and

tyrannical, T'ang undertook to correct him ; the people of ^g
PS, lus capital city, were averse to the service, wherefore T'ang
announced to them his motive for commencing offensive operations.
The editioas in the ancient and modern hands both contain this
chapter.

X Speaking according to human affairs generally, for a minister
to attack his prince, is a disorderly proceeding ; but when Heaven
issues its decree to exterminate a tyrant, then one who takes up the
cause is a celestial agent and no rebel.

§ The people of ^§ P8 were contented witii the virtuous go-

▼emmeit of ^ffg T'ang, and ^ Ee^*s oppressions did not affect

them ; therefore they knew nothing of ^^ He4's offences, and

R

130 THE OATH OP t'aNG.

the ruler of He& ^ has ^ transgressed, and ^ I
1^ dread J^ r^ the Supreme Ruler, so that ^ ft
1 dare not ^ refuse JP to correct him.

4^ Now Ji: you ^ are S saying, 5 H ^ ^W ^
What are the oflfences of Re& to us ? ^ 3E Why
the king of Hea i^ ^ has entirely exhausted ^ 'fj
the strength of his people,; and ^ has been exceeding.
ly severe ^ in inflicting punishments ^ ^ on the
citizens of H ea ; so that ^ 5^ the multitude ^ have
become ^ indolent and ^ -j^ disunited,* Q sayinpf,
1 his g sun, ^ when wilt thou ^ expire ! -^
.^, 'Jit^^l^ we would fiiin perish together with
you ! + g Hea*s ^ conduct ^ ^ being such, ^ ^
I now feel jK^ compelled J^ to go against him.

^ If you 1^ still ^ join in helping ^ me, —
a single J\^ individual, ^ to carry out ^^^heaven's' J^
^ inflictions,'^ ^ I will ;J^ greatly ^reward ^you;
of this ^ you ^ need not ^ ^ doubt, ^^ as I
yfs shall not ^ break ^ my word. But ^ if you
^ refuse to^ comply with the ^ ^ words of the
oath, ^ I |l] will ^ fe '^ put you to death with
your children ; f^ ^ assuiedly no 'jlj^ ^ pity shall
be shown.

were averse to the trouble of correcting him ; while on the contrary
they conceived that T'aug had no conopaBsion for them, in interrupt-
i ng their husbandry, and urging them to attack Hea.

* Here T'ang quotes the words of the people of Shang, and replies
to them, saying, *' Hea has laid such heavy burdens on the people,
even to their exhaustion ; and has punished them so severely even
to tyranny, that his subjects, being disgusted at his conduct, have be-
came indolent in their work and divided among themselves."

f KeS had been in the habit of saying, I hold the empire as securely
as heaven possesses the sun, should the sun expire, then may I also
be destroyed. The people being much annoyed at their ruler, pointed
to the sun and said, when wiU thou, Oh sun, expire ! would that it
might once be ; we would fain perish with thee.

THE ANNUNCIATION OF CHUNG-HWOY. 131

SECTION II.
THE ANNUNCIATION OF CilUNG-HWUY, ♦

^ The arromplished ^ Tang f "^ banished

KeS ^ to ^ the southera ^ Tsaou, J |^ but :^
having ^ fe a feeling of shame, Q he said, -^ I
5^ fear lest ^ future "jtit generations J^ should take
'n' tne j^ to be |I| ^ a subject for animadversion. §
^ ]^ Chung-hwuy J^ then f^ drew; up |§ the
following announcement, || and said, P^ R^ Alas !
^^ it is ^ heaven ^ that has formed ^ mankind
^ with ^ various pascions, and ^ if there be no
one ^ to preside over them, J^ they soon ^[^ get into
confusion ; \^ but 5C heaven ^ has also produced
HUB *^® intelligent, ^ 3d ^^ regulate them. ^ Now
^ ^ ^1^^ ruler of Hea -J^ having confounded ^ vir-
tue, 1^ the people ^ have been involved in ^^j^
misery ; ^ but Heaven /j has ^^ conferred 3E ^^ your
Majesty ^ courage ^ and wisdom? ^ J^ to set up a

* Chung-hwuy was a descendant of -^^ j^ He-chung, and prime

minister to j^ T'han?.

f His military work haying l>een completed, he was called the ac%
complished T*hang.

J The southern Tsaou was in the district of fg^ JUL Leu-keangr>
Lat. 31. 16. N. Lon^^. 0. 49. E. Ke^ ran away to that place, and
therefore T'hang hauished him thither.

§ Although T'ang's punishing Ke3 was in obedience to heaven, and
in compliance with the wishe.^ of men, yet having succeeded to Yaon,
8hiin, and YA, who gave up the empire to each other, he felt a little
uncomfortable in his mind, and was ashamed that his virtue was so
unlike that of the ancients, besides which he was afraid lee>t subse-
quent ages, should make a handle of the affair and cast reflections
upon him.

H Chung-hwuy being apprehensive lest T*ang should be overcome
with shamo, prepared this announcement to clear up his doubts.

^ With a sigh he exclaimed, Ah men are born with eyes, ears, nose,
and mouth, and have the passions of love and hatred ; which if uncon^
trolled strive together, and get into confusion. But heaven has also
produced intelligent men, to regulate and restrain their disorders.

4

132 THI AHKUNCIATlOll OF CHUNG-HWUT.

correct index for "^ the myriad ^ states, and jffi to
carry on ^ YA's ^ ancient || regulationa. ♦
j^ This is because you ^ haye followed |S his ^
constant laws, and ^ reverently 3[^ complied with
5^ '^ the decree of Heaven.

J3E ITie king of Re& ^ hasfj^ transgressed
^(W ^J inventing a felse (decree of) Jt high ^ hea-
ven, -f J^ in order ^ to diffuse -^ his commands ^
among '^ the people, ij^^ this the ^Supreme f^ has con-
sidered >fC US improper, ^ and commissioned )^
Shang ^ to receive -^ the decree, ^ making use of
him ^ to enlighten ]g( the ^ hosts of people. X

(The sovereign of Hea) ^ contemned §|^ the wii>e,
and Pfj; attached himself ^ to the mighty, 9 which
substantially ^^increased ^ |^ his followers. When
m first ^ our ^ state (of Shang) was established,
under ^ ^ the ruler of Hea, we were considered
'jSfr ^ >H ^P &s tares amongst wheat, and ^ ^
_ wj chaflF in the midst of grain, so that <p both
small "j^ and great among us 1|E( ^ were alarmed,
and ^ ^ without exception l}!^ we were afraid ^
lest we should be involved ^j^ in some wrong ^ accusa-
tion; ^1 how much more -^ ;^ has our (prince s) ^
virtue and ^ his words, ^ so worthy of |§ ffl being

* Though KeS had succeeded to supreme power, he yet a!1owed
himself in stupid and disorderly practices, inyolving the people in ca-
lamity, and thus lost that by which he might control them. But
the people cannot be without a head ; therefore heaven has .xonferred
on T'hang bravery and wisdom, that is, courage to undertake and
skill to contrive, without which he could not have settled the empire.

t The word " Heaven" is employed with reference to the visible
heavens, and the word '* Supreme*' with express aUusion to the
ruler of those heavens.

X KeS knew that the people's minds were alienated from him, and
therefore pretended to act under the authority of heaven, in order
that he might beguile the multitude. This heaven disapproved of,
and directed Shang to take the reins of government in his hand, in
order to enlighten the people.

THB ANNUNCIATION OF C0UNO-BWUT. 133

listened to, (become the subject of envy and hatred.) ♦
j^ Only let your 35 Majesty >p not ^ become too
familiar with ^ music and ^women, /f\nor^ hoard
up ^ wealth and ^ij gain ; fg; where virtues ^ are
abundant^ ^ be lavish in bestowing ^ offices, T^ and
where merit ^ is plentiful, ^ be profuse in your ^
rewards. ^fllB employing \ people, (be as generous)
^P as if you were dealing with 2 yourself ; and in GJjf
reforming j^ your own misdeeds, ^ ^ do it with an
unsparing hand. ^ If you can ^ be thus liberal ^
and fH benevolent, ^ you will be fully ^ confided in
^^by the millions of ^ the people, f

y5 When j^^ the baron of K6 f^ treated as enemies
§/^ those who brought him presents, T'ang ^ com-
menced fiE his warlike operations ^ at !^ K6. ^
When ^ on the east ^ he subjugated his foes, ^
the western ^ barbarians ^ complained, and when
^ on the south ^ he attacked his enemies, j\^ the

^ Tbifi meann that whea we were formerly under the Hea dynas-
naftty* we were detested by Ke^, who wished to cut us off as the
tares are rooted out from among the wheat, and chaff separated from
the grain ; he longed to hoe and sift us, and would hardly allow us
to exist. The people of Shang were therefore uhiversally alarmed,
lest they should be involved in some false charge ; how much more
would T'ang's virtuous words, which were so worthy of universal re-
gard, be envied and abhorred by Ke^.

j- Chung-hwuy does not seem to think it sufficient to avoid lust and
avarice, but considers it necessary for a prince founding a dy-
nasty to be invested with the purity of celestial virtue, and to be en-
tirffly exempt from the least atom of selfishness. Wlien a monarch
bestows appointments as if they W'^re conferred on himself, then eve-
ry good quality in another will be readily acknowledired ; and when
he reforms his vices unsparingly, then the faults of others will be uni-
versally corrected. But who other than a sage could refraim from
envying the abiliUes of others, or be particular in not sparing
his own vices.

X The baron of K6 had refused to offer sacrifice ; T*atig sent persons
to enquire the reason, when he said. It is because we have nothing
wherewith to provide offerings. He then ordered the people of his
city P8 to plough for them, and the old and young to carry them pre.
sents. But the ruler of K6 killed his young people ; upon which
T*ang went to attack him : and thus the campaign commenced at K5.

134 TBK AHHUfCClATION OP CHUKG-HWUT.

northern Jfj foreigners ^ murmured, Q sayings.
Why ig| does he only ^ neglect -^ us t fJC^ ^
J^ 'Hie i>eople wherever he went, ^ ^ family by fa-
mily, :(S ^ coiigratulatt^il e;ch other, Q saying, ^
Wc wait for-^ our ^ {>riace ; when Jp[ our prince ^
comes ^ be will ^ revive us. 'ITius ^ ;^ the
people's ^ houoaring of ^ Shang IS^ ^ ^ "^
had already existed of a long time. ♦

^ If you assist ^ the talented (among your no-
bles) ^ and help ^ the virtn^us, ^ promoting j^
the faithful, ^ and advancing § the good ; whilst^
you connect together ^ the weaker princes j^ and op-
pose ^ the stupid ones, ^ depriving ^ the disor-
derly (of their territory,) f^and punishing "p the fu-
gitives ; — ^if you thus ^ follow up jc ^^*^ vagabonds,
^ and strengthen ^ those who remain f lithfal, theu
^ your empire J^ will ^ ^ be prosperous, f

^ If your virtues Q l^e daily ^ renewed, ^ the
myriad ^jj states f^ will ^ chv^rish kind thoughts to-
ward-c you ; but if ^ your ra^nd Q is self ^ satisfi-
ed, the ^ nine degrees of f^ relatives Jj ^^'^ Hi
desert you.J ^ l^t your Majesty ^ exert yourself
flg to display -j^ magnanimous ^ virtue, ]^ and es-
taidish tp the doctrine of the due medium J^ among

* Before the army of T'aiig arrived, the people every wtnTe com-
plained saying, why docs he postpone our deliverance ; and where-
evci he went, the women and children congratulated each other pay-
in/, we liave heen waiting for our princo a long time, when our prince
comes he will revive us. Ilii8 fact, that the people of other states
considered 'Fang as their own prince, and waited for his coming, shews
that the inhabitants of the whole empire had long wished to be sub-
ject to his sway.

t Chung, hwuy having attempted ahove to remove T'anir's scriplas,
now licgins to exhort and encourage him. By helping and pro-
moting the capable and virtuous, he would show his approbation of
the good ; while by opposing and punishing the coriupt and aban-
doned, he would show his detestation of the bad : by which means
the couiitry would be brought into a flourishing condition.

TH8 ANNUNOIATIOM OP CHUNG*HWUY. 135

^ the people ; }^^y ^ rectitude ^(J arrarging
your affairs, Ijf and by ^ propriety ^Ij correcting ifiS

your mind, aud then ^ you will bequeath |§: abun-
dance ^ to future i^ generations.* "^ ^ W i^^^^
heard it ^ said, ^ He who can ^ for himself ^
obtain ^ ^ a^ adviser 3^ will reign, while ^ he
wlio imagines ^ others ]^ not to be 0^ ^ ^ equal
to himself"^ will perish ; J^he who is fond of ^ ma-
king enquiries ^(| will have ^ abundance, while Q
^ the man who trusts to himself ^)J will >j^ dwindle
away to insignificance, f

5^ W^ Alas ! if you wish •^ to be careful about ^
the ^ results, j^ you have only to attend to ^ the
P^ commeucemeutj If you 1^ promote ^ those
who |§ regard propriety, and ^ overturn ^ those

* If your virtues be daily renovated, then the surrounding states
although extensive will universally eherish a regard for you, but if
you be inflate! with self-satisfactioe, then your very relatives al-
though near will desert you.

f The due medium is that which all men possess aliKe, but unless
the sovereign establi»h the principle, the people will not be able of
themselves to hit the centre ; while propriety and rectitude are the
means cf settling it ; righteousness regulates affairs, and propriety
corrects the heart, thus inter iiai and external virtues being combined
the due medium is established.

X But iu order to accomplish this learning is necessary, and
therefore Chung-hwuy quotes a saying of the ancients to the effect,
that when a man looks out for an adviser, it shows that he is sensible
of his own deficiencies, and of the excellencies of others ; thus he
yields up his mind to their direction without contradiction. Now
from the Emperor down to the plebeian, there never was a man who
discarded good counsel and prospered ; although he might be born
a sage, he must still have a teacher Later generations fulling short
of the ancients have not only lost sight of the right doctrine, but
have been deficient in their regard to instructors.

§ Having exhorted him in the former section, Chung.hwuy here
sighs and says. The way to guard against evil results, is to consider
affairs at the beginning ; he who in the commencement is careless,
will never become careful in the sequel. In this whole chapter the
great object of Chung-hwuy's announcement seems to have been
threefold : first he speaks of Heaven*8 appointing rulers, and as
Ke^ hs^d opposed the will of the Supreme, he treats of Divine Frovi-

136 TBS AnuiiCiATiosi OP CHini&Bwinr.

who are dark sod ff^ tyrannical, ^ leapectfiillj ^
hoDonring 3^ the celestial ^ way ; dieiiyoawill ^
perpetually ^ maintain ^ ^ die deciee of HeaTcn
(in favour of yoor oim family.)

denoe deciding in fiivour of Tao^, wfio eould not refine tJbe appoint-
neat ; tben lie alladca to Taiu^e Tirtaee as ■iiiicJMr to gam the
eonHdaiee of Uie p^ple, who bad loo^ been in hewaar ef hk ralo ;
bedy be rdera to tbe dUBcnltf of fottlling the dotiee efa prinee, and
the variableDese of human opiniooe« with the geoend eonne ef no-
▼ideooe io rewarding the good and pnniehtng the bad ; in older to
ehow that he who haid now rtodred the dominion fimn WbL, had not
been aetoated bjr eelieh mottireay hot by an ineshanatible compaminn
tor the people^ ; thua comfortiag "Fang and remof ing his aem^es :
io all which the fideiitj and aiCMtion ci Chong-hwoj are Tery
coiispicoous.

THB ANNOTWCKMBrwT OF Yniomi 13/

SECTWN HI.

T«E ANNOUNCEMENT OF T'ANG. ♦

M He4; (B. C. ^766] 3| rod afHved ^^ af^, %^ P6,
^rt he made thig Iggeneiral ^ aiitittua*metit «

to«ii:3^tiivirtBt«. gB*fekittgi3iaw;J8|oh _

yiia peo^e |J'of the vnriouB ;3^ stated ! Iff X in your
coUective capadty, ^ tJarefuUy II listen to ^T^ m^^

a-a&gle J^ individuals^ ifi my announbem^nt. wl
It 18 jpthe Great Jt ijjp^oprefte ^' whb Has cdnf^
rc^* ^ thb due medium ^ on *|C these inferior Pg
pMptej ^ ^ leading them to^cJbmply ivith ^ the in-'
yftfitUle'diotateg i|^ of a' virtubift' ilafure, but ^ in or-
dei* to enabte them j^ peacefully tb l^lb^ ^ the ^'
right way f^T^ rulers ate Tequisitfef. f

Bui ^3EthelclBg!of H84 ;J^ has obliterated^ ft
all trace* of virtfie, ^ aiid coidlnenced ]^' the r^ign
oPtcrton ]jj^ in order Jj^'tc^ sfiread ]^ tyranpy ^p a*
TYrtmg'^^yoti: ji(>3J^"^ JH^ the peoplfe of the myriad

.1 rr> ■ > • •

• T'ang having punished the ruler of ^ Hed, retutned to _
P6, hit oMi city, where' UA^princes of the^'empnre canke to paj" their
court to' h^Hif^' and give aii* account of- the dominions un^r their
aWaJr ; T-ang^^reCM' made' this'annouticementy to show httw he
inteAdad to cwr^<ob thcf ne\^ dynaifil^.

f- When HernvfA^ sends down lU* decree, and furnishes men witli
therprinct^es ofbehevoletice', recl)ltMe, propriety^ wisdom, and truths .
widieut the' tedPdeflec^ness or ^ paftiality,- this is ^hat is' called
the 'due medium.^ When men receive this decree, and ohtain the
principles of these five virtues born wij^f'them in their hearts, thM is
what Is caned, a virtuous nature. Being actuated by 'the spontattedUS '
infliience \ of theti^. . prinpiples, to put in . . practice these fiv» virtiifefef, >
this Is what is calljed the ri^hi foay. With refereo(to to the'du«'lm«.''
diditi' aii' sent , down from' Heaven, Uiere is no dtffleotiveneis'ia W%
wHin*1m(^ 'follow the spontaneous influence of this, they certaffily-
possess a constantly virtuous nature. Bnt with regard ' to nuMiA
temV^fto^t]^ then doubUess some ave more clear, -and" oth0hl*^in^''
muddy^ some'pure and'otheirs mise^'i, hence the nepessity of human
)9kn/io Older to mdieM^i>eadefuBy folI<i#'the r^t' way^

S

138 7HB AMMaUHCBIieiiT OW T*BARa

•tetes; wliikt ^ yon, |K^ ^jj^ tbe people of all
^^tes* H^ experiencing ^ his p(| wicked ^inftictbns,
^jSk ^°^ cnmble to bear ^thm tntterness |p 9aid
poiflon, jl^ haTC onitedly ^ announced |k|^ ^ jour in-
nocence ^ before J^ ^^ superior ^ and inferior j^

qpirita and jj||| demons.^ ^ jH And Providence,
whidi blestea ^ the good j||||| and puniiJies ^ tfie bad«
P)Ss bag brought down ^ calamities 7 on ^ Hea, ^
in-(»rder Jj^ to set forth ffi^ his ^ evil conduct

J^ llierefore ^ I, >p ^ die insignificant onej^
have received ^ Heaven's ^ decree, and ^Q dis*
played ff^ intimidating power, ^ not ^ daring |^
to forgive his crimes. $[[ I have presumed also f^ to
use in sacrifice '^ a sombre-coloured If^ victim, f JK
and ventured flB ^ to proclaim it ^ to h ^^ 3S
heaven, and |^ to the divine ^ power, $^ recwia-
ting ^ the misdemeanours of :^ ^ He4. ^ There-

upon ^ I requested TCJ^^ ^^^^^ ^^ £ ^^ ^^8^ S
iKi*^ to aid|me with ^^ ^ his energies, J^ so that
we might J^ in conjunction with ||| you ^ ^ people
^ seek for a renewal of f^ the celestial decree (in
our favour.)

And row Jt high 5S heaven ^ has really ^ pro-
tected 1^ the inferior ^ people, while ^ ^ the
great offender ||jb has fled f^ and submitted ^ ^^
llie decisions of heaven ^ are not ^ erroneous.
Since that time ^ energetically ^ as ^ plants ;^

* This means that when §S^ Re£, of the He4 dynasty^ had lose
everv feeling of kindness, and given himself up to slaughter and
cruelty^ the people of the empire felt his oppressions to he as bittes
as wormwoody and as poisonous as the scorpion's sting, so that they
eoold no longer endure it; but represented Iheur wrongs to the gods of
heaven and earth, witli the hope of deliyeranoe.

J The sombre vietun was offered, because the Hea djmastj prefer-
a black colour, and the rites had not ;et been changed.

iThe chie! of sages, refers to ^ f* E-jrun.
The diTine power means earth.

THE Al^nOUNCBMEUt Of T^RAKa. 139

and trees, ^(t, have the myriails of the J5J people ^
trulyf ^ sprung up a«d flourished.^

Heaven has thus ffl commissioned ^ me, — ^ a
gintfle X individual, ISk to harmonise fit and pacify
all vou f|> states ^ and ramiHes. 3k ^^^ )9v '
do not ^ know but vehat ^ ^ I have offended
^ ngainat. r the powers. above*|% and below. Thus
iJII 1^ I tremble ^ @ and am appreheuMve ^ as if
^ about p^ to fall -J^ i»^to ^ some deep }^ abysf^f

fli Whjjnever ^ I sgp establish fjl the state, ||i;|
I shall not 13^ follow Bp improper ^ regulations, ^
nor ^ approximate f0to disrespect ^ or lirentiousr
ness. ^ Do you all ^ maintain |^ your ^ invQri-
able laws, l)^ in order ^ to receive ^ Heaven's fJC
excellent decree. X

Hflfyou ^ be ^ good, Ig^ I ^ will not Ife
presume |^ to hide it, ^ and should guilt ^ rest
on ^ niy Jl^ own person, ^ I will not 9^ dare ^ 3^
to excuse myself, f^ 1 shall only ^^ submit to
the inspection Jt i^ of the Supreme J^ *^ mind,
^ Should any of you ^ "[^ myriads of states ^
transgress, ^ letth«» blame rest on "^ me, *?• a
single ^ individual ; ^ but should I, — * a single A-
individual,^ IP offend, ^ let it not 1^ involve ^
you ^^J^ the multitude of states. §

a|«qF Ohyes! (ftj if you ^ can }§^ truly be-
lieve this, 7) theu ^ we also ^ shall have j^ a hap-
py conclusion.

'* High Heaven having truly protected the people, K«^ absconded
and submiUed.

{The higher the responsibility, the greater the anxiety.
The £ite of the He4 dynasty being now determined, the fortunes
of T*hang were new, hence he talks about establishing the state.

§ Since Heaven has entrusted me with the empire, should the peo«
pie transgress, it will be the princess fault ; but should the ruler
^fiend, the people can have nothing to do with it.

SECTION IV.
THE nSSTRDCnOKS |P* H OfF E.»

VklLfik OathefiKtjarofTliJi^e&^sr^ifni (B.
C. l,7a3X "f"^^^ ™ Ae twelfth ^ unoth-t^H
and ffae second daj« ^^ £*yiiii |9 sacrifirrd ^ to

^ the former 5Ela<«4^ and pte^ented SBE ^
successor to the tfarooe, |j| lespectfiillvSM to WA't
npon ]S his ||[ impeml anofslor. J^ISJ 10^
^tbe princes nf the two neirer tennies }g^ w«fe mil
present ; 'j^ ^ while the Tuious offiMis |K give
;eneial account ^ of their afiEucs, f^ in onler

to wait for oiders ^ ^ from the prime ^linist r.

'H^^ £ yua 75 ^b^Q BJl clearly ^ unfolded ^ the
meritorious jj^ jj^ ancestor's ^ accomplished S vir*
tues, 1^ in order ^ to gi^e instruction ^ to 3E
the oefT king ; §
^ Saying, ^ 1^ Oh y<^ ! -^ in former times ^

• ^ ^ TlMi^.k^ haTing snceeeded to the diione |P^ ^
E-jrnn copaposed ths chapter for his ediSctHon. The edition in Uie
more modeio hand has not this section, while that in the ancient liwrrp
of writing has it.

f The Shang dynasty had estahlished the 12th month Ibr the
hegioningof the jear ; for although the three dynasties <|i£[ercd in
the month for oommendng the year, yet they all (Uted their reckoning
from the first month ; for the giving of andiences, thie summoning of
assemblies, the distributing of the calendar and the fiziug o( times
and sessons, w^re all done on the first month of the year : and thus
the first month was the commencement of reckoning.

t Ttie *^ former king,** relfbrs to T'htng.

J Among the ancients, when the king dwelt in the house of mourn-
ing, the prime minister took charge of the sacrificing, and announced
the successioii in the ancestoriid temple ; he also took ehaige of
the government and gave audience to the host of oflkers. T'ha2-ke&

was in mourning fi>r j^ 3c Chung-jin, at which time B-yun sacri-
ficed to the former king, and presented T*ha^-ke& as the successor ;
while be fixed the commencement of the new year. In waiting on
tlie aticestois, he acted oa behalf of the king, ?fnd announced the
circumstance in tlte anqeiitorial temple ; in receiring the' reports of
the various officers h^ represented majesty, and gave audience to the
subjects.

'S'^M th« &»t Icings of &e ile& dyiMiftty
possessed abun^ut p^ ^ Tittue ; at thai; time
4faese m^re no ^ celestial ^ calaimtieH ; fke 'spirits
|i| of tftu) fcfUs )f| and rivers, with )|^ tbe flemoiis j^
j^d rgods, ^ also were ^ ^iiorariably ^ traniiiid,
•fi jl^so 1^ the biixls ^ aad heaets, j^ fishes

and (tprtoSses , ^ who nvere all ^ 4)e same ; ^

'i^^UJt the ^ ^ wpcessors ( of tju^e Yirtuous kitigs)
9^ did aot JifiL iBHtate their example, wherefore ^
high ^ H eaves ^ seot down^ caLamitiea^ ^ and
borrowed ^ the haad ^ pi ^ our prince, fl" who
possessed -1^ the celestial deeree. (Ee^) j^ comme»-
ced doing the things ^ which led to his being at-
li^rked id at IB!| jH^ Ming^toA^n, whilst ^ i>ur prince
^ began (his right rule) ^^ at ^ P6. ♦

^ But the jpounder of :^ our |^ Sh^og ^ d} nasty
^ diffused ^ and displayed |g bis holy Ijj courageii
f^ instead of ^ oppression J^^ exerting ^ liberality,
so tha^ ^j^ the myriads g of ihe people ^ sincerely
^ regaidad him; -^ Now ^Eyour majesty's S^
handing 4awn j|^ your ^ virtue ^ i^ invariably j^
depf nds on ^ the. comnienqement of your reign ; iu
order to J^ establish ^ affection, ^ you must
commence with ^ your own relatives ; jfc to promote
^respect, jH you must begin with ^ your own el-
ders ; ^ first display these virtues -^ in ^ your fii-

^ The ode has said, Tl>« mirrur ilr the Yin or Shaug dynasty was
not for distant ; for an exhibition of its fate was displayed by tbe
preceding dynasty of Hea. Thsit which Shang wa^ caUed upon to
eontempUte being the house of Hea.; £-yuo conitnenced his dia«>
course by pointing out the fate of that line of prinp^s. As long as
H§&'8 fost kings were abundant in virtue, Heaven's decree still
fii^^ered with uem, but thehr des«en4i«ts not treiading iu their £bot«
steps, liMy were overturned, which viight opei'ate as a warning
toThfti-kk, if he did not iMow tbe virtu^of the accomplished
T*hai^. Mtng-temou was Ifa&eapitsi of the He4 princes, as P6 was
that of the house of 8hang.

142 TBK nuTRcman or &

mlj ^ and stele, |K md aflei w rnhk ^ estcBd
diem to an wifliiD (j^ ^ f^ar |f| coa.^

Pg I^Oh yea! 5Jts«iie former Skiagl^ eo»
menced ||F by ddtiT-tthig Ae J^ ^ regolalkma fopr
hamao eoiidiieC ; ^ he listened to ||| leproofr ^
Slid did aot itt lefiise advice ; 5^ die M p| P^op^
H^ be abo ^ omndiied witb ; Jft dwelling ima I?
aoperior station ^ be could be Q^inidligent^ ^ and
wben oceupyini^ f^ an inferior poat ^ be coold be
J^ fiiilhfiil ; |f|L in treating witii \ odieia, 3C be did
not 5^ seek ^ perfection ; s^^ in examining j||^ bimaelf^
^ he felt as if ^ he had not J^ atteined to mrtue ;
^ '^ thus he went on ^ until jff^ he gained eontronl
over theHf myriad of ^ states, jj^ This fQj was ^
j^ difficult indeed! t

^ He extensively ^ sought after ^ intelligent ^
men, jf that they might |j| afford aid ^ to ]^ you
^ j^ his successor. i^ Ue regulated ^ ofl^al |f)}
punishments, fiti ^stL warning ^ to those "jff who
were ffc in office, ^ saying. Should you ^ dare ^
to have @ constant |^ dancing ^ in ^ your man-
sions, ^ or drinking ^ and singing ^ in ^ your
dwellings, i^ which ^ might be called ^ conjuring

* Tbb iutinuites the importence of being careful al the beginning :
sad is order to begin well filial piety and firaternal icapeet are
eaaeotaal. Theae Yvtaea are naturally pos^cessed alike by . all, and
need not be inculcated in order to tlieir establisbment in the mind.
Let reapect and affection commence in the dorat^aCic eirde, and they
will be embodied in orery thing else ; thoa we love our own pareiita,
fo as to extend it to the parents td athers : we respect our own elders^
so as to reach to the elders d others ; and commencing with our own
boosehold, we carry oot the principle to a whole slate, until it reaches
to all under Hearen.

t The regulations for human oondact co m pris e the duties of the
thr^ principal relations, and the five constant Yirtues, which are
the esseiice of respect. In the former section he had been uming
to get Tha^-kHl to establish the yirtoe of lore and respect, here he
spMks of the excellencies cnlti/ated by the acoompliahed Thang.
These Tirtiirms principles had not yet been obliterated ; Kej^ had
tnerely set them aside, and T'hang rsTived and cultivated them.

THB I^STRUCTION8 OF K. 143

]^ tricks ; * ]^ should you dare /^ to be |^ addicted
^ to '^ covetousuesis ^ and lust, and f^ be coo-
stant ^ in ^ sauntering Q^ and hunting, i^ which
f ^ might be denominated ^ dissolute Hi, habits ; ^
should you presume ^ to indulge in "ji^ revilings at
^ the sage's "^ words, ^ and oppose ^ the feithful
!§[ and sincere , ^ while you keep at a distance ^
those who delight in |^ virtue, }^ and cultivate inti*
macies with ^ refractory ^ youths, 1^ which |^
might be called f^ disorderly ^ manners ; j|| should
it be that ^ of these ^ three kinds of 1^ manners "|^
and ten sorts of ^ vices, ^ a magistrate ^ or officer
^ have — ' one -^^ in J^ his person, ^ his family
ij^ will ]f|^ be ruined ; and should ^ ^ the ruler of a
state ::^ have — one "^ in ^ his person, ^ his coun-
try ijji will be iz destroyed, -f ^ "P if the inferior
ministers >f\ do not j^ help (to keep their prince from
these) ^ their Jflj^ punishment is J^ branding. ^
This is a statement i)|) for the instruction ^ of §^
young people ;j^ and schohtrs.

{^ 1^ Oh yes ! ^ let the new 3^ sovereign ^
be careftil of J^ his own ^ conduct, ^ ^ and think
on these things. H^ These sacred ^couufcIs ^ "
are of great extent , ^ this excellent ^advice ^^
is extremely 1^ clear.:^ 'j^ But J^ ij^ the Supreme
Kuler ^ is not ^ invariable § in liis decree, f^

* Conjurere are always dancing and singing, hence those who are
fond of such amusements resemble them.

f At that time Tae-keS wished to live dissolutely and follow
corrupt habits, but £. jun spied his incipient desires, and therefore
applied him with these exhortations.

X Here £«yun sighs and says that Ta^-keH ought respectfully
to meditate on the warnings just given against the three corrupt habits
and the ten vicious practices ; for the advice is important and not
to be neglected.

§ *^ Not invariable,*' means that the decree of Heaven sometimee
leaves ene fkmily and is conferred on another. Therefore he ought
not to neglect little virtues, for the respect ef ten thousand states

144 THE ncsTRccTiam or m^

Oo those who do ^ good P^'^ he w31 s6iid ^wq
"j^ a hondred fj^ blesaogs, while f^ on thosdwho do
4l% ^ eril P$ <^ he wtll send dowa "^ manifbld Jf^
cadamities. ^ Do >ou ^ only ||^ in the p^^etioe at
yirtue ^ n .-t consider >Jn the little ones (as beneath
yonr notice,) and j^ die myriads ^ of states tt/jk will bf»
led to ^ congratulate you ; ^ and do you f^ in jf^
^ perpertrating: bad thii.gs ^ not consider -JQ the-
gieat vices (as those alone which ate to be avoided ,)
lest you should ^ ruin |^ your ^ family.

springs fnmi Uieir MscoomUtion ; neither onebt he to «void merely
gfeat offeuces,- for the overthiow of djuMtiet afe not ezchi8lTel7
cmused by gUring^erron. For Yirtuet most aoeninulate befiiie they'
caD be perfect; andYices though email; are mncb'to be d i e ai i a d .

TUfi 91IUT PAHT or Ttie tustORY bf t'hIs-kba. 145

SECTION V.

tHE rmST PAUT OF TUB HISTORt Olf t'AfrKBA.

fHI^ The new ^ monarch 5fC would not Jg c6tti.
ply ^ with {i^ |gf A-h&ng. •

/^ ^ E-yun ^ then composed ^ a written decla-
ration, ^ saying, $fe The former ^ king fHattentive-
ly il i^egarded ^ J^ Heaven's §H bright fpr decree,f
ij^ in order to ^ obtain the favour of Jfc the upper "|?
and nether powers, jjj^ the celestial ^ and terreS'^
trial gods, ^ ^ the deities who preside over the land
and grain, ^ ]l^ ^i^h the spirits of the ancestorial
temple ; in all this ^ ^ he was invariably j^^
respectful ; ^ Heaven ^ noticed ]^ his ^ virtues,
and made use of him ^ to sustain ^ the great
decree, ^ and soothe ^^ and tranquillize ^ the
myriad ^^T states. fH While f3fe 1 1^ was personally

m ^

3^ enabled ]2E >^ *<> assist S\ ™7 ^ prince, and _
settle 0ip the multitude, ^ by which means ^ the
new 3E ting :t 3S has fully ^ obtained ^ the foun-
dation ^ and clue (of universal empire.)

^ Now ^ 115 myself 5^ haye from the first
J^ ^ observed gg the western ^ city ^ of Hea,§
*^^^ ^ M ^ ^°S *>^ i^ was sincere, ^ jj^ it gave

* A-hlLng, ** Uie adjuster/' is bj some thought tc be the name of
an office under the 8hang djnasty ; others thbk that it was the pri-
Tate designation of £.]run. The historian, bsing about to record
the declaiation of E^yun, first mentioned this circumstance, in order
to introduce it.

f The bright decree, is the declared wHI o^ high Heaven, enjoinel
on mankind to respect a prince ; wl>en the reference is to Heaven,
then it is called the bright decree, but ^riien ^e reference is to men,
then it is denominated splendid virtue.

X The former king alludes to the accomplished T'hang, and ** Hib
new king" to Tlia|.ke&.

S The capital of the He& dynasty was to the westward of PS, hence
he calls it Uiet western city of H^4«

T

146 THS nan part of ths history or t*hab-ksa.

promise of endurance ; :^ its ministers ^ also ^
^ au^red a long continuance. ^ j^ But after-
wards 1^ £ the subsequent princes of that house
were not ^ able ^ |^ to perpetuate their rule,
their ministers ^ also ^ ^ were not such
as could continue.* j^ £ Let your present Majesty,
therefore^ ^ ]^ titke warning, j^ and be cautious in
falfilling H your fl^ ]^ royal duties ; f^ should your
Majesty ^ act in It manner unbecoming 1^ a prince,
^ you wiU brinf^ disgrace H^ on your j^ ancestor.*)*

3E 'I'he lung ^ looked upon these j)^ as common-
place expressionsr^ and did not^ ^ regard them.^

1^ ^ G-yun 75 then ^ spoke, ^ spying. When
^ the former 5E iung, ^ ^ in the sombre twilight
of morning ^obtained great ^ illumination of mind,
^ he sat still J^ to ^ wait for ^ the dawn (that he
might put his views in practice) ; ^ ^ he sought
mi every side ^ for intelligent ^ and accomplished
scholars, J^ to instruct 'fy and lead forward ^ ^ his
descendants. ^ Do not you, therefore, ^ transgress
his ^ decree, J^ and thus ensure |^ your own
overthrow,

^ Carefully 75 cultivate ^ {|| ^e virtue of econo-
my, m ^ and think only ^ of distant J/H plans. §

^ When |||| the forester 3^ ^ draws the thimble

* The preceding monarchs of that dynasty by their fidelity carried
out their rule to a happy close, and their servants were also able to
conduct things to a good issue. This quality was wanting in Ke^i
the last prince of that house, and his ministers were like him.

f T'a^-ke& seemed to think that E-yun was sufficient to sustain the
burden of the empire, and thus, however dissolute he might be, he
fimded that his minister would be able to preserve the country from
ruin ; therefore E*yun referred to the circumstance of ministers also
failing, in order to break up his selfish notionsy and destroy his vain
confidence.

This is a remark of the historian.

T^fti-kei failed in being eztrav^nl, and was destitute Kif any
widely-extended schemes ; therefore £-yuit addiesied him thus.

THE FIRST PART OF THE HISTORY OF T^HAE-KEA. 147

of his bow-string,^ he turns ^ to examine whether
^ the but-end of the arrow ^ be fixed ]^ according
to rule ; ^jj and then ^ let*^ fly, ^ Be respectfully
cautious, therefore, ]|^ about that in which it your
mind rests, ^ and imitate 73 y^^^ iTlfl. ancestors jjj^ in
that which ^ they have done, 1^ then ^ shall 1 ijj
be JP delighted, "^ and ten thousand ^ generations
^ will ^ applaud.

35 The king yj^ was not yet ^ able to |^ reform.

^ ^ E-yun 3 then added, ^ Th.s 7^ is 3^ |^
an unrighteous course, ^ |^ *J!4 JS^IJand CuStom will
soon become a second nature, "^ 1 must ^ not ^
let him bea-^customed ^ to ]J^ jj^ disobedient peo-
ple. Ue therefore ^ housed (the prince) ^ in ^
^ the Tung palace,* ^ ^ where he might be near
^ the former ^ king, whilst he received ^ his ^|)
instruction, ^ that he mi^jht not ^ be left^ all his
life long ^ in error.

The king ^ went to |^ ^ the palace of Tung,
aid 8pent hi*, tim ^ in mourning, ^ until he was
able ^ at length ;^ sincerely ^ to incline to
virtue. -^

■ I Ml ■ I ■ ■ ■ I I ~l|--- ^Ml

• TuD^ was the tomb of Jj^S ^ Chlng-t'hang.

f T'ha^-ke^ dwelt at the palace of Tung, where E-yun brought
him near to the tomb of the former king, and aroused his virtuous
mind, thus being separated from bad associates, so as to exclude all
filthy pificticesy he was enabled finally to revert sincerely to virtue.

148 TBS 8XC0HD PART OF THB BISTORT OP t'bAB-KSA.

SECTION VI.

*¥*

THE SKCOND PART OF THE BISTORT OF T*HAE-KEA,

m It was H in Ae third jig year (of Thae kei's
^^8^y) + ^^ on the twelfth J3 month, ^ and the
firsi day, (B. C. 1,750,) ^^ that E-yun ft took ^
the crown ^ and robe, and |^ escorted ^ the new
3E sovereign j^ on his return J to ^ P5. On
which occasion fjp he composed ^ a statement, Q
*y*ngf ^ When the people ^^ are without j^ a
prince, ^ they have nothing wherewith ^ they miay
^ ^ correct each other, J^ in order to ^ pre-
serve life ; and when )^ the sovereign ^ is without
^ subjects, ^ he has nothing jtj^ wherewith ^ to
control ^ j^ die surrounding regions. It is because
High ^ Heaven ^ ^ has a kind regard ^ for
the Shang dynasty, ^ that it has given ^ our
new 3P prince ^ ability ^ to complete ]^ his ^
virtue ; ^ truly this is ^ "fS: an everlasting ^
~| and inexhaustible ^ ^ benefit •

^ The king ^ ^ made obeisance, ^ and
bowed "j^ his head to the ground, ^ saying, ^ I, /|>
^ the insignificant one, ^ was not BQ clearly awake
7 to ^ virtue, ^ J^ and thus became ^ j^ dege-
nerate, Ifjt by my lusts §j|[ breaking through J^ right
rule, and ]^ by my dissoluteness Qi[ ofiendiog agaiust
propriety, J^ so as j|^ to hasten down ]^ condem-

II This means that as a people cannot do without a prince, so a
sovereign can stiU less do withoat subjects. When T^hae^ke^ fiist
began to reform, E-yan made known this sentiment, shewing
the extent both of his joy and apprehension. Now T'ha4-kell who
was before inured to unrighteousness, could not have turned so
•uddenly by mere human efibrt ; it must haye been because the ce*
1 estial decree had a favourable aspect towards the house of Shang,
and thus secretly influenced the mind of the new monarch, so that he
could carry out bis natural virtues to the utmost.

TBB SECOND PART OP THE HISTORY OPT*HAS-&BA«149

nation J^ upon ^ my own |^ person. 3S If Heaven
^^ occasions 1^ an evil, ^Vif it may still be ^
borne up against, ^ ^^* when we ourselves f^ bring
down §^ calamitiy, yj^lT ^^^^^ 's ^o ^ escape.
^^ In what is past,^ 1 have opposed ^^ my
taitor's ^ fill instructions, ^ and have Bot ^ been able
(to display care) ^ at ^ the ^ beginning ; ^ but
still j^ relying E ^ ii^ ^ on his saving virtue,
I would aim at q| securing ^ a good ^ conclu-

sion.

^ ^ E-yun then ^ ^ made obeisance, ^
bowing down ]^ his head to the ground, 0and saying,
j^ He who cultivates Hf his own ^ person, ^ and
is sincere |§ in the practice of virtue, while he j^
harmonizes ^ with "}\ his inferiors, f^ is g|| an in-
telligent fpl prince. $^ The former ^ king was ^
considerate ^ and kind ^ to the distressed ^ and
impoverished, so that ^ the people JS submitted ^
to his ^ decree, ^ and none 1^ were to be found ^
who were not ^ delighted. 3& Moreover ^ when
he ^ obtained ^ rule over a state, jjfB^ his |^ neigh-
bours 75 then Q said, :^ We wait for ^ our f^
prince, when )^ our piince jj^ comes, ^ there will
be no ^ punishments. 3E Let your Majesty ^ be
urgent J^ in the practice of ^ virtue, f^ and regard
75 your ^ distinguished ^ ancestor, ^ never ^
for a moment ^ giving vzay to ease J^ and indolence.
S^ In serving ^ your predecessors ,)§. think of :^
filial piety, ^ in associating with ^ your inferiors ,^
think of ^ respect, |^ in surveying ^ distant ob-
jects j^ manifest ^ clear-sightedness, and ^ in lis-
tening to ^ virtue f^ display BE intelligence,
ijien shall 1 J^ contemplate 3E j;^ your Majesty's
excellencies ^ without ^ satiety.

150 THB LAST PABT OP THE HHiTOBT OP t'HAB>EBA.

SECTION Til.

THE LAST PART OP THB HISTORY OF T*HAE-KBA.

^ 5^ E-yun ^ attain ^ announced ^ to ^ the
king, B saying, |!§ Rf Oh yes ! B^ ^ Heaven
^ has no ^ iastiftg attachments (to one particular
family.) ^ but to those who can manifest ^ respect,
m it continues ^ attached ^ The people ^
have no 'j^ unwavering j|| rej^anl (for any single
prince,) ^ but they have a regard ^ towards ^
those who possess -fn benevolence. ^ The demons
p^ and spirits ||E do not ^ invariably J^ accept *of
sacrifices, ^ but they accept ^ of those ^ who can
be 1^ sincere.* 5Cf£|^^ ^^^ difficult then
is it to fill the imperial throne !

Where virtue exists, ff^ there alone is f^ right

rule ; •§ where there is no ^ virtue, ^ coitfusion
prevails. JpS With ^ the weil-a:overned ^^ associ-
ate yourselves,^ and your ways ^ ^ will invariably
^ be prosperous ; j|| with ^ the disorderly p| unite,
^ and your business f^ ^ will assuredly •]£ f^iJ.
iSt^il^ From beginning to end, ^ taka care |^ with
whom ^ you associ^ite, f^ and you will be ^ 0^
a most intelligent ^ prince. ^ Ihe former ^
king j^ was P|p pei[)etually ^exertin<^ himself ^
in rendering respectful ^ his ^ virtue, ^ and thus he

41 In connection with Heaven, respect is mentioned, because
Heaven is the residence of the principle of reason, and in eviry word
and act, with reference to Heaven, there must not be the least atom
of disrespect. In connection with the people, benevolence is men-
tioned, because the people look up to their prince for protection, and
the poor and destitute rely entirely on him for comoassion. In con-
nection with the gods, sincerity is mentioned, becaiise where there is
no sincerity there is no object of worship ; sincerity is first establish-
ed here (in our hearts,) and then tlie gods descend there (to tlieir
shrines.)

THE LA8TPART OF THE HISTORY OF t'HAB-KEA. 15 1

could @B share the honours of Jt ^ the Supreme.
^ Now 3£ your present Majesty ^ inherits ^ and
possesses ^ the honourable fj^ clue, f^ therefore
persist ^ in aimi ogat ^ n^ the same thing. ^ If
one wishes ^ to rise 1^ high, ij^ he must ^ com -
mence from Tn a low position ; ^ if one desires R^
to trudge 5^ to a distance, 'J^,^ he must g l)egin from
^ that which is near. ^ Do not @ slight ^ ^
the business of the people, ^ but consider ^ (heir
difficulties: ^dotiot 4^ be at ease Jff ^^ your ife
station, 'j^ but reflect on )§J its perils. "^ Consider
carefully j^ what the results will be, ^ while yet at
^ the beginning of afif^iri. ^ When "^ advice ^
is opposed ^ to ^ your »lif feeling, ijj^ you should
" seek for its counterpart ^ in 3j|[ the right way ;
. ^ and when w observation -^ ^ are agreeable ^ to
^ your own Jg inclinations, i^ you should jj^ seek
for them ^ amongst ^ pernicious ^ doctrines, jj^^
"^ Oh yes ! ^ without ^ reflection J^ how can you

obtain, and ^ without j^ prompt action ^ how

can you ^ succeed. Let the — one J^ man be jQ
greatly ^ good, and ^ the myriad ^ states y^
will be ^ perfected. 5^ The prince ]^ must not j^
by ^ disputatious ^ words ^ throw into confusion
^ old J^ regulations, and g the minister j^ must
not )^ for the sake of ^ favour ^\ and gain, ^
remain in office J# after he has completed ^ his
work, then ^ :^ the country ^ will continue ^
most assuredly "^T '^ fft p>*osperit7.*

9 At this time T*ha^-kelk*8 virtue was greatly advaaced, and
B-yun bad formed the intention of retiring.

V

^ ■ ^ f.

152 THB POtSSSSBlOTI OV SIKGLB-KTKD TIBTU*.

SECTION VIll.

THE POSSESSION OF SIKGLB-ETKD YIETUB. ^

^ ^ E-yun fU^ liaving ^ restored the ^ supreme
command j^ to his f^ prince, j^ and heing about ^
to announce ^ his resignation,^ ^ set forth ]^
these warnings ^ in the cause of M virtue ;

^ Saying, fl| t^Oh jest ^ |p H It is difficult
to make account of Heayen,'^ as its decree ^ is not ^
inTariably (fixed in one family). J^ But he who is
constant in Jjj^ his |§ virtue ^ will maintain ^ his
^ (hold oQ the throne ; should, however, ]^ his ^
virtue J|| fail "1^ of being constant ^ ]ft| M T^ he
will lose the nine provinces.

g3E The last sovereign of the He4 dynasty ^ ^
was unable ]^ to carry out a uniformity f^ of virtue,
^ he became disrespectful j|^ to the gods ^ and op-
pressive ]p5 to the people, so that ^ Imperial 5"^ H^^^-
ven ^ would not ^ retain him in power, (Heaven)
^ then looked abroad ^ throughout ^ all ^ qusr-
ters ^ for those who could open out^ and lead forth
^^ its decree, ^ while they regarded 5ft ^^^ aimed
at — single-eyed ^ virtue, j^ in order that it might
f^ set them j^ 3E to preside over the gods (instead of
Hea.) Ji ITien ^ I |^ alone, g together with ^
T'ang, J^both ^ possessing this — ^ single-eyed ^
virtue, ^ could ^ gratify the ^ ;g^ mind of Heaven,
^ and receive 3^ Heaven's ^ clear ^ decree, ^ in
order 7^ to possess 3fL ^ i^ IB *he multitude of the

'yr ^x^ E-yun, being about to retire from office, and apprehensive
left T ha^.kei's virtue should fail of being pure and sincere ; or fear-
ing lest he should employ improper persons, added this section, and
the historians, selecting a single expression from the whole, called it
** the possession of single-eyed virtue/* The edidon in the modem
band has not this section, but that in the ancient form of wiltmg has it.

t^E POSSESSION Of SIN(^LE-filrE0 VlfttU^, 153

nine regfions. ^ Thus ^ we changed ^ IH ^^ n®*^
year fixed by the He4 dynasty. •

^ It ^as not 5^ that Heaven^ was partial^
to our ^]^ Shang dynasty, f^ but ^ Heaven -(fe
has a regard ^ for — single-eyed ^ virtue. ^ It
was not ^ that Shang }^ sought favour ^ from "J^
the common ^ people, f^ but ]§ the people H^ re^
verted ^ to — • his sincere ^ virtue.

1^ When virtue f^ is — ^ single-eyed, ^ enterprises
f^ ^ will be invariably =^ successful, ^ when prin-
ciples ZH ^ are equivocal, ^ undertakings |?5 '
will invariably |>(j be cdlctmitous 3 'j® ^^ conceive
that prosperity p<j and adversity ^ are not ^ errone-
ously ^ dispensed to ^ men ; j|| but ^ Heaven
^ sends down ^ calamity, ^ and confers blessings
^ according to ^ men's qualities.

-^ Now j^ 3E your present Majesty, ^ having
newly ^^ obtained p^ the ^ decree, f^ should be
particular ^ in renewing ^ your |^ virtue ; but ^
5i^ let your beginning and end f^ "^ be uniform, Vj^
thus J^ you will Q daily ^ renovate your attainments.

tin entrusting men ^ with office ^ employ on-
the wise >f* and talented , "^ ^ and let your at-
tendants ^ be ^ the right kind Jl^ of men. g
The duty of a minister is, ^ J; in acting for those a-
bove him, Jj^ to aid his ^ virtuous prince, ^ *J\ and
in acting for those below him, ^ to befriend ^
the people. ^ How |^ difficult then is it, ^ and
how ^ careful should you be, ^ to look out for ^
a suitable man. ^ and one of— uniform conduct.

^ Virtue ^ has no ^ invariable ^ rule, 3^ but
fixes on ^ that which is good j^ as ^ its law ;

* The changing the period for beginning the year was an act ef
■OTereign power, and indicated the possession of the empire.

u

1S4 Ttft Fosncsaioii or siiiGui-Bvni thctuk*

goodness |K has no ]^ courtage ^ renting^ plaee^ j^
but it accords =5= i^^ith A perfect -^ sincerity. •

"fp Let ^ the myriad ^{^ (?ian8^J{^ universally Q
^^» jfc ^ How great 3E are you? Majesty > "^ wonls !
3t «»d again ^ $ay, -^ ^ How sincete ^ is your
Majesty's if^ mind I ]^ You we abk j|^ tc^ settle ^
3E I^ ^ ^bo patrimony of A10 former kins^s^ j^ and
everlastingly j^ to promott ^ ^ j2L^ ^^ *i^^
ofalltbe pcMiple.

?4 Wf Oh yes ! -b iB: ;2l i^n&»»> ancestorial te^
pla oif seven generatioivs, "Bf i^C you mayg^ see ^
Ao resuHs of virtue ; 3£ 4? ;i^ -M and in the chief
over a myriad yeomen, ^ |Jj(^ you may §1 see ^ the
effects of gaod government, f

J^ A pxince ^ without ^^ subjects p^ will have
no one ^ to direct, ]^ and a people ^^ without )^
m ruler ^ will have no one ^ to serve.' ^ Do not
Q J^ enlari?e yourself, |^ in order to ^ straighten
Jv others ; 05 !^ should each yeoman ]^ j|^ and

* *^ No inyariable rule*' means that it does qot pertinacioualy ad-
here to one aingle plan. Virtue ia the general appellation Cor good-
neasy and goodneaa ia the real practice of virtue. Virtue unites all
the acts of goodnessi, hut if it does not rest in some one good action,
then it fails in obtaining the principle of one root spread out into ten
thousand branches. Goodness originally springs from sincerity, but
it it does not harmonize with perfect sincerity, then it is unable to
comprehend the mystery of ten thousand ramificaUons proceeding
firom one root. In an extended sense it is to be sought in more acts
of goodness than one ; in a confined yiew you find it in the principle
of extreme singleness of purpose. This is the order of doctrines in
the sacred school of philosophy from beginning |o end, very similar to
iM^iat Confucius says about one idea running through the whole,
when T*ha^.ke& had arrived at this pass, he was> permitted to hear
this doctrine ; how different from the reformation of common men !
This sentence is even more minute and abstruse 4bltn tlie ex]^Ptf»ion
ia the classic of Sh&a abfi|t the essence of oneness. {Chinese e^m^
meniai&r.

f An Emperor has seven ancestorial temples, three for the line
of Sitbers on the lefl» and three for tlie series of sons on the right,
which together with the temple of tlie fiot i^ncestor in the centre
make seven. Alter, seven, generations relationship ceases, and die

THB POSBVSSTOrii QF HVOl^nmSf TIEVPB. 305

matron ^ not ^ succeed iti @ ^^ carrying out their
virtues to the utmost, tbea Sc 3E *^^ ruler of the
people ^ will fail of persons ^ with whom )^ to
perfect 1^ his 3^ merit.

m> ■

abciiie is remov'^d ; but 'it must foe ^ wtuoos sovereign, lliat can
(prevent tlie removal eni Ijer ; ^h^f^fore it is said, In the .anoestorial
temple of seven i^nemtions, you may see the jesirits of virtue. The
1R ii per or presides over the myriads of people, 'b«i he 'must attend to
getvemnieut and eduoation, in order eflTectualljr ix> subdun men's
mindA, and render them -cheerfully submiBsi^e ; therefore it i^ (^id, in
thtt ch'ief over a myriad y^boieu, you cab see tiie efiects of good go«
Teniment.

156 THV nMT PART OP TUB HISTORY OP PWAir>KAlfa.

SECTION IX.

THB f IRSr PART OF THE HISTORY OF PWAN-KA?«G.*

18 ^1 Pwan-king ^ wished to remove ^ to j^
\'iu, f ^ but the people ^ were disiuclioed ^ to
proceed to I^ ^ the new settlement ; whereupon S^
he generally m addressed ^ the multitude j^ of the
disaffected, ^ and gave forth 3^ ^ the wordii of
the following oath ;

^ Saying, ^ our ^ fomier king (Tso^-yth) ^
came, |5|j and ^ removed ^ his capital ^ ^ hither,
(viz. jy^ toKSng)^ out of regard^ for us ^ people,
OH lest we should f|[ be entirely |^ destroyed ; but
now >^ ^^ we cannot ^ mutually ^ aid each oiher
^/^ in obtaining ^ a livelihood ; moreover \\ the di-
vination, ^ on being consulted, ^ says, ^ 1 his
(land) is not j^ adapted for ^ us. Whenever ^E
the former £ kings ^ had any J^ important affair

5^ Pwan-kUng was the younger brother of J^ fp Yang-

ke& ;^ from the time that the Emperor jflfl ii T6o6-yIh establivtu d

hiB capital oifJX K&ng, the city was injured by the inundations of
tbe Yellow river ; Fwan-k&ng therefore wished to remove his capital

to g3^ Yin, hut the great families and hereditary clans, being
contented with their situations, found it difficult to remove, and tbere-
fore spread abroad insinuations against it ; while the people scattered
and driven about, were deceived as to their true interests, and mani-
fested some reluctance to remove to the settlement marked out for
them. Pwan-k&og, therefore, in these sections, sets before them the
advantages of removing, and the disadvantages of remaining. The first
and second sections were delivered before the removal, and the
latter one afterwards : the first was intended for the host c^ ministers,
the second for the common people, and the third one for the
officers. The earlier and later editions, both have these sections, but
in the m^e recently discovered text, the three are joined into one.
(Pwan-k&nff flourished B. C. 1 ,400 : there were fourteen sovereigns
and about 350 years between him and T'ha^.ke&.)

t Yin is the modem district of ^0p Yen-sze, (Lat. 34. 42.
N. Long. 3. 38. W.) in the province of Ho-nan.

TItB FIRST PART OF TUB HISTORY OF PWAN-KAIIO. 157

to manage, ^ they respectfully ^ and cautiously
(consultecji) ^^ the will of Heaven by divination ; *
j^ in this, lf^ nevertheless, ^ they did not aim at
^ constantly ^ making themselves easy, ^ nor on
the other hand ^ did they wish to remain perpetu-
ally ^ in their own -j^ capital : so that ^ ^4^ up to
this time (the sovereign has resided in) 3£ five ^
different states, f ^ Now ^ if we do not j^ com-
ply ^ with '^ the example of the ancients (in remo-
ving,jH we do not ^[J know but ^ Heaven ^
will g| cut off ^ our lives ; ^| how much lese
can we be said ^ ^ <» be able ^ to follow up $^
j^^l the ardent zeal of the former king^s.

S As ]^ felled 7|C -^ trees ^ again ^ _
sprout forth, J ^ may Heaven ^ ^ perpetuate ^
our -^ good fortune ^ in j^ this ^ new ]§ city ;
in order |g to connect ^ and renew •^'EEf^'j^
the great inheritance of the former kings, and
extend ^ tranquillity to ^^ the four 'fj quarters o
the world.
M^ P wan-king ^ in imparting instruction

to ^ the people, ^ commenced /J with those

in ^ office, l^lj^ order '^ to remind them constantly
Q of former |g matters, JE and correct ^ ^ their
rules of conduct, ^ saying, ^ ^K Let no one j|j^
presume f^ to suppress -^J^ A- 7^ WC ^ *^® remon-

* According to this it woald appear, that the former kings in their
removal weie in the habit of consulting the oracle.

■|- The five states above leferred to, are supposed to mean
T'h&ne's removal to ^g Po, ^ J Chiing-ting's to "^ Heaou,
M ^ '^ Ho-ton.ke&'s dwelling at >fQ Seang, jjfl. ^ 'Tsoo-
ylh's at flj|( K&ng, and ^ ^ Pwan-k&ng*s removal to fl^ Yia.

X The felled trees refer to xjlji^ K^ug, and the new shooting forth to
^^ Yin : meaning that having now removed from K&ng to
H;^ Yin, we are like felled trees again budding forth. ~

1 >S rii8 viRir FAaT of T»e history or pvji#-kaho.

strances c^ the inferior people. £ It is the king"^ ^
command ^ that all ^ indiscnroiaatefly ^ should
xepaur at once ^ to ^ the court*

^ The king ^ ao it were *|- ^ said, ^ Conm
Jft; y®*i )R multitudes, ^ and 1 ^ wkl give ^
you |)j instruction ; ii^ do yw ^ ^ disctoA J^
J^ur iZi selfish feeliiTgs, ^ and 'aviHd ^ atrd-

!)ce ^ j^ and iDdDletice. :^

q^ Foi>merly 0i'riij ^BE royal fJnraieeesJIOf ^ fH
_] studied only «^ to empldy ^ ^^ the tncteailwrB of
aia^ient families ^l^ iS^ in the government rllfjl-hd
king ^ ^ atinounced ^ f^ vrhat was to be done^
^ and they forbore @ to conceal ^ his ^ Iwteli-
itens.^, 3E the king ^ employed 3S tfae utitiost ^

i^pect (in his measures, andhU miuyters) f^ did not

1 , 1 — - — - - - -"' ^ -^ ..

^ The 861} df ^ K&n^, though W ilnd saltish, still htod 'the
«d^^'anta^e of beiiiif well-\val(*red : therefore the lower class df
penple were put Xo much inconvenience by heing oblit^ «ometime8
tb quit their dw^ll«ngs, while the gre-<ft fiiniilies amassed '"^alth and
valuables. Thus the situation was not favourable to the>inteF«8ts 6{
the poor, while it was to tliose of the rich, so that these latter -were
•disi inclined to remove, and spread ilhroad ^rarious Insihuatioiiliirteifiect-
inlf'the measure. The common people, nbt knowing their trUe in-
t(fr> sts joined in the complaintn, but amongst them were some who
csbuld distinguM b^Ween Jieir true advantages <«iid disadyafltages,
ftud thcteTofe 'wished to nenove* These,' however, were -eontitaril^
brew-beaten, aud kept l>aek by those in office, so that th<'y'Ceuld uot
'flfUl^e Itnown ^W grievavrces to €ke sbvt^etgn. Pwan-k^ng was
«w«ire of this, '^Aod'iibcr^re, in']l)WtractiA^the>peo|^^ commeneed
with those in office ; for the^r inntruotion, he did not invent
« new set of regulatioM to correct their miuds, but pointed tfa^m to
the old affairs of the f<»rraer kin^, wKo remaved their capitAYs
iroM place to place, in i4:der that lie mi||^ briagthena to fbllow
ihu right rule,

t " /Is it were,** implies that the^ wefe B*t his eniit wclrds^/^ift
that they votnreyeid the general idea of wfiat he ottered.

. X Should they be insolent to their superiors, they wsdiM be un«
willing 'to remove, and if fond of ease, their removid -^oiild *be
impossible ; both these feelings, thertttiire^ must he :diBcaffiled. iSLl-
though these words were addressed to the multitude generally, tkej
Were ititcnded more pattidilarly for the host of ministers ; for thusJ^
anstruoted the peopk^ coibteBciDg wa(h4beir oBietat.

TH» rmST FART OF THE HISTORY OF PWANiKANQ. 159

7^ allow themselves ^ "^ to utter erroimous words ;
g^ thua the people JR attaine(T ^ a gre^il ^ reforiiia-^
tM>a. ^ But n^w 1^ ^ ou ]^^ ]^ are giveu up to cU^
laorous detractions, ^ ^ ]^ j^ in of der to gaiu ^
hazardous and shallow eonficlence with the people^ "J^
1 rev^l'y ^ do not 5^ know JfJ what y^m ^ wouUI
h« ff^ talking about ^ 1 1 is not ^ that I ^
wish to abandon ^ this ^ virtue, i^ but y^ ycHi
aim at concealing fg| excellence ; Zfx yon do ngit
iM venerate -^ — \ my person, -^ but 1 (can dis-
cern yofUT imperfections) ^ <<s clearly as |£ one sees
4f fiwu "f* '^ ^ moreover, ^ by the unskilfuluess
^ of ipy pJans f^ have onginftttd J^ this ^ mistake.
^ As i?.^ the cord ^ is on ^ th^ net, so ^ whe^
there are jjjH proper rules of procee<linir, FjQ^ theril
will be no 5^ con fusion.' ^ If ^ the hu^bandiufm
Ijf^ cultivates fQ the field, "jfj and employs his strength
in agriculture, /5 ^ he may then 3^ anticipate
a haryi^t ^ If you ^ conld J^ repress J^
your Ii3 selfish views, jj^ and practice ^ real ^
virtus "3^ towards J^ the people, ^ as well as -J*
towards j^ your relatives "^ and frieods, 3S J^^Uy
7y ^ might you ;;^ magnify "g" your words, say intr
^ that you ^ possess ^ accumulated |§ v'rtue, 75
But you 7f> do not ^ dread ^ the great ^ evils (of
inundation)^ which spread |^ far and ^ near ; and
(are unwilling to remove) fj^Tu^e the slothful j^ hu4-
b^ndroan,Jp| who ma^es inmself ^ easy, /f^ and
does not Ja exert hiipself ^ ^ in laborious occu-
pations, "^ &er tt^ cul^irate E3 |^ his arre4>, M thus
^ he ^ cannot ^ expject ^ any rice ^ or millet.
^ You '^ do not ^U hawnonize (with speaking) =^
good p^ words ^ to "Q* j^ the people,^ ^ bijt ^
VQU 11^ of jour own accord ^ produce ^ mischief,
7^ »»d thus ISt ipvol VI? yQurwIyes HI ifx eyil» ^ %

160 THB FIRST PART OF THE HISTORY OF PWAN*VAlVa

and Tillainies, J^ so as |^ ^ to bring calamities ^
on ]^ your own ^ persons. J^ ^ Having^ thus ^
set an example^ of wickedness ^ to ^ the people^
7^ you have ^ experienced ^ ^\ the evil effects of
the same, and now ^ your fff blaming M^ yourself,
^]of what ^ use is it??^;|:g Looking at ^ these f|^
poor ^ people, |^ should any of them ^ mutually ^
address you -J- with ^ eomplainin«»- ^ remonstrances,
^ f^ as soon as they begin to speak, ^ you are rea-
dy with 1^ your erroneous X^ declarations ; (and if you
think to terrlfv the people thus) , ^ are you not much
more afraid -^ of me, ^] 75 who can affect ^ the
shortness ^ or length ;J^ ^ of your lives ? "Jj^ Why
^ do you not rather ^ present their complaints
to me, fj^ instead of ^ mutually Wl spreading
abroad Jj^ ffi such vain ^ surmises, ^ by which you
sgitnte ^ and involve ^ 5^ the multitude. Though
you were ^ like a ^ j2S fire »j^ ragincr ^ over Jj^
the plain, yf\nj' which people dare not ^ fQ approach,

^ ^ MT y^* s^^'' ^™ ^^^^^ Hi ^^6 beaten out ^
and extinguished. ||J Fhus j^ it is ^ that you )f^ all
© ffe create ^ i^ uneasiness for yourselves ; ^^ it is
not^^ I that ^ am in ^ fault.

ift ^ Cfte-jin ^ hds "q* a saying Q to the follow-
ing effect: ^ As to men f^Sj^ we want them ^
old, ^ !»ut as to tools ^ we would not ^ have them
^ old, fil but Iff new •

■j^ Formerly ^ my ^ ^ predecessor ^ and 73
your jjl^ grandfathers 7J and ^ fathers, J^ mutually
2^ shared both 3^. ease and j^ toil ; ^ ^ how dare
1 then ^ f^ exercise ^ unjust ^ inflictions on
you ? JK They for ages |^ made account of M your

* When men have been long employed in any business they be-
epm^ experienced ; but tools, after much use, are spoiled ; therefore
it woald be better always to have old hands and new implement*.

THE FlllSr PART OP PWAN-KANG. 161

progenitor's^ loyally, ^ and I ^ will not ^ conceal
^ your ^ virtues. ^ Now -f^ \ i^ ^ present
great sacrifices ^ to ^ the former 3£ kings, while ^
your jjH. ancestors ^ ;[j^ |^ ^ ;^ share in the enjoy-
ment of them, fjf and v?hether they send down |g
blessings f^ or jj^ calamities, ^ I jfiF ^^^^ ^ do not
^ dare Hft Jfl to employ ^ ungracious ^ methods

towards you*

'^ I ^ have informed ^ you ^ of |P *he diffi-
culties of removing ; (with the same firmness) q§^ as ^
an archer ^ jJS settles ^ his intention (in shooting.)
J^ ^ Do not you f^ disesteem ^ the aged ^ \
and experienced, ^ nor ^ despise ^ the orphans^
and ^ the young ; ^ let each one of you ^ excel -^
in JHf ^ the duties of his office, ^ jlj 75 >^ and
exert your utmost strength, J^ whilst you comply with
'^ my *— ^ individual j;^ ft< i[lc suggestions.

^ ^ No matter whether jg more distantly 5^ or
nearly related, fj^ those who commit f]| crimes 'fj^
shall be punished ^ ^ with death, ^ while those
who practice ^ virtue ^ ^ ^ sball have their good-
ness blazoned abroad. ^ So that for the nation 'J^
to be ^ good 'l^ will depend ^ on you ^ hosts of
ministers, ^ but if the nation ]^ be i]^ ^ vicious, »|j^
it wUlbe in consequence of •^me, ■— >Ar a single indi-
vidual, ^ ^ neglecting ^ punishments.

ili H 5R Let all of you ^ t^ Ifc ^ make known
my words ; ^ ^ from this time IS "^ ^ Q
and henceforth, ^ let each one of you ^ respectfully
attend M to your ^ business, ^ fulfil the duties 75
of your p[ office, ]^ and regulate 75 your |l| conversa-
tion, §3 for punishment J^ is near to ^ your ^ per-
sons, ^ HT i$ ^^^ regret will be unavailing.

1C3 THE nCOHD PABT 6? FWAM^KAMd.

SECTIOX X.

THS BECOKO PART OP TH« ^IgTOftY OP PWAN*SANO*

1^ l| Fwrn^k^Qg f^ then aroae, ^ w^ )|$^ cross-

^ ^ tb^ l^elloif rlvei, J^ in order ^ ^ to remove
Ibe people ; J^ whilst ^^ |^ mildlj addrtfsed pj| ]2!!
the people ^ that would not ^ follow, ^ publicly
^ decUripg his sentimeqls )3 with the utmost ^ /nn-
cerity, ^^ SSi ^^ telling them ^^11 jit i^ to eone
tp him, yj without p| rudely ^j^ intruding into njE
the ]?9;al ISprecinc^s; after this j||[ ]^ Pwan-k^n( 3^
roseup^aQ^srt ferwyd ih^ march of^ the
^ people,

]^ Saying, m H listen attentively ^ t9 mj ^
words, ^ and dp sot |^ ^ difregaid ^ my i^ com-

mands*

Ijiliy Oh yes, ^ foifftpriy ^ my ]W j^ prpdee^s.
^>0^|q^>ni^ariably f^ attended to ]^ #2!l *^^ P®^
ple^s interests ^ with respectful carp, ^ whilst they
sustained ^ their prinee ^ with mutQal ^ sympha.
thy, g^ )^ thus they rarely ^ failed in ^ ^ sur.
mounting to^^ether ^ ^ the unfaTPurabloness of

the seasons.

When ^ the Yin (or Sh^ng) dynasty ^ \Yas sub»
jected to 7( gre^l M| calamities, $^ the former
kings xjfS^ did not i^fstudy their own ease, |^ ^
in that which they undertook, ^ but eonsidered
the people's ^] interests ^ in Aeir ^ removal.
^ S Why do you ^ not, therefore, ^ consider
our ^ former J^ ^ king's ^ vemembranee ;
wheneyer we haw respeCtfUlJ^ interested oursejnriss
in you, f^ and directed ^ you to remci^, ||| it was
because ^ we rejoiced pj^^ ^ sharing mutual pros-
jjerity with you. D^ It is not ^ because you :ff have

tHS WOOND PART OP PW AN^ftAKG. £69

^ committed any offenoe, }^ and are amenable ^
to ^ punishmefif^ (that \i9e kfliet this removal

upon you.)

"X ^ ^^"^ ^^ ' ^ ^^'^^ tilled upon you ^ io
come ^ to this ^ new ^ cify, jjflp it is also j|| mainW
f^ on yotir ^ account, J^ tiiat we may 3E greatly |Q^
promote ^ your 6wn ^ wfshes.

4* l*<5w -3^ i tS »™ ^ tryi^Sf ,i^ S^ ^ *^ temove
you (from a dangerotiv position) ^ in order to settle
^ and com^e ^ ihe#|^ nation, *^ but you ^ do
BOt^ sympathize with ^ "^y iiii SJL ilJIt 9 mental
anxieties* /^ ^^^ )^ !aC g^n^^rdlly ^ neglect M, to
make known /5 jour ill? feelings, which, ^ resp6ct>
fully p#Otapted I^ by fjt silicelrtty, ^ wartd influ-
ence -^ me — ^ the one ^ ma^. j^ But you? f|| are
© ^ perverting [^ =^ Aftd distressing yourselves, ^
juldt as ^ iti loatfihg ^ a v6i^el, ^ if ;^6u ^ do not

accord with' (the proper ti^me)^ J^you will endanger

the ^ carg«i. l^'ll/iC Now the sincerity which you
ought to manl^st (towards superiors) ^ is not ^ Car-
ried otW, ^^ so that 5»6tt ^ fftutually itivolve uw alt
Jt^^^lnoneasmmon calaaiity. ^ ^ ^ ^ U
you do not examiiie i«lb thi& m^tfer, ^^ but vainly
vex yourseh/ts, ^ hoW will all tbi* ^ diminish your
distresi.

^ You ^ ^ not ^ :^ form distant plfltns j^ is
order to ^ provide against ^ the j^ caktoi^ (of nod
remoa&iKifJ. ^ThuavouU^ very isliuch Hr encou-
mge yoursdvca ^ in soirow. J^ Now ^ ^ yow
rS|oka& xti the poseesshiu of ^ present gpdd, ^ regaix^L^
li^of^theftoure^^j^bbwoan you^ ^ look foif
life ^ from Jb abov^

4^ Now "^ I -^ comraan* ^ you — in thid one
(bilDg, jp do not alTbW j^Ht' filtliy tht^tights to arid<^
J^^ to PI your own J^ destruotioo ; ^ lest ^ people

164 TH« 8BCOND PART OP PWAK-KAKG.

fSf draw aside 75 your ^ bodies, ^ and pervert 75
your *l!S minds. ^ 1 have aimed (by this measure)
^ to procure ^ a prolongation /J of your ^ lives ^

from "5^ Heaven. "J*"St ^ J|K ^^^ '^ ^* ^^'^^ ^ *^^^^
Mught to overawe you with majesty ^ j^ I have done
it ^ merely to promote ^ the preservation ^ of you
J^ all. -f^ I ^ think of ^ our ^ former qjj^ di-
vine J^ J^ prince's ^ labourmg in behalf of ^ your
ancestors ; ^ and 1 am thus ^ mainly ^ enabled
to nourish ^ you (by this removal), ^^ because
1 contemplate ]^ you ^ in this light (as their
descendants.) ^ If you err ^ in j^ govemment,
15^ and continue Tons: "^iu j^ this place, "^ our
exalted )^ prince ^75 ^^^^ extensively ^ j^ send
down pp punishments ^ and calamity, saying. ^
Why do you ^ thus injure ^ wy ^ people t *

^ If you ^ myriads ^ of people 75 ^ ^^ "^* ^
in a lively ^ and active manner ^ co-operate -y*
with me, -— the one ^ man, ^ p) 42!^ iu this same
design, then ^ our former Jg" princes ^ will severe-
ly ^ inflict |Bi upon ^ you ^ punishment ^ and
calamity, ^ saving, ^ Why do you ^ not Jg co-
operate with ^ luy ijj young ^ descendant ^ J:[^
in this same uadertaking ? ^^ 'i'^us ^ while you
^ fail in ^ virtue, ^ they from J^ above ^ will
f5 punish *^ you, and j^ you f^ will not ^^
be able ^ to escape.

^ Formerly ^ my ^ )q predecesf^or ^^ la-
boured for 75 y^^^ ^ ancestors 73 3t *^*^* forefa-
thers, ^ and you ^ together f^ become ^ j^
the people of my charge ; ^ but if you ^ conceive

* The old capital K&ng had b«5en devastated by inundations,
and unless they removed, injury would accrue to the people ; thus
they would fail in government, by staying too long in tiiat place*
The ** exalted ancestor*' refers to T'hang.

•th« secokd part op of pwan-kano. 165

injurious ^|| thoughts ^ in 75 J^^^^ it^ minds, ^ my
$fe J^ predecessor ^ who comforted 75 J^^*^ Ij® ^^'
cestots 75 ^ ^^^ forefathers (will know aud resent
it,) 75 flfl. wnile your ancestors 75 3it *^^ forefathers
75 Wi themselves will cut off ^ and reject ^ you,
^ aud not 5|J[ save 75 y^^ ^ ^^^"^ death. ^ Now as
to these "^ my (raiuisters) ^ who have charge of ^
regulating J^ the government, |p] and are associated
with me >{fc ia the throne, ^ 75 should they hoard up
M 36 pearls and gems, 75 ^^en their jf||[ ancestors 75
and ^ forefdthers ^ 75 would urgently ^ complain
:^ to my j^ exalted J^ predectjssor,* oi)serving, j^
that they are infticting ^ severe 5|1J punishments ^
on these ^ our ^ descendants ; ^ thu-^ inducinef
^ my exalted j^ predecessor ^ 7j^ extensively ^
1^ to bring down upon them ^ jj^ infelicitous oc-
currences.

^ Bf Hear then ! ^ "^ I have now ^ informed
yiC y^^ -^ ^ ^f ^^^ difficulties (attending my scheme
of removal) ; do you therefore ^ perpetually ^
respect -jc my great i^ anxieties ; M: let us not ^
lie mutually ^ -eparated ^ to a distance, f$^ but
do you ^ share with me j^in my schemes ^ and
cogitations, J^ in order to jj^ ^ comply with my
suggestions, -^ each one of you g^ establishing t|j
the due medium ^ in J^ your ^Cl> minds. 75 ^
Should there be any ^ "^ either unrighteous ^ ^fe
or unreasonable persons, ]^ overturning ^ and trans-
gressing 7f\ ^ without fear, ^ and when O})-
portunities 3^ occur ^ committing acts of villainy ^

and treachery, ^ I 75 ^'^^ W ^^' ^^ ^^^'^ nosei
^WL^ and exterminate them, ^ without J§) leav-
ing the least residue "^ or support, ^ and will not |^
allow them ^ to remove ^ their posterity -f to ^

The exalted predecessor refers to Uie accomplished T*h&ng.

166 THE THIRD PART OF PWAK^KAVQ. *

this §f new © settlement ^^ Go then ! ^ ^
be lively and actire, ^ and ^ 1 ^ will ^ J^
make use of this ^jonr ^ removal, ^per^ietualiy
to establish 75 y^'^ ^ families*

•IWta

* Just at the period of Jemoval people were still thifkbiiig ol
their old settlement, and hid not experieneed th« advantages of
thfr new (Hie ; hence he exhorted there to be lively Md acti%'e, to
rCNHe thprnselves from their iadoUnce, anJ hasten to the perfor-
manice of their duties.

SECTION XI.

THB THIRD PART OF THE HlSTOKT OF PWAN^KANO.

|§^^ Pwan-kcing f^ having ^ removed, ^ he
fixed H^ the ^ 5& dwellings of the people, Tj while
he 3E adjusted J^ their "fji various stations, ^
and comforted 3^ j^ the multitude, |^ saying, ^
Do not be J^ trifling ]^ and indolent, ^ but exert
yourselves ^ to establish -j^ the great ^§it decree.

^ Now -f^ I ^ have ^ displayed ^JJ^ ^ the feel-
ings of my heart ^ ^ and reins, ^ and fully ^
informetl ^ you gf ^ people ^ of ^ "*y ^ de-
sign : ^ not that ^ 1 would blame fj^ you ^ all,
^ ^ only do not you ^ encourage 3^ wrathful
feelings, ^ J:[j nor comhiue together ^ ^ to blame
•^ me "*-• a single \ ind vidiml. "Q* Formerly ^
our ^ fir^t S kir>g (T'hang) ^f wkhed |^ ^ to e\-
e^'ftd jU 3^ the merits of those wh > had pn^caded hi*n,
^ and theref)re removed ^ to Jj the hill (P6); j^
jS^ where he subdued ^ )ur. |^ ^- iucoiiveBieilrea^
(arising from frequent inuirdatiiJM.) ||| flttd displky^di
H his splendid merits :^ in ^ our f|I starte: ^
But now (at E&ng) ^ our f^ I>eopIe ^* ^ artf fcl^
ken up ;^ m and scaitered akiut, J^ ^ :||\^ ]^
without any ti xed settlement ; ^ and' y ef you ^j^ sAy
)^ to. me, ^ Why i| iff dayoy.agLtate j| all ^

TH» THItD PAUT QF PWAN-KAtlG. 167

fhe people ^ on the subject ^ of removal?
Ml It is in this way J- 1;^ that (he Supreme Ruler
Iff is about ^ to renew^ our ^ first |j|| ^ anees-
tor's ^ vh-tue, g^ S ^'^^ extend right rule ^ to our
gC state. )^ WhiiiHt I, ;^ with a few of you
rwiUy $^ resp^^ul ministers, ^ would reverently
pweerve ^ the people*^ ^ live^ Jfl ^ and fix'"^
perpetual ^ residence ^ in ^ thi« new g city.
Surely "^ I, ^Pjl J^ the ju^or, ^ would not wish
to reject pi your ^ cwiv»^ entirely, but ^ would
make every |^ ^i^e of ^ yo^jr good advice ; ^ for
ypu ^ do not ^ darai^ to resist f\ the oracle, aad
^ only wirfi ^ to enlarge ^ this ^ great domain.
Rl^O^ Oh thttt ! ^ f^ you dependent princef,
wlj^ nobles, 'Q'^3Jt;j^ /^ Rnd others in office,
wl "^ would but syippathize with me |^ ^ in my
anxiety. ^ 1 have 1^ 1^ exerted myself to the utmost^

R] to select $Si ]^ ^^^ ^^^^ y^^ ^^* ^^ 7^^ therefor^
^ consider ^ with care ^ )f^ the multitude of my
people. ^ I >|? will not J^ sustia^ jjfjp those who
are fond of ^ anvst<sing wealth, ^ but will boldly ^
display my regard (for the pci?ple ) ^ in encouraging
^ their lively activity ; ^ while those who noi^rish
/^ mankind, ^ and scheme for J^ ;2i ^^ people's ^
secure ^^ habitation, ^ I will employ ^ and respect,
4^ Now ^^ since I ^ have brought forward
•j^ ^ and made you acquainted ^ with ^ my j§
intention, ^ whether you accord with my views ^ or
not, ^ :^ do not ^ fail ^ to jejcrard (my words.)
^ Do not |M be g^iyen VP ^ to ^ the amassing of
wealA 5f arid preeious things , ^ but be Uvely ^
qjid active, ^ and you will certainly ^ display merit
^fofe ttie people.) ^ Re^peetfotty Jt^diffuse the

J^H virtaQ wlticli befrifiiwl^ ^ pwpl^i. l5 w^^*«^

nally ]^ cherish ^ — singleness t||^of mind.

168 THE FIRST PART OP THK ORDERS OP YUB.

SECTION Xll.

THE FIRST PART OF TUB ORDERS OF YLE. *

The king ^ cootinued ^ mouruing (B. C.
1,320)5^1^ at the portals of grief ^ for three jg
years ; ^ and after he had ^ laid aside ^ his mourn-
ing dil he ^ ^ refused gjt to speak, f uatil S the
hosts of ^ ministers ^ all ^ remonstrated ^ with
S the king, 9 saying, tig Wy Oh yes ! ^ ^ he who
attains to knowledge Q is called |3 ^ intelligent :
^ =Q^ and an intelligent man j|f should certainly f^
he ^Ij a law (to others). ^ ^ The Emperor f^ is
^ lord over ^ the myriads ^J of states, while "g" the
hundred ^ ofl&eers ^ receive ^ his rule. 3E Your
majesty ^ in speaking «j^ can j^ issue -^ your com-
mands ; ^ but in refusing ^ to speak, ^ your minis-
ters "p and suhjects ^ have nothing j^ wherewith
^ to ascertain -^ your will

BE The king J^ f^ made use of ^ writing J^ to
|§ announce his views, Q saying, jtjj Since ^ * IE
came to preside -^ over ^ the four 'ff quarters, ^
1 Jgjf have been apirehensive |§ lest my virtue |^

• This chapter records the worda of f^ 7X\ ^*°"*^**^"o>*^'' jSl

J Woo-ting in commanding his teacher §)fj Yu€. The first chap-
ter contains an account of the obtaining of Yu^, and his appointment
M Drime minister. The second chapter gives an account of Yu^s
advice after his appointment ; and the third chapter refers to Yu^*8
discourses on learning. The edition in the modern character does
not contain this section, but that in the ancient form of writing has it.
f When a piince died, it was usual for the hundred officers to as-
semble together, and receive orders from the prime minister : while
the new sovereign continued mourning, and remained in the portals of
grief for three years ; this was the ceremony on the death of a pa-
rent. When j^ 7]^ Kaou-tsung had buried his father ^J^ Zl
Seaou«vih, and the usual t.rm of mourning had expirei, he still refused
to speak ; bis ministers thought that this was going to an excess, and
therefore remonstrated as above.

tllB FIRST PART Ol^ THB ORDERS Of *YUB. 169

should not ^ resemble (that of my prediecessors) ; ^
^ on this account ^ I did not "g speak, ^ and
while I was reverently Hj meditating, ,]g and think-
ing ^ on the right way, ^ I dreamed ij^ that the
Supreme Ruler ^ conferred "^ on me ]^ an excel-
lent ^ assistant, ^ fii "^ W who should speak for

me.

75 He then ^ minutely explained P^ the ^ ap-
pearance (of the person seen in his dream), ^ and di-
rected J^ that J\^ a likeness (should be drawn,) ^ and
that on all sides ^ search should be made ^ through-
out ^ "^l^ the empire ; (when it was found) that |^
YuS, ^ who dwelt f|t j^ in the Foo-yen Jj^ ^ wil-
derness, f|^ possessed '^ some resemblance (to the
projected figure).

^ Upon this jfc he appointed him f^ to be ;|Q
prime minister, ^ and the king ;^ placed him ^
before ^ his ^ ^ attendants. *

>^ He then directed j^ him ^ saying, ^ Morning
^ and evening ^ do you communicate ^ instruction,
|5J^ in order ^ to aid '^ me |§ in the practice of
virtue.

^ When I am like ^ (blunt) metal, ^ I will make
use of )^ you f^ as a D^ grind-stone ; ^ when 1
wish ^ to cross ^ a great ) jj river, ^ I will em-
ploy ^ you -f^ as ^ i^ my oar ; ^ if J^ the year
is one of ^ great ^ drought, ^ I will use J^ you
j^ as ^ a plentiful ^ shower.

^ Unfold 75 your /J^ mind, therefore, ^ and be-
dew ^ my ^i heart (with its influence).

• According to history it appears, that when (gj tj^ Kaou^tsung
obtained Yu€, he conTersed with him, and finding that he was really
a sage, elevated him to the highest dignity : the classic does not
mention this for the sake of brevity ; for not to converse with a man,
and suddenly to make him prime minister, would be quite unreason-
able. He thus made him both his minister and tutor.

w

rmt nwn past or rsi <Mu»Kuor tdb. 170

^ Just like §1 medidne, ||( nakss it be 8o strong^
^ as to make one giddy.^ tbe ^ disease ^ will
iKrt ^ be remedied ; ^ and as |§g when walking
barefoot, l||( if a man does not j|| look well ^ to his
g^gs, il his jSI foot j^ will be ^ woonded.^

f^ Do 700 ^ ftogetfaer with 75 your ^ fellow-offi*
cers, F€ >|C ^ 1mceasin^ly ^ |l^ unanimous ^ in
aiming (^ to correct Jf your ]^ prinee. ffi and cause
him i|S to f<dlow ^ the ancient £ kings ; |$ Aug
let him tread in the footsteps ^ (tf our '^ elevated ^
ancestor, J^ in order to ^ tranquiUiae ^(^ Ae myriads
^ of the people.

H|rtfOhyes! ^^ ^ ^ do yon respectfully
regard this my decree, ^ f^ and then ^ there will
be J^ a good result

^ Yufi then ^ replied ^ to ^ the k^ng, Q saj*
1%' iH ?|C Wo^ m^ hy the application^||p of the car-
penter's line, §ll becomes j]^ straight ; ^ and a prince,
f^ following 1^ advice, ^ becdhes ^ a sage.
When the prince 3^ H is ^ s^^e, |S ^^ ministers
without ^ express orders ^ ^ receive his wilL
Who then ^ would dare ^ to refuse ^ a respectful
^ compliance with 3E »iSl y^^^ majesty's ^ excellent
'^ commands, f

* By the former Bimile he meant to say, that the sharpest xemon-
stnmces at his servant would not he anpalatable to him ; and by the
s^eondy he intended to shew the importance of caution hi regard to
Us personal behavioar.

f Kaou-tsung ought to have been concerned to get mstrao-
tioa to himselfi and not to have enjoined H on his minister to give
him advice ; when a prince can rc^y comply with remonstrances,
Us ministers, without his suggestion, will be ready to aid him with
diefar views.

TBI SECOND PART 09 TBE OHDBRS OF Yim. 171

SECTION XII U

THE SECOND PART OP THE ORDERS OP YUE.

ift ISl ^^* received ^ orders ^ to take the gene-
ral oversight "Qf of the hundred ^ officers. /J
Whereupon ^ he sent in hitt admonitions ^ to 5E
the king, ^ saying, H| Bf^ Oh yes ! flj^ an intelli-
gent 3Eking ^ respectfully ^ complies with ^ jl
die will of Heaven,^ in establishing ^ the states, ^
and fixing ^ his capital ; ij^ while he settles the
various grades of )^ 3£ chief rulers, ^^ and de.
pendent princes, jfc io addition I^ to ;^^ great
officers 1^ ^ and various chiefs, ^ ^ not that he
would 5^ secure the ease ^ and indulgence (of the one
great man,) ij|| but J^ that he might §[ controul the
irregularities j^ of the people*

^ ^ Heaven alone Ifi QQ is thoroughly intelli-
gent, 1^ and only ^ a perfect ruler ^ can take that
for his pattern ; ^ in which case ^ the ministers
are respectfully ^ obedient, f^ and ^ the peo-
ple {|5c comply with 3^ good government. *

1^ It is > O speech ^ that produces ^ shame, "[^
and ^ ^ weapons ^ give rise ^ to war ; \^ while
^ ^ the robes of honour J^ lie in ^ the chest (wai-
ting for the proper objects,) «|^ and ^ ;JS{[ the sword
of justice (must only be used) ^ after a close inspec-
tion of )f3c the ^ individual : 3E ^^^ your Majesty
be 5^ careful ^ in these matters, ^ be sincere
_ in this ^ and ^ clearly intelligent, JJ then you
will be ^ ^ invariably fl^ excellent, f

f^ 7J^ Adjusting ^ irregularities ^ depends en-

I . ■ ■ - - - ■ . - ,

^ H«*.aven seee and hears every thing, and is therefore invariably
just in its dealings ; when a prince imitates Heaven in its inteUi-
gence, and acts with uniform justice, then the ministers will be obe-
dient, and the people submissive.

f Speech is for the adorning of the persoo, but if lightly employed

.172 THE 9KC019P PART OF THK ORDBRS OF YUE.

tirely ^ 1^ on those who are in office ;^ only those
officers '^ J^ who are not ^ partial flj^to their owa
farniliar ones, f^ ^ are f^ capable ; and only ^
those nobles ^ ^ who are not ^ ^ guilty of im-
proper actions fp ^ are ^ virtuous men.

j^ Consider ^ that which is good Jj^ in order to
^ action, ^ and in acting f^ try to hit ^ the right
j^ time. ^ When a man thinks ^ himself ^
good, (he lays aside all eflforts to improve,)^ and thus
destroys J^ his ^ goodness; f^ when he boasts of ^
his ^ ability, (he discourages others from aiding
him,) ^ and thus lose8 Pf his :ff^ merit, f^ When
a man ^ attends particularly ^ to every proper busi-
ness 73 ^ ^ ^ ^^ ^^ ^^^^'y prepared, ^ JH arid
when fully prepared ^ he avoids ^^ calamity.

^ Do not ^ open the sluices ||5 of favouritism, j^
and thus get "^ insulted ; ^ do not ^ be ashamed |g[
to acknowledge a fault, f^ and thus persist ^ in er-
ror. ^ According to ^jf that ^ in which )^ a man
rests satisfied, J^ ^ will the business of his
government ^ be ^ pure (or the contrary.) |^
When a man contracts defilement "^ ii^ ^ J^ sacri-
ficing, ^ this ^ may be ascribed 1^ to want of ^
respect ; jj^ when ceremonies*^ are burdensome ^Ij
they result in ^|^ confusion, ^ and the service of ^
the gods ^ will then ^ be difficult. *

H induces shame ; weapons are for the defence of the body, but
wantonly moved, they bring on war. Robes of honour are those by
which \Ye distinguish the virtuous, but they must be earefully kept in
the chest, and not bestowed on slight grounds ; the sword of justice
is that wherewith we punish offenders, but we must be cantious
in examining the individual, and not thoughtlessly inflict chastise-
ment ; if the king can be careful in these four matters, his govern-
ment will be invariably excellent.

* It seems that the customs of the Shang dynasty were very

superstitious, and ^] ^^ Kaou-tsung, it is posiible, had not yet
divested himself of the force of habit ; thus in his religious ceremonies
he had probably been excessive.

THE TBIBD PART OP THE ORDERS OF YUK. 173

The 3E king S said, ^ ^ Excellent ! ^ Oh YuS !
73 y^"^ W advice f^ must be Jg followed ; J^ had
you 7f\ not been ^ thus sage "^ in "^ your advice^
•^ 1 ^ should not ^ have heard anything ^ to in-
cite TO© fj *^ practise.

1^ Yu6 ^ bowed ^ "j^ and bent down his head,
^ saying, ^ It is not ^ J^^ that the knowing ^
is. difficult, 44" li ^"* the doing (of a thing) i||| is
1^ difficult ; 3E if your Majesty ^ would but be-
lieve this, ^ there would be no |^ obstructions, ^
and you would sincerely |^ combine ^ with 3fe the
former ^ kings )^ in perfecting ^ your virtue, t^'^
1^ ;^ ^ Had I not advanced these suggestions,
J^^ I should have been to blame.

SECTION XIV.

THE THIRD PART OF THE OUDERS OE YUE.

The 3E ^^^S H said, ^ Come hither, ^ you ^
Yu6 ; ]^ I, /J^ "?• the insignificant one, ^ formerly
^ studied ^ under "^^^ Kan-pw&n,^t aiPter which
75 iS I retired ^ to ^ the waste ^ wilderness,
^ and then went ^ and dwelt ^ on the borders of
^ the Yellow river, Q from ^ whence* 4§, I repair-
ed ^ to the city of P6 ; § anil yet ^ g5 after all
^ 1 have not ^ attained to celebrity.

£h But do you ^ f)ll communicate instruction ^
to fl^C ^y i^ mind ; ^ as in f^ the manufacture
^f j® fflU sveet wine, ^ do you »j^ constitute
the fermenting |^ and saccharine ingredients ; ^
or as f^in the making of ^ agreeeble §| soup. ]^
do you 1^ be ^ the salt |p and the prunes ; ^ do
you ^ in your intercourse ^ endeavour to polish "^

174 THE raCOMD PART OF THB ORBBBS OF TUK.

me, ff^ by no means ^ f§| give me np ; ^ and
then I shall ^ be ^ able ^ to follow out Jf your
f)|| ifistructions. ♦

^ Yufe H said, 5E OI» ^^^8 • A ™«^ 5|t 8«k
for persons ^ of extensive ^ information, (as their
ministers,) ^ and then ^ they can ^ establish ^
affairs ; j|Sl but do vou study ^ the ^ ancient ^
lore, ^ and you ^^ will ^ succeed in your under-
takings. ^ In business ^ not ^ to imitate -^
the ancients, J^ and yet ^ to aim at ^ perpetuating

"tit one's family, ^^ifC^ is a thing I never
yet heard of f

f^ But 0^ in study cultivate ^ an humble ^
disposition, ^ and seek to maintain ^ incessant
effort ; ]p|[ thus your j^ improvement 75 will be _ ^
perpetually advancing. ^ Sincerely 1^ reflect ^
on j^ this, §^ and virtues ^ will accumulate ^
in ^ your |^ person. $

fj^ To ^ instruct others ^ ^ is the half of study.
^ think then ||^ ]{^ on the beginning and end (of
learning.)^ while you arc constantly ^ employed in
i^ study, and then j^ your ^ virtues ^ will be
cultivated fJS^ ere you are j^ aware. §

* m

* In the making of wine, if the ftfrmenting inuredients prepfmderate,
it will be too bitter ; and if the saccharine matter be excessive, it will
be too sweet : but when both are properly adjusted, the wine w'll be
|>erfbct. 8o in compounding soup, iC there be t^o much salt, it will
be briny, or if an abundance of prunes, too sour ; the two, however,
niUHt be just in due proportion, and the soup will be excellent.

t Wlien a prince seeks for men of extensive information, he de-
pends on Os^hers : but when he studies the ancients, he gets these
resources in himself.

X When a man is of an humble mind, it is as if he had not yet mas-
tered his object ; and when he is ardent in study, it is as &f he had
not. yet attained to perfection ; stooping to learn from otherB, and
Indefatigable in exerting himself^ then his attainments will be like
tlie bursting ibrth of a ^ntaia, constant and interrupted.

J When in the c0mmencenieDt we learn for ourselves, thia is
learning ; and when in the sequel we teach others, this is also
learning : if we think cnly upon the fonndatton and aim of study

175 tHfi DAILY SACRIFICE CF TUB.

IS Reflect ^ on ^ the former 5E kings, as to j^
their perfect ^ example, ^ and you will be ^ per-
petually ^without ^ fault!

^ Thus |@; I ^ j^ shall be able j^ respectfully
^ to receive (your views), and you §^ on all sides ^
vdll look about for ^ talented ^ and gifted men, ^^
who may be appointed "^ to |||| ^ the various offices
of^tate.

32 The king m said, 111 «^ Oh |^ Yu^! mM"^
J^ should the peo|)le within the four seas )^ all 'f^p
look up to ^ my ^ virtue, ^ it will be entirely
owing 75 to your ^ instructions,

^ Legs J50^ and arras j^ af e necessary to constitute
\ a human body, ;^ and virtuous ^ ministers *j^
are essential to i^ a wise prince.

^ Foracretly ;^ JE the first corrector -^ ^ and
adjudicatoir (E-yun) f^ succeeded in elevating ^ my
3fe 2 progenitor (T'ang), TJ and ^ said, ^ if 1 ^
cannot f^ make g^f my J^ prince "j^ like ^ Yaou
and ShAn, ^ ♦t^ in my mind '^JSJi I feel as much
ashamed, ^ &s if ^ I had been beaten "^ in T^ the
public maricet; — • ;3^ and were one single subject
^ to fail ^ in obtaining his rights, ^|J he would Ej
exclaim, ^ ''That ^ ^ k mj ^^ fault." f^
Thus he aided ^ my ^| illustrious ^ ancestor :^ in
attaining merit ^ equal to ^ high 5'C Heaven. Hf
Do you ^ therefore ttH intelligently fj^ assist ^ me,
fE| {^ and let i^ot |^ |Jq the great adjudicator S^ en-
gross ^ all the excellencies "^ ^ of the Shang
dynasty.

1^ ^ A prince, ^ without ^ virtuous ministers
^ cannot ^ govern the country ; f|| !^ and virtuous
ministers ^ without f^ a suitable sovereign ^ can

«nd coBttantljr hetp owr mHidt bent tipon it, then our Yirta«fl wiU. b«
improved without our btiiig aware of our attidnmeata.

TBS DAILY SACRIFICE OF TUB. * 176

find no one ^ to associate with. ^ f^ May you ^
|g but continue TJ 1^ to i»nitate "^ 5fc ^ *^ former
kings, ^ and thus peri)etuaUy ^ tranquillize p^ the
P^pl®- i^ YuS ^ bowed, ^ and bent down ]^
his head, ^ snying. ^ I will dare ^ to respond to
your views myself ^ and proclaim abroad 5^ •^ jfc
your imperial majesty's fj^ excellent ^ commands.

SECTION XV.

THE DAILY SACRIFICE OF KAOU-TSUMG. *

^ ^ Eaou-tsung ^ ^ offered the daily sacrifice,
^ ^ when there passed by ^ a crowing ^ wild

fowl, f

(His minister) ^ Q Tsod-ke Q said, )|K We must

^ first :^ correct 3E ^® ^"^8> *^^ *^^^ 3E ^^^ *^
adjust ]P^ his ^ business. X

73 He therefore |i)) admonished ^ the 3E ^^^K S
saying, f^ 5^ Heaven ^ surveys "^ the inferior ^
people, ^ and according ^ to their ^ righteousness
P^ sends^down :^ q^ ^ long life, ^^ ^ or the
contrary ,• ^ it is not ^ that Heaven ^ wishes to
destroy ^ the people, ^ but the people 1^1 midway
ij^ cut off ^ their own lives. §

g The people ^ having ^ neither ^ complied with
virtue, ]^ nor ^ acknowledged fH their crimes,
Heaven ^ has alieady prepared ^ a certain '^

* This is contained in the edition written in both the ancient and
modern hands.

f This was considered an ill omen, sent to reprove the Emperor for
sacrificing improperly.

X Kaou-tsung had presented frequent sacrifices in his paternal tern*
pie, which were contrary to strict propriety, hence this prodigy was
sent.

§ It seems that Kaou-tsung had been asking for length of days,
and Tso&*k^ meant to say^ that long life did not depend on praying,
but on right conduct.

TMK WESTKHN LORO'a GONQVESt OF LB. 177

j)titiin&tion £ to enable thdm to correct j|j|^ their ^ &c-
♦ioDB; 7j and yet Q you say, ^ what is th^ jl^^l to

^S ^ ^^ y^ '• ^ when the king b] makes a point
of ^ regarding |^ the people, ^ ^ there will as-
suredly be 5^ a celestial ^ posterity, ]^ ^|B and the
matter of sacrificing ^ would not merely ^ he iCibun-
dant ^ in the ^ parental temple.

■ Mill "^ ' ■ ■ >^. . ■ — >

* This certain intimation alludes to the omen, which was sent to
alarm and arouse the prince. Tso6-k^ meant that the king ought
to ha¥^ tivken warning from the crowiug pheas^ut^ and not have ison-
iidered it as an accidental occurrenpe, in order to expuse {limself.

SECTION XVI.

TH? WPPTQ^N I^ORD's C0MQU.£9T Of tE. ♦

^ The western jQ lord ^ having 1^ conquered ^
the L6 country, (B. C. 1,140), j|| ^ Tsop-e ^ ip
some Jilarm ^ hastened -B^ to announce it "^ to ^
the king,

Saying, 5^ ^ Oh son of Heaven ! ^ Heaven
' having |^ cut off ^ o^rjl^ Yin dynasty's^ fete,
^^ the principal ^ men JQ and the chief of the "**
diviners f^ do not ^ presume ^jj tp /speak of
good fortune ; 5^ it is not that ^ the former 3E kings
have failed 3^3 to help^ ^^^\, their successors,
J^ut 3E your majesty ^ hy dissoluteness j^ and
fi^lv ff\ ^ ^ h^s ^^^ ^^ your own hopes.

irefore ^ Heaven ^ has rejected ^ us, ^

* TiiQ TO3tfirp Ipyd re%8 to 3fc^ Wan,w4ng ; H^ L^ j^ the

nans of a CQniitr3r,.ui theregioH of J^ P( Sh&ng^ting, and ^flH
Hao^knean. AcconUng to hiatory, when W&n-w&ng escaped ,mtn

conflneipent >t ^ J^ Yew }6, he offered ujpl the territory of ||r 19

L6-8e, iiodtheiEoiperQrJiiy Chow presented him with bows, and

X

178 T0B wi9Rm umo'Si copann or UL

TffzudwehMrenomart'j^hapfj ^mak;^ (the
pecpple abo; ^ do not in coonder 5f^ H^ the comtt
diefartM cf dieiir natare. ^ wliilel tbej ncgkci}^ to
com|4j wi^ ^ the accustDUied jPlL regidaliooe.

>f NDfrHoar ^ people g ft inrwiaWj ^
long forj^ the termfiiatiao (of the djnastfj) ^ nying>
^^^^^Twhydoesoot Hearen y^sraddawn |C in
UmhU infljctioo? ^ The extnordiiiary '^ d.»w
(to orerthrow the ftate) ^ why does it not ^ comctf
>^ Now 3E tf to the fcini?, ^ wk.t is he ^ to ^ v^

£'rhe king ^ said, flSH^Oh je<^ but as to^ mjr
^ life, >7^ ^ is not its j^ Cite ^ dependent on ^

Heaven t
la ^ Tso&H5^ flien retired a saying, !||l^ A-

las! J^ y<^^9k ^^^ ^ ^^ plentUiilly ^ spread
out ^ on Jr high, 75 •''^ J^' ^ ^^ ^^ ^ ascribe
<^ your fate ^ to 3^ Heaven ! X

jffl^ ^ When the Yin dynasty ||p comes to ^ a
speedy termination ^ they will point to J^ yonr 1^
aifafrs. ^ and in no case ^ will you avoid ||^ dfis-
grace ^ in ^ your own ^ country.

bslthuiUMMi, directing him to me hie own discretion in correcting »•
boeef^ wfrflil he appointed him to the nmkof wettern lord. No loon*
er had W&O'Wftng receiTed thie comniiieion, than the people of lA
heeame diaorderir: whereupon he raiaed an armj, attacked, and con-

qneredtbem. j|K ^ Tio6^ pereenred from this that the inflaence

of the /^ Chowitate, over which W&n*w&ng preaided,waa d^Ijr
increaaing^ the more wo since the conquest of the L^ country; and
that, as uie vices of the tyrant Ch6w "were not repressed, tiie rising

poirerof the western lord would affect the J^ Tin dynaaty, therefore
Le hastened in darm to the king, to see if perhaps he might reform
him.

^ Haring no bappy meals, intimatea the approach of famine.

fHistonr says, tluit the people were so embittered by the tyranny
of Oh6w, toat ther deafared the overthrow of his rule, siqring, why does
not the celestial dscree to send down calamities on the Tin dynasty
spsedily come.

\ He meant by this, that although the people might long for hia
downbllt ytt bis life depended enthrely on the decree of Heaven*

THfi OOU«T OF WEI. 179

SECTION XV 11.

THE COUNT f^4^ OF WKl. *

^ ^ The lord of Wei ^0 spoke to the follow*
ing eflFect •' ^ ^ Oh my principal ^ ^ and junior
teachers ! ^ the Yin dynasty ^ ^ cannot, g^ it is
probable, ^ correctf j£ and rectify ^ the surrounding
^ regions ; ^ our j^ first ancestor (T'hang) ]^ car-
ried out (his merit,) ^ and it was f^ displayed ^ on
Jb Kgh, ^ but we J^ have been ^^ immersed ^
and intoxicated ^ with ^ wine, j^ and have thus
{K^ confused |fc and overturned jj^^ our ^ virtues -^
in these "p succeeding generations, f

)^ (The people of) the Yin dynasty, ^ '^ without
exception, >\s ^ both small and great, j^ are given
up ^ 115 to robberies ^^ and villainies ; ^ -Jj
the nobles gifi gfp lead each other on ^^ ^ to lawless
actions ; }{^ ^ while those who ^ |p have commit-
ted offences 75 *r® f^ '^^^ ® commonly ^ apprehen-
ded ; thus >J^ the small ^ people 'j^ J^ are instiga-
ted (to evil,) and j^ mutually J^ become ^ f^ foes
to each other. ^ Now ^ the Yin dynasty, ^ in its
5^ sinking 5^ and ruin, ^ resembles the condition
of those ^ who have to cross "j^ a great ij^ body of
water, ^ ^ without ^ ford J^ or shore ; ^^|||
so that the fall of Yin ^ |g f^ >fw is at hand. ^

* 'P% Wei was the name of a state ; the lord of that state was

called JlJI^ K'hd, and was the eldest son of ^Z^ T^-ylCh,
by a concubine. The lord of Wei was bitterly grieved to see
the expected fall of the Yin dynasty, whereupon he consulted with

^E "^ Ke-tszd, and J^ f^ P4-kan : the dialogue between
whom is here recorded.

\ The principal teacher was ^£ -^ Ke-tszd, and the junior

teacher JJC hF P^-kan. This means that the tyrant jpj Ch6w
was disorderly, and that there was no expectation of his setting
the empire to rights. He speaks^ of himself as having been intexica*
ted with wine, because he preferred blaming himself, to attaching
any fault to the prince.

180 THB COmiT OP WEL

He further said, ^ffi Ob my pnocipal ^ 1^ and jtl
nior teacheiB ! ^J^ We hare ^ ^ manifested ^
insanity, ^ ^^^m that the elders of our house
have escaped ^ to ^ the wilds ; ^ and now
you ^ neglect jj^ to point out "^ and inform
na ]|^ ^ of the approaching ruin, yj^ ^j^jS^:^
How is this f

^ ^ The principal teacher ^ addressed him, ^
sayiug, ^ ^ Oh my prince ! j^ Heaven beiug a-
bout ^ in anger J^ to send down 5^ calamities ^
in order to devastate ^ the Yin ^ country, j^ has
just ^ exdted (the ruler) ^ tobe immersed ^
and intoxicated ^ with •^ wine, f

73 He p^ does not ^ fear that which ;^ he
ought to dread, 1^ and has opposed ^ the ^ old
and ^ experienced men, '^'H jk,^ with those who
have been long in office. ^ Moreover ^Sr ^ the
people of Yin Jj g| steal ^ and carry away ^
^ the divinity-devoted, ^ pure, ^ and perfect
sacrificial animals, which (those in office) ^ allow
J^ to be ^ secreted, ^ and let them ^ be eaten
jfefj^ with impunity.

Pp ^ Looking down upon ^ ^ the people of Yin,
f^ we find ^ that those who exercise government over
them ^ act like enemies, j^ in exacting the duties;
liius ^ they induce (the people) i|ft ^ to regard
tiiem as enemies. (Now a prince and ministers doing

this) >iC without ^ relaxation, ^ their crimes 1^ are

— ' ■ ' •

• His taying *' we/' and not the tyrant Chow, is like tlie fonner
seDtence, in which he charges himself with drunkenness.

t This with what foUows was uttered by ^ ^ Ke-tsx^. With

reference to the tyrant ^ ChSw, it wta on account of his irre-
gularities that Heaven sent down calamities; but ^th reierence
to the people of the empire, then Chow's irregularities were the
result of the celestial decree. Ke* tszi thus Mcribes these things to
BroTidsDce, in order to show his respect and iSdelity to his sovereign.

THE COUNT OF WEI. 181

United ^ in ^-" one : until ^ many j^ are emacia-
ted with hunger, f^ and there is none |^ to give in-
formation.

The ^ Shang (or Yin) dynasty 4^^^^
haying now fallen into calamity, ^ J^ I will arise ^
and share ^ its ^ downfal ; ^ ^ should the
Shang dynasty ^ ^ he overturned, ^ I |^ will
never ^ become ^ ^ servant to another ; ^ I
would advise 5E ^ your highness, however, uK to get
out (of the country}!^ and escape. ^ ^ I tS ^^ ^
formet occasion 3^ by my suggestions ^injured
you ; f but now 3E "^ *f y^^^ highness ^ do not
escape, ^ our royal J^ house will j^ ^ become
extinct.

@ Let each one j^ rest (in what his mind feels to
be his duty,) J^ that every man Q ^ may present
himself pure ^ before ^ the forftier ^ kings. ^
For myself ^ I do not ^ intend f^ H^ to escape.

* He advised the prince to escape, as the dynasty ought not
to be left without a successor ; should the lord of Wei avoid the
danger, he would be able to keep up the sacrifices ou behalf of
his ancestors.

f Formerly Ke-tsz^, considering that the lord of Wei was
the eldest son, and also virtuous, advised the emperor YYh to
nominate him as his successor. The emperor, however, di|i not
comply, and on the. contrary set up Chow ; Ch6w on this account
was embittered against him ; thus the suggestions of Ke-tszi turned
out to the injury of the prince.

BOOK IV.

THE BOOK IS 9 OF CHOW,
OR THB RBCOBD8 OF TUB CHOW DYNASTY.

SECTION L

THE F1R8T PART OF THE GREAT OATH.*

^T|0nthe-f-^=l3th ^year (B. C. 1,121,)
iu the spring, ^ ^ there was m great assemhly (of
the barons) ^ at |^ ^ M&ng-tsin. f

3E When the king gj wid, $ Jjg Oh ^ my ^
friendly ^states, ^ and high ^^captains! f^ it
has feUen ^ to me fl)l to manage ^ these affitirs, jEfif
do all of you ^ warriors, therefore, ]^ attentively f^
libten ^ to tins my oath. §

fH ^ % Heaven and earth are ^ !jkj^ ^ the
parents of all things : j^ A men Rre ^ ^ ^

the most intelligrent part of snblunary things ;

the most truly Jjf^ ^ intellectual of men ^^ become
chief ^ rulers, yJQ and the chief J§ ruler f^ is
^ § the parent of the people. ||

♦ When J^ 5 Wo6-wang a Jacked the fi^C ^"* dynasty, the
bistorians recorded the words of his oath, at the great asaembly

of the lords at ^^ ^p M&og-tsio, and entitled the section
'^ the Great oath i" the first part was uttered before he crossed
the Yellow river, and the two latter afler he had crossed that
stream. The edition in the modern hand- writing has not this sec-
tion, but that in the ancient hand haR it.

t M&ng-tsin is in Lat. 34. 47. N. Long. 3. 52. W. The 13th
year here mentioned is by some considered as the 13th year of

||pt^£ Wo6 wfing*s reign, and by others the 13 years are thought

to consist of nine years of ^^ 7^. Wan-w&ng*s precedency, and
three or four years of Woo-watig's dominion after his succession.
{ The historian calls him king by anticipation.

§ lie is about to inform them of his object in attacking ^| Shang,
and therefore desires their attention.

H Thus Heaven and Earth pioduce all things, but the best of these
is man, and of the men thus brought forth the sages are the chief:
these are principally distinguished that they may rule the people, and
embody the feelings of Providence in cherishing mankind.

THE FIRIT PART Of THE GREAT OATH. 183

4^ US 3E ^ Now Sh6w, the ruler of Shang, ^ ^
has been disrespectful H ^ towards high Heaven,
^ and thus brought down ^ calamities ^ upon these
lower ^ people. ♦

^^ Immersed in wine, ^ ^ and disordered
by lust, ^ he dared ^ to practice ^tyr<jnny ^ and
oppression ; ^ \, offenders J^ were made to involve
J5^ their relatives, ^ J^ and offices 1^ were rendered
•JS; hereditary in families, *||| while he onlv thought ^
of palaces ^ and buildings.^ terraces ^ aad groves,
J^ dikes and ]^{^ pools , j^ with extravagant fl^ ap-
parel, l5J ^ to the injury ^ and ruin ^ of ^ you
^ all ^ people. A.t the same time ^ he burned
and ^ roasted ]^ the faithful ^ and hontst, ^J flay -
ing IPJ and ripping open ^ pregnant ^ women ;
so that ^ high 5^ Heaven ^ ^ became incensed,
'^and ordered ^my ^ accomplished :^ predeces.
sor (W8n-wdng) ^ reverently ^j^ to sustain ^ the
celestial ^ dignity ; 'j^ but while his great ||^ merit
^ was still incomplete, (he died.)

^ Therefore -^ I, >j^ ^ the insignificant one, ^
FS, ^ by the reverting to me ^ of you ^ friendly
^ estates ^j^ and high ^ captains^ |^ have shewn J^
the tendency of his government ^ over j^ the Shang
dynasty; t j^ *^^* ^ Show (the tyrant) ^ ^ has
not 1^ 4)1^ the 8lightest disposition to reform ; ^
but on the contrary ^^ ^ he sits on his heels, ^ and
refuses ^ to serve j^ ^ the Supreme Kuler, j|||^
with the celestial ffj^ and terrestrial gods ; ^ neglect-
ing Wi^^^^mM temple of his ancestors ^ fjl
without sacrificing to them ; ^ jj^ while the sncrificial

* Show was the name of the tyrant ^T Ch6w. This means that
Chow was oppressive aiid did not act as the parent of the people.

f Eight hundred harons deserting the Shang dynasty and reverting^
to Chow, shews the character of the tyrant's government.

184 iHk riBiT r^RT ow ths gumat oats

•oiflMU Kl JK and meaiM>fiernigs Bg ace giT« mrer
^ Ui be coMumed liy J^ rtlUiiis j2| md robbeis ; 75
at the Mine time S he exclaima, ^ ^ I W P^^*^^ ^
ibe [^o|>lc, ^ and ^ the decree m mj Civoor," aad
all thw ^ nithoot JBf repreasiog ^ his ^ iasolence.

^ Heaven ^ out of compassion to the 1? inferior
^ people ff? has appointed ;5^ over them ^ princes,
f^ and given }^ them Sp instmctorg, ^ that ^

the J ^ may :t^ ^^^' Jl fSP ^^ Supreme ^ in che*
iishin«^ j^ and foanquillisiDg ||y die foor ^ quarters
(of the world.) "^lusj^ S with regard to die gi<ilty "^

^ or the innocent, T ^ j^ how dare we ^ ^
transgresii R his ^ will !

PI) 'fj When the strength (of contending parties) is
equal, 0^ |^ let us measure each other's rirtae ; f^
|§ should virtue be equal ]^ ^ let us estimate die
justice (of our respective claims.) ♦ ^ Sh6w, (the ty.
r^nt) ^[^ISI9 ^^ thousands and millions of servants,
t^ ^ Pi ^& ^^^^ ^^7 ^^^^ ^1^ thousands and millions
of minds. "7^ I ^ have only ^ ~ ^ three thou-
sand followers, ^ but they are all of •— one ^ mind.

lH Shang's ^ crimes '^ are pervading ^ and o-
verflowing, ^ go that Heaven -^ has given com*
mand ^ to destroy JlJS ^^™ ; "^ if I ^ do not ^ o-
hey 3^ (the will of) Heaven, )^ my ^ guilt f^
will he ^ equal to his.

^1,/p^ the insignificant one, ^ day and ^
night j^ tremble ifj^ with apprehension; ^having
received ^ the decree ^ from my accomplidied ^
^iredecessor, |H I have ^ sacrificed Jt "S? ^ tjie Su*
preme Hulerr^and made ofiferings -J^to the ^ gods
of the J^ land and grain ; ]^ and now ^ with you ^

* Thill f« a proverbial fixpieaaioo^ uied by warriors vlyea absutto
atitcr into a conteti.

THB SECOND PART OP THB GREAT OATH. 185

^ multitudes, jQ^ I will carry out ^ ;^ f5 *^® inflict
tions of Heaven,

5f^ When Heaven ^ shows eom[)assion ^ towards

P5 the people, Kl ^ ^ ^ ^^^^ ^^'^^ which the peo-
ple desire ^ heaven jl2^ will ^ grant it ]^ to them ;
do ^ you []fl[ therefore 505 assist -^ me, — a single
^ individual, ^C ^"^ lastingly ^ cleanse (all within)
|53 the four ^ seas ; ^ ^ this is now the lime, ^
"BJ" ^ and the opportunity must not be lost.

SECTION II.

THE SECOND PART OF THE GREAT OATH.

ii On )j^ ^ the 2Rth day of the first month, ^ the
king /JC halted ^ on the ^ ^j| north of the Yellow
river, ^ and the host }^ of nobles ]^ with |jp their
followers ^ having ^ assembled, 3^ his majesty 75
then ;(§) inspected ^jf the troops, jjfjj and ^ uttered the
following oath:

m Saying, B^ Vf Ohl-^ ±^ J^ jail you of the
western land, j^ universally ^ listen ^ to my "^

words.

^ I have 1^ hei^rd ^ that good J^ men, ^ in
practising ^ virtue* j^ find ^ the days 1^ j^ insuf-
ficient; ^ and wicked jv^men, J^ in the perpetration
of ^ ^ vice, T^ also ^ find Q the days Z^ J^ too
short ; ^ P^ 3E ^ ^ow Show, the ting of Shang, ]^
vigorously fj practises ^ J^ iriegularities, ^ ban-
ishing ^ and discarding ^ :^ the old and venerable,
flj^ and contracting J:|j intimacies f^ with iniquitous
A^ men, ^ wantonly ^^ getting intoxicated, ^ and
giving loose ^ to his oppressions. £ "p His subjects
j^ & are corrupted by him, ]|9 ^ until they form ca-
bals,^ and contract jf[^ feuds ; ^ relying ^ on au-

Y

]8Bc TOB 8BC09SL PAET Of TttB ORB4T OATM.

tfaority i|Q IK the; destroy one anotli^, M i$ wkUf
the iniiocect |^ appeal ^ to Heaven, |^ and the vk
cious ^ qi{aliues (of the ruler) ^ ^ become noto-

rious. •

^ But ^ Heaven Jg cheri:ihes a regard ^ for the
people, {H and the ]^ true 80^^reign f^ reverentl^L re-
ceives ^ the celesti2il ^ccree. ^ *. ^ When Ke6,
of the Hea dynasty, ^ ^ fi^iused ^ compliance ^6
with Heavea, J5[& ^^ spread ahisoad ^ poisoi^. T^
through the inferior ^ states, ^ 75 Heaven ^ ^
directed j|^the accomplished ^ T*ang p|i to go doiin
"^" and cut off 5 ^ tlie decree in favour of Hea.

Jl Now ^Show's fP crimes ^ surpajSB ^ those
of^ Ke^, ^ degrading ^ and expelling 7|j the
principal '^ honest man, • ^ injuring. ]^ and qppres-
sbg 1^ the counselling fj| a>si&j;;int, <)- S^ saying, O
that he bisnself ^ possesses ^C"^ *^^ deci3^ of Hea-
ven (in his favour ;.)i|g[ he is also in. the hahit of sayinpf^
^ that respect ^ ^ need not 4^ be observed ; f^
further, ^ that sacrifices ^ ^re of np j^ use; ^ and^
finally, ^ that oppressicm ^inflicts* no ^injury. JJJ
^ But the mlrrpr (in which he may dkK^rn his fate)
t^ is :^ not ^ far off, ^ it is to be seen ^ in the
instance § 3S of the kin^ of Hed. 5^^ Heaven, ^
has.Qow k( employed -^ me 3d' ^ regulate ^ the
people ;^ my^ dr^m ^ corresponds with |^ my
[> diigj(a{ipns,^ thus there ista repetUion ^ of fl^
favpu^rablc ^ omens, ^ and in our attftdt ]^ on
^IWPg ^ we must ^ suoce^d;

^ Ihe tyrant ShCw :# bas || millions ^ and
ma^es^ of comn^on. place y^ men, who have all ^
estraBgjefl ^^ minds and |^. mattering |^ qualities

.■ * • « *

♦ The hpDf I5t in?n refei^^to J te^Lpyft of. WeL

Titi ^t66M i>\tii OF f hA atttkt 6i¥i. let

"^ 1 ^ have @{t ^ *7" Jf^ tell ministers capable
of quelling disorders, ^ Wlib Are of united i\^ views
^ and similar^p dispositions. Thus ^ although
he may have )^^ people extremely near, >fC
they are not; to be eotHpitt^d ^ J^; to my behevblbnt

men.

^ Hdtltea'l fl VlHrs (majr b^ aseelrteined) g fraiii
ft our 1^ people's ^ vld#s ; ^ abd Hfedvah's JH di^
^rinUiiatiofas (mttj hb ka6^A) || ftdm ^ dor f^ subr
jefct's $g discrlmiaatlttrt^; Q 5^ The peo{>le novir ^
are Already |§[ castittg blAttie :^ on ^ rii^^^ ih8 6tid
y^ man, (for debyirig faf operations), '^ ntffv, ibet^
fbre, ^ I jjj^v otuit ^ go for^i^ard.

^ My ^ talfitai-y ipefitiods ^ must bfere ^
commence, -^ wbilsi I entfef- ^ upon ;;^ Bis |i fe^W-'
tories, "^ to tailte awiy ^ that ^ v^'icked ^ tyratit ;
li my fj^ attacks ^ Wilt b^ ^ extendetl^ •;f gjr #
;^ ^nd morr'e gtorlbtis ttitA fhtfse of f *!?»»€►.

^ ^ Ble s«iTiul*ted t<J exertion, ^^ Oh my Waif-'
. riors fffl bQ« do not ^ Sttft ^ bfc \VMhout -^ fern' ^
3^ famer ^ seize (the ideA] ^ tbait #d 4te unible? U(|
to eope tfrftb bin*. Q' j^ Hi4 people ^ ^ affe ipp^
fcetisive, ^ |g ^ ^ as though their febrcl v«'we!
brought Itfvr, g| tt^ Oh ! TJ d6 you" pvit fortk -^
one ^ effort, — and be of one IS5 mind, jilt ^^tbeA
will yo«. establish g$ your ^ merit, f^ and ^ ei^
tend iC ^ to distant fH ages.

188 THX THIRD PART OF THE GRSAT OATH.

SECTION III,

THE THIRD PART OP THB GREAT OATH,

1^ On the time JIH^ of the ^ morrow, £ the kiDg
7J took ^ E general J^ review 3^ of his six ^ legL
ens, and then Qg clearly made known ^ the follow-
ing oath J^ to all J^! ^'^ warriors ;

3E The king H said. a| K^ Oh you fj ©i
^ brave men of our western country, ^ Heaven
possesses j^ exalted |j|[ regulations, which ^ in their
1^ kind f^ are ]f^ splendid ; '^ ^ 3E ^ but Show,
the king of Shang, ^ has despised ^ and scorned ^
the five 1^ cardinal virtues, ^ being dissolute, ]^ in-
dolent, ^ ^ and disrespectful, j^ ^ he has cut him-
self off ^from ^ the protection of Heaven, j^ and
contracted ^ enmity ^ with Q the common people.

W^W^M ^^ ^as chopped off the legs of
those who early in the morning waded through
the streams, ♦ m '] ^ JL 32S 'tS* and ripped open the
heart of the virtuous man ; f ^ he has made use of
]^ punishments merely ^ to kill |@^ and slaughter,
thus ^ diffusing poison ^ and pain over Tall within)
^ the four ^ seas ; ^ he has honoured ^ and con-
fided in ^ the treacherous [§] and depraved, j^
while he has banished |^|and degraded ^j|] his instruc-
tors {^ and guardians ; j^ he has set aside ^ and
discarded J^ laws Jfl] and regulations, E9 "while he has
confined ^ and enslaved J£ the upright dt scholar ; J

* Soeinar some crossing the water early in the morniiifir, in the
month of winter, he said that their legs must be well adaoted for stand*
ing the cold, and therefore had them cut off for his inspection.

f J^ ^^ P^-kan strenuously admonished the tyrant, when f^
Chow enrnged said, ** I have heard that the heart of a sage has seven
orifices , " wherefore he cut open P^- kan, to look at his heart.

X The upright scholar rtfsrs to .^ ^F Ke^tszi.

THS THIRB PART OP THE GREAT OATH. 189

$JI the sacrifices to heaven |jl; and earth ^ he has
not j^ attended to, ^ the aucestorial ^ temples '^
have liot been ^ refreshed with offerings : j^ he hsis
invented ^ strange ^ ingenuities ^ and wanton
XQ tricks i^ ^ to please the j^ ^ female sex ; ♦
therefore Jt ^ the Supreme Ruler, ^ not )l^ approv-
ing of him, ^ has determined p|r on sending down ^
this ^ calamity : |H ^ do you ^ ^ strenuously ^
aid ^ me, — - a single \ individual, ||§ in respectful-
ly ^ carrying out ^l^ the celestial ^ inflictions.

-^ jl^ The ancients ^ have "^ a proverb, H which
says. ^ He who soothes ^ me ^ is j^ my prince,
1^ he who oppresses ^ me §t} is J^ my foe ; ^ ^
the abandoned fellow f ^ Show ^ |^ has greatly
ffe practiced J^ oppression, 73 ^^ ^^ therefore J^
your -jHt eternal |p enemy. ;|^ In plantmg ^ virtue,
^ we are anxious ^ to nourish it, j^ in abolishing
^ vice, ^ the main thing is >^ to root it up : ^
therefore -^ I, /|^ ^ the insignificant one, |^ have
extensively 1^ employed ^ ^ db all you warriors ^
^ to exterminate Jf your ^ enemy ; ^ )^ i; Oh
all you soldiers ! ^ do you j^ emulate (the virtue of)
those who ^ practice ^ daring and ^ boldness, ^
in order ^ to perfect the design J^ of your Ij^ prince ;
3^ should your merit ^ be great j^ you will meet
with ^ a liberal ^ reward, ^ but if you do not ^
lead on in the path of virtue ^ you will be ^ pub-
licly ^ executed.

♦ The Record of Remarkable Females says, that the tyrant ^Chow
greased a brazen pillar, under which he put burning charcoal ; he then
ordered criminals to walk over the same, and when the wretches fre-
quently fell into the fire, his mistress jSi Ci Ti-k^ would laugh.
Thus the punishment of the burning pillar was merely intended to
please his concubine.

f An abandoned fellow is one whom Heaven has decriMid t» cut on^
and men consentad to :orsak».

190 TH8 OATH AT MBB.

Ctetor ^ resembled fl fl £ll ffi Ite •pteodid dd-
fling of the son bth] moon, j^ dUplayii^ bt^htnesB ^
tbroogh ^ all ;^ quarters, ^ but more cfmspicoously
^ in ^ tbe western it region- Tlai fH it is only
^^ oor ^ state of ^ Chow ||^ dist can extensively
_ receive (the homage) ^ of the nuineitHis ^ (fo-
Tinces. '^ ^lould 1 ^ conquer ^ die tfrant
Sh6w, ^ it will not be '^ owing to my "1^ ndlitaiy
ardour, ^ but to ^ my ^ accomplished :^ patent's
m J^ innocency ; ^ and should Show ^ prevail
over -^ me, ^ it will net be ^ my ^ honoured
^ parent's ^ |p fault; |f| but because ^ 1, 4^^
the insignificant one, ^ am deficient ^ in goodness.

SECTION 1\.

THB OATH ${[ ^ AT MUH. ♦

f^^^ On the 4th day of the 2d month, ^ ^
before it was yet dawn, 5E ^^^ i^i^S ^ ^''^7 S came
^ ^ ^ iR *^ borders of the Shang country, l!^ 1^'
to the desert of Muh, Tjt ^ where he proclaimed this
oath. 5E His Majesty ]£ in his left hand :^ held
^ a yellow ^hatchet, while ^ his right ^ grasped
1^ a white jj^ e»ign, J^ and |@ brandishing it, ^
be said, ^^ It is a long jourR^, Pf i a21 A
Oh yoa men of the west !

2 The kiiig 3 said, Jgl Oh ! ^ my ;^ friendly
^ states, ^ and high ^ captains, ^ with those
who controni ^ affairs, ^ |j^ the minister of public
instruction, ^ J^ the minister of war, ^ ^ and th6

^ -^ 1^ — — ^^^^mm^

* ^^ Muh is the name of a ccuntrj, south of $^^)t Chaoil*
ko ; which is the present ^ Tae district, in y^ ip^ Wei-hwtiy.

Woo wang having assembled his troops in the wilderness of
AJub, aduiinistered thiit oath before the engagement.

THE OATH AT MUm 191

muiister of puUUe wofks ; ♦ 3S y^^ squires ^ and
vassals, ^^ you guardians of the gates, ^^^
with the rulers of thousands W ^ :^ an ^ rulers of
hundreds; ;

^ Together with ^ you men of YAng, ^ Shuh^
iKeang, ^ Mow, # Wet. g^ Loo. f^ P;^n^, y^^
and P5 ; t^ Raise ^your ;j^ javelins, j::^ prepare
"^ your ^ shields, ir and erect ^ your :^^ spears,
whilst i ^ administer this ^ oath.

35 11^ tin? S t^^n said, ^/^ The ancients ^*
IjA^e^ ]^ a proverb; 0' whicih ^ys, :|fc'f|i The hen |
does not j^ (usually announce) the morning ; ij^ |^
but whjen a hejii]:^ j^ crows »t dawn, 'j^ it is ^ ^^

'porteiatous for the figrtoily^

^ Now fSl 3E ^ Show, the king of Shang, j^^ j^
"^ J& M Mstens only to the advice^of women ; J ^
he impropdBly ^ disreg«rd& W^^^ ^Wi arrange-
ment of sacrifices, ^ ^ without recompensing (his
ancestors ;) ^ he wrongfully ^ discardb ]^ ^ '3E ^t
the offspring of his royal father, -^ ^ and his younge^^
brother by th^*. same mother, '^ not dealing, with
them 5it aci-oadin^ to the right way ; 75 while j^ ^
"^ "^^ ^.^ ^ fugitives ands vagabonds laden
with crimes, from all quarters, @ theses ^ he hon-
ours, ^ these 1^ he promotes, J^ these, -ra he con-

I*'*"!! ! !!' . I ll » ! ■<» l«t . »|l ^ A 'i' I

A - Amzvliur

of Woo-ni^a^g.

|-' When Wo^-w&ng"littackedjgJ*' Chow, there^wcre SOO^obles,
who without previous arrangemjeut a8semble.d;aroujnd him ; but on
admiiHStering- ike oath to his troops, he merely .nxeujUonedtheeceiRht
states, because Iheyl were near to his western capital, and had
formerly been subjected to his controul.

X The Record of Remarkable Females says, That Chow was so fond
of wine,| ard given up to i)lea9ure, that Jhe would never quit [the

side of xfitl'^^"^^^ those whom T&.ke approved of he enno-
bled ; those whom she hated, he slew ; and abided ^entirely by the
advice of his concubine.

192 THE OATH AT MUH.

fi.les in, J^ and these ^ he employs ; ftj^ Aese 1^
j§ he constitutes ":/>; ^ irreat officers ^ Jt *°^ °^
hies, ^ allowing them J^ to oppress ^ and tyrannize
over ]Q^ ^ the peop»e ; Jjj!^ and hecome §§^ traitors

^ and Villains ^ in ^ |^ the city of Shang.

-^ Now -y* 1, 1^ Fa, ^ have ^ respectfully f}
undertaken to carry out 5^ jj^ "^ the inflictions of
Heaven ; ^ ^ i^l ^ therefore in this day's opera-
tions 3J^ you should not ^ ^ exceed 5^^ six •Jj
or seven steps (in the charge, )/J and then jt halt
^ and dress. * ^ ^ Oh my warriors, fft ^
be energetic !

i^f; Also do not fg "^ exceed ^ |g four 3i f^
or five blows in the attack, ^ ^ or at most six 4j[ fj^
or seven blows, 75 ^"^ ^^®" Jt halt ^ H^ and dress ;t
Wi 9t ^^^^ yourselves, ^ ^ Oh my brave fellows !

J^ Emulate 5|g ;g military ardour, j|R like ]^
tifijers, jj[U and ^f>anihers, j{tl like ^B bears ^0 and
jl^ hyenas. "^ ^ jS^ when you attack the borders of
8hang ; ^ do not ^ ru^h on those ^ who are wil-
ling ^ to surrender, ]^^ that they may ^ become srr-
vautis S5 db *o our western country, ^ ^ ^^ stimu-
lated to exertion, ^ ^ Oh my men !

Those of ^ you fij] who ^ Jo not Ijjf exert your-
selves, ^ will bring down ^ on ^ your own ^
persons >^ ^ destruction and ruin.

♦ He here instructs them in the mode of advancing: and receding,
whilst chaffing the enemy, that they might guard against a tumultu-
ous rushing on the foe.

f He here points out the method of attack, in order to caution them
•gainst ditorderly fighting.

^> WLirARY COMPLEtidN. 193

z ^ ^ ■ ' SECTION V.

-.IV: MILITARY ^ J^ GOMPLETIOlif. ♦

tH^^ir* ^^® ^'^^ ^ ^^'^th, ^ j^ on tie second
day of th5!&onth, -f ^ soon afler 3g ^ the wane of

the former moon^ ^ and further ^ H_pii the morrow,
15 2^ on the thtrd.day, 3E t^^ ^i"? ^ early in the
momiDg ^ set out @ from ^ Chow "^ to go ^ ^
to the attack ^ of Shang,

J^ He then set forth |^ jj^ |S the crimes of
Shang, ^ and announced ^ to ^ Imperial tP
Heaven JQ' and Empress j^ Earth, J^ ^ as well as
to the surrounding ^ famous jl| hills ^ and great
)}] rivers, Q saying, f^ ^ ^M ^ ^ ^ *^^^ descen-
dant of the virtuous, ^ ^ ^ FS, the kins: of Chow,
^ have occasion ^ to inflict ■:f;; a great jE correction
g^ on ^ Shang. ^ Now gg ^ ^ Sh6w, the king
of Shang, ^ has been regardless of 3^ the right
^^y»^^<^PPressing^ Heaven's $^ creatures,^
^ and injuring ^ J^ the people ; 1^ whilst he has
become 5'C T^ ^ ^ 3E ^be chief of all the vagabonds
in the empire, ^ who are collected (in his courts)^ as
(fishes) in pools, and H^wild beasts) in thickets. There-
fore -^ I, /[n ^ the insignificant one, ^ having ^
obtained ^ J^ virtuous advisers, ^ presume ^ res-
pectfully 3^ to receive the commission J^ of the
Supreme ^j^ Ruler, j^ in order j§i to suppress ^

♦ The historians here record WoJ)-w&ng's going to the attack, after
which lie returned the animals sacrificed to the gods, and informed
Uie princes, which circumstances, together wi:.h the affairs of his
government, form one section ; and because in the course of the
chapter the words " military completion" occur, they make this the
title of the section. The modern edition has it not, but tfee ancient

one has it.

t This first month is the m«dem 12th month: it is not aUled
the new year, ^d only " the first month," because Shang establish-
ed the new year in the 12th month. *

z

194 MiLiTAAT eoxpLrrioif.

coDfasecl ^^ eoansels ; let then Ip S ^^ flowery
nation, (H^ ^ and the rarroandii^ barbarians, f|^ ^
inyariablj S|£ follow ffL and cnrnjij.

f||OalyS«^J^»^ ^HlK^^da fj^be ^ ena-
bled ^ to help 'T' me. M in |^ saving^ the ni9.

W9¥

^ of the people, ^ ^ jj^H^ and not brng dis-
grace on your divinity*hip^ WL^L^ On the ^th
ihy of the I nt moon, Jffi ««iy troops |^ crosseil the river

^at M&og-tsin: ^^ on the Srd of the 2nd moon,
1 drew up my army "J* on |^^ the bonlers
of the Shang country, ^ to wait for 5^^ Ueayea's fjj
exterminating ^ decree, ^ ^ On the 4th day of
the second moon, ^ ^ before the dawn of day.
Show ^ led out ^ his H^ hosts ^ as thick as
trees in the forenr, '^ and collected them ^
^ j^ the desert of Mub. '^ But they ^d not :^ |^
oppose themselves 'f to ^ my $^ soldiers ; on the
contrary j^f the front |^ ranks |i| inverted dl^ their
weapons, 'X, and attacked ^ those in ^ the rear,
i^ until ^tbey fled ; then jfit the blood ^ flowed
(sufficient)^ to flont jf{ a post, — ^ :3(S5 and by
our one arming 5^ *|^ the empire 3^ was extensively
^ settled, 73 Alien ]^ we reversed Ifj^ Shane's j^
government, |^ and inpolitics ^ followed ^ the
old rule ; ^ opening ^ ^ Ke-tszd's prison, ^
and honouring ^ ^ Pe-kan's ^ grave, 5S1 while I
respected |^ Shang's ^ intelligent men, ^ and the
poor villagers. Afterwards ^ I dispersed JK ^ rfl
PJljf the pro|)erty accumulated at Luh-tae, ^j| and distri-
buted IS^i^lSI ^^^ ^^™ collected at Keu-keaou ;
thus conferring great ^ benefits ^ on all within _^
the four^ seas, jj^ until ||| the myriads j@^ of the
P^Me W cheerfully ||g submitted.

ffi When the p5| fourth^ moon ^ began ^ to
dif play Q| her brightness, ^ the king 3(5 came ^

MILITARY COMPLKTIOlf. 195

from 1^ Shang ^ even i^ to ^ Fung, ♦jjj ^^^^
^ he put a stop to ^ military operations, j^ and cul.
tivated:^ literature, ^returning ^ the war-horses
^ to ^ |lj ;^ ^ the south of the flowery mountain,
and letting go ^ the draught-oxen ^jj\ J^jj^ ;;^
^ the wastes of the peach groves ;•{• jy; while he
announced ^^ to the empire ^ the cessation of
5^ military service.

f^ When ^ (the moon) had begun ^ to wane, ^
^ the neighbouring states ^ ^ and the great chiefs,
g together with the 1^ hundred IC officers ^
received ^ the commands ^ of )^ Chow.

"]" ^ On the 18(h day of the same moon, |j^ he
offered sacrifices ^ in )^ ^ the temple of Chow, ^
^ the barons of the nearer states, (^ ^ and the lords
of the bo.der provinces, ^ hastened ^ ^ and ran, ^
to hold ^ the wooden ^ and bam boa vessels, (used
in sacrificing) ; ^ af*^er ~ three Q days, ]^ j^ on
the 2l8t of the moon, ^ the woods were fired (in honor
of heaven) ^ and (the hills ai^d rivers) sacrificed to,
^ ^ to announce publicly |^ j{^ the completion of
the military exploit.

3E 1 he king ^ W then spoVe to the following
effect : ^|^ Vf^ Oh you § host of ^ princes ! f|| the
^ former 3E king ( How-tfieth ) ^ established
^ the country ^ and opened out -jr- the territory
(of Chow). ^ ^ Kung-lew (his grandson) ^
was able ]|| to give weight ^ to former |?J| merit ;
^ ^ until :3^3E'rhae.w&ug H laid ^ the foun-
dation of3E the royal 5^ fortune*, and 3E ^ W&t>g.
kwei ^ Hd laboured to promote (the interests of)

^ Fun^ was the former capital of Wan-wang, etiiuated near the

preaent ^ ^ Ch^ng-gan, (Lat. 34. 16. N. Long. 7. 33, W.)
"Where the temples of tha fcrmer kings of Chow were erected.

f The peach crrove is the modem Hwa-yin. (Lat. 94< 30. NV
L«ng. 6. 30. W.)

196 MILITARY COMPLETION*

3E *he imperial ^ hoose* Further ^ our ^ acconr-
plished ^ predecessor ^ jE WSn-wang ^ succeeded

in fit perfecting K *^ Ift ™®"t» 1^ ^^^ greatly ^
responded to ^1^ the celestial -^ decree, J^ in order to
Hi soothe >^ ^ tiie fiowery region. Thus ^ the
great fjj states |^ dreaded ^ his ^ power, and /K the
smaller f|S domains 1^ cherished a regard for ^ his
1^ virtue, f^ for the space of ^ nine ^ years,
when ;^ j^ the general control of the empire ^ not
being yet ^ vested in his hands, ^ I, ^j^ ^ the in-
significant one, ^ have undertaken ^ to carry out ^
his 7^ views.

^ Having respectfully received 5c Heaven's )f^
complete ^ decree, :^ forthwith^ 1 ^ ^ marched
eastward f^ to tranquillize ]5^ the ^ male ^{^ and
female (subjects of the tyrant), »|^ when ^ his db
warriors ^ and females |g brought in baskets ^
their ^ black ^ and yellow silks, ^ manifesting
thereby |!^ that our Jg 3E kings of Chow 5c f^^ ^
Hlf were moved alone by Heaven's exccKent decree^
fli on which account^ they joined themselves ^ to
ourr^ great ^ city ^ of Chow,

^ He then arranged ^ the nobles JH into 3£ five
ranks, * ^ and divided jt the territory *j^ aocf rding
to ~ three classes ;f ^ appointing ^ officers f^ be
fixed on ^ men of talent, ^ in employing peo[)le
^ in business j*^ he made use of i|^ the more capa-
ble, 1^ he laid stress on ^ the people's 3£ five ^
lessons of instruction, J l}^ and paid attention to ^

* The fives degrees of nobility were duk«8, marquises, earls, vis-
counts, and barons.

f The three classes of the divisions of territory were, to a duke or a
marquis a hundred square ie, to an earl 70 le, and to a yiscotnit or
baron 50 le.

I The five lessons of instruction refer to the duties existing be*
tween the five human relations.

THE GRVAT PLAN. 197

foody ^ fuaerals^^ and sacrifices. ^ he was libesal
^ to the sincere, ^ be distinguished JH the righ-
teous, 1^ he honoured ^ the virtuous, ^ and reward-
ed;^ the meritorious. Thus he had only ^ to let his
robes hang down, ^ and to fold his hands, ffj| and
5C 1^ the empire ^^ was goyerned.

SECTION \1.

THE ^ GREAT ^ PLAN. ♦

^f On the + ^ H »3th SB year (B. C. 1,121,)
3E the king g^ went to enquire ^ ot^pE, ^ Kfi-
ts2§ ; f When 3E ^^^ ^^"S /5 seriously ^ addressed
h»m, ^ saying, Bj!^ \f^ Oh you ^ ^ KS-tsz6 ! •j*^
^ Heaven |^ has secretly ]^ settled "JC the lower
^ people, ^ aiding "^ and according with ^ that
in which )gr they rest : ^ but I ^ do not ^ know
^ the ^ ^ fIfclJt arrangement of those invariable
principles.

^ -^ Ke-tsz6 75 ^s seriously ^ replied, Q saying,
^ 1 ft have heard :gE *at in ^ old time, || KwSn
^ tried to stop^^ the overwhelming 7|'( waters, and
:j3 improperly J§[ interfered with ^^ the 3l five ^
elements ; ^ the Supreme Ruler Jj was ^ moved
"^Jth ^ indignation, ^^ and withheld from him
35^ the great ^ plan, with ^ the nine 1^ classifica-
tions : 3^ thus the invariable '^principles ^ were

* When Yu drained off the great waters, there was given to him
a book, derived from the river L6, which was the " Great Plan."
The histonans record that Woo^wang, having conquered Tin,
enquiied of KS-tszS, respecting the celestial way, when KS*tszd
spread the Great Plan before him. The present and former editions
both have this section.

f KS-tszS had been used to say. That should the Shnng dynasty be
destroyed, he would never serve another. The historians assert,
thftt after Kd-tsz^ had spread the Great Plan before the king, Woo-
w&ng promoted him to the kingdom of Corea, and thus he did
not serve another.

198 THB QRSAT PLAN.

jjl^ destroyed, and f^ KwSn ^ij was Jj^ driven Jg

to death, -j^ Yii 75 ^^^^ ^ ^ rose as his successor,
and Heaven J^ ^ gave to ^j^ Yu ^ the great
plan and 'jli the nine (i^ classifications, so that

[ the invariable j^ principles ^ were ^arranged.*
^ — The first of these Q was, 3S! the five ^
elements ; ^ — the second in order Q was,

a respectful flj use of 5BL the five ^ senses ; 3;^ ^

the third Q was, j^ ]^ an economical attention to
/^ the eight Jj^ regulations ; ^ |Zg the fourth ^
was, ^ a harmonious ^ use of 95 ^^^^ five ^ ar-
rangers ; Ji^5S tl)e fifth S was, J^ an established ^
performance of ^ the princely > ^ perfections ; ^
^ the sixth Q was, ^ a well-regulated f^ carrying
out of S the three ^ virtues ; }}^ -^ the seventh
was, ^ an intelligent )^ attenticm to ^ the exa-
mination of ^doubts; ^ /V the eighth ^was,
^ a considerate f^ use of jj^ the general ^ verifi-
cations ; ^ 3ftrf the ninth ^ was, ^ an earnest ^
tending towards_^3£ ^he five |§ blessings, and ^

an awe-struck ^ avoiding of 5!^ the six @ extreme
visitations*

— In the first place, there were 3£ ^b^ five ^
elements ; ~- the first (of which) H was called jj^
water, ZH:^ the second Q was ^ fire, ^ the third
Q was j|C wood, 53 the fourth Q was ^ metal,
3E and the fifth ^ was j; earth. :^ Water Q is
described as JP| dripping "fidowu, ^^ and tire ^

^ K'hun^'She has said, that Heaven conferred on Yu the divine
tortoise, bearing a hook out of the river ; on its hack were various
numbers up to nine : Yu arranged them, and completed the nine
species. The Ylh-king says, that the Yellow river produced the de-
lineation, and the L6 river the treatise, the sage took a pattern from
them, and the merit of draining the waters was completed* On the
head of the tortoise wns the number 9, on the tail 1, on the left sicie
3, and on th(i right 7, 2 and 4 formed the shoulders, and 6 and 8
thjB thighs ; these were the numbers of the L6 book.

TUB GRKAT PLAN.

199

DIAGRAM OF THE RBCO»D,FROM THE RIVEB LO,

With tht nine Classifications.

200 THE CHEAT PLAN.

as ^ blRzing Jb "P ; TfC wood Q is sometimes ^
crooked J^ and sometimes straight ; ^ metal Q is
now ^ yielding ^ and then hard ; while J; (the
properties of) earth ^ are displayed .^ in sowing ^
Bnd reap ing. J^ That which drips "]^ down ^^ becomes
^ brackish (as the sea,) jf^ that which blazes J; up
j^ becomes ^ bitter (as soot,) ^ that which is oc-
^ casionally crocked "[§] and straight |^ becomes g^
sour, (as certain vegetables,) ^ that which is at
times yielding ]p and hard 'f^ becomes ^ acril, (as
the taste of some metals,) ^ and that which is sown
^ and reaped j^ becomes "^ sweet (as com.)

•^ In the second place, there were 3BL the five ^
senses, -— the first of which ^ was called jj^ shape,
^ the second E| termed "^ speech, ^ the third Q
denominated f | sight, pQ the fourth j^ was called
1^ hearinor, 3£ and the fifth ^ was entitled ,^ think-
*5?- * 1% Shape 13 may be referred to ^ respect,
'q' speech ^ may be classed under ^ compliance,
f^ sigh; ^ may be ranked with fl^ clearness,
hearing Q may be arranged under |p|[ perception, ^
and thought ]9 alied to ^ iutellisrence, i^ Res-
pect fp produces |^ veneration, jjjS compliance j
is the foundation of 'X^ government, H^ clearness
leads to ^ knowledge, M j^rception i^ *o^ de-
vice, )§t and intelligence |^ to ^ perfect wisdom.

^ in the third place, ]\ there were the eight
regulators ; — the first of which Q was called
the provider of food, ZZ the second j^ was termed ^
the gatherer of property, f ^ the third Q was da-

* When mea are first born their exteraal form is completed, after
toming into the world, their voice is heard ; after awhile they can
•ee ; subsequent to this they hear ; and in the course of time
Imin to think.

' 'f'Food is that which people have^ost argent n^fed of , property Is
that on which men mainly depend, hence they are put in the first
and second place.

tHE OrKAT PLAV,

201

tiominated jj|^ the presenter of offerings, ^IQ the
fourth ^ was entitled ^ ^ the superintendent of
public works, 3i ^^® ^f^h Q was called |Q ^ the
miQister of instruction, '^ the sixth ^ was consi-
dered as *^ ^ the criminal judge, -^ the seventh Q
was made ^ (the receiver ) of guests, /\ and the
eighth )^ was promoted to be ^ general of the army«

E3 In the fourth place, there were 3[ the five'
arrangers; — the first of which ^ was called _^
the circuit of the seasons, Z2 the second H j was cal-
led J5 the moon, ^ the third Q was denominated
^ the sun, E9 the fourth ^ was termed ^ ]|^ the
stats, £ and the fifth ^ was referred to ^ ^ ^^^
astronomical calculations.

^ In the fifth place, there were ^ the princely
perfections. ^ Let the prince ^ establish ^ ^
the point of perfection, ^ and accumulating ^ the
y five kinds of |j{§ blessings, W let him ^ diffusive-
ly ^ confer them on ^ the ]^ common ^ people ;
^ ^ then ]J^ the ]^ common p^ people, ^ on ac-
count of ^ his ^ perfections, {^ will afford j^ him
f^ S perfect protection.*

^ This means that the prince ought to carry out to the utmost
the duties of the human relations. Thus in regard to the relation
sunRistin^ between parents and children he rtiould be extremely
affectionate, and then all the parents and children would take him for
a pattern. Thus also with regard to the conjugal and fraternal
relations, let the prince first set a perfect pattern, and the whole em«
pire will imitate him. In this way the suitability of rational princi*
pies being inva:iably carried out, in every word and actioa, without a
hair's breadth of excess or defect, the point of pei fection will be esta-
blished. Now perfection is the foundation of happiness, and happi-
ness is the certain result of perfection ; wherever perfection is esta-
blished happiness will certainly accumulate. But the prince does
not accumulate happiness merely to benefit his own person ; he aims
likewise to disseminate that happiness abroad among the people, so
that every one may be affected and transformed by his example ; this
18 what is called difiTusing blessings abroad among the people. The
people, seeing this will defend their prince to the utmost, and not dare
to desert him.

A a

20^. THE CREAf PLAli.

. tt, Wtcncver Wt *^^ JK eommou J^ Pf^PiJi ^

avdd ^ ffi cabals A ^^^ 'Sf ^^^^"^ ^* ^^^^^
from Jbb » foming factiQM. ji i* i» solely because
'^.ihepimoe f^ has attauied g perfection.

jl^ When theye are any among ^ the |0S com°*;^
1^ peopla :J ic who display contmaBW, J ^
activity^ :g <3r and deteimination, 7X M'l ^ 5^ ^
youi: Majesty beair them in mindL l/Vhenanj ^
«K9 npt yet ^ jqH^ed ^ to :^ perfect goodness^ ^
and still not ^ ijiveigled ^ in ^ crime, * ft ^
ihe prince ^ then. ^ ;^ take tbem in hand ; ^ 1^
whijie on, those who wear a placid' countenance,
and profess ft to be jjfj enamoured with |§
virtue, ^ do you ^(J then ^ ;;^ confer W^ emolu-
ment ^ Thus these A people 1f^ ^ ^ wUl at-
tain to ^ /^ ^ ^^ perfection of the prince.

^S£ Do not ^ oppress ^ the poor ^ and solitary,
jflf^ nor dread ^ tfcj^ high and ^ honourable, f

A ii ^*^®^ officei:8 ^ |g display capacity ^ ]^
and activity, ^ |^romote ^ their fj vievis, ff|3
and ^ the country^ will be ^ prosperous, )^ All
1^ the jE A magistrates ^ being ^ well pai^ "^
insist pn.^ their doing good ; ^ if you f^ ^^ cannot
^render them ^ j^ comfortable^ in (|^ their OTvn
^ families, ^ these \ men ^ ^ will soon be
involved in crimes ; :f and ^ when ^ they
^ are averse to ^ virtue, J^ S^ although you
confer ;2l on them ^ emolument, ^ f^ i^ M ^

i < ' I. '

4» These are men of mediocrity ; if encouraged^ they wiU prac-
tise, virtue* but if neglected, they w itl sink into vice ; hence the pricce
should take them in hand.

f This means, that should the meanest of the people practise virtue^
they ought to be encouraged ; and if the great ^and noble do wrongs
they mutt be reproved.

X WheA salaries are not regularly paid, and the necessarief oC.life
not affi»rded, then men cannot be comfortable at bomei i^nd will socin
Iffke imprope;r means, to supply their wants.

t»B <3ilAAt PL AH. ^

faa iAl only reudier yourgblf iiii acedihplice in iktbt

^ j)K In order to plreve^t pitttiftlity ^ ^ BtA Ih^
justice, ^ let (the people) follow SE ;^ the royal ^
rectitude ; |S^ 1^ in ordet to avoid f^ j^ excessive
attachtnetitg, ^ let them obey S;;^ the royal ^
doctrines ; ^ ^ ii^ order to e^^lude f^ j^ extreme

tntipathies, ^ let thete pursue 3E l2S *^^ ^V^^ "^
way. ^ D^ vVhen they are without partialities M
and cabals, 3E the royal ^ doctrines ^ ^ will be
enlarged and extended; ^H^ when party sptrit
^ and prejudices cease, 3E ^ the royal Way *P
will be easy and unobstructed ; |p| |^ when there ai^
no rebellions ^ ^ tior corruptions, 3S ^ the royal
course ]£ ]||[ will be straight and even ; (thus the peo^-
pie) # ^ will be brought together ^ :j^ to perfection^
fi^ ^ and will revert ^ ^ to eittreme goodneSsiw

^ He proceeded to dbserve^ ^ ili ]^ )fit W that
the wide-spread inculcation of thel princ^fly perfection^,
j^ is none other than 3^ the invariable principle, A
and the right kind of ^ instructiob ; ^ j(^ ^ i)|[it
is also the instruction 8anctir)ned by the Snprertie.

J{^ Whenever ^ the ^ €foramOn |8 people
^ carry out ]|||^ "^ these wide-spread instructions,
fi J^ t? they teach theni and practise them, J^ ^^^
in order to approximate to 5fC ^/jSL'ft *^® spletw
dour of the Soft of HeaVen ; Q while thev say, ^ ^
the emperor ^ is ^ tlie people's ^ || parent,
1^ jl^ and thus he becouies 5^ T^ 3E the raler of all

sublunary things. ^^^

^ In the sixth place, there are ri &^ three _
▼ittues, *- the first of which is called ]£ ^ even-
handed justice, m the second ^ is denominated ^
^ strict rule, S and the third |3 ^^ termed ^ ^ a

204 THB CniBAT FLAM.

mild edurw of governmCTt 2^ In peaceful ff^ and
tfa nom l times, ]£ }||[ be strictly just When the |feo-
pie are obstinate ^ ^ and nnyielding, m ^
rule them by severity ; ^ when they arc harmonious
^ and compliant, ^ ^ govern tiiem with miidnesK ;
gj)9 ^ben they are deeply sunk in barbarity, J^\ ^
rule them with rigour ; ffj and when they are ele-
vated ^ in the scale of civilization, ^ ^ let your

administration be lenient

^ Only the ]^ sovereign ^ should confer |g emo-
luments, fH jSf^ aud he only f^ inflict ^ punishments,
in ]|^ while to the prince alone ^ ^ belongs the pro-
perty of the state ; Q the subject ^ ^ has nothing
to do with f^ conferring j|§ rewards, f^ inflicting
]|^ punishments, 5E '^ ^^ administering the wealth
of the nation.

E§ >^ When subjects 5^ f^ confer ||§ emoluments,
f^ inflict ^ punishments, 3^ ^ or interfere with the
disposal of the public property, ^ ^ then injury
will accrue ^ to ||Q their ^ families, and |>^ ruin
to jj|0 thetr @ country. J^ When men in office
are #1 corrupt, ^ unjust, ^ and selfish, ^ the pt^o-
ple ]^ will '^ err and J^ transgress.

Ha In the seventh place, there was ^ the exami-
nation of ^ doubts. (When doubts occur) ^ select
J^ 3t and appoint \> ^ J^ proper men to superin-
tend the tortoise and reeds, /5 ^ |> ^ and let them
divine and prognosticate thereby.

(The divinations) ^ ^ are called, moisture, ^ f^
fair weather, ^ ^ obscurity, |^ jp interrupted suc-
cession, ^ ^ and mixture.

(The prognostics) ^ ^ are termed chastity, |||
and penitence.

){j They are altogether -\2 seven, of which |^ the

THE OaEAT PLAN. 205

diviaations 3L ^^^ ^^^> ^^^ ^^ d^ prognostics ^ 2I!I:
two ; (all of which are useful) ^7^ in tracing out gj^
the errors of business.

jfc Having appointed ^ the proper A officers f^
to attend to [y divinations ^ and prognostics, p^
let three ^men (^ carry on the auguries, QlJ and
^ follow Z^ /\ any two of them ^i^ "g in their
opinions.

^ JUll ^ Should you have ^ any great ^ doubts,
^^ appeal 791 *^ 75 y^*^' ^^^ >iS judgment, g|
and consult 0p •jj your nobles, ^ ^ as well as
\ your people, ^ >^ while you attend at the
bame time |% to the divinations ^ and prognostics.
^M |i^ Should you assent, ^^i!§and the tortoise ^
^ and reeds be favourable, ^ duKJ^ your nobles j3@g
^ ^ ^'^^ people all coinciding in the same views, ^
this is ^ what ||| is called ^ a grand j^J concord ; in
such cases, J|p your person ^ will be ]^^ secure,
^ and your descendants ^ will be ^ ^ happy.
A^ ^ Should your own views be favourable to
a project, ^ ^ and the tortoise ^f^ and reeds
assent, ^ jb li^ while the nobles |S| ^ |8^ and
people object, ^ it would be nevertheless favourable.
^ db ^ Should your nobles, fi ^ with the tortoise
^ 1^ aud reeds coincide, J^fflll ^ whde you and
^ J^^ ^'^^ common people are averse to a measure,
^ it may still be felicitous. ft| ^ fl^ When your
people, ^1^ the tortoise, ^ ^ and reeds ail give a
favourable answer, ^j^^^ but you Up Jt^^ and
your nobles scruple about an undertaking^, "^ you
may yet consider it advantageous. '^^ ^l| ^ Should
you ffi^^ and the tortoise assent, ^'^ while the
reedsT^ "t 3® the nobles, ]^ ^ ^ and the people
demur, f^ p^ th^n internal operations ^ might
be felicitous, ji\\ fp but external undertakings ^

206 THE GRSAT PLAK.

prejudicial.* jQ Bat when the tortoise fg and leeds
^ both 01 oppose ^ the riews \ of men, f^ ^
to remain still ^ would be advisable, ff^ ffi ud aU
actiye operations ^ ghoold be avoided.

/^ In the eif^hth place, there are )|| €1 ^^ geoerai
Terifications, ^ S^ namely, rain, ^ f^f^^ weather,
^ m heat, ^ ^ cold, ^ ;g^ and wind ; ^ all
which should accord with the proper seasons. 5£ ^
When these five 3^ come ^ fully prepared, i^ each
J^ in ^ its ^ proper order, ^ ^ all kinds of
vegetables ^ ^ will be exulieraut

";^ ^ When either of these are in excess, ^ it is
bad ; *— <j|| ^ when they are deficient, p{|it is also bad.

There are ffc the favourable ^^ verifications ;
^ ^ for instance, respect ^ ^ ^ is followed by
seasonable showers ; ^X 8^^ Ro^^rnment, ^ ^
■*** by opportune fair \^eather ; j^ "^ intelligence,
<^ ^ by a due degree of heat ; ^ ^ counsel,
fite s hy a proper modicum of cold ; ^ ^ and
perfection, ^ SL ^ '^y Periodical winds. Q
The unfavourable verifications are these; ^^
dissoluteness, fS^^ which is f stowed byTnces!
sant showers; ^ f^ error, ^1^^ by uninter-
rupted clear weather : Q K indolence, @ j^ ^
by excessive heat ; ^ ^ haste, ijg ^^ by ex-
treme cold ; ^ ana stupidity, @ J^ ^ by perpe-
tual tempests.

^ We should say, 3S ^^^ ^^® ™^®^ 4& examine
himself 4ft with regard to ]^ the year, jpH j: the
nobles ijp with respect to ^ the month,t fi^^ *°^
the inferior magistrates jH with reference to ^ the day.
When the years, ^ months, ^f and daySji Vj^ ^

* Internal operationt refer to eacrificing, and external MMS to war.

f A king's succent or failure in virtue would affokSt the year,
ft iioble*8 the month, and an inferior officer*i the day, each one accoi d-
ing to hit rank and ttutkin.

Tttfi GREAT fLAN. 207

^ do not fail in their seasons, ^ the various kinds of
grain J^ will J^ ripen, ^ government f^ will be
intelligent, ^ clever S people J^ will be
promoted, ^ and families ^ will be ^ peaceful
and settled.

^ WhcBt the days, ^ months, ]^ and years, ^ ^
fail in their seasons, ]^ the various kinds of ^grain
will ^ not ^ come to perfection, ^ government
will be ^ dark '^ anad devoid of ^ intelligence^
clever ^ people JQ will remain in ^ obscurity,
S and families ]^ will ^ not be ^ tranquil.

ttfi The common p^ people 'f^ are like ^ the
stars ; * ^^ certaim stars j^ bring J^ wind," S
^ while others j}^ produce ^ rain ; -f R ^ /^ ^
the course of the sun and moon ^|j points out ^^
the winter ^ ^ and summer solstice, J ^ jjj^ and the
moon's ^ travejltr>g among ^ the fixed stars f^\ in-
dicates ^ the approach j^ of wind pj^ and rain.
^ In the ninth place, there are ^ the five kinds

* Tbat is the common people depend on their superiors, just like
the Starr are attached to the body of the heavens.

t The Constellatibn ^ K^ (the hand of Sagittarius) brings

wind, and the constellation ^p Peth (Hyades) ^ brings rain.

X The sun has a middle path, but the moon follows a nine- fold
coarse ; the middle path of the sun, is the ecliptic. On the north the

mcon in its course travels to the eastern part of 7p Tsing (the head
of Gemini,) where it reaches its limit towards the (north) pole : on

the south it goes to ^f^ N^w (the head of Capricornus,) where
it is farthest removed from the north p^e ;^ on the- east it traivels to
the constellation ^ KeSi^ (Spica Virgmis :) and on the west to
j^ Leu^ (the head of Aries,) . both equi-distant from the poles^
The. nine courses of the moon are^ S the black path, on the

nor<}h of the ecliptic, where it comes out twice ;!^ iS^he red path,
(the equinoctial) on^the south of thC: ecliptic,, where it comes out*

twice ; |^ ^ therwhUe path to the west of the ecliptic, where it

comes out twice ; ^q |^ the azure path, to the east of the ecliptic,

where it comes out twice ; which, toge%er with ^ j|g[ ^he ecliptic

208 THE GREAT PLAN.

of ^ happiness, — * one of which Q is call od
longevity, ZZ. 13 ^^^ seond ^ riches, z:z ^ the
third i^^ tcanqiiiliity, ^ ^ the fourth -fijSc ^^
the love of virtue, 3Bl 13 ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^ ^ discovery
|fe^ of the proper termination "^ of lite.

;^The six @ extremities are, -— )9 first, ]^
an untimely ^ and early ff^ death, n; Q secondly,
sickness, ~ Q thirdly, ^ sorrow, pSI Q fourthly,
poverty, 3E fifthly. J§ hardihood in sin, ;^ EI
and sixthly, S3 indulgence in iniquity.

itpelf, raake nine courses. When'Uie sun is at the extreme south,

3| g ^p at the tropic of Capricorn, it forms the winter solstice ;

when it is at the extreme north, ^^TT »t the tropic of Cancer,
it forms the summer solstice. Travelling between the south and

north, easterly to ^ Vifgo, and westerly to 36 Aries, it forms

the vernal and autumnal equinoxes. The moon, from Tt ^p the

commencement of spring (Februarys.), to^p^ypthe vernal equinox,

follows the azure path ; from "XC ^K tho eommeneement of autumn,

(Aug. 9.) to the ^\ 7^ autumnal equinox, it follows the white path ;

from \\f. ^» the commencement of winter ( Nov. 8) to the ^^ ^

winter solstice, it follows the blaek pat h ; a nd from the t/ .^ ^j

commencement of summer (May 7.) to the §j ^fi summer solstice,
it follows the azure path, (the equinoctial.) Ueuce it is said, that
the courses of the sun and moon produce winter and summer. When

the moon goes to the northeast, and enters the constellatiori ^^ K^,
(Sagittarius) there is much wind ; when it travels to the souiu*west)

and enters the constellation 2^ Pelh (Hyades) then there is
much rain ; hence it is said, that the moon in its journey among the
stars produces wind and rain.

[N. B. From the above representatioa of the sun's place at the
four quarters of the year, it would appear, that the calculation must
have been made when the equinoxes were 30 degrees distant from the
point where they now are, or about 2000 years ago. The nine-fold
course of the moon appears to refer to the inclination of the lunar
orbit, and to the ascending and descending nodes, where they cut the
ecliptic. A plan of the nine-fold path of the luoon^ as drawn by the
Chiaese, will be found attached.]

i

SI

i

<

I

1 /\

w

\

\

■^.-4

1 .;

X

\

\

.^•L. >

\

'••

i^r-'.jrs.- t*

. JUT'

tHfe UOUI^i) OF LE. 209

SECTION VII.

THE HOUND f$t ^ ^^ ^^- *

•JH After ^ the conquest of ^ the Shang dynasty
(B. C. 1,120), gg iS ^ thoroughfares were
opened ^ to ;^ the nine kinds ^ of foreigners, J\
and the eight tribes of ^ barbarians, ^ ^ when the
people of the western Le state ]^ sent ^ as tribute
^ a ^ large hound ; t whereupon ^Sj^^^^the great
guardian J^ j^ composed j^^ bl piece on the hound
of Le, ^ p| ^ 3E to admonish the king ;

Q Saying, R| ^f Oh yes ! BJ when an intelli-
gent ^ prince ^ is careful ^ in the cultivation of
virtue, ^ ^ the barbarians from all quarters ^ ^
come to pay their respects, |SI ^ no matter whether
^ far ^ or near, ^ fUt ^^^ present "j^ ^ such
things as their countries produce, ^ consisting rnaia-
]y of ^g apparelj ^ eatables, ^ and implements J^
for use.

^ The king 75 ^^^^n BH displays ^ the (things
which his) virtue ]^ has ^ brought ^ before ^
^ li ^ *^® princes of other clans, (to induce them)
^ not ^ to neglect J^ their fl^ duties ; ^ whilst
he divides ^ the gems 3^ and precious things ^ a-
mong f(^ ^ ;^ ^ the rulers of the same clan, ^ ^
to lead them ]^ to expand ^ their friendly feeling ;
thus JL people I^ will not ^ despise ^ the ar-
tides, ^ but ^ ^ i^ esteem them as the result of
virtue.

When a ruler's ^QSvirtue ^ is complete ^^^^
he insults none ; |^P^ should he insult ^-^ the great,

♦ The western Le country sent a hound as tribute. ^ ^
Cbaou-kung thought that it ought not to be received, and therefore
composed this piece in brder to caution Wob-w&ng, The modern
edition has not tliis section, but the older one has it,

\ This hound was four cubits high, and ti^ained to catch people,
hence it differed from common dogs.

Bb

210 THE HOUHD OP Lfe.

^ he will not J^ get them ^ to exhaust J^ tjj^ their
sympathies (upon him ;) ^ ^ and should he insult
/j> A the lower classes, ^ he will be unable }^ to
induce them ^ to put forth ^ their '^ energies (in
Ids service.)

When a maa ^ does not ^ seek to gratify ^ his
ears § and eyes, "^ til his j^ projects ^ will be ^
correct.

^ Trifling with A men, ]^ you lose ^ your in-
fluence ; ^ trifling with i||f things, ^ you miss ^

jam aim. _

^ Let yonr aim J^Jt^^l^he setAed by virtue, ^

and your intercourse (with men) Jsil !^ ^ 1^ conduc-
ted on good principles.

]^ Do not f^ attend io ^^St tmprofitable things,
tt to the neglect of ^ J^ that which is profitable,
^ and then your metit 7) will be J^ complete ; y|Q
do not Jl^ esteem ^ strange ^ commodities, ^ to the
disparagement of ^ useful ^ things, ^ >(5 ^^^ *^^^
your people ^ will have a sufficiency, y^ Dogs J^ and
horses, ^ unless ^ in the ^ countries i^ suited to
their nature, 3f^ cannot ^ be reared ; thus if ^
scarce ^ birds ^ and rare jff^ beasts }|^ are not ^
bred ^ in ^ your country, ^ and you do not §
set a value on ^ foreign ^ commodities, ^ then ^
strangers :f^ will be rectified. ^ Let that which
you esteem fH ^ Sf virtuous men, ]|() then
^ your near neighbours ^ will be tranquil-
lized.

8^ Ify Oh yes ! ^ by day ^ and by night ^ be.
ware of ^ in anywise ^ neglecting |K} diligence.
^ Do not^^ spare |^ a little ^Tlabour, fj^ lest in
the end ^Tyou spoil ^ great ^ achievements ; jj^
in piling up iL) a mound Jl^ nine {^ fathoms in height,
35^1 your work )|^ may fail—* for a single J|f basket of

THE 60LBBK-BnOBD ^ASKJBT. 211

earth. ♦ ^ Sincerely ^ follow out ^ thii advice,
and then ^ the living J^ people ^ may protect B^
their ^ hearths, ^j^ and 75 you will "(H; 56 P^^P®-
tuate your dominion to future generations, f

* Referring to the accepting of the dog, M^hich would mar the
merit of his previous achievements.

f A sovereign is the sprinff oi nnrriads of transformations! hence
if there be tbe least atom of imper^tion, It communicates endless
injury to the living people, and tjhe foundation of the prince's fortunes
is overturned.

SECTION yiu.

THE GOLDEN- ^ H^ EBGED CASKET.*

^ Having ^ subdued |S! ^^^ Shang dynasty, —
on the second £E year, £ the king ^ became j§^ in*
disposed, ^ ^ and disconsolate.

n The two ^ dukes (Ms brothers) f Q said, fjj
Letus^:J^ oubehalfof 3Eth^king ^ reverentiy
[% prognosticate.

)^ ^ Chow-kung |^ said, ^ It is not '^ proper
J^ to 1^ grieve (the spirits of) ^ our ^ former 3E
kings (by such a public ceremony.)

^ Chow-kung Jj tben @ J^ ^ :^took the busi.
ness on himself, ^ and constructed ^ three ;^ al-
tars, IP) with jip their terraces ; ^ he also built ^
another altarjp^ ^^ 19 >^ *^® south, :t[^ S^ fronting
the north, ^ ^2^ where Chow-kung 5Cl^ himself
stood : ||[ and having erected ^ the auspicious stone,
^ and holding ^ the gem (which was the badge of
his authority,) J^he^ prayed to l^ji; 3E T'ha6-w|lng,

* Sk 3E Wo6-w&ng was unweU ; and |^ -2^ Chow-kung,
considenng that the royal house was not yet established, nor the

ff^ Yin dynasty entirely subjugated, entreated his three royal an-
cestors, that he might be allowed to die m the stead of Woo-waug.
Both the editions have this section.

t These were >VV ^ T'ha^-kung acd ^ t& Chaou-kung.

TSVi THB G0LDEK-BD6ED CASKET,

^ W&ng.kwei, i^ S and WSn-wang, (his three

ancestors.)

^ The historian 75 then Hfl recorded Jji hjs pray,
er, Q to the following efifect : ^ ^ Your jC chief
1^ grandson, ^ such a one,* ^ has met with )^ a se-
vere ^ and violent |^ sickness ; ^ and on ^
you ~ three 3E kings ^ ^ depends ^ your great
•^ j51 descendant's ^ cause ^ with 5$ heaven, -j-
(But if it cannot be otherwise,) then ]^ take me sL
Tan J fij; instead of ^ jj^ :^ such a one's person.

^ My ^ benevolence^ is equal to ^ that of my
forefathers ; ^ I possess ^ many ^ abilities ^ and
many ^ accomplishoients, ^ and can ^ serve
the demons |^ and gods. J^ But your 5g chief
grandson ^isnot^like ^ me, ^ :|^ with my
many talents ^ ^ and many capabilities, ^ neither
f ^ can he ^ serve ^ the demons ^ and gods §

73 He -^ has received the decree ^ in 1j^ the i n-
periai ^ hall, ^ and diffused f^ assistance over
the four j^ quarters, fl§ while ^^ he is able ^ to
tranquillize ^ your ^ ^ descendants ^ in "p[ this
lower J^ world, so that p|| 'ijj^ ^ the people of all
parts pq>f% universally j||^ ^t fear and venerate him.*
IJiW^Ohthen! ^ donot jjletfall ^J^P^ the
heaven-descended # precious -j^ decree (in his favor,)
and then ^ our 5^ first ]^ king ^ also ^ will i er-
petually ^ have some one ^ to rely on ^ and re-
vert to. II

* This refers to Wo&.w&ng.

f After the word heaven, there appears to be something omitted.

X Tan was the name of Chow-kung himself.

§ Chow-kung does not say this in a self- boasting spirit, but
with the view of getting himself to be taken away to serve his ances-
tors in the other world, instead of Wo5-wang.

II This refers to the sacrifices, which the royal ancestors would
tnjoy, if their descendants continued in power.

THE GOLDEN-BDGED CASKET. 213

^Now ^ I will ^ go and ascertain , ^ your
'will ^ from 7C tlie great ^ tortoise ; ^TJj^ if yoa
f^ comply with ^ my sugejestions, ^ I ^t will ^
take ^ the gem ^ and J^ gceptre, and p|^. returning
i^ wait 9 your ^ commands (for the king)3 rcco*
very) ; but ^ ifyou ^ do not g^ comply with^ my
requests, ^ 1 /J will j^ j)ut Jby ^ the gem ]^ and
aeeptre, (as of ao more use.)

75 He4hen \s divined ^ by the three ^ tortoises,
— ^ ^ making one repetition, ^ when the result was
successful; ^ he opened ^ the lock ^ and examined
^ the book, JfJ which ^ also gave ;|^ the same ^
favourable answer.

^ llie duke Q then said, |§ according to the
substance (of the prognostics,) ^ the king's (sickness)
^ is j^ not ^ dangerous. "7^ I, -'J^ ^ the insig-
nificant one, ^ having newly ^ received the decree
^ from ~ the three 3P kings, f|| will ^ fully ,]^
complete J^ this ^ scheme. ^ Now -^ that
which ^ I wait for is, g^ that you may ^ consider
our — one X ™*^ ( Wod-wdng.)

^ When the duk^ ^ jpetired, TJ he inlaid up flfl*
the lorm of prayer.,^4n ^ the golden- ^jSi edged
fS ^ casket ; and £ the king H on the next ^
d^fjj^^ recovered.

After;wards when ^ 3E Wod-wang JC ^ died, (B.
C. 1,115) ^ tJ^ Kwan-shiih ^and Jt- his ^^
younger brethren 75 ^ spread "^ certain insinuations
j^ through ^ the country, ^ to the eflfect, ^ that
the duke }j^ would be ]^ 5flJ injurious 'ff^ to the ^
^ young prince. *

• Kwan-shuh was the younger brother of Wu6-\vui.g, and the

elder brother ofChow-kung: his younger brethren were ^^iK

Tsac-shuh and ^g ;^ H6-8huh. The young^H'ince was
CMng-wang. Amouij the people of Shang it was customary lor a

214 VH8 OOLDKN-BDGBD CA8KKT.

PI J^ ChoW'kung J^ then ^ informed Z:Z Ihe two
^ brothers of the king, S saving, ^ ;^ If 1 ^
do not ]^ get out of the way, ^ I shall fff^ not J^
he able 'j^ to clear ^ B^jself ^ 5E before the late

^ ^ Chow-kung ^ then Jwelt ^ in the east ZZ
two fi^ years, ]|| and ^ ^ the real criminals |Qf ^

were discoverecL

-=f ^ After this, ^^the duke 75 S made. ^ ah
ode, 1^ to 9^ present 5E to the king, ^ f^ 5 nam-
ing it, H ^ the owl. £ The king ^ also
#{ did not W dare ffi to blame ^ the duke, f

^ In the autumn, 7^ p^ just as the grain was ripe,
;^ and not yet ^ reaped, ^ Heaven (sent) ]^ a great
8t(Hrm <tf IS tfaander and ^ lightning, ]^ together
with SI ^i^d, when Jf^ the grain ^ was all jg
beaten down, (and some) + great tJjJ trees ^ were
)^ torn up by the roots. ^ \ The people of the
country ^Hj were very much J8ft alarmed ; and ^ the
king ^ with ici^^^ officers |i all ^ hurried ij^
to j^ open ^ 191 >2l ^ the record of the golden-
edged casket,:^ ^ when ^ they found J^ ^ what
Chow-kung had done )^)f g| U(^/^ in taking the
responsibility on himself, t^ j^ BEJc^ ^ ^^^ ^he ac-
count of his offering to be a substitute for Wod-wang.

IS The twojg^ dukes 2^ and 3E the king J^ then
p!Q enquired ^of the ^ recording minister, |j| toge-

jrounger to succeed to an elder brother : aftei the death cf W06-
wAngy Cbtng-w&ng was yet youngs and Cbow-kung took charge of
• the goremment, hence some people suspected him.

f The owl is a ravenous bird, which rebs the nests of other birds,

and steals their eggs ; this simile was adopted alluding to jE^ J^

Wo^-k&ngy the son of the degraded monarch of ^^ Yin, wiio had
led the uncles of the late king into a rebellion.

X The king and his officers went to open the record of the gulden-
edged casket, to atcertatu the prognostic of the then existing phe-
nomenon.

tItE 60LDBN-EDGED CASKET. 2lS

tiier with *|^ ^ ^ the hundred officers, ^ who re-
plied, 19 baying, ^ 1^ It is true, indeed, ^ that the
duke ^ obtained this decree ; ^ but we ^ did not
]^ dare to ^ speak of it.

3E The king ^ then holding ^ the book ^ burst
into Jfe tears, H and said, ^ Ihere is ^ no occa-
sion ^ 1^ to divine further ; ^ formerly ^ the
duke nfl diligently ^ laboured for 5E the royal "^
house, »|^ and ^ I, ^^^ J^ tlie insignificant one,
was not J^ ^ aware of it. ^ Now 35 ^ eaven ^,^
has manifested ^ its displeasure^ l^ to ^ illus-
trate ^ ^ Chow-kung's ;^ j^ virtue. ^^ But ^
I, >J^ ^ the insignificant one, ^ will ^o out ^ in
person j^ to meet him. ^ In our ^ country ^
and family, |g propriety g|]f; also 5i[ requires ^ this.

gg The king |tj went out $p to the border ; ^

when Heaven 75 »«^* ^^^^ M ^^^ & M^ *^*
changed the wind ; whereupon, ffi the grain g^
immediately ^ ^ sprang up again. ^ The two
^ dukes -^ ordered ff{ A *he people of the country,
J^ wherever ^(5; the large :^ trees j^f had K fallen
down, ^ jS to raise them up fjfl and 1^7^ P^^
them together ; after this ^ the harvest g| turned
out ;;^ very ^ productive.

Sl6 THB GREAT ANNOUNCfiltbJ«f;

SECTION IX.

THB GUEAT '^ |^ ANNOUNCEMENT. *

^ I he kin- (B. C. 1 1 14.) ^ ^ spake to ilie follow^

ing effect : ^ Behold ! ';^l extensively fS announce ^
to you^ many ^ states^ ^ togethel^ with p| you ^
gy oflBicers, ^ that 1 have not ^ been commiserated ;
5P for Heaven p^ has sent down ^] a calamity ^ on
^ my ^ family, !Ift -tid would not allow of /Jj the
least 1^ delay, f ^ f^ I^ i^ & matter of serious con-
sideration, ^ ^ W X *^** y^^^& ^^^ iuexpenen-
ced as I am.^ I should have been called to succeed
|g to the unlimited destinies, ^ and thesfe great
Calculations, |g and orders of rank, ^ without 3§ the
possession ^ of intelligence, S^ or the ability to lead
^ the people on ]^ to tranquillity ; ^| how raucli
less 13 can it be said ^ that I ^ have ^^ the capa-
oi!y i^j^io know thoroughly ^ ^ the decrees of
Heaven.

2i Moreover "^ I ||| am but /|> a little ^ child,
; and feel as if j}^ I had to cross >)^ ;{[( a great deep i
•^ I tfill, j^ however, ^ go forward, ^ and seek fot
M lifc S^ that which will enable me to rccomplish it.

Woo-waiig, having conquered ^j^ Yin, appointed JpJ

Wob-kAng, the son of the fallen monarch, to he ruler over the
remnant of his people, and directed his three brothers to maintain

a watch over him. After the death of JB^I 3c Woo-w&ng, )^ OC,

Chlng. wS,ng succeeded, and fpQ -^T Chow-kung became the prime
minister. The three royal brothers spread insinuations to the dispa-
ragement of Chow-kung, intimating that he would iajure the young
prince, when Chow-kung gave up his office, and retired to the
eastern part of the country ; after this, Ching-wdng discovered his
error, and went out to meet Chow-kung on his return. The three
royal brothers then became alarmed for their safety, and joined WoJ).
kang in a rebellion. Ching-wang ordered Chow-kung to go to the
east and attack them, when he made this great announcement to the
empire. The ancient and modern texts both have it.
f Alluding to the death of Wob-w&ng.

TUB GKEAI ANNOUNCEMENT. 217

IJ I spread abroad ^ the improv^ed reguLitioiis,
and exieud ]|^ y\ ^ ^^ the decree received iVom my
predcr;e3sor. ^ Thus ^ ! do not '^ fuigct J^ his
gre.'tt ^ iindertakiiiij, ^^^ ^^^' ^^^^^'^ ^ !^<f1^
obs-mei^ 1^ the heaven-descending^ fj^ inflic-
tidiis. -^

jp The tranquillizing 5E monarch f ^ bequeathed
3^ tc K^.e ';:^^ the great ^ and valuable ||| tortoise ;
(by the prognostications of v;hioh) ^I might connect
myself with ;^^ celestial J|Q intelligence. |[]J Now
^ the decree of divlraticn ^ has declared, ^ that
there would be '^ gr at ^ troubles *J* in ^ the
western Ji land, and tliat j^ jt /\ Ac people of that
quarter ^fj^ ^ f f^ -^ ould not be peaceful. ^ 3S ^
And now we see their stupid couiinc tions.

^ The Yin state P^^ is but partially |^ prosperous,
(and yet its ruler) :{: ^ has rashly ^ presumed ^
to record events ^ according to h'iS own j^ arrange*
ment ; § and now that 5^ Heaven j!^ h&o sent down
j^ inliictions, he, ^jj seeing ^ that our |^ country
^ had a ^ vulnerable point, ^ and that the people
^ were not ]|^ tranquil, Q said, -^ I will ^ bring
back (the kingdom to myself); ]^ and thus he ex-
cited to rebellion ^ his cities ^ against our |^ Chow
^ dyna..ly.

>^ Irarnediately after ^ he made this stupid move-
ment, 4^ H Q and on the day following, J^ ]^^ *!*
^ ten clever men «nmong my people ^jj aided me ^
^ to go forward, j^^ that 1 might soothe 2^. and tran-
quillize (my sulyects ;)|^ and carry out ^^ the

* AUudinj? to the punishment to be iniiictcd on Wob-kung, and
the three dukes ,

f Wpo-wang.

I This refers to Woo- king.

§ Or using his own title as the imperial one| which in China is
considered as an assumption of supreme power.

Cc

2lB tltE OREAT ANilOtlNCEfitlSNf.

meriloriouswork plasned Tby my predecessor) ; ♦
and when I ^ undertook 7^^ this great ^ effair,
so excellent in its kind, ^ 1 (found) |> the prognostic
^ entirely ^ favourable.

^ Therefore '^ I ^ announce to you, ^ my
^ allied ^ S princes, ^ together with ^ |^
the magistrates, ]J^ :t officers, and ^ ^ persons em-
ployed, 3 to this effect, -^ ^ that having obtained ^
a favourable \\ prognostic, "3^ I fH intend, J^ in
company with ^ you lSI ^ my allies, ^ to march
j^ to the attack!^ of Yin, ^ with its vagabond ^
and scattered JSS adherents.

(I know that) 9 you )j| ^ allied ^ princes.

together with ^ --f^ the officers ^ ^ and employees,
^^ will without exception ^ retort,]^ saying,
" ^ The difficulty ;|^ is great, f^ and the people ^
^ are still unsettled , ^ besides which (the cause
of the insurrection) ^ ^ rests with ^ ^ the mem-
bers of the royal house ^[$ ^ ^ and the families
of the princes. '\ ^ffiMoreover "j* our /}> ^ young
^ and old people,^^ together with the respectable
among us, (all urge) ^ ^ that we should not ^ go
on this expedition ; (saying, ) 3E ^ ^ ^ why does
not your Majesty act contrary to \% tne prognosr
tications ? "

^ Therefore ^ while I, f(p ^ the inexperienced
one, ^ still M think of ||^ the difficulty, ^ I say,
^3 1^ Alas ! ^ should they really ^ persevere in
this stupid movement, 1 1^ ^ ^ ^ ^^^ pitiable
will be the state of the widows and destitute among
ihem ! ^ But I am |^ constituted ^S Heaven's ^
minister, and (Providence) ^ has thrown 3^ this

This refers to the subjugation of the Empire by Wo6-wllng.
f This refers to the conspiracy formed by the uncles of the king
with Wob-k&ng.

X Beferring to the insurrection of Woo-kUng, and the royal unclea.

THE GREAT AUNOUNCEMENT. 21&

great |^ ^ and difficult undertaking ^ upon ^ J^
me ; ^ therefore "^ I, ?^ A *^® inexperienced
one, ^ i^ Q f^ do not spare myself; ^ in justice,
however, ^ you ^ ^ princes, ^ together with ^
you ^ ^ officers, ^ ^ magistrates, ^ ^ and per-
sons employed, ^ should tranquillize ^ me, ^ and
say, ^ Do not ^ be distressed ^ with >JiS anxiety :
Zf^ ^ you must not ^ J^ leave unaccomplished
/J what your j^ tranquillizing ^ parent ^ has plan-
ned ^ and laboured at. *

Q Moreover ^ 1, f^ who am but <|> a little ^
child, ^ do not ^ dare ^ to set aside Jl ^ ^
the decree of the Supreme Ruler, f Formerly 5^
Heaven f^ looked with favour ^ upon the ^ tran-
quillizing 3E monarch, J^ and elevated ^ our f^l%
small ^ state ^ of Chow (to supreme authority). J
At that time !^3E the tranquillizing monarch ^
paid sole attention \% f^ to the divinations, ^ and
was thus enabled ^ calmly ^ to receive ^ the -^
decree (which constituted him emperor). ^ Now
when 55 Heaven ^ :f9 aids p^ our people, j^j how
much more Jjjp should we also "JH follow /> J^ the
prognostications ? H,^ llf- Alas ! ^ Heaven's^ D| in-
telligent decree ^ being thus awful, gpg you ought to
aid ^ me 3£ i^^ enlarging 3S ^^^ great ^ patrimony.

3£ The king Q further said,^" You j^ are ^ ^
the old servants (of my father,) ^ you ^ are very ^
capable of ^ ^ examining by-gone affairs; ^ you
55J know !^ ^ the tranquillizing monarch? ^ sti ^

how diligent he was in his operations ? Now when

' i> ■ ,

• Namely Woo-wang's subjugation of the empire.

f The prognostications being in favour of the ezpedition, he looked
on it as an indication of the will of the Supreme.

X The Chow state was originally only 100 square le in extent, and
yet by Heaven's favour they obtained univeral dominion.

220 THE GREAT ANNOUNCEMENT.

5c Heaven ^ obstructs ^ and hampers us, ^ ^ 3^
^ this is just the point where we ought to aim at
perfecting our undertaking. ^ 1 ^ do not j^
dare ^ to neglect ^ ^ carrying out to the utmost,
^ 3E t;he tranquillizing monarch's ^ schemes
and undertakings, ^ therefore ^ 1 (would desire)
extensively ffc to transform (the chstinate,) ^ and
lead forward (the yielding) ^ ]i^ ^ 5|f aiiiongst my
allieu princes. 5C^^^^ Heaven ||j| assists us with
j^ a sincere ^ e.cpression of atti'.chment, ♦ ^ hav-
ins;- ^ ascertained this ^ from my ^ subjects, ^
J^ how can I ^ ]^ refrain from ^ urging 1^ the
former !^ tranquillizing \ men, -f ^ ^ jlJC j^ to
complete the scheme which my predecesso has de-
vised ? And when 5^ Heaven *?j]p also ^|| ^ inter-
feres, Hd vexing and ^ distressing ^ oar ^ people, J
(who feel) ^ as if ^ they had ^ some :;omplaint,
T" -^ Sfe h^w can I dere ^ omit -^ taking up |ff
what the former ^ tranquillizing J\^ men f|j|[ ^ re-
ceived {^^ and completing their excellence.

3g The king Q continued : ^ As ^ formerly, ^
when I ^i^ set out on the expedition, ^ I "^
spoke of^M the difficulty, ^ ard Jaily j^ reflected
on it. ^ When ^ a father f^ (designing) to build
|g a house, ^ has j^ laid down ^ the plan, g^ if
his ^ sons Jf ^ 'M ^^^^^1 ^^t ^ (commence)
the hall, ^| how much less ;^ will they ;^f com-
plete (the building,) ? PJ or when ^ a father m^ has
ploughed the ground, ]^ if his ^ sons 75 w "^
will not ll^ scatter the seed, ^j how much less "g^ will

• The ten clever men coming forward to his help, is wliat he here
alludes to by the expression of attachment.

f Wo6-wang being denominated the tranquillizing monarch, bis
servants were called the tranquillizing men.

X This refers to the insurrectionists who vexed and distressed tht
states, which they had stirred up to rebellion.

TH£ GREAT ANNOUMOEMENT. 221'

they ^ wait for the harvest ? Under such circum-
stances, Pt ^ % ^"^ 3 how will the fathers and
venerable men say, -^ we ^ have ^ descendants, ^
^ho will not ^ abandon ^ the foundation (which we
have laid ?) ^ therefore, ^ ^^ how dare I ^j^-
neglect, j^ to the extent f(l of my ability, ^ placidly
(carrying out) ^ 3g the tranquillizing monarch's -jf^
great ^ decree.

^ If ^ elder brethren ^ and fathers 75 W had ^
friends, fi^ who attacked P^ their ^ own children,
S ^ would their servants ^ !& <^>^hort them ^ not
^ to save them 1*

3E The king said again, !!l "? Oh ! ^^ en-
large your views, ^ you l^f^^ allied princes, g
and ^ you ^ $ persons employed. (Wod-w&ng's)
^ brilliant ^ dynasty ( rose to eminence ) ^
through the aid of =^ clever men, ^ and j^ by means
of ^j-* the ten A individuals, whoj^^JJ knew and
followed the leadings of Jt the Supreme ^ Ruler's ^
decree, j^ until ^ Heaven ||| aided jj|^ their sinceri-
ty (in conquering Yin.) ]^ ^ At that time ^ j^
you did not dare J^ to contravene ^ the royal orders,
^1 how much more ^ now, ^ that Heaven p^ has
sent down ^ a calamity ^ upon ^ the Chow f^
dynasty (in the demise of the first monarch,) f^ when
'J^ these great |^ J^ authois of the disturbance ^^
press ^ near ^ and mutually fJJ ^ attack Iff^ ,
the royal house, j^ how is it that you ^ also ^ do
not ^H now perceive ^ that the celestial -^ decree ^
^ is unchangable ?

"^ I ^ frequently ^ think ^ and say : 5^ Heaven
fH is 3^ putting an end to ^ the Yin dynasty, ^

* By the fathers and brethren, he meant Wo6-w4iig ; by tho
friends, the four rebellious chiefs ; by the children, the people ; and
by the servants, the officers and magistrates.

222 THE DECREE DELIVERED TO THE COUNT OP WSh

likej^^^ the husbandman, (in rooting up the weeds.)
^ -^ ^ >jQ Why should I then not ^ complete the
work ^ of my ||(^ field, 5^ while Heaven ;^ also
m promotes fj^ t^® excellence ^ of |^ the former !^
tranquillizing A^ men^

"^^ ^iS 1^ Is it that I am altogether devoted
to divination, ^ ^ "T 4{fe ^^ *** ^ refuse to comply
with your wishes ? ^ but in carrying out the work of
!^ A the tranquillizing men, ^ i^ I must have res-
pect to the @ jt fixed boundaries ; )^| how much
more ^ now |\ that the prognostications ^ are all
^ favourable, ^ Therefore ^ 1 1^ vehemently Jj)'^
urge ^ you }^ on this eastern ^ expedition ; 5^ the
celestial ^ decree ^ cannot f^ err, and \\ ^ the
arrangements of the prognostics f^ ^ j^ are all in
conformity therewith.

SECTION X.
^^^^

THE DECREE DELIVERED TO THE COUNT OF WEI.*

S ^ The king (Ohing-wang) spake nearly as
follows : ^ Oh you, ^S 7C •? eldest son of the
king of Yin ! f {|| on |^ examining "^ the records of
antiquity, ^ I feel disposed to honour ^ the virtuous
(Ching-t'hang, the founder of the Yin dynasty,) ^ and
as you resemble him ^ in talent, ^ I appoint you 5|^
to continue (the sacriiices to your) ^ former ^ king :
cultivate ^ his jjj@ rites ^ and literature : f^ be
_^ a guest ^ in 3E my royal ^ house ; |^ with ^
my country JgJ be always f^ friendly, (and continue

* ^ ^U Chlng-w&Tii? having put ^ ^ Wob-k^ug to deith,

appointed the count of ^ Wei to the district of 5R Sung, in order
to offer the usual sacrifices to Ciiinsf.t'haiig.

f This refers to the count of f^ Wet, who was the eldest son of

the emperor 2Z ^^> ^^^ ^^ natural brother of the tyiant jp^ Chow.

ttiS 0£CRfeB D£LIV£RBD TO THE COUNT eP WEI. 223

the same) ^ to distant -jH: ages ^ without M end.

5^ ^ Oh yes ! Jf^ your ^ ancestor J^ J^Ching.
t'ang ^ attained to such ^ veneration, |^ perfection,
]^ enlargement, ^ and profundity (of mind,) that ^
Imperial ^ Heaven ^ graciously -^ aided him, and
^ largely ^ invested him i^ ^ with imperial
authority ; then ^he soothed J^ the people J^^ by ^
his liberality, ^ and suppressed ^ the |p|J corrupt
oppressors, by which ^J his merit j^ surpassed
that of ^ his colemporaries, ^ and his virtue ^ was
handed down ^ to his latest ^ descendant

I^You f^ have |^ trod in ^ and followed up ^
his ^ footsteps, ^ and long ^ possessed <^ a good
^ reputation, i]^ beiner respectful, ^ cautious, ^
and ^filial, as well as ^ reverential g^and respect-
fill W to both gods X and men, "^ I ^ admire JA
y^ur fg virtue, pj and say, ^ that it is abundant,
^ whilst you are not ^ unmindful (of your predeces-
sor.) Jf; jj^ The Supreme Kuler ^ has firequently
1^ enjoyed (your sacrifices.) "T^ while the lower ^
people (have thereby become) ^^ reverential, j^ and
harmonious. )^ I therefore ^ appoint ^ you, ^
to be Jt -2^ an arch-duke, ^ to rule over ^ this 3p[
eastern territory ^ of H ea,

^ ^ Be respectfiil ! ^ and f2:o |^ to diffuse a-
broad 7^ your g)t) instructions, ^ be cautious also a-
bout 75 yoiif Bk ^ regulations for apparel ; ♦ i^
follow ^ out 1^ ^ the accustomed rules, Jij^ in order
^ to defend ^ the royal ^ house ; ^ magnify 75
your ^ illustrious jj® ancestors, ^ be a pattern to ^

* The rulers of ^^ Sung, being descended from an imperial
house, had to employ Uie rites and music peculiar to an emperor in

the ancestorial temple of )k jOT Chlng-t'ang, hence the appreheiw
sion lest they should overstep the bounds of propriety, and usurp
cerUun appendages of dress to which they were not entttiod.

224 f HE ANNOUNCBMBMT TO ii'llANG,

your ^^ people; ^ cvev ;.^^ establitih f^ the j^
throne, ^ and aid •^'^me — • a biugle J\^ individual ;
i^! iti! f^r aivos :^ enjoy ^ (the results of) virtue, ^
to myriads ^^i o- ^iai^iS f^ be ^ an example ; fl^ and
give ^ ^ oi): 1^] Chow dynasty ^ no cause of
dissatisfaction.

Rl ^ <^^h y .es ! §;: ^ go. 'j-^ and do thou f^ excel ;

" never ^ seiiir:^' ajide ^ these my ^ comiDandg.

«

S [ACTION XI.

Till: A.S.NCOiVCEMENT J^^'^O K^IIANO. *

f/^

On ^ thv3 3rd J§ moon, f ^ when it first ^
began ^ to ^vaue, ^ ^ Cho\v^-kLing ^ ^ laid the
foundation, j[^ and built ^jfauew ;AC thci great ^ city,
^ in ^ '^he eastern |g country ^ of Lo. ^
From the four 7j* quarters _^ the people ^^ nume-
"oiisly ^ '^ congregated, (together with the chiefs o
^ the How, "^ Teen, ^ and NTm ^ regions,
and the 'i'sae, |,%j and Wei (tenures,) ^ the handrcd jf
ofticers m and lb.; scattered ]^ population, ^ united-
ly ^ came tn see tfc what business ihc^vc was -^ at
Jfl Chow. Ir^] ^ Chow-kung ^ urged thc-n ail on
^ to dili.;enco, 75 ^^^ then >^ ^ extensively |^
announced y^ the completion of the work. J

^ The king (Wo6-wAng) ^ ^ then spake to the
following effect : £ ^ Oh chief of the princes, |^j my

]^ K'hang-Bhiih was the son of ^S W&n-t^ang, arid

the younger brother of ^C ^E Wo6-wang. Wob-w&ng a;>- ointed

him to be the marquis of f|} Wei ; hence this announcement. The
present and former editions both have it.

t The thiid moon is the third month of the seventh year suice
Chow-kung was associated in the government.

X This sentence ought to be inserted before the section of |^
Lo*ka6U| or the announcement respecting L5.

THE ANNOUNCEMENT TO K*H\NG. 225

^ ^ younger brother, >Js the young ^ nian ^
Fung. ♦

f^ Think of 75 your 3S g'"^at ^ and illustrious ^
ancestor ^ 3E Wliu-waug. ]^ who was able flQ to
display ^ his virtue, ^ ajid to he cautious ^ in pun*
ishments.

^ He did not ^ dare ^ to insult ^ the destitute
and the widow, ^ |i^ he attended to that which
it was right to mind, jf^ l^he reverenced those whom
it was his duty to respect, J^ j^ and he was terrible
to those whom he ought to have awed ; SS thus (his
virtue) was displayed ^ before the people, f^ ^ and
he laid the foundation of, -^ and established^ our ^
small § dynasty of Hea ; @ until ^ our -*• one or
ZU two ^ (friendly) states J^ gradually carried out
j^ and perfected (the government) ; ^ jfS Ji while
the people of our western country ^ |^ constantly
•fj^ confided in ^ and longed after (the reformer) ;
^ this was heard ^ by Jl the Supreme ^ Ruler^
when ^ the Supreme fj^ approved, 5^ and Heaven
7^ -j^ extensively ^ commissioned ^ ^ WSn-wang,
]^ gjj to make war on and destroy ^ the Yin dy-
nasty, ^ fully ^ conferring on him '^ the -^ decree
(to assume the supreme authority ;) ^ when ^ the
^ states ]g^ and |^ f eople ^ became ^ duly ^
arranged. 75 ^^^ ^ unworthy f^ elder brother ^
was also stimulated to exertion ; jfj^ and thus ^ you,
^ ^ oh young man, ^ Fung ! Igg ai^e settled over ^
this ]^ eastern ^ retjion.

5E The king H said, R| «^ Oh ^ Fung ! ^ do
you ^ ^ think of this. 4^ Now (ruling) ^ the
people well ^ will ^ depend on ^ reverentially ^
followiner out (the undertakings of) 75 y^^^* ^ ^lus-
trious ^ ancestors ; ^ connecting ^ what you have

* Fung was the name of Kang-shiih.

Dd

226 THE ANNOUNCEMENT TO K^ifA^G.

heard from him, ^ and complying with his ^ vir-
tuous q" words. \^ Go, therefore, ^j[ and extensive-
ly 5Jt seek ^ after (the records of) ^ Yin's ^ for-
mer ^ wise ^ kings, ^ and make use of (your disco-
veries) f^ to protect ^ and regulate J^ the people.
3^ Do you also 35 widely 3^ and extensively jj^ en-
quire after ^ Shang's ^ old JjJJ and experienced J^
men, ^ that you may settle j^ your mind (in what is
good), ^ and know how ^ to instruct (the people).
^ Do you further ^ make ^ enquiries after flj
the practice of the -gf ^ ^ ^ intelligent kings of
of former times, ^ and make use of (their plans) ]^
to tranquillize ^ and protect ^ the people. Thus
you will S^^ enlarge 5^ the celestial principles (in-
herent in the soul), ^ and by ^ virtue f^ enriching
y^ your own ^ person, ^ you will not ^ be negli-
gent of ^ these ^ royal ^ commands.

ggThe king ^ continued, H[Q Vf Oh you /|\ ^
young man, ^ Fung, f^ you should feel ( for the peo-
ple, as though) ^ pain affected J^ your own ^ per-
son. ^ 1^ Be respectfully cautious! 5^ Heaven,
though awful,* f^ yet favours ^fjfe the sincere.
•<-• ij^rhe feelings of the people 7J '^ can be gene-
rally^ ascertained, /J> A ^^ ^^' ^* ^^ diflScult
to keep the inferior populace in a good humour. ^
Go, therefore? |^ and exert 7^ your |JJ^ mind to the ut-
most ; ^ do not ]^ seek tranquillity, jj^ nor be fond
of ^ ease ||| and leisure, J^ and then you ^ will be
able 3^ to manage ^ the people. ^ I ^ have
heard it ^ said, ^ that dissatisfactions If% do not ^
originate in ^ great, ^ )^ neither do they 1^ arise
from <J^ small affairs, (but depend on) ]^ compliance
1^ J^ or non-compliance with right principles, ^ and

• The awfulness of Heaven refers to the possibility of Providence
transferring the decree, appointing the sovereignty to another family.

THE ANNOUNCEMENT TO K*HANO. 227

on tlie employment ^ fQ or non-employment of ener-
getic effort.

13 Moreover, ^ f|| with regard to you, >Jj% ^ oh
young roan, 73 y<>ur fl^ business fH is 5I| to enlarge
3E the royal (virtues;) ^ harmonize them, fj^ and che-
rish ^ J^ the people of Yin, ^ that they also |||
may ^ assist ^ the sovereign, ^ and rest in ^
Heaven's ^ decree ; f^ thus they will become ^ a
renovated J|^ people.

2 The king ^ continued, l||| Wf Oh you, ^ Fung,
^ be respectful ^ and intelligent J^ in the infliction
^ of punishments. ^ Whett men ^ commit >Jn
a small 9^ offence, ^ if it do not originate ^in error,
75 but 'j^ be persevered in |^ to the end, Q while
they themselves f^ practice 7f^ |^ unlawful things ^
^ with express intent I ^ISt^ ^^ then, however
small the offence, 75 you ^ ^ must not 5j^ neglect
1^ to inflict condign punishment. J^ Bat when men
^ commit ^ a great ^ offence, it they ^ do not |^

persevere, 75 ^^^ ^ ^^ ^^ haYe originated ^ in error, ^
calamity, ^ ^ or accident, ^ when ^ they have
acknowledged j^ the enormity of J^ their ^ crime,

^ 75 y^^ ^ ^ "^^^* ^°* 1^ P^* ^^^^ *^ death.
i The king ^ further said, 5^ r^ Oh you, ^

Fung ! J^ let there be ^ regularity (in your inflictions,)
t^ and thus 75 you will ^ greatly ^ enlighten
(your administration) W and subdue (the people), i|||
while ^ the people ^ will be ^ warned ^ and sti-
mulated 5^ to harmony. ^ If ^^ you are (as anxi-
ous to remove offences as a person is to remove) ^ a
* sickness, j^ then ]^ the people ^ will ^ entirely
^ renounce ^ their errors. ^ if (you protect the
good, as you would) ^ cherish ^ "^ an infant, ^
then ^ th . people ^ vnll be ^ tranquil j>4'^^^ well-
governed. ^ It is tiot j^ that you alone, ^ oh Fung,

228 THB ANirOUNCElfEliT TO k'haKO.

^ pUQish Jl people, 3! ^^^ kill ^ people ; therefore
^ do not SK ^ 1^^ ^ A ^^ puuishing, j|^ oor io
Xmtting ^ m^n to death. *

^ It ib not ^ from you, ^Fung, 5C ^ ^® repeat-
ed, (that the lighter peDaities)j||] of cutting off noses 1^
^ and ears proceed, therefore ^ do not '^ rashly j||]
jpj f^ deprive men of these members.

3E 'll^e king Q continued : with regard to ^ exter-
nal ^ affairs, j- ][^ do you |^ arrange ^ these
^ laws ; ^ and let the officers ^ follow ^ those ^
punishments of the Yin dynasty, 'j^ jj^ which are
saitable and proper.

yt^ He again ^ said : ||| Take important PQ cri-
minal cases H^to your bosom, j^ and reflect on them
5£ for five or J5 six ^ days, ^^ or even ^ ^ for
ten. 3^ At the end of the term % q|^ come to a gene-
ral decision ^^on these capital p^ accusations^

3E I'he king ^ continued, ^ Do you ^ arrange
^ these ;^ legal ^ matters, ;^ and in purishmeuts
1^ decide ^ ^ according to the regulations of the
Yin dynasty ; fflobserve, however, i^ ^^righteous
]f|] punishments ^ and just ]|^ inflictions, ^ but do
not ^ ^ use them ^IC ^^ accordance with your own
private views ; ^ oh you, ^ Fung, 75 tt" ^'^^ y^>^
ij^ strictly jg^ adhere to uprightness. ^ Should any

8*y» ^ '^^ 'S ft J^l'^^a^y arranged ; j^ do you ^ reply,
^^ It does not yet 3^ accord with |^ the propriety

of things.

0, Moreover J^ you |^ are but >\\ ^a young man,

?fe ^ W ^^^ y®' there are none ^ who resemble ^
you, ^ oh Fung, j2^ jJii in mind ; while ^ my jjl^

* The meatiiiig is, that punishments proceed from Heaven, and
that the magjslntii is only Heaven's minister.

t It is not clear to what these external affairs rt'fer.
J The term here racntiuiK^d is three monthe.

THB ANNOUNCEMENT TO K'UANG. 229

heart ^ and my ^ views j^ are 7^ ^ well kuowi
to you.

j{i Whenever any ^ among the people ^ ||i ^
involve themselves in crime, ^ and become robbers
and thieves, ^ traitors ^ and villains, ^ killing
^^ and knocking ^ people down, ^ for the sake of
^ property, ^ reckless '^ ^ and regardless of ^
death ; (such persons) ^ ^ are invariably |^ to be
abhorred.

^ The king B continued, ^ Oh Fung ! jq the
principal ^ offenders ^ are greatly ^ to be abhorred;
j^ how much more fH tho^e who ^ :^ are unfilial
^ 3fe and unfriendly ! ^ vi'hen a son ^ does not
^ respectfully fl^ subject (himself) ^ to his ^ fa-
ther's ^ authority, -f^ he greatly -^ wounds j^ the
^ paternal 4!& mind ; ^ and when ^ a father ^
^ cannot i^ soothejff his ^ son, 75 he |^ ioflicts
pain Hf on his own ^ child ; ^ when ^ a younger
brother^ j^ is unmindful of 5^ Heaven's ^ clearly-
displayed relations, 75 ^^ ^ ^ ^^^^ ^^ ^ respect
towards P( his jj^l elder brother , and when ^ an
elder brother 3Jj|^ also 7[\ does not ^ remember j|^ ^
^ the trouble which parents take in nourishing their
children, ^he becomes very ^2^ unfriendly ^ to-
wards ^ his younger brother. 4*^ When ^ things
cjme ll to this pass, yp ^ ^ I|{; A»1#|| and when
those under our government do not visit upon them
due punishment, !^ j^ ||5| -^ J^ ^ then the Heaven-
bestowed regtilatioas for the people 'JQ will be greatly
7^ confounded ^ and disturbed. I should sav,
therefore, J^'^do you ^ quickly }^ follow out X^
3E1^|l} the inflictions adopted by WSn-waug, }P|
and punish ^ these ^ without ^ mercy.

For those 3^ who do not ^ follow instruc tion "fc*
there are the great ^ inflictions ; j^\ how much more

230 TUB AHlNOtTNCBMSlCT TO x'haN6.

fH^ for ^^the outside W^^ip^^oes^ (whose business
it is^ ^) to instruct \ the people, f^ and for Jjj^ the
Jj^ Air magistrates, M and ^h E ^ ff! minor commis-
sioned officers, Ji^i ^ jf8t ^^^ diffuse heretical no-
tions 3§f ^ ifc V f<»i^ the purpose of g'etting the ap-
plause of men ; ^ who do not ^ rea^ard (their sove-
reign, ) 1^ nor ]^ make une of ( his regulations,)
while they J^ distress U their ^ prince ; ^ these
7^ are § I ^ the people who extend wickedness, and
^ who are ^ to me ^ most abominable. Q On
this account, ^J^ ^o you ^ 5^ immediately ^
follow out ^ that which is ^ just, ^ and put such
persons j^ to death.

^ Moreover should you, f|g| as ^ the prince ^
and ^ superior, ^ ^ not be able (to regulate) ^
your own ^ ^ domestics, ^ with fg^ your /Jn infe-
rior ^ officers ^|v and outside jE magistrates, f^ but
J^ (merely) overawe '||| and ^ oppress them, ;;^;
thus greatly "J^ contravening 3E ^^e royal ^ com-
mands, 75 yo^ would thus employ ^ a corrupt ^
course of conduct J^ .^ to regufete (thtj country.)

JiC But if you jfp also p| >f^ ^ could be invari-
ably i^ respectful ^ and attentive to the constant
rules, y^ yo'i would |^ thereby ^ enrich ^ the

JOple. ^ In this ^ 3E ^ WSn-wS^ng's ^ respect
^^ and caution ( were eminent.) 73 f§- 1" enriching
g the people ^ could you say, ^ 1 j]^ have i^^ ^
attained to the same ; ^ then "^ 1, — • the one ^
man, |«j^ should ^ rejoice.

=E The king ^ further said, ^ Oh Fung ! 3^ in-
telligently f^ regarding ^ the people, 3^ do you lead
them on ^ to happiness j^ and tranquillity. ^^ I
also 1^ in ihcsame way ^ ^ consider ||^ 7^ W3E
^ the virtue of the former good kings of the Yin
dynasty, ^ and employ the same )^ to tranquillize

THE ANNObNCBMENT TO K^HAnO. 211

^ and regulate ^ the'peoplc, f^ in order 5^ to be
classified (with those kings.) JJI How much more ^
now, ^ when that people f^ have no one ^ to lead
them on, ^ and thus forbear ^ to walk in the right
way. If\ If they are not ^ led on to virtue, ^ then
^ there will be no i|FJ|^ good government ^in ^ the
^ country.

2 The king ^ continued, ^ Oh Fung ! "^ I, j^
for my own part, Tfs f^ cannot ^ dispense with ^
an inspection (of the ancients ;) ^ and would there-
fore make known y^ to you ^ ^iJl ift ^^^ explanation
of their virtues, ^ and ^ ^^ fx ^'^^ '^^y *^ inflect pu-
nishments. ^ But now j^ ^ the people >J\ ^ are
unsettled, ^ and we have not yet ^ suppressed ]|^
their turbulent ij^i dispositions ; j^ those who have led
them, U^ notwithstanding frequent efforts, ^ have not
yet brought them [^ to a uniformity (of virtue.) ^
Clearly j^ considering ^ ^ ^ the inflictions of
Heaven, ^ ^ which are so severe on myself, ^ I
^ #|5 do not ^ complain, f^ But ^ their §^
crimes ^ ^ :^ need not be great l/|> ^ ^ ^ i^or
numerous, (in order to bring down calamities ;) ^| how
much more ^ when it can be said,^ that (their wic-
kedness) ^ still ^ displays itself ^and is heard ^
in 55 heaven. *

^ The king Q resumed, S^ rt^ Oh you, ^t Fung,
1|S[ ^ be respectfully cautious ! ^ do not fp enact
anything ^ (that may excite) murmurs : ^ do not
j^ adopt ^ evil ^ counsels, ^^ nor irregular ^ pro-
ceedings ; ^ in decisions ^ ^ sincerely act up to
3E the great |l] law ; ^ with energetic ^ virtue fj^

* Wo6-wang looked upon the people's crimes as his own, and
considered all inflictions on them as sent on himself ; a few trifling
errors, he thouglit would be sufficient to bring down Divine dis-
pleasure, how much more suc^ oufrageous proceedings as now
|)revailed.

232 THE ANHOUKCEinLRT REGARDIKG W1K£.

^ soothe 7J your ^ mind, ^ examine Tj your ^^
attainments, ^ 75 ^ lay your plans for distant use-
fulness ; 1^ 7^ be leuieut, J^^ in order that ^ your
J eople ^ may be tranquillized ; ^ and I will not
consider jfj^ you ^ faulty, 3^ nor cat you off.

2 The king Q further said, 5^ "^ Oh, |p alas !
^ you /J> youDcr -f man, ^ Fung ! f|^ consider ^
that the decree ^ is not ^ '^ invanable ! * ^ Do
you icX^ reflect on this ! ^ ;^ let me not J^ cut
you off ^ from the promotion you enjoy ; tj^Jj |^ -^
clearly manifest the decree by which you hold your
tenure ; jj^ think highly of Tj what you |@ now hear,
J^ ]^ and peacefully ^ regelate ^ your people.

3E The king ^ ]^ concluded nearly as follows ; ^
^ Go, ^ Fung ! ^ do not ^ set aside '^ the vene*
rable ^ r^ulations, $| listen to ^ what I ^ tell

^ you ; 75 ™^ **^^^ J[>^ y^^ ^^1 '^i^^ IS R **^^ ^^^

people "lilt to be a perpetual ^ enjoymenL

SECTION XII.

THE ANNOUNGEMEffT ^f$ REGARDING WINE, f

3E '^^ king ^ as it were ^ said, BQ Clearly (de-
clare) ^ the great ^ decree ^ to j^ the Mei ^
state.

7j Your ^ respectful ^ancestor, 3J^ 3£ WSin-
w&ng,^laid the foundation g^ of his kingdom ^ in
"* the western Jt region, H^ where he ||| informed
and warned )|| ^|$ the princes of the states, ]|g ^

* This means that the comnuind appointiiig any one to role, is not
invariably fixed in one family or individual.

t ^C ^(>^9 o^ ^he ^^ Shang dynasty, was madly bent on wine ;

so that the empire became corrupted by him. f^ jj^ Mei't*ho2>
was the capital city of Shang, hence it^ demoralization was extreme.

Su3c Wo2>-w&ng appointed ]^i£lC K'haug-shiih to rule over
that territory, hence he made this treatise in order to instruct him.
The ancient and modern editions both contain this section.

THE ANJNOUNCE^»Nt EKGARDING WINE. 233

tji e ofi|cprs, ^ together with 4f Tlj the assistants j^
~"^ and persons employed, ^ noriing ^ ni?d evening,
s^yinor, f^ In sacri^ing ^ ^ wine is employe^ ;
fH and ^ heaven ^ ^ent Aoysn ^ the decree ^ in
th^ first instance ^ tp our J^ peoplp/to ma^e i%) ^
that they might i^e it 7^ principally f ^ ^ Sjacrificing.

5c it was Heaven ^ that sent down ^ this iufljcr
tion ^ on our |^ people, * ^ and when ^ great %l
cpofusion occurs, ^ to the destructips of ^ (indivi-
dual) virtue, ^fp f^ ^ it is invariably t[J| wine ^ ^ij
that causes it : '^ so also yhen /p small and 'jl^
great ^ states ^ ^ are jruined, ^ it i^ also j^ ^
with9t*t exception 7p that wine j^ ^s the ^ fault of it,

;^ 3E VVSn-wang |§ informed ^ and instructed >J>
^ the young people, ^ Jg together with the magis^
trates ^ ^ a^^ persons employed, ^ for^^ding ^
the constant use of 7|f wine, ]^ and when ^ ^ oft
Hfi^ional occasions ^)f it was drunk, "III then oujl^ jfij
in sac^ficing^ : (and let it be dpne, said he) ^ in a vir-
tuous manflier, ^ ^o as ^ to prevent j^ intoxication.

He (?iJi^Sn-wang)||| i9| used to say, ^ My ^ peo-
ple ^ led on <|> ^J- their juniors f^ Jb ^ ^ to l^v^f
the productions of the 8(^, ^jvhen J^ their «8a hearts |^
were good. Ihas Wiilii^ men Ig clearly |^ to listen
t<> ilM ^ k1 ^ in) the constant insiyjicti()n.s of their
anpesto^^ ; ^ and /^ small ::fc ^^ jgreat ^ virtues,
>J> ^ with youujj people, ^ -=r*i5hould he one ^incj th^
same.

Now you people of JHcdt ^Tej-t'oo, f ^ cpiDbiTio
the energies ^ ofycwr M; ]U bodily raemberSj ^ i^
im4 exteiifiFely ^ icwjtivate ^ miJipt ^ -and jKrain :
^ ^ hapten ^ to seriire |^ your ^ par^nt^^ afid

"zr

* Wine -brings oalamittea on men, and the <^Qn of it is here
ascribed to Heaven, because the working out of ^{afortu^i^es pn)c$^e^s
fron^ JQleaven.

f ^8 i^ the address^dtf Woo^rnktiigto the pttf)VB of Me{«t'h<^,,

Ee

234 THE ANNOUNCEMENT REGARDING WINE.

^^ superior^), ^ and (lilio^ently 9[| lead on ]^ your
waggons ^ and oxen, ^ Bft"W ^® pnrsue your mer-
cantile affairs to a di tunce ; ^ thus 3^11! piously ^
nourishing JJ^ your ^ f^^ parents ; ]^ and when your
^ 4^ parents ]^ are gratified, j^ then you may j^
b^the and |f| enjoy your abundduce, ^ and af er that
^ mate use of |@ wine.

]j^ i Oh you officers, ^ jE «nd magistrates, ^
together with ^ ^ the superior ^ ^ «nd respecta-
ble classes, ^j^ (lo you ^ constantly f^ listen fj^
to my ^ instructions ; p^ if you ^ ^ could liberally

nourish ^ your i)arpnts ^ and 5§* rulers, W then

you 75 ^^uld be able ^ ^ to e^it and drink ^ |^
to abundance and satiety; ^ {^ 19 nnd to speak of
yrreater things, H^ ]^ if you could ^ constantly U
look into ^ and examine yourselves, f^K tosee whe-
ther you possess Pf^ the due medium ^ of virtue, '
1^ ^ and thus could |^ furnish and present ,^
the usual sacrifices, H 75 ^hen you would ^ ^ pro-
mote your own ^ 3^ enjoyment of pleasure. J£ /^
and tbu» ;^ truly \^ l)ecome ^ the king's JE $ JI^S
^ ministers of correct business. ^ Then ^ you
would also f^ possess J^ ^7jj ^ ^^^ original virtue
of compliance with Heaven, zK^ ]^ *nd never be
forgotten ^ in 3E the royal jffl house.

£ The king Q continueil, ^ Oh Fung ! ^ in our
1^ western Jl land, |y| {Q. ^^^ former assistants, viz.
^ 5^^ the princes, |IP$ officers, /]> ^ and younor peo-
ple, ^ ]^ were enabled fl| to comply with ^fe S
W&n-w&ng's ^ instructions, ^ Q|b and refrain from
indulging "^ m JQ (abundance of) wine ; ^ therefore

^ I, S ?^ ^ a* thifi ti^^ ^ 1^*^® ^^^'^ *^^® 5^
to receive |St kI 1^ ^^^^ imperial decree instead of

the Yin dynasty.

£ The king ^ further said, ^ Oh Fung ! ^ [

THB ANNOUNCEMENT K.RCIARhlNG WINE. 235

have heard f|| it Q said, ^[95 that ^ formerly ^
^ SB ^he first wise prince of the Yia dynasty ^
carried out ^ his sense of dread with regard ^C
to Heaven's ^ brigtit (decree,) and (his apprehension a-
hout) )}> ^ the common people's (preserving) ^ the
constant ^ virtues, ^ and maintaining ^ (the exam-
ple of) the intelligent (ninga.) Furthermore Q from the
time of j^ the accomplished J^ I'hang, ]^ even ^
until ^ tue *^ emperor ^ Yth, there were those wlu
j^ could complete ^ the (duties of) sovereign, -^ and
pay regard to :|Q their ministers ; fg while their ^
3^ officers ^ ^ assisted them ^ ^ with all due
respect. 'lhese>j^did not |J[ dare Q ^ to give
way to indolence ^ j^ and ea^e, j^| how much less
13 could it he said, ^ that they 5|^ presumed ^ to
f vouT ^ drinking.

j^ oreover :^ in ^^ the outside |§ tenures, a^
moiig ^ the marquises, ^ counts, ^ barons, ^
protectors,^ fj^ and lords of states ;^ togetht^r
with ij^ thosQ in Jp^ the inner ^ tenures, such as ^
the hundred ^ officers, ^ f^ the magistrates, f^ 3S
the secondaries, ^^ the subordinates. ^31 the super-
intendents of wo;4£8, ^ even to "g* j^ ihe people, |||
^ and the villagers, |^ -there were none ^ who dareil
^ to intoxicate themselves ^ with j^ wme, I^ and
not ^ only >f% did they not ^ presume to do so,
^ but also >p^ gave themselves no rest (in combat-
ing the practice.) f^Thus 'Sjj ^hey assisted J^ to per-
fect 3E the royal ^ virtue, |^ and render it illustrious;
^ while they induced ^ \ the magistrates j|^ rever-
ently f^ to refi^ard the laws.

^ I h »ve m heard ijjp also i)|| that it has been ^
8aid,3Jg >^ ^ that more receutly ^ the succeeding
3£ monarch (Show) ^ ^ made himself merry with
wine ^ so that his ^ co.nmands ^ were not

S36 f fft ANiiOUACBirtafT RSGAHBINQ WIHti.

JBadd manifbst ^ td ^ the people. That which fff^
hi attended to ^ and regarded ^ ^ was only to ex«
cite disaffection, jj^ ^ and thus he went on without
reform ; M^W9^T^ ^ 8"ving way to excessive

dissoluteness ^ ^^^ and illicit practices. ffi In
the pursuit of 3^ pleasure ^he sacrificed ^ ||| his
dignity,* so that ^ the peojile f^ ^ were without ex-
ception ^ universally ^ wounded 4!^ in their minds,
1^ whilst (Sh6w) ^ wildly HPt B^ve himself ^ c
ver to ^ wine, ^ without fH thinking of ^ Jj^reprta*
WDg itt his ^indulgences ; Mhis iC? mind ^ ^was
so infatuated, ^ ihat he did not ^ even j|r regard^
death ; ^ his iuiquities ^ pervaded ^ ]^ the city
of Shang, i^ and when ^ the Yin gg dynasty ^
was overthrown ^ he did not ^grieve. He ^ f|^
neglected ^ to make his virtue ^^ ^ aiteeud (to
the Supifenie) like a sweet odour, S ffi *5^ 55 ^^^ ^^**
the report (of his sacrifices) mount up to Heaven ; ||C
but he greatly ^^ caused ^ the people |^ to com-
i>l»»"i iSl §» while he with the multitude ^ gave him-
itolf up 7§ to wine, J@ the offerisivencfts of which ^
was perceived ^ on J* high, ^- lllerefore ^'^Heaven
sent down ^ calamities "^ oii the ^ Yin dynasty,
^ "3" «JC without shewing any pity towards them,
1^ on Account of ]^ their dissoluteness ; ^^^ iH^
not that Heaven is oppressive ; ^ it is only because
^tbe people ^ jH hastened ^ to crimfc

as The king said, ^ Oh Fung ? -^ ;jC it is not 1
iJlll alone ^ 3^ that tlius ^ multiply ^ my an-
nouncements; ^ ^ the ancients also ^ hdve "a It
saying, El to this effect, \ that men ^ must not i^

look into y^ water jgi for thciir mirror, ♦^ hut j§^

' . i-. — i^

♦ History relates that Show made a pond of wine and a forest of
fleeh, where he caused men and women to run naked after each o^her;
thus in his pleasures he sacrificed hi$ dignit?.

THB ANNOtmCSSlKi^T ittidAFtDlNG WINE. 237

tiike S fnaAfcind H for thdi' mirror. 4^ Now |^
the Yin dynasty ^ having fallen ^ froni then*

decree, $^ ^ ^f ^^^ ^*" ' ^ t^T m ^^^^^ tatiiug
them for my niirror, ^ "^ ^ and thus Soothe (th^

people of) my time.

"3^ ^ ra ^^V ^ ^^y» ^ you ^ should sfrenuons-
ly ^ warn )^ J^ SS! ^^^ clever ministers of the Yin
dynasty, and (those who hold the tenures of) j^ mar-
quises, ^ counts, ^ barons, f|}| and fJ^tertors, (to H-
ifoid witte ; )^| how much riiore 'M^'M ^^^ S^^^^
i'ecorder, J?9^ ^ and (he inner l-ecofder, ( with both of
whom yoii are on friendly ferifts,) ^ together with
your ^ wise g ministers, add ^^ X all the prin-

cipal officials ; ^J still farther ff^^ ^ those whonri
you employ in |g ^ sitting down to advise, ^^ ^
and in rising up to at;t ; ^| much rather ^ those who
are ^ as it were ^ your asseciates,* ijf ^ the pa-
ternal chief of the imperial doniain, ^ ^ whose busi-
ness it is to diminish transgi'ession, j|^^L ''^^ father of
agriculture, j^ who subjects ^ and preserves (the peol-
ple,) ^ jj^ with the great sire, ^ who is char^efd
with settling ^ the laws : ^( and ^till more than all
these, ^ you ough^ @3I ^ ^ charge yourself with
vigonmsly repressing ^ jQ the lust of wine.

Wi^ Ir ^ ^^^^^^ s^ill perhaps announce, ^ sayings
^ ihe clubs ijt of drinkers 94" :^ i^ dd not tou fail
( to apprehend,) f ^ all of whom ^ }|J you must
seize l^ in order ^ to forward thetn "^ to )^ Chow,
^ ^IS where 1 may perhaps make away ^vith thdtn.

3^ Also ^ witli respect to |^ j^ Yin's j^ misgui-
ded ^ ^ ministers f^ X arid btticials, J^ who J|j
are immersed ^ in ^ wine, ^ ^ you had better

^ ^ - — . — ^ _ — " '

* These refer to the three great officers, ihe minister of war, the
minister of instruction, and the ininifster of public works.

f This r<*fer8 to those who u >t only hieet to tipple, but who formed
cabalSf and pr>moted rebellion.

238 THB GOOD MATERIAL.

not ^ 2^ put to thera to death, ^ |^ but merely ^
iutsruct ^ them.

^^ ShouUl they adopt this your advice, ^ I shall
clearly ^ «njoy (my rule over them,) 75 but ^ if
they do uot f^ regard ^ ^ ^ the tenor ot my ia-
structions, f^ then ^ I, — tlie one \ man ^ will
not fl^ compassionate ^ nor ^ exculpate them JFi ^
from blame, ^ but class them |^ with those ^
who deserve j|§^ to be blain.

^ The king S concluded, ^ Oh Fung ! ^ do you
^ constantly ||§ listen to ^ inv ^ warnings ; '^
(for if you) do not ^ manage 75 ^t»e»e wj officials
well, p§ the people )||j will soon be immersed ^ in
fQ wine.

SECTION XIII.

THE GOOD ^ ;^ MATERIAL. *

3g The king ^ said, ^\ Oh Fung! ( when a chief)
jy^ takes ]|^ the J^ comn^on p| people j@ with ^ the
P[ subordinate otticers, ^ and b^irmofiizis them with
3^ the great ^ families of his state ; and when |Jj^
he takes |^ his own ^ sulyjects ^ and renders them
attached 3E to the emperor, f|^ he may then be consi-
dered ^ ^ a good ruler of a state.

*^ ^ is /SS Should the thought ever arise in your

* This aUo is a book of aimouncement from Wu5-w&ng to K*an§^.
ahiih, instructing bim in the principles of government, ^ishihf^ him
to carry out the feeling of kindness through aU classes, and to dispense
with the use of severe punishments. In the middle of the section
occur the words *^ a good material," and as this expression is suita-
ble to agriculture and house-building, it is therefore used to distin-
guish the chapter. The ancient and modern texts both have it.
There is much, however, that does not mutually accord in this chapter,
the former patt and the Utter not suiting each other ; so that it is
thought this chi^pter is composed of scraps made up by lorn and
broken leaves.

THE GOOD MATERIAL. 239

minil H^ayitig, fj^ ] :^ have |jp teachers g|p and
advisers, ^\ ^ with the ministers uf instruction, ^J^
of war, qj ^ and of public wojks, in addition to ^
magistrates jj^ and great oiSicers ; (then do you check,
yourself) ^ saying, -^ Let me ^ not )|^ tyrannically
^ slay A people. ^ Moreover Kc ^ ^ prince $^
bhould precede others ^ In manifesting respect ^
and in aff>r^ing encouragement, ^ and this fj§^ \iiH
lead on 1^ to the ^ manifestation of respect ^
and encouragement, (by his subordinates) ^ Fur-
ther tfe with regard to ^ the rogues ^ and villains,
^ A ^^® murderers J^ ^ and innred otfeuders (of a
former dynasty,) :^ for ive them, ^ iflp and thus ^
you will display ^ 9§ 'S^ ^be qualities of a mild
])rince. 5K 'I'^ose who maim 5S[ and injure J^ people
^ you may also forgive.^

q^ The former kings ^ established ^ inspectors+
fflffor ^ stilling insurrections, J^ on behalf of g
the people, ^ and charged thera, saying, M ^ ^
Do not injure ^ ^ ^ «^r oppress one another, ^ ^

1^ ^ be regardful of the destitute, ^ f S # and
find connections for the widow ; ^ ^ harmonize the
l>eopIe, ly, ^ and ero on to bear with them, 3E When
the former kings $t ^ undertook to imitate ^ ^
the chiefs of the state ^ and ^ ^ persons employed,
JPJ "^ -§ JA what was the charge they inculcated t
ll §il but to aflFord (thif^ people) nourishment, ^^ '^'^
and repose. |^ From "j^ of old, 3E the kings ^^
have acted thus : J^ in yonr inspection, therefore,
do you avoid f^ the use of ^ severe punishments?

* ThiK paratfiapb, according to the CliineBe Commentator, is in
many parte unintelligihle.

f The territory to which Kang-«hi&h had been appointed, was the
imperial domain of the former emperor, heuce he was called an
inspector ; and Woo-wang here tells him of the object which the lor-
mer kings had in lippointing these inspectors.

240 THE GOOD MATERIAL.

^ And p he said, ^ As in ^ cultivating g the
fieiHfi, te having |^ ililisrently j^ eradicated ^ the
weeds, ^|| ^ let a man ^ spread cut j^ ?i«4 airanw,
i@ 19f his j|g borders I§^ and flitches. ^ As in j^
building ^ ^ a house, gg having ^ ind|isfrioui>ly
{raised) g the hii^her ^ md lower walls, f^ ^ let »
man ^ plaster §| and ^ thatch it. ^ As in f^
the preparnlion of j^-jj^ materials, ^ having ||[| se-
dulously ^ plained g^ and chisselled the tinjber, j^^
let a i^an ^ paint it j^ with red J^ and divers colors*
>^ Now 3E l^* you maj eg^ ||| consider, ^ sayinsr,
^ The former 3E kings ^having Hd industriously
^ cultivated ^ iptelligent ^ virtue. ^ and cherish-
ed (the distant princes) ]§ 4S well as ^ the near ; Jj^
^ the various st;ites !]§C -were sensible of t^ benefits
they enjoyed, i^-^f^ and arousing their brotherly
fpelinps ^ 3l5 ^^'^® fro^ ^11 quarters, '^ and ****
fuljy J^ used J^ intelligent ^ virtue ; now let our
lajgr mon^rchs ^ use ^ these old regulations, ^^
and harmonize ]^ ^ all the states, then there will be
3S ereat 3^ enjoyment, f

Jpy Imperial ^ Heaven ^ has now ^ delivered
^f* ^ S ^h® people of the middle country, ^ toge-
ther with JUJ their ^ jL territory , ^ into the luuds o
5^ the later 2 monarchs (W^n and Woo.)

^ Therefore 2 let your majesty i|^ ^ ^ ^k»f
i|ge of virtue, ^ harmonize ^ and gratify, ^tl go be-
fore ^ and be the rereward ^ of this mistaken ]^

* The eradication of weeds here refers to the removal of vicious
persons : the erection of the walls, to the estabh'shment of a country;
and the plaining and chisselling, to the carrying out of regulations.
AH of which had been attended to by Woo-wang. Tlie settling of the
bordern, the plaRtering and thatching, together with the paintmg and
adorning, refers to the task to b<^ accomplished by Kang*s)iiih.

t This paragraph with what follows apjpears like the style 9f .i^nferior
ministers sending in cautions to their superiors. It is snppo^^ Ihj^
there is some error in the arrangement of the pages.

TUB ANNOUNC&MLNT OF CHAOU; 241

people ; ff\ ^ and then they ^ill be pleased ^ that
our former ^ «overeign ^ has received ( Heaven's)
^ decree (to reign).

^ Having said^ ]^ thus much. ^ do you observe
it well ; jH and 1 can only ^3 add, ^ that I wish ^
^ for ij^ a mvriad £^ years, ^ your 56 majesty's ^
^ children 1^^ and grand- children ^ may perpe-
tually j^ preserve J^ this people.

BOOK V.

THE BOOK OF CHOW CONTINUED.

SECTION I.

THE ANNOUNCEMENT Q ^ OF CHAOU.*

^ On ZZi the second ^ month of the year, (B. C.
1-1^7) m ^ after the moon had passed the full, |^
jT^ Ej at the expiration of six davs 21 ^ on the 2lst
day of the month. ^ the king ^ ^ set out early ^
from ^ Chow, ^ and ^ arrived ^ at )^ Fung.

1^ Whilst he remained there, "j^ "fife the great pro-
tector (C'haou-kung) ^ preceded^ ^ Chow-kung,
if^ in order to examine ^ the locality, ^ proceeding
^ leisurely 3f^ in his journey ; when on ^ the third
^ month, jl^l^^on the third day of the month,
§{IJ the new moon just appeared ; ^!^ Q three dayb

* Wo6-waiig, havii g conquered the ShanfiT dynasty, removed

the regalia of Uie kingdom to the city of 7^ L6. It appears that

it was Wob-wang*8 intention in his days to settle at L6, but f^\ ^If

Chow-knnL' nud J]S[ ^C Chlng-wang carried the intention into effect,

nnd 'pq Hf Chaon-kung in reality ordered the erection of the city.
When the building of the city vras completed, Cht.ig^*ivang commenc*
ed his government there : and Chaou-kung, taking: advantage of
Cliow->kuiig*s return, made this book of announcement, that he might
conimauicate it to the kitig. T(ie former and later editiuns both

baft it

..» i

:«

F f

242 THE ANNOUNCBMtMT OP CHAML

afterwards, X^ ^^hat is on the 5th day of tt^ i|V>^^>^
tf(; the gre^t protector ^ ^ came early ^ to f^~ L5,
p where he coDmiited the divination ^ with r^i4
lo the settlement, ]|!c @E ^ h ^^4 having obtaing(| a
f9.yourable omen. ]|| ^ ^ he laid the plap of the
buddings.

1^ After S three j^ ^7^ more, that is ^ )^
on the seventh day of the month, ^1^ ff^ the great
protector 7i ^iB^^ employed the multitude of the
Yin people ^ to prepare ^ the site, ^ ^ JW ®" *^^
tongue of land form^ by th^ L^ ; when ^ after 3£
five Q days, ^ ^^that is on the eleventh day of the
mouth, fo; the site ]^ was fully prepared.

^ Oq ^ the foUftwii^ ^ day, ^ ^ that is on
the twelfth day of the month. ^& Cnow*kung^

ca<ne early ^ ^ MF ^^ R'l ^^^ ^ tbocsughly
i9R|)ected ^ jH e# the plan of th^ neij^ city.

j^ After 2 three ^ days, X S ^fe^at ijs cm the 14^
dfg[ of the month, J8 fe ^ ^ ^^ sacrificed ta hea-
ven and earth ^ Zl twp biUlockis ; M and on ff the
next H day, jdl^*P which was the l&th of the m«pii,
75 tf^he wicrifiped, to the gods of the Iwd^ jj- ^
in the new city, ^ •?— one bujlock, ^ — one sheejt,

; — * and o»^ pig.

^-|j 9 Sevendays af t«K, ^ ^ th^H ison^tlie^ls*
day of the mq&p^ j^ j^ Chow-kung 7^ ^ eady ^.
took up 9 ^^ record of service, ^ and issued his com-
i9apd8,||S|||I^M^ 'fglto the princes of the
Toatcjuis^tes^ lordships, and baronies, of the hq$t of

tudfti of Yin, mil the boRkOf Yu £ e9;im«i^^ly m
npdertopk tjbe work.

(Tlv? Wk l»?ing coffl^ted> jfe (RM 9^^ Wff^
**^75 W llflP5|^wW^~*~* to^thepriai*

THE ANNeVNCCMEIST 09 GHAGU. 243

61 Ihe variotis states, "S^ and rereived ^ ^ilr presents
of sitk, 75 ^^^^ ^ b^ agaiB >\ entered^ ^ and gatt
t'^^ro^^ to Chow kung, ^ sajring, ^ |p Lei
the bowing ^ "^ and prostratiner (I now make)
j|[ have place before ^ the king^ ^ as before ""
your grace ; ^ ^ the making announcements ]S§|
fe the people of Yin (in order to tfieir transformation)
1^ @ will now depend upon 75 7^^** ^ management

[ of the business.

2^ 1^ Oh yes ! ^ Imperial ^ Heaven's Jb ^ ^u-
me Kuter E!i|^ has chanced (the decree th favour of)

his TC chief -^^ son, (the soveifieSgn) j^ dlf this

great ^ country ^ iC '^ ^^'» f» *"^' ^^^
your Majesty ^ has received '^ the cfeftree to ]
( which affords) ^ ^ interminable iH f^t, happindiis,
(and brings with it) ^ atso |^ ^ boundless {H {]i[ an-
xiety ; S^ tf^ Oh I ^ :^ ^ iHf ^ ^ how can you
dispet^se with req»ecthit ifSaiution;*

if? When Heaven K was about ^ for ever
td terminate yj^ the great ^ df flasty ^ J^S ^^"^'^
decree, j^ tfien llJc Yin's ^ numerous ^ ancient
afhd ^ Intelligent =|g kings, (came into remembrance)
1^ before ^ Heaven ; ^ but j^ their ^ succeediTng
3E sovereigns ^^ and subjects. ^ wfi6 M^ had receiv-
ed ||( the ^decree, PJ^j^ uhimately ^^ drove wise
men into the shnde^ ^ J0^ and placed the d{)pre88ive
in power 5 ^ ^ the people tired with tyranny, ^ ^
^ ^ JH^ j^' 7* ^^^ up their wives ilnd children ttx
their iirms |,»j^ ^ i^^ *"d bitterly complained to Hea-
ven^ ^ but on going forth j||^ td inake th**ir li;; {fj
escape, ^ they were seized, (and brought a&rain unddr
the yoke.) (Jl «3^ Oh how ^ iKd Heaven '^ a'so ^
^ compa.«sionate 29 >^^ the people of the various

* THiiwith what follows ui ah antibiiuoemeiil td Chtiig-wonj^ ;
whicB Gtio^-kuhg s'eiiC him tbrous^h Chaoii-kiing.

244 TRB AKNOUNC8MENT OF CHAOV,

ripgioD8, ^ ^ ^ and decree in favour of those ^
^ who displayed energy in rulings ; therefore 3E let
your Majesty ^ ^ earnestly cultivate ^ ^ the vir-
tue of respect*

'^ On surveying "^ 5fc K *^® former people J^ ^
ifjiea, (we find) ^ that Heaven jfe allowed of ^
their transmitting (the empire)^ to their sons, ^
and protected (that state); (while the founder of
it) @ turnins: towards Heaven, |^ discovered ^ that
Providence ^ was favourable ; ^ t^ now, however,
(that 8tate) ^ hits ^ lost JP^ its '^ di cree. ^ jj^
burveying also ^ ]g the Yin dynasty, (we find th«t)
Heaven 5^ has leu on that family, (and aided them)
in rectifying the abuses (of the former government,)
while it protected them ; (the founder of the
state.) @ turning towards Heaven ^ found 3^ Pro-
vidence ^ aUo favourable ; ^ ^ now, however,
(that state likewise) ^ has §| lost Pf its ^ decree.

^ Now ^ ^ the young prince j^ having suc-
ceeded to the throne, ^ let him ^ not ^ neglect ^
the old ^ and experienced ministers ; Q for it i^ said,
^ that they ^ are acquainted with ^ our "^i^ ^
predecessor'^ J^ virtue ; ^j how much more ^ when
it can be affirmed, :^ ^ that they ^ are able ^
to read ^ the counsels g| of ^ Heaven.

^ rt¥^Oh yes ! ^ 3E the king §^ though ^J^ young
JFC "f* P^ ^^ (Heaven's) chief son ; nnd ^ mov 3E
gitatly ^ succeed |^ ^ in hf»rmonizing //> J^ the
lower peoj^le, -^^fjv *^^jd thus promote immediate ha|)-
piness ; ^ let your Majesty, therefore, ^ not Jjjf pre-
sume ^ to delay J3 ^'^^ ^''^^ ^ ^^ respect, -^ ^ but
regard and dread ^ J^p the hazardousness of the

people.

■ I II ■■ I .1 . I . . I ,-.11, ,■.■.,.■-, I , ,.

* This paragraph acconUne to the Chiiiesi^ commentator has ina-^
Ity diJ^Ml^ies , the ibnee ^iveu, ho\%evtT, is nearlv es above stated.

THB ANNOUNCEMENT OF CHAOU. 245

^ Let the king ^ now come ^ to carry out (the
authority of) jt the Supreme ^ Huler, g Jg and
suhdue himself ^ in J^ tip this central land. 3^
Tan (Chow-kung) |^ useii to say, ^ he who f^ esta-
blishes;]^ this great g city, ^ can"^ from & hence
SB be associated with ^ (mperwl ^ Heaven, ^ and
carefully ^ sacrifice "^ to J;; the gods above ~p and
below ; ^ he can Q from ^ hence tj* settle in the
due medium, ^and cany out good government 35
If the king ^ can act thus ^ in obtaining ]^ the per-
fect "^ d( cree (of Heaven,) j^ and regulatihg ^ the
people, >^ he will now ^ di sfjlay the utmost excetlence.

3E Let the king ^ first ]^ bring und^r subjectioH
H^ ^ ^ the managers of ilie Yin stnte. Jrf^ in order
to associate with .^ and aid ^ ^ W ^ ||I ^ the
managers of our Chow dynasty ; 0p lei ihein regulate
^ their vicious propensities, f^ aud then they will ^
daily ^^ advance in goodness.

i Let the king t^ ^ g^ make a place for respect,
^ ^f and never ^ neglect ^ ^ the virtue of re-

verf*nce. .

^ 1 ^Vi^ c?ir\r\ot 3^ forbear ^ ^ observing :^
5^ ihe hea dynasty ;^|; ^ nor ijf can I ^ help
^ ^ contemplating "^ |5: the Yin dynasty ; ^ I ^
^ drire not ^j^ «^vert to H and remark on ^ g the
Hea dynasty's ^S ^^^^"^^ subm'tted to ^ the celest ial
.-^ decree, ^ ^ for a J§ succe^ssion ^ of years ; ^
^fj(; nor do I presume ^ Q to dwell upon the cir-
cumsirtnce ^ ^ JE t>t its none mtinuance, f|^ only
thnt If^^^^ (<^i want of the virtue of respect J^
it J^ early || fell from ^'its ^ derree. ^ I qf^
^_do not dare ^ 1^ to advert to ^ "^ the Yin dy-
nasty's ^ having received ^ its cele^i ihI ^ decree
i)l||^ for E^ a number ^ of y«*ar« , ^ ^^ Tior
do 1 veutu;e^ |^ to recur I^^ |$ ^^ i^^ ^^i^ ^oi^-

S46 TSB ▲VSOCXCUfETT 09 CUMm.

tn-^Dce ; j{| only that on accaut of ^ its wut of

||( Kfi| the Tirtoe of Rspect, 75 i^ ifLoilyB ^
irii'njlpits ^decree.

^ Now £ the king fg^ ^ SmasT inherited ]|| the

^ (cehstUI) dettee, ^ 1 ^ rhould eko tty, f)| dieft

it is (die same decree formeriv made ia faTour of) ^

those ^ two § ^ dyaasties : ^ let hiiH inherit al-

go ^ their ll| merits^ the more especiallj that now £

tfie king Jj has :j^ but recently ]|g come to the ioves-

titure of styvereignty.

fl^ Oh it is ^ just as in ^ the hiiaging forth
children, ^ ^ there is nothing like ^ in pj^
dieir ^ earliest ^ iafAo^ j^ fj^ o'^taining for them
^^ (he decree of intelligence. ^ Now (whether)
^ tteaten Jt has ^ decreed ^ intelligence (F^r our
sovereigQ,) '^ «vhether ^ hap[Mness pl^l or misery,
4jt ^ whether ^ a succession ^ of years, (we canmit
tell) ; jj\ all we can know is, ^ the prrMnl diarao-
ter ^ «*f our ^ new ||^ dynasty*

!g ( VYe are now) seUiiag 3f a new ^ sUte, ^
therefore f^ let £ the ki.ig ^ ^ be urgent in culti-
tating S^fifthe virtue off^pect. 5E Should the
I^^^S ^Oi ^ M attend to Tirtue, j^ he ihay toficit
^ from Heaven ^ a per[)etua1 ^ decree in his fiivov.

^ Be who f^ dils the station of ^ soverei^ti, yj
should not i)J^ ou occasiou of >|\ the iufeir^or ^ pet$-
^*8 ^ di»M>rder1y ]^ indulging in ^ d'icit ^ privc-
ticcF, y)^ ^ presume f^ to kill ^^ and slay them, j^
ia order to bring ihem into an onlerly litate.
Let the people ^ be rendered dbedianfe (to virtue,)
and this ^ will constitutS ^ his m^riti^

^ He who ^ occupies £ ^ the thh>ne of foyal-

* The ooiDmentmtor here reHMrke, thai the people ai^ Kkif waiter ;
wheA WtitW overflown, it is an atmatund state of things \ but to at-
tempt tb dhikk up aiMl stop it, oiilf increases the evil. T«el id 6e tCd
^t throtigfa iu piofi^ dinniiils, smd the deeifiM HuA wlH be eeetire^.

THS ANXOUNCEMENT OF CHAOU. 247

ty 5fc 16 ^ should be pre-eminent in virtue, then
will /|\ the lower «Ja8^«s ^ of people /J take him
HI Jfll ^^' * pattern, j^ and act out his principles '^
throughout J^ ^ the empire, by which means ^^
the king will be rendered still more illustriouri.

Let h both high "K and low (display) ||^ the most
intense^ anxiety, ^ saying, ^^^^ May
the decree whieh we have received from Heaven 3E '^
great 3^ as ^ 5 JB^ ^P *h^ successive years of the
He& dynasty, ♦ ^ ^ ^ and not interior to ;^ ]g
m ^ the lengthened rule of Yin. t Ifet ' desire that
^ your Majesty JJJ^ and /|\ the coBMtton ^ people'^
may receive 3^ g? -4^ the peF|)etual decree of Heaven,

(Chaou kung) ^ ^ then bf)wed ^]^ and made
obeisance, Q saying, "IF* 1» ^3^ y^*^ unworthy Q mi-
nister, ^ presume J^ to takq 3^;^ your Majesty '& ^
rebellious ^ subjects, J "^ the hosts ^ ^ of go^
men* § ]^ and 2i^the friendly ^ people, || with whom
Hq §^ to mainUiin 3S y^^^^* Majew^^s )jj^ dignified ^
commands, ^ and enligbte^ned ^ influence. On the
subject of 3E the kind's ^ e\^ntiLiJ]y ^^ complet-
ing ^ the decree, 3E >^ ]^ ^^^ also becoming illus-
trious, ^ I ^ do not 3|jj^ ^*nre |||^ to harbour the least
anxiety. fH 1 only bej^ ^ respectfully ^ to present
ff5p iny offerings, 1^ ^ and as&ist ^ the king ^ lUf
in soKcitmg ^ Heaven's ^perpetual ^ decree.

* He4*0 rule lasted 400 years,
f The dominion of the Yin family wa« 600 yenw.
I Tbe rebellious subjects refer to the disobedient people of Yin,
who h^d rei^olted with the three inspectors.

J The eopd men were the officers of the Yi» state*
The friendly people allude to the obedieot •ttbjeets. of tU
Ghow dj'naptj.

248 THIS ANKOUJiC&MEKT AT LO

SECTION 11.

THE ANNOU>CEMKNT ^ ^ AT LO.*

^ C'ho\v•klm^ ^^ bowed ^ ]^ ami made

obeismiiee, ^ saying. ^ 1 (now) ^ return answer -J^
to my son QB ^^^ iiitelligent ]^ prince, f

3E ihe king Jb seems as if ^ he did not ^ dare
JJ to take (for graiitcil) ^ the celestial ^ ^ decree
for founding ^ 1i^ and settling his state ; -^ J^ but I
^ bucceedii g to ^ the (great) protector ';f^ have ex-
tensively ifl iuspe^'ted Jf^ the eastern i region, wherd
))erhaps ^ the ^ foundation may be laid f^ ^ ^
j^ (of our princes) becoming the intelligent ruler of
his people.

•^1 in on S ^ the I2th day of the 3rd montli,^
jm 5& went early -J^ to y^ ^jj the capital city of Lo,
^ {^ Rnd divined 'JiS{ ^ on the north of the Yellow
river, ^^ at ihe junction of the Le water. ^ I
73^ again |^ divii^ed at a pUre ^^5J|^^ on the east
of the Keen water, |S m gg and on the west of the
Teen water, § t^ j^ ^ (when the prognosticat on)
ju»t fell on the L6 river. ^ I 5C further |\ divined

* Tiie city of L6 having been settled, Chow.knn? fsent a mestten-
ger to announce the result ofthe divination : which the historiau has
recorded as the announcement of Lo. He h^s also noticed the dia-<
loinie whi/^h took plape between the kin^ and his ministers, and the
orders which Ching-waiig g^ve to Ohow-kung, to remain in tho
government of L5. The earlier and later editions both have it.

f This with what follows records Ghow.kun<^*s dt^livering the aa*
iiouncement of the divination to the messenger. His making obei-
sance ref(f*rs to the ceremony with which Chaw-kung despatched the
ambassador. Chlng*w^n(? had directed Ch^w-kung ta ga and lay
plans for the building of the Chow city, when Chow-kung having ob-
tained the divination, returned an answer to the king. He calls hin^
son out of affection ; and intelligent prince out of respect.

% See the 4th paragraph of the section on the announcement to
Chaou.

§ This is the site of the present district of Lo-w&ng, Lat. 34. 45^
K* Long. 4. 20; W. It was then the capital city ofthe empire^

THE AhUOVWtmWT AT tO . 24?)

?;jC ^ on tJie east of the Teen water, ♦ ;^ \% ^
when (the prognostication) fell also on ^he L6 ri-
v/qr. t ff ^ ^ ^®" despalcheil the messenger j^
with @ a map of the region, ^ and ^ presented at
the same time \\ the result of the 4ivination8.

^ 1 he king (through liis aurbassador) then J^
bowed ^1^ and made obeisanqe, ^ saying, ^
Your Grace >pdoes not ^1^ dare ^^ to disregajd
55 4^ Heaven's fjC excellent (decree,) jJS a^d has
come ijl^ to inspect ^ the settlement, ^ which is f^
to be ^ S^ f^ of equal eminence witib our Chow ci-
ty. ^ Your Grace ^ having ^ established ^ the
settlement, ^ ^ has despatched a messenger J^ to
^ome, M and.sbew "^ me |\ tfc the excellent divinai-
tipns, ^ which are constantly ^ favourable. ^ We
JSl \ muiLt bojth togpjher ^ ,^^® *^ credit of this
bunioess ; '^i;it ^ your Grace ^ has i^ obtained ^
for me ||^^ ^ ^^ ^ jiSl m ^^^ glorious decree of
venerated Heaven for ten thousand times ten thousand
years ; (I therefore) ^ ^ a^in bow ^ J^ ap^d
make obeisance (to ,tbauk you) fj^ for yoojr iufttructw!
^ ^w<)rds.

^ ^ ChojBT-kung (hpving returned) Q said, ^
Your iViajej&ty 1||fS $hould make a commencement
with ^ the great ^ ceremonies ^ and sacrifices ^
io j^ the new 1§ city, ^ and universally ^ arran^
^G|se ri^rdipg w^ich ^ t}ier^ are no ^ wiittM
directions.

'f^ ll ^ have flaarshalled /gf, the hundred ^Q offi.
.<5ersv^ and dircjctQ^ theflft^.J^ jto attend 2E your Ma-

* The locality here mentioned is about 30 miles to the east pf ,tl)9
fnrinfer, iijrbete>,«ul?Qrpli«a^ «ty ^ffi» built, ij^r^tbe reception ^ the
ii^jtier^nto of the f<i||gner dynasty.

: f TOs idling o^p^ L6 r wcfrre&ri tp.^e.in^de of 4i;n|iRti|Bn, ;|p
which the augurefB-^nt drew a tUie, an^ .then scorching the tbrtoit*
(bund that iu prognostications ie)l ekacddy on that line. ^

250 THft AVnOUKCniEKT AT LO.

jesty ^ in ^ the Chow city, "^ fjSI 9 merely ob«
serving, |^ that perhaps ^ tfiere will be ^ some oo»
ca8>ion for your services.

"j^ Vovi 3^ '^^ y^^^ Majesty ^ immediately ^
decree, S saying, ^^ ^ I will reconl J^ ^ those de-
serving of merit, J|^ and emplov 3^ the most deservino^
f^ in 7Q the principal part fjf^ of the sacrifice ; f^
let the purport of ^ the command Q be« ^ Do you
^ who have received ^ these orders H liberally ^
assist your prince. "

^ Greatly |^ display 3^ ^ this record of merit,
(and the public spirit of the people) 75 ^ ^
will entirely depend on the way in which you |^
31 instruct your officers.

^ ^ Can the young officers ^ Jj^ then think of
forming cabals f |B| ^ Should the youni; officers,
however, ^ ]§[§ form intriguer, ^ ^ ^ $ X ^^
not the progress of the evil be like fire, j© which at
first ^ g^ only sparkles a little, 9t^^ ^^^ ^^^
bursts into a flame. ^ while its gradual conflagrations
^ "^j^ ^^^ inextinguishable.

Sf ^ 2fP Follow the invariable principle of right,
JSt Hi ^ and settle the affairs of the country, JK\ as
f^ 1 did (at L6) ; 'Hlonly ifi,:^ ^Jl make use of
those officers who are now in Chow» ^ and go ^ to
the new ^ city ; f^ let them know ^ your object,
SI W fiSE ^^^ S^ ^ ^^^^ respective duties ; ffl intel*
Ugentl y f^ arouse ^ :^ the meritorious ; ^ be K«
beral ^ and enlar^ in your views, |^ while you
eomplete 1^ the richness (of public morals) ; ^j^ then
you will ^ perpetually ^ have some one |||l to
applaud.

Q^ The duke ^ *"^^ Q Oh ]jt; you (f| are rnily
^ -^ a young man, ^ but you must (f^ oonpleta &•
dynasty (comtitnced by Win and Wo&).

THE AlfNOUNCSMIfiMT AT LO. 251

^ When you ^ are ^ respectful, |j| you may as-
certain '^ when the hundred j^ princes ^ pay court
to yon (in sincerity), gf|% and you may also ||^ ascer-
tain ^ when they ^ do ^ not ^ pay court (in sin-
cerity.) ]|f Paying court (consists in) ^ an abun-
dance ^ of ceremonies ; |^ but whea the ceremonies
^ do not J^ equal ^ the presents, f^ it may be 13
said, jf% that no ^ court is paid, f^ If (the princes)
^ do not ^ bend J^ their minds ^ toward;} ^ pay-
inti^ proper court (to you,) j{| the common ^ people
fH will say, '^ that there is no need ^ to pay
court ; m and then ^ affairs ^ will ^ fall into con-
fusion f^ and contempt.

/5 You 116 are ^ ^ still a young man, (do you
therefore) jJJ iiffuse abroad^ my ^ ^Sl ^'^^^a^^^®^
diligence. ♦ l^'^nd listen, ^ while 1 ^ teach i^you
"""* howlH to aid J^ the people (in complying with)
^^^ the unchang'^'able principles of nature; j^ Jj ^
for should you jf^ ne^lcct ^ to exert yourself in this,
75 your ^ rule fH will ]^ not be ^ ^ perpetual
^ Liberntly ^ arranore (the principles of^ Tj your JE
correct ^ father, f ^^ and invarin^ly ^imitate -^
me, (then the people) ;^ will notS^ dare j|| to set
aside /J your qt commands, y^ ^ Go thou, ^ ^
and be respectfully cautious ; ^ and now -^ I (will
retire) ^ ^ to set forth ^ ^ the duties of husban-
dry. ^ There (in L6) ^ do thoii enricrh ^ out ^
people, and men fjj^ will not care ^ from what distance

ffl IK *^®y revert to you.

!^ The king ^ as it were ^ said, ^ your Grac*,
1^ has distinguished ^ and protected -^ me, fi^ -^F
who ara but a child. J^ You ^ have quoted 3S

* This phrase is obscure to the Chinese Commentator ; he mtp-
poses that th^ meaning maf be t»' above.

- f The expression ** correct father*' is another term for deceased
parent.

^i THt KnvovYtcKinnr at to.

nd enlarged uflito (the principled ot) JgH illurtriouf

^ii^^^ Jj^so that^ h ^ the little -f* and, ;|| m
able to x&plfliy ^ ^ ^ the glories of W&n and
Wod, 1^ and reverently ^ to correspond to ^ the
celestial j^^ decree, jptt harmonizing ^ and prr>etu-
flting E9 "^^ ^ the people of the four quarters, j^ and
iBtettling ^ their multitudes.

(You have induced me) l^ to be liberal ^ ^ 0^
in the great ceremony for honouring merits ^ ^ asi
fb summon and arrange (those who should offer) jg
the chief j^ sacrifice, Jgj^ univet^ally *^ settmg in
order (those rites for which there is) |^ iio ^ written
direction*

jfH Tour J^ Grade's jg virtue*^ brightly 3^
ihineiS '^ j^ above and "^ below, |^ aAd your dili-
il^ence |^ is displayed ^ throoithout ^ itl! ^ quar-
krs, so that the people! ^ f|S afe everywhere ^
rtspeetful and harmonious, ^ and come to greet
a well-balanced government ; j^ not ^ erring from
^WiWiWi ^^^ instruction so diligently inculcated
by W&n and Wod. ^ Thus have 1, jk^ ^ the little
one, nought else to do, but f^ early ^ and lite ^
carefully jjjm to sacrifice.

3E The king Q further said, ^ your OrAce's ^
merit lyi in aiding ^ and leading me on ^ h?is been
abundant ; f^ do not ^ cease, therefore^ ^ ^ to
tci thus.

3E The king H also said, ^ Oh your Grace !
I, ;\\ the little ^ one,/^ will ^ retire |t|J and
superintend ^over^ Chow, ^ while 1 order ^
you ^ til succeed me here at L6. •

Though the (3| four ^ quarters j^ are well ot-der-

41 When L5 was completed, Chow-kung wUhed the king to remove
hit capital thither, as being nearer the c Mitre of the kingdoin ; bHt
bit Majesty did not like to give up the former capital ftiid abahdoo
tbf old rffttidiLDce of bif a&cesturit.

THE ANNOUNCEMENT AT LO. 2SB

ed Hfi ind i^galated, ^ we have not yet ^ fixed
upoB ^ ^ triumphant jQI ceremony, ^ and thus ^^^
^ ar^ unable ^ to make a suitable ack&owledgmeut
^ of your Grace's ^ merit.

Go dn 1^ to open out ^ and enlarge ^ i^ your
influence in future, fi[ and be a mirror ^ fiv my J;
officers Ijjj JC nnd magistrates, ^ thus greatly ^ pro-
*^**o« !X? ^ ^ R^® people whom Wan and Wod
hafve received, m^ and in your rule ^ constitutmg one
pl| of the four 1^ u|:4iolders (of our dyuasty.)

*y I'h: kingj^ further said, >^ your Grace
must litay here, -^ whilst 1 ^ ^ 8^^ yonder.
Yonr Grace's ]^ merit ^ will be venerated ^ add
magrnified, ]^ honoureti jf|||^ and delighted in ;^||||
S wt ^^ '^^^ y^" therefore distreRS me (by quitting
your post ) ^ I fH fchall jjf^ not ^ grow weary
of ^]|^ "^ the business of tranquillizing the people;
S^^ otiiy let not youf Grace ^ deprtve us of ^
your example, and then (the people) ^ in all 'j^
quartern 1^ mil j^ for ages ]|E eujoy the benefit of
(yonr influence.)

19 J^ Chow-kung ^ ^ then bowing ^ '^
made obeisance, ^ and said, 5£ Your Majesty jp^
has commanded -^ me ^ to come hither, ^ atld has
chal-ged me ^ to protect 7^ ^Jt 111 ^^ R *®^ P®^"
pie whom your literary ancestor teceived a decree to
govern, j^ as well as /J your j^ ^|| distiflguishetl
J^ fether ^dE Wod-wang; in undertaking this ^
how ffreat is ^ my ^ reverential caution !

m^ Let your voung Highness, however, ^ come
(freqwently over)^ to inspeef ^ the new ^tlement,
^ t^^ ^^^ ^i^w ^it^ ^ liberal eye ^ the old re-
gulations, and ^ Yin'^ |^ ^ cletcr people; where,
,1^1^ if you extend your (j:overnmeut, ^ you will be-
c^^ B9 >^ 7^ ^ the new prince of the aurrounding

254 ras A9n<njMCEME9T at lo.

re^<mB^ j^ aod constitute jomself ^f^^ ^
pbrtful prtmoflrenitor of llie Chow dynasty. 19 Then I
fhould say, :^ that if ^ frrai J^ this time ifS joa
would settle in this ceTitral positu»n, y^ and establidi
a i^ood gorernment, ^ the myriad fjf istates ]^ would
he unir<fr«ally ^ tnuiqtiil, f^ and 3E yo^n* ^^j®^7
Tff w<iiild ]0$ complete ||| your merit.

^ f . S. '^*^^- (Chow-kung) ^ with ^ the nome-
rous ^ nublei^ 0|[ and ^ maDag^fs ^ of aflEura, J||
will pay great regard fijf A ^ 391 *o the perfect me-
rit of our predeceiisors ( W^n and Woo,) j^ fai order to
answer (to the expectatioaft) ^ of the j^ multittjde.
Ihus becomiog ^ ('how*^ ^ true ^ pattern,

completing ^ our ^ illustri^»us ^^ pnoce ((Tiiotaf-
wftiig's) ^J example, 75 ^^^ ^ carrying out ^ jH
our literary ancestor's ^ virtue.

(The kintr having retamed to Cliow, Chow-knng
exclaimed,) ffi He has sent 3|S a messenger fjj^ to can-
tiou fff^ the Yin people, 7^ and ^ directed him at
the same time Jj^ft to calm -^ my mmtl. M presenting
me with some* ^ blark millet, and ^^^ two cups of
fragrant wins, saying, ** Tjct them take Q| the pure
pl 'Sacrifice, ^ ^ bow, |||f "Hf make olieisance, and
fl^^^ present this excellent 4»tfering up to him.'*

^ But I *^ no^ ^ daring ^ to retain (this high
compliment.) ^^ jj|jjf| offered it up "^ to ^jl^ 3E Wan-
^^^g 1^3E a«d Wod-wAi g. ♦

(Whilst i prayed, saying. Let Ching-w&ng) t^ be
rendered obedient, j^ largely ^ and systematically
(followino: the doctnnes of W&u and Woo) ; ^ may
h«^ not ^ accidentally ^ meet with ^ 0| calamity ;
fl^ for myriads ^ of years (may posterity) ]|||^ be sa-
tisfied ^ with TJ his ^ virtue, 1^ and (may even)

* TiMM6 w«re c(*r<*fnonieft employed in the eerrice of the gods*
wfiieK wftre lisre uted towsrdt Qbow-kung, to testify the king's high
itiiUilisr him.

THE ANNOUNCEMENT AT LO. 255

the Yin people 73 be § | led out ^ to enjoy longevity.
3E Let the king f^ send ^ to tUe Yin people, TJ
that they may ^ receive ^ orderly (instruction,) and
then ^ for myriads £^ of >ears ^ they will ^ per-
petually 1^ look up to this ^ niy -^ son, ^ and che-
ris (h, remembrance of) ^ his virtue.

During the 1 2th moon,* 3f the king ijQg
happened to be at ^ the new A city, ^ when he of.
fered the winter ^ sacrifices ^ at the close of the
year. ^ 3B To WSn-wang (he offered) ]^2|^— •
one red cow, 3l|J[3E *°^ ^® Wod-wang J^^ ^ — * also
a red cow ; after which ^ the king ^ gave orders
f^ to draw up fl^ the form of supplication, J^ when
Yth (the scribe) ^jjj composed Rfl the prayer. (The
king) f^ then ^ announced J^ ^ to Chow-kung, ^
that he should f|^ remain behind, (in charge of Ixi.)
3B The kinsr's ^ guests, ^ on the slaying g^ of the
sacrifice, ]^ all ^ came ; when 3E the king 7V» ^n-
tered into ^ the great ^ hall of the temple, Q^ and
poured out the libation.

3E The king ^ commanded J^ ^ Chow-kung 0^
to remain behind, f^ tf0 i^ ^"d Yih, who composed the
prayer, |§ announced it ^ in ^f* ^SL the 12th JJ

moon.

m After which ]^ ^ Chow-kung ^ abundantly
^ protected (the [)eople over whom) ^ vV^n ^ and
Wod ^ had received ^ the decree (to rule), f|| for
-t seven ^ years.

* Tkit with wbftt follows is rtscorded by the historians to compiet*
the piece.

256 TME MIMKROUS OFPICkllt.

SECTION 111.

THK KUMKROU8 ^ ^ OPP1CKII9. *

f|| Dn ~ the 3rd J^ mouth, ^ & Chow-kun? fjfj
began ^ in ^ the new ^ cit |^ of L5, ^ ^ to
mnnounce ^ £ ^ to the officers ot the Shau§^ dynas-
ty, sayirg ;

35 The king ^ has in effect ^ said, ^ Oh you gj
jjj^ ^ dr numerous remaining officers of the Yin dy-
lUisty ! 1^ we cannot ^ but lament that ^ the au-
tumnal ^ Heavens f ^l;^ have so extenidvety p^ sent
down ^ calamity ^ on JJJI Yin ; ^ whilst we ^
liossessinii: ^ Cbow's f^ ^ decree for protecting tbe
empire, 7^ have received 5c f"^^"" Heaven's Vf{ glorious
"^ majesty ( a charge) ^ to carry out 3E ^^ royal
^^^ inflictions, ^ and arrange |9[ ^ ^^ affairs of Yin,
thereby ^ completing the work "^ of 1^ tbe Su-
pren^e.

^ Therefore, P| Oh you ^ numerous ^ officers,
^ it is not ^ that our ^^ small ^ 4iugdom $[[
5W>uId dare "ij .to grasp at ^ Yin's ^t decree ; ^
but ^ Heaven ^ has withheld^ power from diem,
]£[^ and haH really ;p^ refused ^ to sanction J(|| their
disi;rders ; §pg while it has asststed 0i us. ^ $t f^
How conid we presume ^ to aim at^tt[ the tarone!

fH ^ Th« Supreme ^ does not ||L sfive his saac-
tion to "auy, ^ except where ^ our 1^ common ^
people (of a state) ^ maintain ^ the practice pf good
principles ; (in other cases) i^ ^ Heaven ^ desuAj

manifests J^ its terrors.

■ ■ — ' — ft- —

* When the people of Shang were removed to M, there were
among them some persons 111 office ; therefore Cbow-kung, at the
commencement of his rule there, assembled those officers^ and ad-
dressed them in the name of the king. The compiler of the book has
from this circumstance given a title to the section. The earlier and
later editions both have it.

t Tke autumn was the season for punishing offenders, hence it it
said that the autumnal Heavens have tent down the calamity.

THE liUMEROUS OFFICERS; 26t

^ I ^ have heard it Q said. J: ^ That the Su-
preme Ruler ^ | leads men j^ by easy means, ^ ^
the prince of Hea, however, ^ would not j^ yield ^
to madness ; ^ij f^ when ^ the Supreme j!^ sent
down ^ inflictions ^ to makeknownhis intentions ^
to j^ this ^ Hea ; but ^ not ^ being able ^ to
profit by these •f^ dispensations of Providence, (the
ruler of that state) 3^ became exceedingly ^ disso-
lute ^ and voluptuous, Jj^ feigning ^ boasted as-
sumptions. ^ ^ At length ^ Heaven j^ refused
j^ either to regard ^ or listen to him, ^ f^ ]^ and
abrogating yQ the original -^ decree, p^ inflicted ^
^ punishment upon him.

Heaven 75 ^^^^ "^ directed ^ your 5£ first jjj^
ancestor ^ Jgf Ching-t'hang ^ to supersede ^ Hea,<
(who then employed) ^ talented ^ men -^ to re-
gulate 533 the four >^ quarters (of the empire).

^ From ^3^^'hing-t'bang^^ to the time of
»J^2l T6-yih, (the sovereigns) J^ ^ universally ^
illustrated ^ v>ftue, jjj^ and paid particular attention
to mB sacrifices.

3j? fH Thus 5^ Heaven ^C greatly ^ established,
^ protected, X ^^^ regulated 7^ J|^ the Yin dynasr
ty ; ^ 3E ^^^ former kings of Yin, 7|p also ^ did not
^ dare ^ to e^ade (the directions of) ^ the Supreme,
while f^ ^ they invariably gg seconded 3^ Heaven.
"*^ IP in shedding a genial iiafluence (over the people).

:j^ In ^ the present day, however, ^ the last
1^ succeeding 3S monarch (of that dynasty) ||| has
very much j^ failed ^ in understanding ^ 5^
celestial principles ; ^| how much less Q can U be
said^ that he ^ has ^ attended to, ;^ or regarded
^ ^ 36 the example of the former kings, ||j in dili-
gently (ruling over) ^ the state. He has oeen i
exceedingly ^ wanton ]^ and ^ voluptuous,

Hh

258 THE kuMerous oFFicisaa.

neither ^ reg^arding ^ ^ Heaven's ^ manifesta-
tioos. ^1^ "or the object of the people's dread.

i||^ ^ 1 bus J^ ^ the Supreme Ruler ^ has with
held ^ his protectiou, ff: aod seat down ^ j^ this
^ extensive Jf ruin.

^ ^ Heaven ^ does not ^ bestow the blessins^
on those ^ who do not ^ clearly understand ||^ ^
virtue.

J^ Whenever P3 ^ a"*^ wherever >J> small ^ or
great ^ countries 5^ are ruined ^ ^ there is inva-
riably ^ some ^ reason ^ for ^ the inflietion.

pp. The king ^ further ^ observed, M Oh you

^ Yin's ^ numerous ^ officers, ^ now |p has ^

our ^ 2 king of Chow 3K ^^""y S properly jfi^ un-

- dertaken ^ ^ the business imposed on him by the

Supreme.

^^p[ When -^ the decree 19 directed him ^ to cut
oflf^Yin,^he annouHced ^ the arrangement (of
the affair) ^ to i^ the Supreme.

^ But ^ we ^ in this matter 3^ have not had
'^ a double 5^ object in view, 'j^ |g you 5E of the
royal ^ house should therefore ^ ^ comply with

our design.

•^ I ^ should f^ say, f^ that ^ you ^ have
exceedingly ^ ]^ transgressed, ^ ^ it is not that
we ]^ Hb disturb you, (the evil) j^ has originated in
J^ your own ^Rcity. ♦

-^ We have^p also ^ reflected on 5c ^^^ ^^J^ ^^
Heaven, |P that "F in ]^ the Yin country ::fc ^^^""^
have been great ]^ misfortunes, ^ solely on account
of ^ IE your incorrectness.

5g The king |9 also said^ j^ Ho^ I an*
nounce ff^ to you ^ numerous db officers, ^ ^ ^

* This refers to the rebellion headed by the three inspectors, in
which the house of Yin took a share.

THE MUM KROUS OFFICERS. 259

that this my ^ ^ removing you j^ to settle J^ ^
in the west, ^ is not ^ th.it 1, — • the one \ man,
^ ^ ^^^^ delight in 3^ ^ 1^ rendering you unea-
sy, ^fH but it is 5^ Heaven's 0^ decree, ^ do not
therefore ^ oppose ; ^ I could ^ not "^ have
dared ^ -^ to act otherwise, ^ ^ i^ so you need
not complain of me.

fli PI You ^ know also j^ that ^ Yin's ^ fjr*
mer A^ men ^ had |flj '^ooks ^ and ^ records, and
that ^ the Yin dyuasiy 35 superceded ^ -^ that of
Hea.

^ Now ]^ you ^ are still |3 saying to you selves,
]^ the officers of hea j^ were arranged ^ and ap-
pointed ^ in (Yia's) £ royal ^ court, ^ whilst
those 3^ who submitted ^ were classed with ]^ ^
their fellow officers, (and you expect that it should be
80 now) ; "7* but I, — the one \ man, ^ only
regard f^ ^ virtue in those whom I employ,
therefore ^ have 1 ^ presumed ^ to seek ^ you out
^ in ^1^ the Heavenly ]^ city of ^ Shang, (and re-
move you to L6), -^ that I *)^ may ^ induce you to
reform. ^ Thus 1 am disposed ^ to pity ^ you,
(but your not getting appointed) ^^ is not 't^ my ^
fault ; ^ fH it is ^ Heaven's ^ decree.

3EThe king Q further said, ^ Oh you numerous
^7 officers, ^ formerly 3)§ when I ^ came ^ from
^ Yen (a city of Shang), "J* I 3^ greatly ^ miti-
gated ^ 09^ ^ ^ ^be capital punishment of the peo-
ple of your four countries (who had rebelled) ; ^ 7^
still I ^ manifestly "^JH carried out the^ celestial ^
inflictions ^ and rtmoved ^ you 5^ ^ from your
distant abode, }^ that you might be near, ^ and
serve ^ In the capacity of subjects, ^ our ^ honour-
able^(house of Chow) ^ with much ^ humility.

IhetirgQ also said, -^ 1 announce p|f to

260 THfi NUMEROUS OFFICERS.

you, ^ Yin's ^ liumerous ^ oflScers, ^ that noW
-j^ 1 «jp do I^ not intend |^ ^ to put you to death,
T* 1^ ^ ^ W ^ but 1 promulgate anew this de-
cree. 4^ Now ^ 1 f^ have built ^ a great g
city ^ ^ here in ^ Ij6, -y* f|| I did so because (the
princes) jZQ jST '^ ^^^ quarters |^ had no place ^ at
which ^ to pay their court, ^ and also ']^ because
PI your ^ numentis i officers, (had no place) ^
in which ^^ to perform your duties, ^ in going ^ to
«nd fro, ^ and in serving ^ me, ^ with much j^

subjection.

j^ Here you, 73 ^^y f^ ^*^^^ ^ possess ^ your
j; lands ; ^ here you Jj «iay ^ still j^ tranquilly
$^ pursue your occupations it and rest in them.

j^Ifyou^can^ manifest respect, ^ Heaven
will -^ extend ^ its compassio)is ^ towards you,
but if you Tfs'^ cannot ^ be respectful, ^ ^ ^
tiot only will you J[^ Jj|[ lose W^ your j;; lands, "^ but
I gfj? also will ^Jj^ inflict 5^ ]2l "fO ^'^^ punishments cf
Heaven ^ upon ^ your own )^ persons.

^ Now ^ you jfH may ^ here ^ dwell ^ in
this your M city, ||g and perpetuate W your J§- resi-.
dence ; j^thus you ^ may ^ ^ carry on your
operations ^ :^ and enjoy lonj^evity ^ in ^ this
^ city of L6, while ^ /J>% ^ 7j J^ the prospc>ritv
of your little ones ^ will arise out of ^ your jH
removal.

3E The king ^ said, 5C a«d E3 said again, ^ ^
73 935 W 'J^'^ is about the amount of whftt I have
to say f^ isk, j^ regarding youj residence.

ON AVOIDING LUXURIOUS BAdE. 26t

SECTION IV,

ON AVOIDING ^ 5^ LUXURIOUS fiASE. ^

gg ^ Chow-kung Q said, 'III U^ Oh yes ! ^ ^
the good man p)f should settle it "^ in his mind ^ to
repni3S H^ luxurious ease.

$^ Let him first ^ consider that ^ ^ ^JS *g""
cultural l^m toils ]^ result in ^ ease, ^] and then
f^ he will know ?y% J^ what the t^ean man ^ ^
has to depend on for his subsistence.

;|:^ He raay observe /|n X aniong the lower classes
of people, U how the y^ -j^ parents g| ^ toil in ^
^ agriculture ]^ w^hile the ^ children, 75 '^ ^^^*
^3 knowing ^ Hf rfl ^ H thd difficulties of huft-
bandry, 75 ^ indulge themselves ; /} i^ picking up
the corrupt maxims of the village, ^ ^ and becoming
dissolute ; ^ or if not, M||| they ^ despise ]||^ their
^ "^ parents ^ saying, w J^ ^ These old people
^ have no ^ acquaintance (with the world), ^)| nor
do they know (h(W to enjoy themselves.)

^ ^ Chow-kung ^ further said, 5^ f^ Oh yes !
^ 1 p^ have heard H it said, ^ that formerly ^
among )f^ ^ the kings of Yin, tfl ^ Chung-tsung f
was rigid, ^ respectful, ^ reverential, ^ and

* TiUxnrious ease is wh&t princes ought to be especially cautioned
against ; from aiicieut times nations have been invariably elevated by

diligence, and ruined by luxury. Wlien ^^ Ylh was warnintir ^"p
Shun he said, do not wander about in luxurious ease, do not beconoe
corrupted by pleasure ; now Shun was a ^reat sasre , and if Yth still
thought it necessary tocaution him, can the every day princes, and Qorri'

mon rulers of the present age disi^egard his advice. When J^ ^^

Cbing-wang first assumed the reins of government, JrI ^^ Chow-
kung was afraid lest he should only think of indulging bimseif, and
not aim at repressing luxurious ease, Itence he composed this book
for his instruction. The ancient and modern texts both have it.

f Chung-tsung !« the same a^JD^ }j^ T'ha^-raow, who began hit
reigij 636 B. 0.

262 ON AVOIDING LUXURIOUS EASC

fearful, ^^ § ^ squaring his life by the celestial
commands. Jj§ regulating^ the people jjjjf with fear j|||
aiul trepidation, ^ whilst he did not i^ dare ^ to
jfi\ewayto neglect ^ aid repose. ^ Therefore
ffl 3^ ^ Chung-tsung ^enjoyed ^ his crown -^-^
for seventy ^ and 3l fi^® ^ yearr?.

^'& Also with respect to jfj ^ Kaou-tsung, *
who ^ in his time ^ for a long period ^ was com-
pelled to toil ^ ^|v abroad ^ in common ® with
<[> }^ the meaner class of people, f^ until ^ he |^
ascended fg; the throne, 7^ when he (remained) ^
at the threshold ^ f^ ot the darkened chamber ^
for three ^ years, ^ without "^ speaking, ^ for he
^ only meditated ^ and refused ^ to c mverse
(but when he did speak), "^ his words 73 ^^^®
harmonious. He also ^ did not ^ dare ^ to give
way to negligence !^ or repose, ^ but gloriously J^
tranquillized ^ the Yin ^ country, ^ ^ so that
^^ whether from small ^ or great ^ at no ^ time
was there ^ a single ^ murmur : ^ therefore 'j^
Kaou tsung ;J^ ^ reigned over ^ the country 3Bl
for tifty ^ and "^^ nine ^ years.

^ ^ '^o with respect to jjjg 1^ Tsod-keS, f ^
who judged it wrong for him "j^ ^ to reign, and thus
^ for a long time ^ remained >|> \ a private indi-
vidual ; ^ when ^ he ^p ascended the -^throne,
^ 5EH 1^^ knew on what >|^ ^ the mean man '^ ^
depended for his subsistence, ^^ and was enabled j^
to protect ]^ and foster ^ JfjJ ^ the common people,

♦ Kaou-tsung is the same as jEC T Woo-tine who began to
reign, B. C. 1,323. ^^ ^

t Tsoc)-ke& began to reign, B. C. 1,257 ; he was the son of|g[)

Kaoti- tsung, and the younger brother of ^ J^ Tsoo-kang. His
father wishing to appoint him as his heir instead of his elder brother,
Tsob-ke^ thought it improper and concealed himself among the
common people.

6S AVOIDING LLXURIOUB EASE, 263

jf\ laot 1^ daring ^ to despise ^^ the destitute
and widows. 0^ Thus ffi^ ^ Tsoo-keS jj^ ^ eu-
joyed ^ the throne ^ -p for thirty :^ and ^ three
^ years.

^ From that ^ timiri J^ ^ and afterwards ^Jt 3E
all the kings that were set up. ^ ^|j ^ spe it their
lives in ease, ^ |[lj ^ and thus livnur Inxiiriously ^
^ they were not aware ^ ^ J^ |^ |^ of the toils
of husbandry, ^ ^ and were uuaecpia'nted with >]>
K- ^L ^ ^^® labours of the people, ^ while they
Kfc ^K^ f^ 8^^® themselves up ^^ voluptuous enjoy-
ment ; Q from ^ that period )^ ^ and afterwards
^ there were p§ none g^ who ^ eiij lyed ^ loiigevi ly;
g^ some of them (reigning) -J- teu ^ years, ^ others
-fa seven ^ or eiuht ^ years, ^ others 5£ fi^^ !/\
or six ^ years, ^ and others onl} ^ four, * ^ or
three £p, years.

^ :^ Chow-kung j^ again said, V^ Vf Oh yes !
P^ ^ and there j^ are J^ of the Chow dynasty ^
y T'hae-wang and 3E ^ W&ng-kwei, ^ who were
enabled Q to conduct themselves ^ so humbly ^
and cautiously.

2fc 3E W^n-wang also (was content with) ^^ mean
Wi sippai^el, ^p and paid most attention ]^ 3^ to the
work of tranquillizing £Q ^ and sustaining the people.

He was ^ elegant ^ pliant |^ and admirably ^
respectful, ^ while he regard erj i^ the preservation
/^ of the inferior ^ people, ^ |^ being kind to the
^ destitute, ^and the widow, ^ from J^ morn-
ing S'^^^ll H 't' in5 Jday, J^ and again till even-
ing, ^ he gave himf^elf no ^ ^ leisure ^ even to
®2tt, JQ ^ but entirely devoted himself ^Q to the
work of harmonizing ^ the myriads of ^ the people.

♦ ThU is not Btrictly true, but the expression is only to be taken
in a general sense.

2C4 ON ilVOlDlKG LUXURIOUS EA6E.

^ S W&r-w&ng ^ did net J^ dare ^ fo expend
money ^ in ^ rambling Qaud hunting, Jj^^ while
he exacted from J^ ^ the Btates, f^ only jg ^ ^^®
regular ^ dues. ^ 3E Wan-wang ^ received ^
the decree to rule ^ in F^ the middle J^ of his life,
1^ and ^ reigned over ^ his country 5BL ■^^ ^^^
^y ^ years. ♦

^ Chaou-kung jQ again said, H^ l*f Oh yes !

^ from hence forth j^ let succe^dingf' 3E lyings

^1) imitate ^ him, |||E in avoiding ^|| excess

whilst^ travelling ^ and J^ lounging, -^J^ virhiUt

rambling ^ and p^ hunting ; J^ and with regard to
^ all ^ the people, f^ let them exact only ]£ ^
the just ^ dues.

^ Let them not ^ in their leisure ^ fi^y, -^ Q
To-day |^ let us enjoy ^ voluptuous ease. 7J ^o""
this ^ would not be what ^ good subjects f^
could |K| imitate, ^ nor what ^ Heaven jjj^ would
5^ approve fl$ while ^ the people of the day (might
he induced) ^ extensively ^ij to follow 'J^ their fg
had example. dO^ Do not therefore ^ he like |g 3E
^ Show, the last king of Yin, -^ ^ who was con-
fused ^ and bewildered, ^ and allowed himself to
he maddened "^ J@ ^ ^ by the influence of wine.

^ ^ Chow-kung Q further said, ^ W? Oh yes !
^ I have ^ heard H i* said, '^ :^ A ^l^^t the
ancients (though far advanced in virtue) |g still ^
gUl warned^ and informed one another, ^ while they
mutually » cherished, 3|p[ and rendered obedient
^ taught ]^ and instructed one the other ; thus
among the people ^ there were none |^ who ^
nv^itually |||^ seduced 5I| and deceived their fellows*,
nor practised ^7 legerdemain.

* W^n-waiiif lived to be 97 yeara of age: and began to reign
when he was 47 years old.

ON AVOIBING LUXURIOUS 8A8I. ^65

lit iR ^ ^ ^h^^ ^}^^ priace will not listen to this,
X then men 75 will |)|| imitate ;^ you, 73 and
will throw into confusion ^^ and disorder ^ 5E
IP, Jp] the correct laws of the former kings, ^g ^ un-
til ^J-* both small jl^ and great regulations (will be all
changed) ; ^ if the people ^ be disregarded f^ then
19; their i^ minds j^ will rebel, ^ and murmur ; ^
and if they be still further neglected, ^ then Jf^ their
|l| mouths f|[ will curse |Q)| and rail.

^ ^ Chow-kung ^ again said, Hi| Bf' Oh yes !
^ From |g^ S the time of the kings of Yin, such as
Xfi ^ Chung.tsung, S iS ^ Kaou-tbung, jj jfift ^
and Tsoo-ke^, J^ until ^ J^ the sovereigu of our
Chow dynasty gf 3E Wan-wang, ^ these (HQ four
^ princes ^ have all trodden ^ the paths of wisdom.

iBf ]^ If any one ^ told ;^ them Q saying, >J>
^ the common people ^ murmur •jf^ at you, s and
blame ^ you ; ^Ij then they ^ chiefly ^ ^ ^
reflected on themselves. ^ f^ bore the blame of the
murmuring, ^ and said, ^ ^^ 1* is our own ^ fault.
JC^^ When men are truly enabled to act thus, ^
^ they will not be content ^ with not j^j^ daring
•^ to harbour ^ resentment.

J^J )|^ ^ ^ If you will not listen to this advice
^ then worthless fellows 7^ will ^ perhaps Jjj^ ^
practice seduction j^ ^ and legerdemain, ^ saying,
" the 4^ y^ common people ^ ^ murmur at "0 ^
and blame you" ; ^}\v[i which ^se you, ^ ^ believ-
ing their words ^ ^ ^ )^ ^^ and not reflecting
constantly Jj^ on your royal Jfff duties, ^ nor ^
*l!& 8K expanding your mind with liberal feelings;
would disorderly §3 punish ^ ^ the innocent, _
and kill ^ ^ the faultless ; ^ until all :^ |^ would

alike cbmplainy A H^ «nd the storm would gathej;^
on |@f your own ^ person.

I i

266 RfiiFPKCTiKO fhikge smih.

^5^ Chow-kung S closed fcy saying, fl|| Iff (Oh

ff^^ j^ ^ let *h€^ucceedjflg prince ^ 1^^ 3Q[ fsOte
4fai8 for Jbis mirror.

SECTION V.

.9J^pEp1)|j(lG ^ |]| P;HME SHU. ^

MSt (^n4(urg ^ ^ spoke to the following et
feet, saying, ^ Oh prince n Shth, f

1^ ^ A]^! ^ Heavenly has sent down tfRI oruin
^ upon ISt "^in, j^ and that dynasty f^ tiavin|r B|

^ received one in cur woi^r. ^ 4 ^ «faould not
^ presume however^^ decidedly ^ to say, (4hat we
can rdy on) j^ our ^ throne, ^ being perpetually
^ favoured ^ with ^ prosperity ; $^ an^ sb^uld
Heaven IH vd us ^ in ^fxy deed^ ^ ^ still I
^ . WDuld not 1^ dare ^ positively |Q to a^m, ^
that our il^ ^ end would be entirely the result ^ ^
^1^ misfortune, t

^ 1^ Oh yes ! ^ your Highness ^ has beep x^ysd
^ to say, ^ It main^ depends ^ on ourselves, (to
perpetuate the fortunes of a house). ^ 1 ^ also
dp ^ot ^ dare !^ to rest too confidently ^ on F*
4(|t the 4§cree of the Supii^fne Ruler, and thus f|| £|il
^ pgrpetadly j£ 1^ to look far forward ^ ^ to the
terrible v^ngj^ance of Heaven, fA or imagine ^ (hat
our ^ peopie j{| would never ^ murmur j^ and ra-

i5^, pbapu-kuog having annouQped bis intention of rietiring on ao-
MQiit of age, Ghow-kung sought to ctetain hiip ^ and the historians
^e here recorded th? termf 9f hip f9fhorl;^oa. Tber# are kimmrfS^
l^y ^xpri^tiqns thf m^^^ng §f w)iich is u|)k)^own.

ymce tn order to honour tarn.

' t Oe h^ tiurowsout ifaepossaAlif.of^lii^^ltilttiMiiu tho tatm,
Hireugh mismanagement, as aii iB49^(;meiit. ifr Ct^tou^Swir * »^-
maitt in oAce and endeavouc to pr^reiit it.

bel; fUlfdoes^^s yon^ sajr)'^ dep^bl^ AAtnlJil^ olf^
th^ individuals (einp%ed)J ;|9&^ ^' If thW alfef
our retiHoff, |^ ^ our chlfclreo^^mid gfabUt^ildi^b'
who succeed ;j^ should^ b^ deoidedly ^ ^* itrcat^able!
of m reSitjifectiiiig j^. H^avenJ abovfT"^ amd irtaw Mow^,
g^aard thu&reprcsb^^and fall oflTfi^rnft j(j]f Jl^jf^
the glory, of bui^ prehiecessjdi^, (tft>uld you)J^;^ though*
retired to a private d^iCelliDgt^^'rtibttio ignoAiit' of
this.

To preserve ^C ^ ^^^ celestial decree itf one fami-'
ly '^ ^,is not easy^jiS^And Heaven |||( is hardlji ||
to be calc lated-oa. Tjt Bat^ wherever the ^
decree is lost; it is because men ^ ^rare unable Ir-
regularly ^to arrange llllatrt^ carry out "Iff' J\^^|^
|§ the carefurand-brilliatit virtue of their ^redece^sofsl

jf^ ^ At present • -yr I, >};% ^ the insignificant ^'
Tan 4fe rf^ .am Unable 'j^* jEito set thinjgs to rights^ ♦'
jjk the object I principally attended 'l^is to take ^t
At^fe ^^^ glory of out forrae^^moliHrch;^ and extdHd
it ^ to ^. our* f^-^* youthful pri^iee* (now' on* the
throne)/-

^jQv r would repeat it therefore; ^^jthat the celes^
tial arrangenMuts^,'^ rfW 1*1 '^ tt* be ciileulated*
on^ my ^"principje •|^4s ^^^E'^ ^to eitetid*the^
virtue of therlVanquillizin^ . kin^g, ( Woo-wftftg) 5^, sO'
that Heaven ^ m-ay not ^ bef^ii^ced i^j^ to i^tha

draw ^ ^^H^.^ thedecifee received bj'» Ms father'
WSn-wang;

^. The duke Q.continiiedtf^^YJfeprince 5!^ Shih !^
^ I ^:have heard ^ that *#^rformerly whfen }^:^\
the accompIif-hed'T'arig ^.^Treceived ^ the decree,
m there ^ was ^. such a man as^^ E-ytin';
_ who could influence^ ^^ Imperial 5'$! Heaven'
(by his. virtue.) T^ In the time of ^. 1^ T'ha6 k«a,

t. m

* These are mere complimentary expressions.

268 RESPECTING PRINCE SHIH.

^ glj there ^ was ^ the same ^ Maintaioer ^
of the equilibrium.* ijE In the time of >^ ^ T'ha6-
"woo, B^ ^ there ^ were ^ such men as ^ |^ £-
chih, f and ^ ^ Chin-hoo, ij^ who wrought -^ up-
on J^ the Supreme I^ Ruler ; while 35 1^ Woo-
han y^ regulated 3E the Royal ^ household. ^ In
the time of^ 21 Tsod-yfli, Bf Jjj there :^ was ^
such a man as 3E ^ Woo-heen, :|^ and in the days
ofi([X Woo ting ff^^lj there iig" flourished -^ fit
Kan-pwan. J

(These men) ^ acted out their principles, (and pos-
sessed merit entitling them) ^)^ |^ ^ ^ to he ar-
ranged in the annals of fame, whereby ^ they pre-
served ^ and regulated ^ ^ the Yin dynasty, jj^
Therefore ^ jH in the rites of Ym ^ they were ele-
vated Q£ to be associated with ^ Heaven in worship,
(while that family enjoyed the throne) ^ for anugaber
of jjll successive d^ ^ years,

^'C While Heaven ||| j^ exclusively afforded them
f^ fft the protecting decree, ^l] ^ the empire of
Shang ^ was replenished with people. "Q" j^ The
hundred officers of illustrious names, 3E Ar together
with the king's servants p^ ^ invariably ^ laid hold
on ^ virtue, ^ and intelligently ij]S entered into the
anxieties (of the monarch); then would /J>^the inferi-
or officers ]p^ and j^^ the lords of the tenures on the
frontiers ^| much more ^ universally ^ ^ hasten to
the public service. ')|| ^ on this account j^ ^ virtue
|§ was admired, J^ ^^ W. ^ ^^® prince was well
directed, jjjf and when he, -^ the one ^ man ^ had

■■■■■* ■. I ■ - I

* The maintainer of the eqailibrium was E-yun : (see the commaud
given to Yu5).

f E-chlh was the son. of E-yun.

\ Chow-kung alluded to these celebrated ministers in order to in*
jlice Shaou-kvog t9 act like them.

HESPECTING PRINCE 6HIH. 269

any particular ^ business, (such as the undertahing
ofawar, or the calling of a council), ^ throughout
^ all 'ff quarters ^ to which he was directed \s by
divination ^ and prognostics, ^ /j|> S ^ ^^^V
invariably gave him their confidence.'

^'lheduke|Ejsaid,^Oh prince ||| Shih ! ^
Heaven ^ has bestowed longevity ^ on those who
were equitable |^ and thorough goinsf ^in preserving
^and regulating ^ |2 Yin ; ^ ^ ^ but the last
priflce of that dynasty ^ Jj^ j^ experienced Heavens
terrible desolations. ^ Now y^ if you ^ will perpe-
tually ^ think of this* jUJ ^ you will obtain j^ '^
a settled decree in your favour, jjSf ,^|^ and ivill thus
regulate ^ and enlighten ^ our ^ newly 3§f found-
ed ^ city.

^ The duke Q continued, ^ Oh prince ^ SMh !
^ ^ formerly Jl the Supreme ^ Ruler 1^ cut oflF
(the Yin dynasty) ^ and renewedly ^ stimulated ^
3E Jc ^ the virtue of the Tranquillizing monarch
(Woo-w4ng), ^ ^ concentrating j/|f the great ^
decree ^ in Pj his %^ person.

^ And perhaps ^ ^ WSn-w&ng ^ ^ was ena-
bled j^ to cultivate 5E|1 harmony ^ in this our ^
^ Summer land, ;{f|> |^ because ^ he had ^ such
men ^]JK as Kth-shuh, ^ ^ and as ^^^ Hw&ng-
yaou, %'^and^ !i! ^ San-e-sSng ^ ^ like-
wise ^ ^ Tae-teen, ^ ^ and |5| ^g ^ Nan-kung-

kw6,

X He alsoQ added, M If they had not gfe been
able ^ 5j5 to associate ^ ^ and lead him on ^ in
the common ^ principles of instruction, ^ 5E Wan-
w&ng ^ wcmld have had no ^ virtue ^ to trans-
mit ^ to 1^ ^ the people of his country.

^ *\^ It was also in consequence of |j£ the pure
'^and protecting decree ^that his ministership main-

23^0- RBSPECTINO PRINGIh SfllH;

tainecl their holdH|: od virtue, ^ and. were led on to-
^ an. acquaintance with . ^'c Hteav«n*d ]^ terriblenessi
Jj^f!^ thus, they Hg illustratt^d: ^ 3E; W&n^^
w&iig's ^^.priticiptess which were oonspiouousj^
and overspreading ^^ until the report^ reached ^Jr -
the Supreme:^ Huler. fH;^ On thia. account 3^

he received "^ |3b" '^ ^ ^^^ decree of the dynasty
Yin.

iSt 35 Woo^waag^ ^ with the assistance of jjj^
these fog four ^. men.** fi^was^ probably 3^1 led on
^^ to the attainment of Imperial wealth. ^'
Afterwards ^ they together with ^ 3E Wbii^wftnjf;
^ greatly ^avaikdHhemselves of ^5 Heaven's
terribleness, )ft ^ JK HJIt ^°^ ^'^^ ^^ theirrfbes.-
Thus iX these QQ ^^^^ A ^^^^ % rendered illustrions,
^ 3E Woo-wang ^|| whose (excellence) ^ over-
spread (tfai^j Empire)^ throughout which ^ ^^ ^I^S^
his. virtue was greatly extended and applauded.

^ Now ^ with I respect ^ to me, ;|"^ ^ thfirinsigJ-
nifigant H; Tan, 3^ I teei as if ^^' fl<taling 011]^' a
mighty )|| stream; -^ I. would therefcffei ^ go JJ*-
with v^ you ^^oh ^>hihj ^ in order to ^ accoiti-
pllfih :the passage -^ ^ as^ our young prince |^ ^^
is^not^yeti;^. virtusily indiieted into ^ the' throne^
m ^.-i^^ ^ doe^not the burthen greatly dirnlve on
usf' iKt ra- 5i5l Without e%:ectibn , therefore ^ we*,
shall not jj^ succeedi,f If j^ou now ^ J^ retire on'
account of age, ^ virtue >fC will not^ be transmit^
ted to the pieople. ^ 1 ^Ij have;ialready ^ ^ ^^
ceased ito hear the crowing: ;of/ the felicitous' Urdj j^(
how much les8^(op youf departure) R* can" we promise'

• ■ •

* Four men ouly are mentioned ^ because Kth-Bhuii waS' already ^
dead.

I" The coTOineottiior acknowledgev that b^re* thfere' ii' 8«neth*ng
wanting .and 'the sense of the.ori|;iuAl is not clear.

RCGPECTING PRINCB SHIH. 571

cmrsefves ^ thait we ^ shall ^^ he able ^ to extend
our influence any forlher.

4^ The duke ^ tavthtsr Bftid, tfl Vf alas! 3§
jprince Sh%, 91 oh that you ^ would Jj^ largely con-
template ^ ^ as your mirror. ^1 S '^ 'Ihe de-
cree which we have received ^ ^ contains indeed
^Qftenntnable ^ ^ excellencies, T/jfJ but^ese are also
^ great ||| ^ difficulties connected with it. ^
1 should recommend ^ your SEgfcness J'^ ^ to aim
wt ^ Itberality of feeling ; ^ and let us 1^ not Jjj^
allow ^ ^ tmr successors 5E t*> ^"^ *3om the right
^wy.

-2^ The duke ^ continued, |[y ^ Our late mo-
nareh f^ opeped out all j^ his ij^v heart, 7} ^ ^ 9$*
and imposed ^n you a wide command, i^tk ^^
making you the first of «ubj cts, Q sayin^,, f^ i>o
yon ^ cleariy ]||5| and energetically |^ yoke your-
self into the service 3B ^^ '^^ yawing king, ^ and
abiding ^ in siniseiTty endeavour ^ to sustain
this ^ great {^ decoee , fll reflecting on ^ 3E
the virtue of WSn-wang, 3E «»fid largely ^ partici-
pating ^ IB in his interminable ^ i|[S anxieties.

^ The duke Q '^^P* ^°» ^ ^^ prince ! ^ I will

beacon ^ ^^K *® ^^° ^^ ^'^ (liliiA fell in conse-
ouence ©f)5^^*^ ^•^^ ^disorders, ^and deeply
f^ meditate on ^ ^ Bl( the terribleness of o&r Celes-
tial ruler.

Is it because -^ I am ^ unworthy ^ of credit ffj^
that I ^ ]|^ thus enforce my |§ announcement ? ^
but I j^ must say, (that the accomplishment of
the designs of our royal house) |B depends chiefly ^
upon us zr X ^^^' tt ^4tm ^ y^^ accord with

272 BESPECTINO PRINCE 8H1U.

this sentiment ^ ^ ^ ^ and say that it de{)ends on
C^ Ar us two •? ^ and when Heaven's fjj^ blessings j^
richly ^ descend, f||^ ZS ^ we two shall be
^ unable to sustain the weight. ^ ^ If you
could but ^ display respectful ^ virtue, ^ and
distinguish ^ our ^ talented ^ people, ^ then
you might ^l^hand over the reins of government ^
A to successors ^ in d5 prosperous ^ timers*

^S ^ ^^^ y^^ - ^ 1^ I^ ~ A ^^ ^^^ alone have
afifurded especial aid (to the sovereign), and thus ^
we have ^ ^ been enabled ^ to arrive ^ at -^
this day's ^ prosperity; ^ let us then )^ all /jj^
complete jt 3E?^ *^® work of W&n-w&ng, ^ by our
7f^ ^ incessant perseverance ; 3^ greatly § over-
spreading ^ 1^ the comers of the sea ^ ^ and the
region of the rising sun, ^ until there be none ^
who are not ^ led into j^ humble submission.

^ The duke Q continued, ^ Oh prince it is be-
cause ^ my discourse yjflj jg is discordant with reason,
J3[ that I thus^ reiterate f§ my announcements •?
1 am 1^ only ^ ^ anxious ^ about (the conti-
nuance of) 5^ the celestial decree j^ and (the favour
of) ^ the people.

^The duke ^ closed by saying % «5^ ^^ti ^
prince I fH /J You are ^fl acquainted ^ ^ with the
habits of the people, ]/]|^ that ^ none of them ^ ^^
are incapable ]^^ at the begining, f^ but do you
^ look well to the j^ end. fi^ Carefully ^ comply
with ^ these suggestions : f£ go ^ and be respect-
ful ^ in the carrying out ^^ of your rule.

TBS D&CI16E RB!»EC¥tNti CUUNG 0» TSAfe. 273

SECTION VI.

THE DECREft ftKSPECTlNG CHl'NG OF TSA»'*

1^ When Pi ^ Chaw.kung, g fllkd the uSice ^
of prime minister, (B. C. 1,106), XE ^^ liagulated
tbe hundred JQ officers, ^ 7^ the r6yal uncles
^ spread abroad "^ seditious insinuations, 75 ^ ^^
consequence of (Chow-kung) 1^ putting to death ^
j^ K^#«in-shuh,^ at ^ Shanffj ^ he restricted ^
Tsae-shuh ^ to the |3J P| borders of his state,
^ still allowiB^ him 1^ -fe ^ seven chariots; ^
he'degtaded^ft Ho-shtih^tobea ^ A <^'*-
mon iiidividu^i ^ and foi^ three ^ years ^ did not
@* admit him. into the rank of nobles, ^ ^ WhiJlS
Chun er of the Tsae country f^beini? able j^ to dis-
play j^ respectful ^ virtue ; ^ ^ Chow-kung J^
^ made him ^ 3J a tioble, j^ ^ and when Htt-
shuh died J^ fitially ^ char-ed ^ 3g the king ^
jj^ to appoint him to rule over |^ Tsae.
• ^ the king, ^ as it w^re, |3 sAid, <f^ ^ 6h
your^g mail ^ Hoo. f f^^ You art able ^ to fol-
Ipw out ^ virtue ^ afid tor inform ^ mann^ri,
^^ whilst Jfou are careful |8f in cultivating th^ ^^
right way. ^ *^ I therefore ^ order j^ you
(tb bec0me)j^ an earl ^ iti ]^ the eastern Jr regiWis;
^ go then Bp to the district f^ to which yttu ar©
appoifited, 1||^^ and be respectful!

*1*f ChUiig was the sofj of |^]^ Tsaeslittfe, when Shtth diM,'
Chow-kung on account of Chung 8 virtues, urged Ching-w£i§[ to ^p*
point him to the government of Tsae. Thk section c<fiii^\m the
i^rds of tlie appomtment. The modeiti ^ditibn h^ it not, btii the
Micaent edition has it. .

{Hoo was the privaie name of Gh\ing»
Theviftuehefdllowedotd wis thatof his* afrcfestor Wafi-w&n^,
and the onailrntrs he tef<»rroei fi^re tlida^ of his fattief l^ie. fthdb.

274 THI DICREC RE8PBCTI1IO CUUMG OP T8AE.

M Wt '^ perhaps you ||[ would cover over f^ A.
^ jQ the faultfl of your progenitor, ^ you should aim
at JS^ fidelity 'f^ and ^ filial piety. ^ If you ^
would |||[ surpass ^ the former traces j^ in your
own J^ person, ^ you must ^ employ diligence ^
without jgj» flagging, Jj4 in ^^^^ S to hand down 5S
an example 75 to your ^ posterity. For this end
S|S you have only to follow J^ your ^ ancestor ^ 3E
W&n wang's ^ ^ constant p| instru ctions, ^ aed
forbear ^ to imitate fi your ^ parent ;^ in JB ^^
obeying ^ the royal ^ commands.

JL Imperial ^ Heavei) ^ has no fl partialities,

ttll IB j^ fit ^°* ^^^^ *^^^®® ^^^ ^^ virtuous ; ^ |Si
the affections of the people ^ are not ^ invariable,

"*' "*' 2JI ® but to the kind they willingly submit

_ Acts of goodness ^ ^ differ, [3 |§ but they

;Vn all promote ^ ^ good government ; ^ ^ vices !^
1^ are dissimilar, ]^ |^ but they idl tend ^ |^ to
confiision; M ^ Pe you therefore^ ^ on your
guard.

^ Be careful JBf at the ^ commencement, ^ and
consider H^ the |^ end, j^ thus the -result J|^ will 7f\
not ^ be distressing ; /f^HI but if you do not consi-
der ]y{ the J^ end, 1^ then the sequel J^^will be @
weariness ^ and exhaustion.

^ Be stimulated 75 ^ to the establishment of |^
merits ^ live in peace J^ with your ^ ^ neighbours
1^ ^ form a hedge around £ the royal ^ house^
^^ harmonize with ^ ^ your brethren of the
same clan ; |K and tranquillize j^ and benefit /|> the
small JU[ people.

4^ Follow out 1^ Ff^ the due medium, ^ and do
not f^ aim at |||[ QQ pretended cleverness, whereby
Ht you would confuse ^ the old 3|[ regulations, j^
examine J) v^hat you j^ see Jl t^nd hear, ^ and do

THE NUMEROUS REGIONS. 275

not J^ give heed ^ to one sided ^ views, ^ so as
to change ^ from your ^ established principles ; ^
then '^ I — * the one ^ man, ^ ^ would congratu-
late you.

3£ The king ^ further said, fi^ «y Oh thou >|i ^
younof man j^ Ho6, ^ ^ ^ go thy way ; ^ and do
not ^ carelessly ^ reject ^ my ^ words.

SECTION VI L

THE NUMEROUS^ 'ff REGIONS.*

fft On 3£ the 5th ^ month, (of the year after Ghing-
wang assumed the reins of goverment, B. C. 1 5 11^2)
7p ^ on the 2 1st day of the morth, 3E the king
came g from :^ Yen ^ ^^ ^ to the metropolis

of Chow.

^ ^ Chow-kung |g said, 3E The king ^ thus
^ issues his commands ; ^ Ho ! ^ let it be announ-
ced ^ to you ^ of the four ^ countries, ^ and the
numerous "^ states, l||| that in consequence |^ of your
^ Yin ^ rulers ^ having regulated ^ the people
well, ^ 1 1£ have taken the matter into consideration,
•^ and greatly ^ lessened ^ your j^ capital pun-
ishment ; ^ ]^ ^ ^ of which you ought not to be

ignorant.

Y^ j^ {§ They schemed after ^^^ the decree
of Heaven, ^ and did not ^ perpetually ^ and

f Wken J^ ^^ Ching-w&ng assumed the reins of government,

the 4ls ^^^^ state, with the j|g Hwae foreigners reh^lled. Chlntr-
wang exterminated Yen, and returning, composed this section. It

seems tlia^t at that time the §5^ Yin people were not the only ones wJ
fanned the flame of insurrection, therefore many states are address: .
Both t he editions have it.

27^ TU£ NUBiEHOVS REGIONS.

carefully ^ ihipk ^ ob ^ th^ sacfifices (to be 'offer-
ed to tlieir wcestors.)*

{^ Formerly ^ the Supreme ^ sent down j^ en*
lamities ^ on the ]^ Hea dynasty, while ^ the ruler
^ ^rf He4 ^ grentty ^ ^ indulgecl himself in hix-
ury, ^ ^ and would not ^ ^ spe^k ^k^dly ^ to
J^ the people ; 75 being 'j^ utterly ^ dis&olute @
and confused, ^ ^ and unable ^ for the space of a
single day 1^ to urge himself on ^ *^ i jfl in
the way marked out by the Supreme. 75 ^^^^ ^^ K
what you ^ ^ have heard.

J5^ lie j§| speculated '^TJ^^ on the decree of the
Supreme, ^ ^ and yet could not §^ increase ^ ^
^ M ^'^^* ^^ which the people depended for support,
whilst 73 b® 3^ extensively P^ brought down ^ ia-
ftictions (on the people,) ^ and, multiplied ^ the con-
fhsions ^ ^ of China, ^ the causes of these things
^ originated "3^ in ^ the mternal ^ disorderly (of
the palace,) (in consequence of which) ^^ he was
unable ^ properly jfi^ to receive ^j^ the multitude,
1^ and couid not ^ greatly j^ ^ advance ^ ^ in
respect, ^fej@^ or display liberality ^ towards ^ the
people. !5|p ^^ There were also ^^ ^ S^ Rj some
of the people of Hea ^^ who were cove#eus ^ and
cruel, 5 and yet were daily ^ promoted by him j|^
to punish ^ and cut off^ ^ their fellow citizens, t

5C Heaven j^ ^ on this account z^ sought for ^
3B a ruler of the people, J^ and -^ abuadanAly "''
promulgated |^ the conspicuous j^ andiexcellent

* This means that the Yen people only thought of ftchemiutf afiter
t)\% celestial decree, and brought them^qlyes tu ru'n, without ce^ard-*
ins^ the continuance of tbose saorifitfta which they ought tif ba^«
offered to their ancestors. One says, the ce)ee*ial discrte can be
received, but cannot be speculated on ; to speculate on it maiiifests.
the selfishness of human desires, and nut the pul)lic spiritedness suit-
ed to the decree of Heaven.

I" In this paragraph there is much that cannot be explained.

THE NUMEROUS RKQIONS. 277

deereQ ^ iu favour of ^ the accomplished
(ordeiing him) ^] to pimiah ^ aud cut off
He4 djniasty.

ffe 551^ It w*8 not that Heaven ^^ »o greatly
(«ffli4tod the He4 dynasty,) 7^ but ^ beetuw J^
looking op jm your ^ numerous ^ states ]^ witb
th^ir ^ virtuous ^ people, ]^ '^ he couM not ^
ciontinue them ^ in ^ ^ advautageous posts ; ')g^
white S 1^ Hea's ^ respected ^ and numerous ^
officersT^ were altogether ^ ^ unable ^ intelli-
gently ^ to protect ^ and profit ^ ,Rihe people ;
7^ but. on the contrary, ^ mutually f^ ^ oppressed
•^ ^ the people, ^ ^ so that "^ out of a hundred
(schemes) JS^ 'jf^ they were utterly ^ ^ unable ^
to carry out (one prosperously.)

7$ It was {^ only ^ the acGom^plisbed ^ T'h^ng
^ who could JlJ^vail himself of ]^ your ^ nume*
rous '^ states, ^ aad making (^elections from them,
f^ instead of S liea f^ become p|3^ a ruler of the
people.

^ He carefully attended to 0^ the ]|| staff of life^
J^ and iffy urged on to exertion, hence ^ Iqs ^ peo-
ple ^ took kim for a patteni, J^ tad were ||jf stimor
lated by him.

1>( M ^ Until the time of ^ the Emperor 2S
Yth (the rulers of Shang) ^ ^ invariably ^ illus-
trated ^ virtue, ^ and were cautious ^ in punish-^
menta, ^ by which means also J^ they were enabled
fi%t tp stimidate their subjects.

lit important ^ criminal cases,, T^ they exter-

minatedf||[ 9^ slew ^ (those who b^d committed)
S9fi9]r l^ciimes, ^ by which meana aUo ^ they
Wtre enabled ^ M ta stimulate (the people ;) || |p
they liberated ^^ those who were faultless, ^ by
which means also J^ they were enabled ]^^ to sti-
mulate (the people.)

278 THE NUMEROUS REGIONS.

^ Now £ ^ with respect to ^ your f^ former
prince (Chow,) ^ ^ he could not, J^ though bup-
ported by ff^ your ^numerous 3^ states, ^ enjoy
35 ^ the celestial ^ decree (in his favour.)

H^ Alas ! 5E <>uf ^^°g ^ has as it were ^ said.
Tell it to 1^ your ^ numerous y^ states, ^
it was not that ^ Heaven ^ had any intention ^
to reject ^§ the Hea dynasty, ^ nor that ^fe
Heaven ^ purposely wished ^ to degrade 1^ j^ the

yin state.

75 But fH it was pByour ]^ last prince J^ who
depending on j|^ you ^ assembled ^ hosts 'jisi be-
came very ^ dissolute, Q and speculated on (the con-
tinuance of) ^ jjl^ the Celestial -^ decree, J^ while
he trifled ^ |^ in his expressions.

7y 111 W S '^^ ^^^^ ^^ China at that time g cal-
culated on (the continuance of) W his Jj^C government^
(but his measures) ^ did not ^ tend '^ to ]|f the
enjoyment (of the throne) ; ^ hence Heaven Pp sent
down B^ this ^ ruin upon him, ^ and another ^
family ^^S came in his stead.

75 It lH "^^^ because fS your ^ Shang dynasty ^s
later ^ kin^, ^ mf ^ gave himself up to volup-
tuousness, |g and still speculated oa (the perpetuity
®0 ffi his I^ government, Zf\ while he was neither fj^
pure ^nor improving ; until 5C Heaven ^ ^ sent
down ^ this J^ calamity,

f]^ Even H a sage ^ without j^ reflection f^ will
become ^ a fool, fH while ^ a fool Jfi ^^^ ^^^ i&
reflect f^ may become ^ a sage ; therefore 3^ Hea-
ven f^ allowed (the tyrant Ch6w) ^ the space of
five ^ years ^ flS !(^ delaying an account of ^
his children, (hoping that) ^ he might eventually
become ^ 3E a fit ruler of his people ; but (Chow)
1^ Wf would neither ^ reflect ^ nor listen.

THE NUMEROUS AEdiOMS. 279

5c '1 hen Heaven fH ^ 80U(?ht among ^ you ^
numerous ^ «tates, ;;/l5^ greatly |P) moving you Ijj^ by
1^ its terribleness, ^ to bring forward ^j^ some one
1^ who might receive the regards 5^ of Ueav6n ; f^
but Bof you ^ numerous ^ states, ^ there were
none ^ who were worthy of ^ ;^ regard.

fife ^^35 Our kitjfifs of Chow alone Wt could
worthily ^ receive ^ ]|j^ the host. ^ ^ and ade*
quately f^ sustain ^ virtue, \^ only they could ^
superintend the worship of jjjj^ the Divine 5^ Heavens.
5?ti Therefore Heaven 5^^ instructed ^ our
(princes,) ^ and rendered them ^ excellent, ^ se-
lecting ^ and conferring upon them |S i^ the decree
that had heen made in favour of Yin, ^ to regulate
you ^ numerous ^ states.

^ Now ^ ^ how could I ^ dare ^ to multi.
ply |§ ^ my announcements, (but you must consider)
TO *^at it was I ^ who maialy ^ mitigated ^ your
gg four g| states* ^ ^ capital punishment

1^ ^ ^ Why do not you also ^ sincerely ^ ^
display liberality ^ towards ^ your ^ numerous
'j^ states "i ^^7fs Why do you not^ aid ^ and
assist ^ the government ^ of our 1^35 k'l^gs of
Chow, ^ who poisess ^ ^ the celestial ^ decree
in their favour ? ^ Now that ^ you j^ are still
^ allowed to residp ^ in your 1^ dwellings ^ and
cultivate ^ your gQ fields ; PJ >|| ^ Why do you
not jg comply with 5E the orders of the king, )|,Q and
enlarge ^S rfl '^ *^® decree of Heaven.

1^ 75 But you ^ ^ constantly follow ^^ un-
settled ways, ^ your nJ^ minds ^ have no ^ self-
respect , ^ you ^ ^ do not "J^ entirely ^ coincide

with ^ the celestial 1i^ decree, ^ ^ but you
triflingly f^ reject 55 ^ that decree ; ^ 75 y^^
yourselves j^ practice ^ ^ unlawful things, |@ and

280 THfe NUMEROUS RGGIONdi

yet expect f^ to l)e believed ^ by jg the uprljjtit.

:^fe^ On this ftccount I ^^ instruct ^
and warn you ; ^ ^|| B^ on this account I j^t
tremblirfgly ^ take the principal offenders ^ ^ artti
imprison them. ^ ^ ^ This J hwe repeated 35
^ H ag*'^^^^ and again.^ /5 ^ ^ Should yOU not
however |g regard ^ray ^ having commuted
your -^ capital punishment^.. ^ I 75 ^^^'^ ^ ^ ^
greatly ^ chastise ^ J^ and exterminate you. ^ .
1 1 is not that ^ we 3^ ^ of the C how dynasty ^ hold
to the ^ principle ^ 9^ ]$ of disquietude, J^ but
*)^ it is ^ you ^^ that hasten on ^ to crime.

£ The king ^ said, ^ H^ Alas ! ^ indeed ! ^
I announce ^ to you ^ >^ ^ ifc officers of the nu-
merous states, & together |S[^ db with Ae many
officers of Yin, *^ that now fjS you ^ i|^ have has-
tened to and fro, K and served ^ our §^ supcrtiiiteii-
dants 3E for five UjQ years.

jj^ Moreover f|| ^ you have ^ J9 bwsons and
atteudants, ^J^ :3^ ^ JQE with the host of greater and
lesser regulators, so that W you ^ ^ must not neg-
lect ^ to accomplish ^ your biimneBs.

^ In your personbl fj conductZ^5^ there may be
wnoething disagreeable ; ffiM^ ^^ y^^ therefore ^
^ attentive to harmony, f^ In your own ^ * fami-
lies 7f% there may be a want of |^ concord, ^ 'JH ^
' " therefore aim at cordiality, f^ Let your @ cities
be Qg intelligent, ^ j^ and be you ^^ iodas-
trious ]^ in your ^ affairs.

m Would you ^ perhaps 3Jt rot be ^ afraid ^
of (^ an injurious ^ influence, ^ Aen §i) be |^
^ ^ cordially respectful :£ in (fulfilling the duties
ot) 75 your |8fe stations. A^ Observe also ^7j

your & iQteUigent eitizena, p^ ^^ ^'^^ ^^ ^^^^ y^^"
selves 5)^ of their aid.

TH£ NUMEROUS REGIONS. 281

^ You 7J may now g at 1^ this ^ 1^ city of L6
fnj perhaps ^ maintain your stand, ^ and strenu-
ously I5JC cultivate ^ your 03 fields ; ^ while Hea-
ven,|^ may ^ induce me ^ to pity ||[ you, ^
and I j^ the possessor ^ of Chow f^ ^^^ will ^
materially ^ aid ^ and assist "^ you ; ^ ^ se-
lecting and advancing you ^ in ^ the royal ^
court ; thus f^ ^ I ^ay urge you on ^ to business,
^^ and place those who submit ^ in the rank of
7^ great ll^ oflficers.

^ The king Q said, g^ 1^ Oh you ^ numerous
•Jt oflBlcers ! ^ if you ^ ]^ cannot ^ be stimulated

•jjlj;; to abide by-^ my ^ commands, ^ ^ W *®^
you fH will ^ not J^ be able ]|[ to enjoy (the favour
of your superiors). Jii All f^ you people ||| will also
1^ conclude, ^ that you do not ^ possess (our es*
teem). ^ Should you Jj become f|| ^ voluptuous
ftt Wi ^^^ perverse, ^ greatly ^ opposing 3E t^®
royal i^ decree, ]|^ then m ^ you ^ numerous '^
states 05 ^^1' bring down on yourselves 55 f2l ?^®^"
ven's ^ terribleness ; ^ I also )|)| will ^ carry out
^ the celestial ^ inflictions, ^^ and remove you
very far from ^ your Jb land.

£ The king said, $^ I do ^ ^ not wish
^ to multiply 1^ my announcements; ^ I <)||
merely wish f^ respectfully -^ to make known ^ to
you ^ my commands.

^ He also ^ said, ^ This {|| is ^ your |^ be-
ginning ; 7 ^ if you cannot ^ be respectful ^ in the
use of^ harmony, ^ then ^ do no I ^^ blame me.

K k

282 THE ESTABLISHMENT OF GOVERNMENT.

SECTION VIII.

THE ESTABLISHMENT ^ |^ OF GOVERNMENT. ♦

)^ ^ Chow-kupg (addressing his ittinisters) ^ |9
spoke to the following efiFect : ^ ^ Bow down ^ '^
and make obeisance, '^ while you address^ the new
^ ^ emperor '35 ^ and king. ^ Whereupon }f^
they all ^f^ instructed ^ 3E the king, ^ sajing, 3S
Tour Majesty's '^ "^ attendants ^ are the coiigtant
f^ lords, ^ the regular ^ officials, ip ^ and the
judicial magistrates, j^"^ together with the master
of the robes, ]^^ and the Superintendent of the ar-
chers and chariots (respecting whose appointments y^U
should be careful). J^ ^ Chow-kung Q said, ^3
wy Oh ! ffc j^ there are indeed excellent officers,^
WL^^ but how few are the ^rihces'^ho know how
to manifest anxiety in the ap]pdintment of th^m.

]^ rf^ J^ Of the ancients ^ who followed out this
^lan JB there were If S *^ ^^*^ ^^ Hea, ., J^ for
'^fSSf when their house ^ fit^^^ ^ ^ ftottrishing
condition, QK they nought after^men of talent, ||p who
might pay honour Jt to the Supreme ^ Ruler; ^
these trod ^H the path of knowledge ij^ and were tnify
1^ sincere ^ ^ |^ il 45*^^ *^® practice of the nine
virtues; Jf while they ^ could presume ^ ^ ^to
instruct and inform IH^ their ^ sovereign, Q saying,
^^ ^ "^ Most worshipful )^ ^ monarch,]^. we
should say, (&e careful) !§ in appointing 75 $ the ma-
nagers of your affairs, ^in settling 75 your ^ su-
perintendents, and ^in fixing 75 yourSp regulators ;
fSi this fH will be ^^ to act like a prince. ^ But
if you merely take people @ by their appearances,

* This section instructs Chlng-w^g in employing men of talent,
and selecting superior officers. The ancient and modern texts
both have it.

THE ESTABLISHMENT OP GOVERNMENT. 283

JH accounting them ^ eminently capable of |^ in-
stnicting men |$ in virtue, ^|| an4 J^ thus ^ appoint
\ them (to office) ^ ]^ then these ^ three, ^ situr
ations (will be filled by) ^ p§ improper ^ persons.

1^ KeS's f§ propensity fl^ 73 ^^^ 3^ not f^ to en-
gage ^ those who had been formerly ^ employed,
jjfe while he appointed f^ only ^ oppressive ^ ma-
gistrates ; (thus he died) ^ without ^ posterity.

^ Also Mwith reference to . J^ the accomplished
^ T'hang, ^ who was ady^nCied ^ ^ to promote
in an eminent degree J^ ^ j2l 5)^ 1^ ^^® g^^rious
will of the Supreme ; 73^ in filling up ^ these
three ^ ^ pffices, ^ |P % he appointed only the
capable ; Q and in arranging ^ the three ^ ^ or-
ders of talent^, ^ §P ^ tie esteemed only the clever
^ He rigidly ^ adhered to ^ the great ^ pattern,
^ ^ and engaged ~ the three ^ kinds of officers,
~ and the three ^ orders of talents. J^ ^ Thus
in 1^ ]§ the city of Shaug M "^ he succeeded in
harmonizing ^ P^ his own ]Q subjects, ^ ^ and
throughout pC| t^ all quf^rt^rs, ^ he exhibited 3E
^n eminent ^ pattern, ^ for the display of ^

virtue,

8| Uy Alas ! ^ :gE with regarl to ^ the tyrant
Sh6w, ^ his conduct ^ was violeqt, *[|| only those
who ^ being adv^in^^ed to office JflJ were murderers
^ |§^ A ^^^ oppressors of virtue, PI "^ R ^
these were his allies ; 73 HI a^d o»ly those who jffi ^
were inured to vice ^ ^ ;o A '"^ ^^ voluptuous
habits, 1^ ^ M ^ were associated with him in the
government. ^ 'i he Supreme ^ then severely g^
punished ;;§J; him J^ and fB ordered ^ us ^ gp to
take possession of China, 3j |^ ^ ^ ^^^ enjoy the
decree which Shang had received, ^ while we shel.
tared ^ and arranged ^ the myriad ^ clans.

284 THS SSTABLISHmNT OP GOVBRUfSNT.

JpThen |S we come to ^ 3E Wan-w&ng, ft 3B
and Wod-w&ng, ^ ^ who understood fiilly p^:^ j^
;K| the feelings of the three kinds of superior officers^
^ and clearly ^ p erceived ^ ^ ^ 4!le the talents
of the three grades of clever men, J|^ so as to employ
them i^in respectfully i$ serving Jt the Supreme ijf
Ruler, 3ul ^^^ ^^ appointing ^ over the people ;^ el-
ders ffy and superiors.

^ In establishing ]|^ government ^ ^ there were
the officials, Ip ^ the r^ulators, ^ and the prelec-
tors, f^ who attended to 2 ^^ three kinds of i^
public business.

Then there were 2^ Sf the superintendents of arche-
ry and chariots, jQ[ ^ the master of the robes, K^ J|§
the master of the horse, f^^ and the master of die
household, ^ ^ also the attendants g| who superin*
tended ^ the servants, '^ the hundred kinds ^ of
managers, ]j|^ and all ]^ the treasurers.

Besides which there were ;;^ HjKthe governors of
the larger j|^ ^ and smaller cities, ^ A the cunning
men, (or priests), |^ PS ]^ ^ the hundred kinds of
external managers, i^^ the great historian, ^
and the superintendents of departments, £[| ^ ^
all of whom were «;ood men of constant virtue.

Then (among the princes of the empire) they had ^
^ the minister of instruction, j|| JH the minister of
^^T^9 ^ ^ <^d the minister of public works, SS ^8^"*
ther with the secondaries jj^ andsuboidinates.

Further they had ^ the wardens of the E, ^ Wei,
191 ^"» ^ *^d Ching foreigners ; together with rr: ^
those of the three P5,* ^ ^ and the managers of the

Pan district.

Thus ^ 3E Win-wang f|| was ^ enabled to em-

♦ The three P6 appear to have been situated in the north-western
part of H6-nan province.

THE SSTABLIfiHMENT OF GOVERBiMENT. 285

body Ji^ ^ ^^ the feelings of the three kinds of supe-
rior officers ; J^bhA'^ was thus enabled ^ to esta-
blish ^ these ^regular ^n] superintendents of
business, and JH[ A public protectors, J^ in order ^
to honour ^ those who were ^ virtuous.

^3E WSn-wftng, however, ^ did not ^ ^ inter-
fere ^ with ]^ "^ the government proclamations, ^
^ the judicial regulations, }Si^ nor the public pro-
hibitions, ^ but left it to fi\i^ J^ the superinten-
dents ^ 5c ^^^ protectors, ]^ lM| to point out (to the
people) ^ what was to be observed ^ and what a-
voided.

Moreover ^^ with regard to the judicial regula-
tions m^ {|[ and the public prohibitions, ^ 3E W^n-
w&ng ffi[ did not ^ affect ^ to know anything ^
about ^ these.

|/]P j^ So also ^ 5E Woo-wftng ^i carried out j^
his (father's )ft tranquillizing :^ work, ^ and did
not j|j[ dare ^ to supersede f)( his (officers who were
distinguished for their) ^ upright ^ virtue ; S^ he
also followed out f|| his ^ plans, ^ and accorded
with (those officers who possessed) ^ ^ the virtue of
forbearance, ^ in order jj^ unitedly ^ to receive and
sustain |J^ this 35 3S very great |[^ patrimony,

^ Vf Oh you ^^ young prince, 3E ^ ^^^ ^^''^'
ed to the throne ! Ib ^ "^ ^^^^ henceforth 1^ ^
let us ](^ establish |^ good government, it and for
the settlement ^ of affairs (employ) ip /^ the regu-
lators ^ 5J^ and the protectors ^ ^ Let us ^
ll^^ ascertain clearly ^ that which they ^ are a-
dapted for, ^ and then extensively 75 «"^P'^*y ^bem
j^ in arranging |^ disorders, ijjj^ and in assisting ^
^ ^ the people whom we have received ; ^ adjust-
ing ^ our llH jj^ judicial regulations ^ j^ and
public prohibitions ; f^ this done, ^ ^ let us not al

286 THE ESTABLISHMEIIT OF GOVERNMENT.

low (worthless people) ^^ ^ interrupt ^ their
work.

^ From — ^ a single word ~* ^ or expression
(«Hcb iuterruptiou may arise) ; ^ BlI therefore let us
^ finally ^ consider these JS^tSB/^]^ scholars
of perfect virtue, ^J^ and, employ them ^ in regtriatiog
^ ^ ^ ^h® people whom we have received.

Ill "^ Oh yes ! -^ I, ^ Tan, Q having ^ receive
^^ A ^ ^ W ^^se* excellent things from others, j^ll
^ announce them all to you, J| "^ oh younff prince,
3E ^ ^0^ elevated to the throne ; ^ ^ ^ from
henceforth, therefore, do you, '^^ the elegant son
^ ^ and grandson (of W^n and Woo) :^ ^ avoid
1^ erring ^ by interference with ^ ^ the judicial
regulations ||| ^ and general prphibitions, ff| iH ^
and let the correctors of public morals ^ ^ manage
these things.

^ From "j^ of old, fQ J^ until the time qf the men
of Shang, ^ jj|^ even to ^ our ^ ;^ ^ W&n-wang
of the Chow dynasty, jfc i° establishing i^ govern-
ment Jit and settling ^ affairs, they have had i^^ ^
protectors ip \, and r^ulators, JKf A whom they
were able ^ ]jl to invest with oflSce, 4£ ^ j^ 4^
and whose talents they could unfold, ^ J^ thus ^
directing them ^ to govern (the state.)

^ In states in general ^(| f^. ^ there have been
no instances', ^fe i|{[ wherever government has been es-
tablished, fl| i^ A! ^^ e iploying flatterers, ^ l)^ as

being not able to accord ^ with ^ virtue, J^ H nor

Iff i

to become |^ distinguished ?]0£ in ^ their -fff age.
88 Q "^ From henceforth, therefore, ^ in establish-
ing I^ right rule, -% ^ let not i5( i^ /^ flatterers
be employed, ^ {^ but only ^ Jj honest men, fl|
IJ^ who will stimulate one another ;f9 to promote the
interests ^^ ^ of our country.

TBt ESTABLlSttMEKT OF GOVERNMENT. 287

^ Now you, '^ ^ elegant son '^ ^ and grand-
son Tof the former monarchs,)^ ^ you young prince
3E ^ on the throne, ^ ^ do not ^ ^ err by in-
terfering with )^ ^ the judicial regulations, H| but
leave them ^^ ^ 1^ to the superintendents ^ ^
and protectors.

^ ^ Do you also |§ regulate ^ 9^ the dress ^
and materiel of the army, J^ in order S^ ^ Ji^ ^ to
tread in the footsteps of YA ; >^ then f^ throughout
5^ "fr the ^empire, ^ even ^ to 7^ |^ the borders
of the sea, ^ ^ there will be none 3f^ who do not ]^
submit, 1^ in order ^ to display ^jlj 3E >2l Win-
wang's ^^ 3fc ^"S^** g'o^'^^s,. Ijl^ and .^ to spread
abroad^^ 3E SJl Wo6-wang*s ;;^ great ^ merit.

9^ *r Ot.yes ! j^ ^ ^ from ^henceforth
let future monaiehs ][£ establish j^ government,
^ and let them ^ ^ employ ^ ^ the men of con-
stant virtue.

^ -3^ Chow-ku^g ^ as it were ^ said, jj;; ^ Oh
great historian ! (do you record the case of) ^ ^ toe
j^dg® wl '& Soo!4cung, 5^ 1^ P^ who was so cautious
^ in adjudging ^ criminal cases, J^J^ in order ^ to
promote the interests ^ of our 3E ^ country ; iX 5w5
imitating him 5^ »j^ do yOu be careful J^ in ^ij ar-
ranging j^ tfl ard adjusting p^ piinishments.

288 BOOK VI.

THE BOOK OF CHOW CONCLUDIbD.

SECTION I.

THE OFFICERS OF THE ^ ^ CHOW DYNASTY.*

4ilS!3E The king of Chow (B. C. 1102,) ^
soothed ^ the myriad ^ states, ^ and visited ^ ^
the various tenures, ^ on every side ^ correcting
those ^ JII who were unjust, j^ and tranquil lizin
1^ the ^millions p^ of the people. ^^^^
Thus all the princes of the six tenures, (^ ^ j)^
without exception experienced the effects of his virtue ;
f^ after which he returned ^ to ^ the capital ^
of Chow, £ lE V^ vir ^^^ superintended the oflBicers
who regulated the government.

£ The king Q said, TJ^^izWt ^^^^ reference
to the great principles of former times, ^J ^ let good
government be settled '^ :^ §1 ^®f^re anarchy com-
mences, "^ fP and let states be preserved ^^ )§[
ere they come into danger. ^

^ He further said, ]^ ]^ Ta6u and Shun ^ exa-
mined "^ the records of antiquity, ^ '^ fl^ W *^^
established the hundred offices ; jj^ within '^ were
W ^ ^^^ prime minister ^ -^ and the president of
ihe princes ; Wy without ^ were ^ ^ the governors
of provinces ^ f|^ and the lords of tenures ; thus J^
the general ]|^ government j^ was ^ harmonious, ^
and the various QQ ^^^^s J|^ were all !^ tranquil.
|{|| ^ The officers of the Hea and Shang dynasties
;p were double the number, J^ and yet ^ they were
enabled ^ to maintain ^ order ; ^ clearly showing
32 that Uie (ancient) kings j£ in establishing
government '^ did not ^ depend so much upon ^

* Ching-wang haying instructed his officers, the historians record
his words, and denominate the section, '* the officers of Chow.'*
The modem text has it not, but the ancient one has it.

THE OFnCERS OF THE CHOW DYlCASfV. 289

the Dumber of ^ offices, ^ as upon '^ the churaeter
of ^ the men.

^ Now "T* '' ^ "^ '^^ insignificant one, |^ am
cirtefnily |||j sedulous ^ in the cultivation ^ of vi •-
tue, 1^ (lay ^ and night (feellnor as if j ^ ^l coul I
not attain to it ; 'ftp looking up l|^ to the |(|[ former f^
generattonfi, ^ I seek ^ to comply with their exam-
ple, ^) in instructing ^ and leading on ^vtky ^
dKcers.

Thus 'it we have appointed ^ K the great teacher
^ ^ the great instructor, ]fe 0^ aiid the protector of
the sovereign ; ^ these fH are ~ the three j^
dukes, ^ who discourse on ||[ reason j^ find super-
intend % the kingdom, ^ harmoniously ^ regulat-
ing f^^the superior and inferior principles of na-
ture. eT ^ 9^ Hf ^^^^ ^^^ howevdr so much neces-
sary that these offices should all be filled up, f^ ^
j\ RS that the ptoper men be employed.

We have also ^fSfi ^^^ secondary teacher, ^ ^
the secondary instructor, 4f ^ and the secondary pro-
tector (of the prince,) who are called ~ the three
^ conspicuous oned. 'Ihose ^ assist ^ the dukes,
^ and extend f|l reformation, j^ respeclfiiUy ^^ illw-
minating ^ heaven ^ and earth, ||^ and gilding ^
me — • the single /^ individual.

^^ The prime Tninistefj^ attends to ^[{7^ tljte
govemmei^t of the state, j^ leads on ]^ the hundred
officers, j^ jand equalizes (M within) |Q« the four
seas.

9]^ The minister of instruction ^ looks after ^
the education oif the country, jjj^ diffuses abr^d ^
^^ the canons regardinttj;he five relations, |j^ isnd
liTHins ^ the millions of ^ the people (to their obser'-

j^T^e cliief ^ lianln ^ superin^i^ds ^ qf tib«

LI

290 THB orriCERs of the chow dynasty.

public ceremonies, j^ regulates (the respect to be paid
to)jjj^both gods^ and men, ^ and arranges (the'
ranks of) Jz superiors "]a and iuferiors.

^ ^ The master of the horse ^ attends to ^ ^
the military operations of the empire, j^ taking the
control of^ the six .^ legions, 2p and preserving
the tranquillity of ^ the states ^ and kingdoms.

^^The criminal judge ^ takes cognizance of
^ the government ^ prohibitions, |^ scrutinizes ^
villains and ^ clandestine persons, fflj and punishes
^ the oppressive ^ and disorderly.

Wl ^ '^^^ superintendent of public works ^ looks
after the ^ Jt territory of the kingdom, ^ locates
Q^ the four classes ^ of people, and obtains ^ in due
season jj^ ^] the advantages of the soil.

^ These six f^ nobles ^ |^ having their several
duties alloted them, ^ each ^ takes the command of
^ their @ subordinate of&cers, ^ ^ and leads on ^
the nine ^ governors of provinces, J^ until they have
enriched ^ and renovated ^^ the millions ^ of the
people.

^ Every six ^ years 35l BS ^^® ^^^^^ ^^ ^® ^^^
tenures — * ^ have one audience with the emperor*
'^ and 3^ in six ^ years more 5E ^^^ sovereign 75
^ M S^^s ^^ a tou^ ^f inspection, ^ to examine ^
H^ the regulations ^ adopted by ^ -^ the superin*
dents of the four regions. At such times ^ ^ the
princes of the empire i^ severally ^ ^ wait upon ^
-]^ their respective superintendents, (while the mo*
narch) ^ extensively ^ elevates |||[ ^ and degrades
those who deserve it

2E The king j^ slid, >^ H^ Oh JL ^^^^ll ^ our ^

ofloLcers f@f 5" *»3 "^^ ^^ i**^^? ^ ^ attentive ^^

^^ ^ to the oflBices they hold,^ and be careful J^

^ ^ aboat tilt eomjDoandB they issue. '^ q) I^

THE OFFICERS OF THE CHOW DYNASTY. 291

orders once given f|| ^ be put in praclice, i^ "III and
never ]|^ retracted, ij^ Let your {^ public spirit ^
prevail over ^ your private feelings, ^ and the
people ^ will cherish for you ^ "^ a sincere regard.
jBft Imitate "j^ the ancients ^ in entering on ^
office, ^ deliberate ou ^ business J^^ according
to f^ the settled regulations, ]^ and then government
75 will ^ not ^ fall into disorder. ^ PK ^ '^
The canons and constant laws (of the present dynas-
ty ) i^^^ take for your, pattern, ^ and do not ]fjl^
allow ^l] cunning P talkers ^L M w *^ throw offices
iuto confusion. ^ ^ Doubts accumulated ^^ des-
troy ^ good plans ; ^ indolence J^ and neglisrence
]j^ disarrange J^ government. ^ Do not i^ be
like ^ fQ persons who face the wall, (and see no
thing), ^ ^ but in every affair you enter upon |j^ !^
be at pains to complete It.

5^ Be careful also, ^^ ye ® db nobles ! 3^1^ ^ ^
]^set your minds on the exaltation of merit, ^ ]^
IS^ 1^ and be diligent in the enlargement of your
patrimony ; ^ ^ be but J^ determined ^ and rej^o-
lute, /5 and you ^ will avoid ^ future ^.iifficulties.
^ High station ^ is not ^ intended ^ to eocou-
rage pride, J^ and the emoluments of office Tjfi are not
intended ^ to lead to extravagance. ^ Respect
md economy f^ are |^ the virtues (you should cul-
tivate,) ^ ^ ]^ '(i^ without making deceit your bu-
siness, f^ Practise |§ virtue, i\!^ then ynur minds
J§t will be at ease, Q and you wiH daily ^ become
more excellent ; {^ but if you resort ^ to deceit, ^^
your minds ^ will be burthened, Q and yon will De^
come daily ^ more stupid.

J§ While basking ^ in favour ^^^ think of j|^ peril,
fgj and in no instance ^ lay aside f^ the thoui^ht of
^ apprehension. For ^ when yon di^^card J£ ap-

298 ON ILSUN-^CHIN.

prehension j\ you enter into-0| thf^tuvhicb ii alarmioff

m Put forwardJBf the virtuous ff^ and yield to ||^
the talented ; ffi Wjea let all the otticers 7^ fH ( e
harmonious ; for 4)^ without ^ harmony 'S^ gq.
verment ^ gets into disorder. J|^ Exalt ^ thohe
who are capable ^^of officej^ 1^ ^ t| ^^^ ^^^7

will render you efiicieat ; %BI^ ^ \ promote un*
suitable perscms, ffl fH ^ ^ ^^^ you will not be
able to make any use of them.

3E The king {=) said, H^ IPf Oh you, H three
superintendente of business, V together with the
great "^ officers, $[[ f^ W W ^^ careful in tuifilling
the duties of your station, Hd jll ^]0C and regulate
the government entrusted to you, J^ in order ^ to aid
75 your ]^ prince ; thus you will ^ perpetually ]K
tranQuillize ^ the millions Rs of the people, fnd ren-
der PIP the myriad f^ states ^ ^ free from ^ dis-
satisfaction.

SECTION II.

ON ^ {^ KKUJf-CHIK.*

gg The king ^ as it were ^ said, ^ J^ Oh
Keun-chtn ! 4f| f^ you are possessed of -^ excellent
§1^ virt»(&, :^ being both filial ^ and respectful. |||
And as you are ^ dutiful '^ and fraternal -p towai;^
f^ your elder ^ and younger brethren, TfjT you can
i^ display the same qualities ^ SJC ^° government.
I thereft)re ^ command^ you^ to regulate ^ thi3
our ^ eastern ^ border. ^^ But be cautious I

* Keun-chtu WM Uie name of a minister. Whea Chow.kung rf-
muved the refractory [>eople of Tin to the lower capital, he himself
snperinteDded them. After Chow-kung's death, Gldng.w&og order*
ed Keun-chio to succeed Cbow-kung, |ind here we' have th^ com-
mands giren him. Tike historians have recorded the same, aiid enti-
tled it ^' Keun-catn." The modem coition has it not, but the ancient
out has it.

^ ForineTly^^l^ Chow-i(U|Ag p$ instiructed ^
iMid protected SJhe myriacU of ^ tji# people, go that
jSI^ the populace^ cherished a regard for ^ his ^
yirtue. ^ Go thou, therefore, ^ and b^ cajc^ful J^
in that which you have ^ to superintend ; ^
follow out in this respect ^ the ^ constant rules,
and exert yourself ^ to ilhistrate j^'^^UI tEe
instructions of Chow-kung, ^ and then ^ (he people

*b X- '''^^U ^® k®P^ io order.

^ I have ^ heard (Chow-lrung) ^ say, " ^ That

perfect '^ government ^ ^ is fragrant, |S[ ^ and
influences j|^ ^ the immortal go<ls ; ^ ^ meat pf-
fiarings ^^ have no ^ sweet savour, ^ but resplen-
dent ^ virtue fH is ^ odoriferous/' M Do you ||^
then 3^ make use of H^ these j^ ^ 1^ M |||| iostruc-
ti(ms of Chow-kung, f^ be |^ daily ^^[ attentive,
^ and do not ^ dare (to give way to) ^ ease ^ a^
pleasure.

^j Common \ people ^ who have never M^ seen
i|g a sage, ^ act as if ^ ^ they could not ^ get a
sight of one ; |^ while those who have ^ seeii ^
the sages, ^'^'^^rt unable ]^ to follow |^ thajogi.
1^ Do you :Jt therefore J^ ^ be on your guard, ff^
You ^ are like j^^ the wind, "p ^ and the populace
fH are like J|^ grass, (easily affected by your influence.)

9 fn arranging R a ig[ government ^]^^f^
there is it may be bo want of dii&culty. ^ Some
things ti| must be abolished, ^ and others w adopt-

^- iB^n goi^ig ^"* A aiad coming in ^ |f S|l JK
follow the counsels of the majority. ^ ^ But when
the opinions of th^ imultitude ^ are uniform, ^i) ;^
still subject them to an examination.

01 W W^^" y^^ ^^^ ^ ^ S^*^ P^ scheme ^ or
an excellent ^ plan, ^\ go inside ^ and an-
nounce it ^ to your J^ [jrince ^ ^ in his palace ,•

294 ON KEUK-CHIN.

{H 75 and when you )|g conform 1^ to it ^^^ with-
oui, ^ say, ^ This ^ scheme ^ and this ^
plan 'fH are the results ^ of my )p ;2^ prince's |§ vir-
tue. 5t^ t^ Alas ! gS A ^^^^ ministers jgj^ all ^
^ to act thus, f^ ^ ^ fl^ how good and illustrious
wo\ild ihey become !

35 rhe king ^ said. ^ |^ Oh Keun-chm ! ^ do
you f^ % enlarge ^ & Chow-kung's gC grand f |(
instructions ; ^ do not 'j^ rely on |^ your power, j^
nor presume ^ on your dignity ; ^ neither j^ take
advantage ^ of the laws J^to 'gflj pare (the populace.)

^^ Be liberal, j?[j a^d yet ^ maintain ^|| a regard to
the regulations, ^ ^ lie free and unconstrained Ji^
^ iu the display of harmony.

When ]|§[ the Yin ^ people ^ expose themselves
j^to punishment, ^ 1 should ^say,]^ punish thtm,
1^ 'IT^ ^ ^ but do not you indiscriminately inflict pe-
nalties ; •^ or should I ^ say, ^ Excuse them, ^
fl^ ^ ^ do not you altogether let them oflf ; ^ how-
ever, aitii J^ at the f\i due medium.

:|^ Should any 1^ ^ be disobedient ^ to J^ your
1^ government. ^ and refuse f{^ to be renovated ^
by V^ your pj instructions, J^ then punish them.
For ^ to jfc prevent )^ punishment, 75 is the sole
end of ^punishment.

^ When any are inured ^ to 1^ treachery ^ and
villainy ; ^^ when they subvert ^ the constant laws,
^[^ and disorder {^ g<3od customs ; when guilty of
~f these three things, j^ though in a small degree, >p
you must not ^ excuse them.

1^ ^ Do not ^ be vexed ^ and angry%^ with
the Si lipid, ^ nor jj^ require ^ perfection^ in
— ^ a sin vie ^ individual.

*J^* ^' ^ ihere must be patience, ^7^ in order
to ^ '^ the ac( omplishment of affairs ; ^ ^ there

THE RETROSPECTIVE DECREE. 295

must be forbearance also, ^J^ ^ for this is a great
virtue.

^]R^ Distinguish those who attend to their (tu-
ties, jljj^ and ^ notice ^ those who ^ sometimes ^
^ neglect theuj ; ^^ ]j^ j^ promote the gooiJ, )^ m
order 9^ to lead out 1^ those who ^ are perhaps ^
deficient in ^ goodness*.

fH p^ People ^ are naturally pp liberal, ^ but by
^ intercourse with others ^ they get ^ corrupted.
The reason why jj^ they resist Jl )*)t -^ the com-
mands of superiors, ^ is because they follow ^^ their
own ^ ijf? predilections. p^ Do you ^ but ^ be
careful, ^ attentive to the laws, ^ and perseverins;
^in virtue, ^ and 7j you will ^^ invariably ^
reconvert them, ;^ and truly ^ elevate them "^ to
^ great ^ principles, 'j]^ Thus ^ I, — * the single
/^ individual ^ ^ shall experience ^ much j|^ hap-
piness, ^ ^ you will ;^ I^C become excellent, ^
and finally ^ ]|^ you will be famed ^ through ^
perpetual "^ ages.

SECTION III.

THE ^ -^ RETROSPECTIVE DECREE.*

\^ In gg the fourth ^ month, (B. C 1078)^ as
the moon began ^ fi||[ to wane, 3E the king ^ ^
felt indisposed.

l^ ^ On the first day of the cycle, 3E the king 75
having ^ ^ washed his face ;jl^ in water, ^ the as-
sistants ^ covered him with ^ his cap ^ and robef?,
""^ whilst he reclined 3S on the pearly jjTtable.

73 He then J^ Q called together ^ ^ the Great
Protector f^beih, p^j^ the earl of J uy, ]3^ f ^ the

* !■ ■ ■ . , ,■■ , . ..— . „ . »< I I ■ I ■■ ■ I ■ n il

* Chtng>w&ng, being about to die, ordered bb ministers to set up

Wc ^u K'hang.wing. The histori«ag have recorded the affair, and
£nmtd it into a section. The ancient and modem texts both hare it.

296 THE RKTUOSPECTIVfi DECRlE.

earl of Tung, ^ ^ the duke of Path, fH ^ the mar-
quis of Wei, ^ 5^ the duke of Madu, ^^ the in-
structors, J^ ^ the principal archers, 1^ ^ the hun-
dred supiTiiitendents, ^ ^ and the managers 6f bu-
siness. *

3E The king Q ihen said, V^ B^ Alas ! g| my in-
disposition ^ has very much ^ iiicreased, m and
become ^ alarming ; indeed ^ my sickness Q dai-
1> ^ advances to a crisis, ||q and since it is ffl| so se^
vere ^ and protn*cted, Jgjj 1 am fearful ^ ^ that I
shall not be able ^ solemnly ^ to discourse GB on
the carrying out 5^ of these -^ my ^ views. Now
therefore, fjlj (1 would particularly) instruct ^ and
command ^ you.

*|§^ The former ^ sovereigns, •jjr gC W^n-wang
and ^^ Woo-w&ng,^ displayed |g their double
glory, ^ fixing jH the dependance of the people,
and setiiug forth ^ instruction, ^(J until the people
were well versed in it ; ^ and when once accustomed,
^ ^ there was no further opposition, f^ ^ ^ S&
so that they could extend their rule over the Yin dynas-
ty, ^ and co' cent rate j^ the great ^ decree (in fa-
vour of Chow).

T^^ Tne succeeding jj^ -jj^ stupid one f 1^ re.
spectfully ^ received ^ Heaven's )j^ Majestic (de-
cree), 1^ and continuously ^ maintained ]^ ^ j^ ^
the great mstructions of W&n and Woo, ^ without
j|j|[ daring ^ confusedly |^ to transgress.

^^ Those wbofte names are mentioned were the six nobits ; the first

was the prime minister ^ ^ Shaou-kung, the second the miniiu
ter of public instruction, the third the chi»*f baron, the fourth tlie
master of the horse, the fifth th^ criminal judge, knd the sixth the mi*
nnter o( public works. On common occasions the six nobles only
were Bvmmoned, but as this was « retrospective decree, all and!er
them, even to life manage ai business, were called into the vojai
presence.

. \ This is a bvmiUsUtiag ez{Hre8sibn employed by Chtng-w&Tig to
designate himsetf.

tHE RteTUOSl>ECrlVE''DF.CREK. 297

-^ Now 5c Heaven jj^ has sent down ^ sickness,
^ ^ from which I apprehend ^ I shall neither ^ rise
^ nor 'j^ recover ; ^ but you fj^ perhaps may be
able j^ to illustrate ^ these ^my "g* words, f^ ^
and respectfully j^ to preserve 7C ^ ^J the heir ap-
arent Chaou, * 0A greatly ^ assisting him ^ in ^
^ all his difficulties.

For this end ^ you must render pliant ^ those
at a distance, ^ and make capable ^ those who are
tiear;^ tranquillizing ^ and encouraging >]^ both
small ^ and great, )jg throughout all ^ the states.

Jg. jl^ I imagine K that men Q ||(i may regulate
themselves ^ by ]^ dignity ^ and decorum ; f^ ^
do not you therefore |^ attempt to influence ^ Chaou
B ^ ^ ^ ^ ^y ^^^ application of any improper
motives.

M They |^ having ^ received ^ the decree g|
retired, {fj and going out ^ jSc set up their tents =J^
in J^ the court-yard ; ^ but on the ^ next Q day,
21 S that is the second day of the cycle, £ the
king |j§ died.

jljj The great f§^ protector ^ then commanded flf»
In Chung hwan,^^ ^ and Nan-kung-madu, -($
^ to direct^ j^ the marquis ofTse, |^ ^ Leu-
keih, J»/, to take =Z =f^ 2,000 "j^ spearmen, ^ ;^ W
A with 100 archers, ^ and go to meet ^ the prince
^J Chaou, jA ^ P^ ^ ^K on the outside of the south-
em gate, ^ X ana introduce him ^ into one of the
wings ^ of the palace, >I;^ where he might as chief
mourner ^ reside ^ in the ancestorial hall.

X 5P On the 4th day of the cycle, 1% he command-
ed (the historian) j^ to make fflj the book ^ and the

regulations .

— ~ —

* Chaou was the name of K'ang-w&ng.

M m

298 THE RETROSPECTIVE DECREE.

^ After -fc seven Q days more, §5 ® ^^ *^® 1^*^
day of the cycle, ^ the earl ^ (who filled the office
of) prime minister ^ directed •|j the officers ^ to pro-
vide ^ wood (for the funeral).

^ The inferior officers also ^ set up |^ the or-
namented ]g screens, j|£ ^ and the tents. *

IJI ^ Between the windows, f{|]p|| facing thesoath,f
ff^ they spread out ^ the double ^ basket>work ^
mats, X with fil check ^ borders, ^ while the flow-
ery 35 gems yj Jl^ (adorned) the table as before.

g^ In the western f^ ante-phamber, ^ ^ facing
the east, SJ^^ they spread out^ the double ]^ rush
^ mats, ^with variegated, j^ borders, ^ while the
ornamental ^ tortoise-shell |]g as usual /{j (adorned)
the table.

]^ In the eastern ]§( ante-chamber; p§ ^^facing the
west, "11 ^ they spread out ^ the double W ^ mats
of young bamboos, jj^ with party-coloured^ borders,
^ while carved 35 g®°is -fjfj as usual J\^ (adorned) the
table.

P^ In the western ^ vestibule, ^ ^ facing the
south, ^ ||[ they spread out £ the double ^ bam-
boo ^ mats, ^ i^ with mixed sombre ^ borders,
H^ while the varnish jj^ as usual J\^ (set off) the table.

^ Furthermore ^ there were of gems 3L the five
kinds, Jff^ and the display of ^ precious things.

* This was done as if Chtug-w&ng bad been still aliye and present.

\ This was the place where he had been accustomed to give au-
dience to his princes and ministers.

% This mat was peculiar to the Emperor in those days.

§ This was the place where he used to sit morning and evening
to hear causes.

II This was the place where he feasted his old servants.

f Heie he was accustomed to pass his leisure hours. They were
about to communicate the will of the deceased monarch, and not
knowing whether his spirit might be here or there, they laid out all
the mats and tables, as if he had been alive.

THE RETR09PECTIVE DECREE. 299

such as H? the red Jj knife, * ^ffj the great p| code
of morals, ^ the large ^ auspicious stone, ^ j^ and
the resplendent sceptre^ ^ all in the ^ western jf^
ante-chamber; then thercT were ^ the large ^B 8®™'
1^ the common ^ gem, 3^ the celestial 3^ globe,
and Jfif the river ^ map, -^ j^in the ^ eastern ^
ante-chamber. Then there were j^J JlJl t'^^^ ^in country's
dancing ^S^ habits, ^ the great J^ tortoise, and
__ the long 3^ drum, Ij^ in the ^ western ^ apart-
ment ; as also ^ J^^ dc t^® spear of Tuy, ^ J^ ^
the bow of Ho, and ^ 72[^ fi* ^l^ *^® bamboo arrows
of Shuy, jSE ^^1 i^ 3^ ^^^ eastern ^ chamber.

Then they had 9c ^^^^ great (or pearly) ^ carriage,
^ on the ^ visitor's (or western) ^ stairs, ^ facing
(the south) ; ^ the succeeding or (golden) |^ carri-
age 7^ on the ^ j^ eastern stairs, ^ facing (the
south) ; ^ the outside (wooden and ivory) ^ car-
riages, ifiE ^ ^ ;i2l ]^ before the left hand side
chamber, ^and the inferior (leathern) 1^ carriage, ^
^ M /^ By ^efo''® tl^e right hand side apartment J

ZH Two ^ men ^ in red official ^ caps ^ held
^ a three-cornered halberd, ]fc and stood ^ at ^
the front f^ gate, i^ ^ on the inside ; E9 ^^^^ A
men ^ in spotted fawn's ^ caps ^ held ^ lances
Jb XT wit^ *h® points outwards, Jc *^^ guarded TO
j^ PB the comers of the two stair-cases ; — * one yv
man ^ in a great officer's robes, ^ and holding ^
a hatchet, j|£ stood ^ in ^ the eastern ^ hall , —

4^ This was for erasing errors in writing.

f This was a map iHScribed with various numbers, said to be
brought out of the YeUow River by a dragon horee in the time of
Fiih.he.

I These were the king's five carriages ; the pearly carriage was used
when he sacrificed, the golden one when he appointed chiefs from his
own clan, the ivory one when he set up officers belonging to other fa-
milies ; the leathern one when he appointed the four guardians, and
the wooden one when he appointed the chiefs of the border districts.

300 THE RETROSPECTIVE DECREE.

another J^ man ^ in like robes ^ and holding ^^^
an axe, "jj^ stood ^in |5|[ the western ^ hall ; *— one
J^ man ^ in an official dress ^ held ^ a ;spear,
"fy* and stood '^ on ^ the eastern ^ landing-place ;
I—* another^ man S similarly apparelled, ^ and
holding i|§ a lance, '^ stood ^ on ^ the western ^
landing-place ; whilst — one \ man ^ robed like a
great officer, ^ and holding ^ a pointed weapon, jJt
stood 3^ on '^ the northern |^ side stairs.

2 The king,* ^ with a hempen ^ crown ^ and
a checkered ^ robe, ^ ascended from ^ the visitor's
P^ Bf s^^PS ; !JilJ i while the nobles ^ ^ and
princes of the various states, J^ with hempen ^ caps
ll^ and black ^ robes, /s^ entered ^p and repaired
^ to their stations.

^ The great ^ protector, ^ the principal ^ his-
torian, ^ and the chief ^ baron, ^ were all capari-
soned with ^ hempen ^ caps |^ and red ^ robes.
jJS^ The great j^ protector 3^ carrying '^ ^ the
royal sceptre, and Jt the chief ^ baron ^ bearing
lij the cup ^ and the verifying signet, ^ |^ |^ ^
ascended from the eastern steps. ^ The principal ^
historian, ^ holding § a book ^ § j^ ^ ascend-
ed from the visitor's steps, ^ and advanced to
the king jjfl with the book ^ of the decrees ;

^ Saying, ^ 1 he great /gr monarch ^ leaning
on 3S the pearly Jti teble, iH) ||f proclaimed ^ this
his last ^ decree, ^ directing '^ you j^ to receive
|)|| his instructions, ^^ and rule over )^ f|l the
state of Chow, ^ ^ following out -^ the great "^
law, ^^^ and harmonizing]; 5^"]> the whole empire, fl^
thereby j^ responsively ^ exhibiting ;>|^ Wan-wang

* The king here mentioned was pf^ 3E K'hang-wanjr, who ap-
peared in a dress partly mourning and partly gay to receive the de-
cree from the former monarch.

THE RETROSPECTIVE DECREE. 301

;^ j;;^ and Woo-wang's )f^ brilliant |))j instructions.
35 'fhe king ^ again ^ bowed down, Jp. and ri-
sing up, ^ he replied, saying, ^^-j^^ I,
the insigniticant one, ^|^ ^ am but a little child, ^
^g and how shall I be able (like my predecessors) [jfl
^ to regulate gC) the four 7J quarters, J^ in order to
produce ^ respect ^^ and veneration ^ for heaven's
J^ terribleness.

73 He then ^ received ^ the cup ^ and the sig-
Tiet, 3E which the king ::;:j thrice i}^ sent in, ~ thrice
^ offered, ^ and thrice B^ poured out. J^ The
chief ^ baron then said, ^ It is accepted.

>j;j The chief fK; protector^ then received p| the
^^P^ ^ descended, ^ and washed it ; JV/ he then
took ^ another p| cup, ^ and held ^ the precious
emblem, ]^ in order ^ to respond the libation ; after
this, ^ he gave ^ ^ to the attendant lords f^ the
cup, ^ and made obeisance ; ^ the king ^ in his
turn ^ made obeisance also.

^ The great j^ protector ^ received |^ the cup/
^ sacrificed >^ and held the cup to his lips, after
which ^ he retired to his place, ^ giving ^ ^^ to
the attending lords |§1 the cup, ^ and making- obei-
sance ; ^ the king ^ ^ made obeisance in return.

This done, ^ the great ^ protector P^ descended
the hall, (and the attendants) ]^ removed the vessels ;
^ 1^ the princes of the empire {J{ went outside
the temple f^ gate, ^ and waited there.

302 THE A]NNOUNCEMENT OF K*HANG*WAKG.

SECTION IV.

,,.^^ IE £ kS I&

THE ANIWUNCBMENT OF K'hANG-WANG. ♦

\

2 The king JJJ went forth Tj^ and stood at HI tlie
front p5 gate, ;^ p^ on the inside. ^ When the
great ^ protector ^ leading ^^^^ the lords
of the western region, ^ entered ^ P9 ^ ^* ^^^ ^®^
of the front ?ate ; while Hj^ ^ Peih-kung ^ leading
^ ^ ^ ^ the lords of the eastern region, >V motor-
ed JP P^ >Bf at the right of the front gate. ^ They
7^ then arranged ^ the stud ^ of yellow horses ^
■with red manes, ^ while the princely visitors |^ held
up ^ ^ their sceptres ^ and ^ presents, ^ say-

ing, — Your one Zl or two K ministers, {|^ who de
fend the frontier, ^ dare wto present such aiiicles
^ as their countries ^ yield ; after which *^ they
all ^ again ^ bowed their heads, ^ Hf and made
obeisance. 3E The king also, |§ who justly |^ inhe-
rited IHH the virtues (of his ancestors) ^ ^ made o-

beisance in return.

jl^ The great ^ protector, ^ together with ^ jQ
the earl of Juy, ^ both ^ entered ^|^ &nd bov^ed
to each other ; after which "^ they all |f again ^
made obeisance ^ "Up with their heads to the ground,
^ and said, ^ We presume ^ respectfully -^ to
announce 3^ ^ to the Emperor, ^ ^ that Imp^rld
Heaven g^ has changed '^f^^T^.^ *^ decree
made in favour of the great Tin state, *f|| and only ^
|I5 W&n and Woo of the Chow country, ^ ^ f^
have been eonsidered worthy to receive it ; ^
because they were able ^ to compassionate Q the
western i land.

* The earlier and later editions both have this, bat the later
editions connect this section with the preceding.

THE ANNOUNCEMENT TO k'hANG WANG. 303

f^ But ^ our recently ^ ascended ^E monarch*
to the fullest extent ^ accorded with reason ^
in his rewards ^ and punishments, ^ whereby he
was enabled ^ to establish ^ his ^ fame, fl| ^
and to display excellencies 4^ ^ A ff|C which reach
to his successor. ^ Now, therefore, 5E 1^^ y^^r Ma-
jesty 1^ jJS ^ ^® respectfully cautious ; ^ spread
out ^ and increase j'NfflB the army, dte and do not
^ let fall ^tmWk^w the rare decree received
from our ancestors.

5E The king ^ as it were Bsaid, Jfj^ Oh all you
^ lords 'JH and barons f^ ^ ^ of the various ten-
ures ! ^ consider what -^ I, — the single \, indi.
vidual, ^l] Chaou, ^ say to you ^ by this announce-
ment.

^The former ^ sovereigns, -^ W^n ^ and W06,
Sp greatly 2p tranquillized ^ and enriched (the peo-
ple,) ^ and did not ^ severely mark ^ offences ;
this feeling ]S|5 being carried out ^ to the iuUest ex-
tent, and being coupled with ^ the utmost ^ since-
rity, ^ they were ^ conspicuously ^ displayed ^
throughout 5^ "]> ^® empire, f^fjf^ Having also

^ ^ /2l it warriors like bears and lions, ^ ZH^

r^ gj and ministers divested of double-mindedness,
j^ who protected 3d *^^ regulated 3S the royal ^
house, ^ they conld receive ^ the correct ^ decree
5p from Jfc the Supreme i|Jp Ruler, ^ ^ while high
Heaven ^ ^)) accorded with |^ their jg principles,
and ^ ^ conferred upon them P5 5^ universal rule.

73 They then ^ appointed ^ dependent j® lords,
j^ and established J^ defences ?95 ^ ^ ^ A ^^^
the sake of us who succeed. ^ Now "^ my — * one
ZU or two f 1^ ^ paternal barons ! ^ may you be led
^ m mutually |S ^ to consider how j^ ^ ^ >^

* The recently ascended monarch, refers to Ching-wang.

I

304 THE COMMANDS TO PLlH

^the Fervanis of the former dukes ^ piiid obeisand^
^* io ^ 3E ^y predecessors, ^ and although ^
your ^ persons ^ ^|v may be far removed, Jj yet ifj^
let your minds ^ ^ be invariably ^j^ set upon 3S
the royal ^ house, J^ ^ and entering tnto Jj^ the
anxieties.^ of your ^ sovereign,'^ do not ^gleave
me^^ -^ the little child ^ to shame.

^ All -^the dukes, ^ having "^H heard ^
these commands, >(^^ bowed to each other j^ and
speedily |ij retired. 3E ^^^ ^^^g ^ then t( ok off ^
his crown, ]^ and put on ^^^ his mourning again.

SECTION V.

THE COMMANDS ^ '^ TO PEIH.*

^ In -f^ ;g* -z: the I2th :^ year (of K^ang-wang's
reign. B. C 1,065,);^ in the 6th ^ month,^^
on the 7th day of the cycle, ^ as the new moon ap-
peared, ^ 3 H and three days afterwards, 9^ ^ on
the 9th day of the cycle, 35 the king went ^ early
in the morning j^ on foot, g from ^ ^ the metro-
polls of Chow, 3i ^ to ^ Fung, J^ taking with him
^ ^ >^ ^ the multitude of Ching-chow, ^ to com*
mission ^^ Peih-kung j^ to protect ^ and regulate
tho inhabitants ^ in the eastern jj^ border.

3E The king then ^ gf spake to the following: ef-
fect, 0^ «5^ Oh 31: If my paternal teachers ! t tft ^
3E WSn-wang SJ3S and Wo6-vrang ^ spread abroad
'J^ their great ||g virtue ^ throughout ^ lf% the
empire, f^^ ^ so that they could ^ receive ^ -^
the decree which had been made in favour of the Yin
dynasty.

* K*hang-wS,ng having commanded ^k {/3^ Pelh-kung to protect
and regulate the inhabitants of the lower city of Chow, these were
the directions given him.

t Peth-kung succeeded Chow-kung in the office of great teacher,
heuce this style of address.

irttE COMMANDS TO PEttl. 305

WM"^ Chow-kung ;^-:;^ attended on ^ these
former gg kings, ^ ^ and consolidated ^ their ^
family, ^ whilst he guarded against J^ Yin's j® re-
fractory ^ people, ^ and removed them ^ to w §
the city of L6, i§^ 5^ so that they might be near to ^
the royal ^ house, ^ffe and be reformed ]^ by his
^ instructions. UJ After JfH passing over ^ threo
jfe dozen yeai-s, Jlt ^li© generation §j was changed,
J^ and its customs ^ improved ; E9 >^ ^ ^ unti].
now there is no impediment throughout all quarters,
^ and I, — - ^ the single individual, J^ ^ enjoy
tranquillity.

3^ Good principles ^ alternately ^ rise p^ and
decline, D^ while the system of government ^ (^
"^ changes according to the prevailing custom. 3j\
^^^ 1^ 1^ If we do not give men credit for their good-
Bess, ^ the people f^ ^ will have nothing where-
with ^ to stimulate them to virtue.

<^ But ^ your Grace ^ is possessed of abundant
#£ virtue, %^&i3d can also ^ be diligently attentive
/|\ to little^ matters, gpg aiding ^ to enlighten gE|
this fourth "jft generation, ]£ correcting g appear-
ances ^ and leading on "|\ the lower classes, pj ^
so that they invariably j^ respect |{p your instructive
•^ words, ^ while your excellent j^ merit ^ ^
exceeds that of ^ the former 3E kings, ^ so that I,
>p y the young child, (have nothing to do but) ^
to let my garments hang down, ^ fold my hands,
^ and look up )^ for the completion of your renova-
tion.

3E The king 13 further said, l{| »Jf Oh ^ M my
paternal teacher, -^ -y* I now T^ respectfully ^ com-

» * Chow-kung lived at a time when prood principles were declining

until the time of ^p|| Keun-chln i^^ and Pelh*kung, when
they again revived.

Nn

306 THE COMMANDS TOi ^£i-H.

mand $f your Grace, jjj^ \9ith reference to ]^^ ^
^^ Ohowkung'B aflfair. ^ ^ Go, therefore, on this

business.

1' t^ Signalize ^1] and separate ^ the wise ^ from
the vicious ; ^ distinguish P^ their ^ ^ places of a-
bode ; ^ reward ^ the good ^ and afflict ^ the
bad ; ;^ ]^ set- up some mark of distinction ^ Jf
to render these famous, ^ and if those do not ^ fol-
low 1)1) the instructions ^ and canons, J|^ separate J^
their ^ fields |g and borders ; |^ ^ thus causing
them Jl to fear (the evil) ^ and long after (the good.)
^ Clearly ^ mark out ^ the borders of :^ the impe-
rial domainT^ £md be careful @ to strengthen ^ the
territory ^ which you have to guard, )^ in order to
^ tranquillize (all within) BB the four ^ seas.

jj^ In government Jl* the most essential thing '^
is j^ constancy, ^ and commands \p(l should be dis-
tinguished for ^ being substantial |^ and important.
Do not be ^ fond of j^ uncommon things.
The manners of the Shang people f^ ^^^^
extravagant, amongst them ^ PT clever talkers
are considered ^ virtuous men ; ^ the remains
of their customs ;§5 are not yet ^ obliterated ; ^let
your Grace, therefore, ^ ;^ ^ consider this.

^ I have ^ heard it ^ said, ift ffli il ^ that
families which have enjoyed hereditary emolument,
are rarely ^ able ^ to adhere j^ to politeness,
but by ^ their dissoluteness ^ they prejudice
virtue, ^ and really ^ disobey ^ the celestial
doctrine, ^ destroying fjj reformation ^ and de-
bauching 1^ excellent things, which for ^ ten thou,
sand -fH: ages ^ j^ continue the i«me.

^ These ^ ]^ dS officers of the Yin dynasty, |^
% 'HI ^ have relied long on favour, fj^ and pre-
suming on ^ their extravagance ^ they annihilate

THE COMMANDS TO PEIH. 307

^ righteousness ; ]^ garnishing themselves ^ so as
to appear beautiful^ before \ mep, ^ ^ they are
proud ^ f^ and boastful, f^ and will ^ come ^
to a bad ^ end. j^ Although |)5C ]Sfc ♦Ui their disso-
lute minds have been kept in check, p|^ ;^ f^ |$
yet it is difficult to keep them back from evil.

'^^ if you enrich ^g and can manage D|j to in-
struct them, ^ Is^ ^ ^ ^h®" you may lengthen out
tl^eir years, j^ Only fg virtue f|| and ^ righteous-
ness, ^ these 73 are ^ the great ^ points of instruc-
tion. ^ If you do not ^ follow ■g' the old ^ doc-
trines, ^ fS^ wherewith ^ ^D will you instruct them ?

S The king ^ furth. r said, {l| «3^ Oh yes ! f)^ gjp
my paternal teacher, ^ ^ "^ ^ the tranquillity or
danger of the state, »||| ^ will depend on these ^ Jh
officers of Yin ^ being neither ^ too hard >j!7 nor ^
too soft, (in which medium state) ^ their ^ virtue
would be ;^ well ^ cultivated.

\^ Only ^ '^ Chow-kung ^ wasable <^ to take
heed Jl^ ^ in the commencement; f^ only ^ p||[
Keun-chtn ^ succeeded in ^ harmoniziilg^ J^ the
people ^l* in the interim, ^ 4S* ^'^d your Grace alone
^ is enabled }jj^ to complete |g|f the j^ happy termina-
tion (of right rule.) ^ The three )ffchiefs have been
il^ one in heart, |3 and unitedly jg^ arrived ^ at
^^^ peifectioB 5§[ -Jt^ Being imbued with virtue i^
goveniment ^ has been yell regulated, fj^ the in-
flucRce whereof p|has extended to-^ the iiviner JU
people, ^3^^ and the foreigners on air sides, 2SE^
with their clothes lapping over to tbe left, ^ ^ have
invariably ]^ ^^ depended -^ on me, ^^ ^ the young
child, ^ perpetually 7|^ securing ^ abundant ^

happiness*

^ Your Grace :|t^^ has thu>, Jf^ ^ for the
capital of Chow,^ est^blisbed ||^ ^ an inexhaustible

308 KEUN-YAY.

patrimony, hR and you have also acquired ^
an endless j^ ^ fame : ^ ^ posterity g||{ will
follow ^ your ]j^ perfect 5^ pattern, fH ^ and good
government (will prevail.)

fi^ tfp Oh >es ! ^ do not ^ say, ^ that it cannot
^ be accomplihhed ; f^ but |^ expend gjf your 1]^
heart upon it, f^ Do not f^ say, ^ the people
are too few (to merit your regards), ||| but ^ be care-
ful 1^ in your ^ business, ^ Respectfully ^
imitate $^3E ^ ^\ the j^erfect merit of the former
kings, ^ in ordei to ^ ^ excel K]f ]^ former go-
vernments.

SECTION VI.

^^ KEUN-YAY.*

3t The king t ^ B sp^^e to the following effect :
^ Hf Oh yes ! ^ ^ Keun^yfiy, f§ ^ your f^ an-
cestor 75 and ^ father iU; for several generations j^
were thoroughly ,^ faithful ^ and sincere, ^^ la-
bouring in behalf of ^ the royal ^ house, pg while
their ^^ |5^ accomplished 1^ merit j^ is recorded ^
in ^ the great •flf diary.

f^ But •J' I, <h the little ^ child, j^^^p though
inheritii.g that which ^ W^n ^ and Woo, ^ Ch!ng
]^ and K'hang 5& handed down ^ as the clue cf
government, ^^ and having ^ 3E li B5 ^'^^ ^er-
Vants of the former kings, ^ who can manage jfe >&
those on the right and left, ^{^ and regulate ^ ^ all
throughout the four quarters, lii ^ ^ ® ^^ y^* *^^^'
tressed and anxious in mind, ^ as itj^H t^^^a^i'^g ®^

♦ Keun-yay le the name of a minister. ^^ db Mfih-w&ng (B.
C. 997) commanded Keun-yay to be the minister of instruction, and
this section cimtains his announcement. The modern text wants
it, but the ancient text has it.

t The king here spoken of is ^^ ^E Muh-wang : the grandson
of j^ ZXZ K*ang>\vang, and the son oi vS^ ^C Chaou-wang.

KEUN-tAt. 30?

a tiger's ^tail, J^ or walking ^ upon ^ vernal
, ice.

^ I now ^ command ^ you, '^ my ^ assistant,
f^ to be ^ j^ my arms and legft, jj^ my heart ^

and back-bone ; j^ 75 ^^^^y ^^ |£ ^^^ ^^^ BS regu-
lations, ^ and do not ^ disgrace f^ ^ your father

and grandfather.

^ Do you enlarge j^ and diffuse 3BL the five ^
canons, ^ and respectfully ^ harmonize ^ ^|] the
moral virtues of the people ; p^ if in your own ^
person ^ you can be j£ correct, j^ none ^ will
dare ^ |E to be incorrect. ^ The people's i\^
minds j^ are not otherwise l|< (to be brought to) the
due mediuu), fH than by ^ ^t y^^^ ^ hitting the
due medium yourself

^ ^ ^ During the heats and rains of summer, /}%
the small ^ people ^ \3 only talk of ^ crying out
^ and complaining ; ^ ]Q^$^ during the great colds
of winter, /J> ^ the lower classes T/jp also ^ Q talk
about ^ lamenting ^ and sighing, g^ j§ ^ ^
And indeed they have their diflSculties. But if you will
&^l^ consider their hardships, |si( @ ^ ^ and
seek to promote their ease, ^ the people 75 will be
tranquil.

I i^ Oh ^ m ^ how great and splendid ^ ^
_^ were WSn*wang's plans ! 35 3^ qjj and how well
were they followed up by ^ 35 ?Sl Wod-wing's ef-
forts ! j^ they instructed -ffe and aided ^us^ \
their successors ; ]^ all their actions Jt JE were cor-
rect, p^ and not one ^ deficient. ^ Do you. ^
therefore, ^ respecttully ^ set forth 75 their fjlj iu-
structions, ^ ^ ^ and imitate ^ ^ 35 the former
kings, ^ thus responding to ^ aud spreading abroad
^ WSn B^;2^ and Wod's ^ bright -^ commands, j"^
§2 and becoming worthy to be associated ^ with

310 THE COMMAND TO KUNG.

^ your arresters.

^ The king ^ continued, ^ saying, ^^ Oh
Keun-yay ! 7^ ^ft do you ^ carry out ^ jE ^ the
old plans oi your predecessors, ^ ^ 5^ *^^d make
them your models of imitation. ^ jJl i^ Si ^^^ P*'
cifying or disturbing of the people ^ ^ will depend
on this §^ Follow, therefore, j^ that which your fg|[
^ J^ ancestor's ^ ^ have practised, Q^ and set
forth the glories of /j your ^ j;^^ prince's ^ ^
government.

SECTION VII.

THE COMMAND j^ '^ TO KUNG.*

^ The kin«; ^ Q spoke nearly to the fiillowing
eflfect : j^ fg^ Oh Baron Rung ! f#^ I am ^ not ^
competent ^ by (the want of) ^ virtue^ j^^ to succeed
to 5fe ^ w^y predecessors, ^ who occupied the sta-
tion of ^ )n g^^* princes. jjJC f^ I ^™ alarmed ^
jj^ at the danger of my situation, ^ jSC^^^ ^^^
sometimes rise at midnight J|^ to consider how ^
1 am to avoid )Bf my ^ faults.

^ Formerly, ^ in the times of 'JC ^^^ ift *^**
Wo6, they were |J ^ intelligent ^ and perfect |^
sages ; their /]^ small 3^ and great l^ ^ officers ]^
all "gl aimed at ^ being faithful g and good ; |fc 'j^
thi; attendant ^ charioteers, '^ servants, f)^ ®nd fol-
lowers ^ 131 were also without exception £ correct
A '"^^ ; J<jl ^ morning ^ and evening ^ obeying
^ and assisting g^f their ^ prince ; {tj whether go-
ing out A or corning in, ^ riding -^ or at rest, f^ ^
they never ^ lost ^ their respect ; ^ ^ when or-
ders were issued ^ -^ and conmauds givejn, ^ tT '5^

• Miih-waniBr comronnHed iPf ^ Baron Kung to be superiiiten-
dent of the hoiiiiehold, and these were the commands ^ven him. The
modern text has it not, but the ancient text hat it.

THE COMMAND TO KUNO. 311

they were without exception ^ good ; "]> ^ the low-
er classes f^ were respectful ^ and obedient, |j|^ and
the myriad ^ states jpS^ were all ^ tranquil.

•JH But -J« I, — the single \ individual, 4st am de-
flcient ^ in goodness, ^ and mainly ^ depend ou
^^ my attendants "^ ^ and domestics. ^ ^fc a5^
"it totifether with those u ho are in office, ^ tj aid me
•^ ^7St ^^ ^y deficiencies ; j^ adjusting fg my
faults, ^ correcting ^ my errors, ;^ and subduing
^ my ^ depraved »l!tt heart, f^ so as J^ to enable
me ^ to continue 3fe^{| the meritorious efforts of my
predecessors.

^ Now, therefore, ^ I ^ command ^ you f^
to be 3^ the great JE adjuster (superintendent of the
household,) IE ^ *o set to riofhts ^ all my ^ ser-
vants, ^ attendants, ^ ;j^ ^ and charioteers; ^
that they may encourage 75 *^® )w prince's ^ virtue,
355 and mutually i& attend to ^ ^ what is neglected.

^ Be careful ^ in selecting ^5 7^^^ ^ officers ;

do not J^ regard 1^5 those of specious ^ discourse
and smooth ^ countenance, 0| |^ teraporizing
time-servers ^ j^ and corrupt flatterers ; i^ 'f^ but
employ only '^Jb good men.

^ When household ^ officers XE ^^^ correct, Jjf^
the ^ prince ^ will be j]^ correct ; '^ g but when
royal domestics ^ are flattering, ^ the ^ sovereign
1^ will account hunself §| a sage. )p The king's ^
virtue |^ depends on ^ his officers, yf^ and his want
of IS virtue ij^ will also arise from ^ his officers.

jH^Dmotyou ^he familinr ^with '|^ A

flatterers, jfQ who will stop up Up your ears H _
and eyes, jti^ and induce J^ their sovereign J^ ^K to
offend against 5^ 3E >2l ^ ^^^ regulations ;0f the for-
mer kings.

^^;^^ If you do not esteem men on account

312 LEU^S CODE OP PUNISHMENT.

of their personal qualities, j||^ ^ ^ but have res-
pect to tlicir wealthy bribes, 3^ ^ in thia way ^^
^you \vili render the offices nugatory, j^^ and
you will show -[^ great ^ ^ }j[£ disrespect |^ to your
gf prinee, in which ease f^ "^ 1 shall certainly ^^
blame you.

3E The king ^ said, !!i »^ Oh ^jj ^ be respect-
fully cautious, ^ and perpetually ^ aid Jj your )^
prince ^ by adhering to i^ the constant ^ laws.

SECTION VIII.

leu's code ^ Jfi] OF PUNISHMENT. *

fl^ When Q Leu's ^ decree was issued ^ the
king ^ had enjoyed ^ the throne f^ a number of
^ years, (B. C. 950), by which time Sbe had be-
come superannuated ^ and careless, ^ so that he
conceived the plan f^ of making ]p| these laws, J^
wherewith |^ to harrass (the people) ^'ff in rfl
quarters.

3E The king Q said, ^ "A" ^ |8| According to
the accounts of ancient times, "^ /Jj^be Che-yew peo-
ple ^ were jjj^ the first j^ to excite j^ rebellion, JC J^
wl eice it extended^ to Zp the peaceable pj subjects;
^ ^ who all became ^ robbers ^ and thieves, ^
destroyers^ of righteousqess, ^ traitors ^ and vil-
lains, i^ jUplurderers j^ ]^ and hypocritical mur-
derers.

IS 1^ The people of Meaou ^ J^ ^ were unkind
^ and conducted their government jjj^ by ff|] punish-
ments ; |§! they f^ invented 3E the five kinds of ^
781 ?fll cruel inflictions, 1^ and called them ^ laws,

* iS^^ 'I'hs marquis of Leu, was criminal judge of the Empiret

and Ij^ ^T7 Milh-w^ng commanded him to set forth a code of laws*

wherewith to scrutin'ze the people in all quarters. The historians

iiare made a section of it. The modern and ancient texts both have it,

tEU's CODE OF PUKISHMEtNT. 3F5

that they might put to death ^ ^ the inr o-
cent. ^ Thus they f^ commenced JH their disorder-
liness jSi $i\ ^7 cutting off noses ^)j and ears, ^ cas-^
trating ^ and branding. ® ]^ M ff'l ^^^ ^^^^
those who adhered to the laws, ^^[were similarly
treated, j^ without ^ distinguishing those 'j^ who
had ^ pleas to prefer.

]p^ The mass of the people ^ thus began ^ '^
to defile one another; $J| ^ being dark and ^^
confused, p9 they did not l^ centre -Tp in ^ fidelity,
JSL ^ but overturned f B oaths M and contracts.
@ Oppressions ^ spread tenor, |g| and when mul-'
titudes |H^ were put to death, ^ they -^ announc-
ed ^ ^ their innocence ^ to Jt the Supreme.
Jb The High 'jj^ Potentate m then survejed p5 the
people (ofMeaoii), and fouod ^ i^ that they posses-
sed not ^^ the fragrance ^ of virtue, but that ff)|^
their punishments ^ emitted ^ an odour ^ that
was ^ offensive.

^^The Emperor (Shun) l^f^then compassion-
ated ^ the multitude, p^ jj^ who were slain ^ ^
without cause ; ^ recompensing ^ their oppressors,
J^ with ^ his own terribleness, ^ ^;^ he extermina-^
*^^ tS ^ ^b® people of Meaou, ^ and left them no^
" pr generation ^ amongst "JT succeeding states.

/J He then -^ commanded 2 C!bung H^ and Le
i^ ^ ^ S to cut off the communication between
earth and heaven, ^ ^ interdicting (the pretended)
descents ^ and visitations (of the gods) ; until
the multitude ^ of princes, ^ ^ even to ^
"^ the subordinate officers, Q)} clearly ^ displayed
1^ and aided in carrying out ^ the constant princi*-
ples, ^ while the solitary ^ and the widows ^
were not |^ debarred (from making complaints). *

Chiing and ^^ Le wer^; the same as yf^ He and ^f# Hoi.

Oo

314 leu's code of punishment.

^ ^ The Emperor f^ with a pure intention ^
enquired of "p ^ the common people, whether ^
the destitute ^ and widows >^ had any ^ com-
plaints^ against ^ the Meaou-ites ; for (unlike the
latter) fg his virtue ^ was terrible 4^ and inspired
^ awe ; fH his virtue 9| was clear, ^ and produced
intelligence.

75 He then ^ commanded ^ the three J^ princes
ijf^ to display their anxious ^ labours ^ on behalf
of ^ the people, telling jj^ 5^ Pi^^^-® ^ ^ communi-
cate ^ the ceremonial rites, in order to 'fff repress the
excesses ^ of the people ^ ^J by the dread of pun-
ishment ; directing ^ Yu ^ to level ;ft ^^^ waters
i and the land, ^^^ and designate the principal Jj
hills III and rivers ; ^ while TseYh ^ was to make
known ff^ the mode of sowing i^ and planting, ^
that the husbandman ^ might cultivate ^ the ex-
cellent ^ grain . ~ The three ^ princes JflJ having
completed 55 tl^cir work, {{| |^ they enriched ^ ^
the people.

He also directed ;j; the magistrates ^Q to regulate

When the world is regulated by justice and intelligence, the good
will be happy, and the vicious miserable ; while the people, knowing
from whence their happiness springs, will not be disposed to se^k de-
liverance from dark and mysterious things. In the time of fFf Meaou,
however, the people did not know the grounds of the offences they
might commit, and having no one to whom they could appeal, they
went gadding after the gods, and sacrificing to improper demons :
thus the canons relative to heaven and earth, the gods and men

became mixed and confused, superstitions sprang up, and mankind

became depraved, pt^ Shun*s first endeavour, however, was to cotrect
men's minds, and therefore he commanded Chung and L^, to arrange
the sacrificial canons ; after which the Emperor alone sacrificed to
heaven and earth, the princes to the hills and rivers, while high and
low, superiors and inferiors, each had their limits, the communication
betwixt earth and heaven was cut off, the distinctions between the
seen and unseen worlds were rigidly observed, superstitious notions
ceased, and the princes and their subordinates, all aided in the main-
tenance of the constant principles. \_Chin€9e Commentator.']

leu's code of punishment. 315

"pf ^ the people 5^ fp] ^ ^ *^y ^^^ influence of
punishments, j^ in order to ^ instruct them fjj^ to
shew respect to ^ virtue.

When ^ ^ such respectful harmony ^ 'J^ exists
in the prince, and ^ ffl such clear intelligence ^ 'J^
among his ministers !^ is displayed ^ throughout
Pg "^ all quarters, then the people ^ ^ will inva.
riably j^ |lS ;^ HI] be diligent in the practice of vir-
tue. (Should any fail, however,) the magistrate^'
75 might gQ enlighten them ^ ffil I^ H* by the
suitable exhibition of punishments, ^ 3C ^ ^ *^d
induce the people to follow good government f^ by
aiding ^ the dictates of their constant nature.

Thus ^ ^ the criminal judge ^ might not only
gj^ carry out to the utmost ^ ^ the laws against
the powerful, ^jH but also gfe fully enforce them ^
upon ^ the rich, ^i Being respectful ^ and reve-
rential in the extreme, ^ 1^ he would have no occa-
sion ^ to make choice of ^ words I^E ^^ regard to ^
his own private conduct ; 'j'^ but ^ being adequate
to the practice of J^ celestial ^ virtue, ^ he would
be able j^ to promulgate Jq the great ^ decree, g£
and be associated 3^ in enjoyment Ij^ "J\ with those
below him,

3E The king ^ said, ^ Oh you }^ ^ in every
part, "Sj 1^ the superintendents ^ ^ and judges, ^
flK are you not ^ f^ constituted ^ ^ the shepherds
of Heaven ^ ^f^^^ and now what have you
to look to ? ^ is it not ^ this f^ ^ Pth-e, who by
^ the wide-display of jpj punishments;;^^ leads for-

ward (the people) k ^^ and now ^ j^ ^ what
have you to take warning by ? f^ is it not ^ this ^
Meaou B people, ^ who neglected ^ to examine
^ ^ >cl S ^^^^ belonged to the criminal cases, ^
and did not ^ select ^ proper \ persons ^ to look

316 LVU^S CO^I OF FUKI8KMEKT.

^ into gg ^] ;^ l|J the suitability of the five punidi-
ments ; ^ but (chose) B^ these ^ who depended on
1^ their dig-nity, ^ aud were greedy of ^ bribes,
thus {j^ deciding ^ and managing 35[ th^ five ^]
punishments J^ ^(^ tumultuousty oppressing j^^
the innocent. Jt The Supreme »^ Ruler ^ would
not 2S3 ^ excuse this, but Jfi^ attached ^ blame
to"^ Aleaou ; ^ the Meaou J^ people ^ had no
plea to urge ^^ in mitigation of punishment, JJ
and thus j^ he dut ofif ^ their f^ generations.

3E The king 0said, P| M^ Oh yes! J^ :^ ^
think of this, jQ^ my senior uocles f^ 3Cj^*^d elder
brethren, ^ 'j^ with my junior uncles ^ ]§^ and
younger brethren, ^ ^ niy children ^^ and grand-
children, ^ do you all |^ listen 0( to my "j^ words ;
jUl should you ^ have received ^ the excellent 4^
command (to act as magistrates,) ^ ^ you must ^
^ invariably ^ follow out jj^ that which is satisfy-
ing to your mind, Q. and be daily |Q| diligent. ^
Do not 1^ leave it to chance f^ to guard against
Hlj indolence ^ Heaven (has appointed these
punishments) ^ to regulate ^ ^ the people, fjf and
has afforded ^ us — Q hut one day (to make use of
them.) ^ (^ The not persevering in crime, f||^
or the contrary, "^ rests entirely with A ^^^e individu-
al ; ]^ do you, therefore, ^ ^he respectful, ^ and
concur with 55 ^ raven's ^ decree, ]^ in $[ aiding
i^ me ^— a single ^ individual ; ^ although -^ I
should be disposed to be rigorous, ^ do not you ^
be severe i^% and although |^ I should be inclined to
^approve ot the parties, ^ do not you therefore f^ ap-
prove of them, 1]^ but ^ respectfully (carry out) 5E
the five Jf5 punishments, ^ in order J^Jc to complete
^ the three ^ virtues. Thus I, — the single J^
^one, ^ will be ^ felicitated, jfjf and the millions jl^

LEUS CODE OF 1»UN1SHMBNT. 317

of people j^ '^ will have somewhat ^o rely on ; ^
in which case ^ the tranquillity ^ will be ^ per-
petual

3g The king further said, W^" Oh Jf^ come you
.:^ ^ that have states ^ i and territories, -fe I will
tell ^ you (something about) jp^ felicitous ^ puuish-
tnents.* :^ ^ Now that ]^ you ^ are engaged in
tranquillizing ^ jjj^ ^^^ people, ^ what have you
to select, ^ if it be not ^ the proper person ;
what have you '^ to regard, |fe if it be not ^\ pun-
ishments ; ^ what have you g^ to consider, |i^ if it
be not J^ the extent to which they will reach *?

When ^ both^ parties ^ are ^ present, g||
let all the judges ^ listen to 5S the five |^ kinds of
pleas ; 3Sl ^ if ^^ese charges ^ be substantiated, ^
and unequivocal, jE then adjust the case ^ to one of
3£ th« five kinds 3p| of punishments. 3E jfl] If these
puninhments ^ are not j^ suitable, JE let it be ar*
ranged ^ according to one of 3l the five kinds M of
compensation ; 32 ^ and. if these >j^ do not Jr ^i*
the case, j£ then ascribe it ^ to one of 3E the five
kipds |g{ of mistake.

In settling 3S the five kinds of Jj^ mistake,, however,
J^SK there are evils to be apprehended, viz, fH ^
lest » man be warped by influence, f^ J^ by private
grudge, f^ F^ by female interference, f|^ '^ by
bribes, f^ ^ or by solicitation ; ^ |^ let the of-
fence ^ be treated with jj^ eveuhanded justice, ^:||^
and examine carefully, ^J^^ w order that you may
do you best.

^ jft] ^ jfe When there is any doubt respecting
the infliction of the five punishments, ^ |^ then

■•>■■.■«■

* Punishments are disagreeable things, but they are here called
felicitous, because by the use of them it is hoped thalj^ the future
use of them may be prevented.

318 leu's code of punishment.

exercise leniency ; 3l 13 /2l ^li *"^ when there is
any doubt about tne propriety of compensation, ^ ^
still exercise clemency , ^ ^ but carefully examine,
3j^ ;;^ aad exert your utmost eflForts. ^ ^ When a
case is well substantiated, 7^ ^ the many will have
confidence in your judgment ; f^ but ||^ appearances
:^ must be ^ consulted ; ^ ^ and if the indict-
ment be not clear, ^ |^ do not entertain the case.
^ Be alwayb j^ under apprehension of ^C Heaven's
gJ5 lerribleness.

^ ^ ^ When doubts exist about the punishment
of branding, |gjj^ and you wish to excuse the individual,
let him ^ pay ^^ 600 ounces (of silver) ; ^
,« ^ ^ but enquire and ascertain the nature of the
crime ; pi] j^ j^ when doubts exist about the punish-
ment of cutting off the nose, ^and you be disposed
to clemency, ^ let him fl) pay ^^ ^ double the for-

mer amount, ^ Kf ^ 1^ ^^* '^^ ^^'^ ^^^ *^^ ^*'
fence ; |^ ^ ^ when^doubts exist about the punish-
ment of ham- stringing, ^ and you wl^h to let the
man off, ^ let him ^ pay as a compensation, f^ dou-
ble the former amount, ^ and (something) more, ®
*** ^ H but be sure you inspect the crime ;>^ ^
when doubts exist about the punishment of castra-
tion, ^ and you would exempt the offender, ^ let

lill^ mi P^y ^ W ^ ^^^ times 600 ounces, ^ ^ ^
but be particular about the crime committed ; j^
_^ and when there is any doubt about the infliction
of capital punishment, ^ and the man may be let go,
^ let him ^ first pay =f^ a thousand times ^ 600
ounces (of silver,) ^^^^ but still be particular
in noticing the real state of his offences. H Of cases of
branding ^ that may be ransomed, ^ J^ there are
^ one thousand ; |j[|J of cases in which the nose is to be
ain4)utated, ^ that mny be redeemed, ];;^^ there are

leu's code of punishment. 319

^ one thousand ; |f|J of cashes requiring ham-stringing,
^ that may be compensated for, ;^ ^ there are 55
five ]^ hundred ; ^ of cases deserving of castration, fj
that may be commuted by fine ; ^ J§ there are ~
three 'gf hundred; j^ j^ of capital oflfences, J^ ^ that
may be redeemed by fines, ^ HI there are .m two "§[
hundred. 3E JflJ ;^ 1^ '1 bus amon*; the five kinds
of punishments, ^ ^ there are 3,000 (that may be
thus treated.) (In undefined cases,) Jl "7^ j;|j ^
class them with those immediately above or below ; ans
do not ^ enter upon ^ improper ^ indictments, ^
nor ^ inflict ^^ obsolete punishments ; f^ biit
^ examine each case ^ according to jS^ law, ^ ^
and scrutinize ^ ;^ to the utmost.

J^ If the superior kind of ^fl] punishment |§ has to
be @ mitigated, "^ ^ employ the next inferior ; and if
"I? a lower kind of JflJ punishment ^ has to be ^
rendered more severe, J^ Jjj^ employ that next above it.
With regard to |g the lightness ||[ or severity |^ of
the ^ redemption (money), ^ |^be guided by cir-
cumstances ; ^] and let punishments ^ as well as
compensations JK |8 "fit S ^^ ^^8^ ^^ heavy accord,
ing to the age in which men live.* ^^ Thus you
may adjust ^ ^ what is irregular, ^ j^ and do e-
very thing in proper order, ^ ^ and according to its
relative importance.

^ Redemptions ^ intended for the repression of
crime, ^ do not ^ cause people to die, and yet some-
times \ men ^ are punished ^ to 5^ a grievous
excess. Therefore ^ do not (select) ^ artful persons
:jff to determine ^ criminal cases, j^ but employ ""
honest men ^ to decide ^ causes, who will ^

* Tiius inacountiy newly -established light punishments were to be
inflicte^, in a state of anarchy heavy ones, and on common occasions
those'of a middling kind

320 Lkir's CODE OF PUNISfCMTENr.

invariably Ij^ 4* hit the due medium. ^ Examine
^ pleadings ^ in that which ^ may be erroneous
and in cases yp ^ where you have been induced to
refuse compliance, f^ fjjt you will soon find reason to
comply. ^ Be compassionate ^ and respectfully
caitioiis ^ in the decision of ^ criminal matters, ^
and clearly ^ open out ]P| ^ the record of punish-
ment, ^ that all \^ m iy consider it, J^ and then
every thing ]g^ perhaps will Ffj be suitable ]£ and
correct. ^IfjJ With regard to punishments ^ |^
and redemptions, ^ ^ yo i must employ scrutiny '&
3^ to the utmost. j|)f Criminal cases ^ being settled
(below,) 315 ^ (^^^ people) will have confidence, f^^
and being reported (above,) fjfl -^ (the prince) wii'
rely (on your judgment. ) M oreover, ^ Jp] when pun-
ishments jj (are reported) to the higher tribunals, ^
let (the documents) be all complete ; also ^^ in ca-
ses of double offences, ^ where two ^fil P^^ishuients
(have been awarded, let this be mentioned.)

2 The king m said, R| »f. Oh yes ! f^ j^
be respectfully cautious ! ^ f|^ all you nobles
of the same clan j^ and of different surnames ! ^
feel, ^ whilst speaking of these things, ^ much »^^
trepidation. ^ 1 am myself ^ very cautious ^ iu
JflJ punishments. ^ ^ and always take into conside-
ration men's good qualities ^^ Jjflj iu the infliction of
punishments. 4^ Now ;5c ^^ Heaven (has chosen)
:(:g to regulate ^ the people (in this way), f^ do you
become §£ its fellow-worker ^ '^ among those be-
low you. ^ Be clear ^ aud pure ^ in matters
1^ where there is only a single witness ; S /Si ^^
in regulating the people, ^ >)> the invariable method
jfl of hitting the due medium ^^^ is to listen only
to those causes ff^ ^ which have a plurality of wit-
nesses ; m but do not ^ by any chance ^ ^ follow
your private partialities, ^ even in ||^ ;J^ those cases

^ ^ which are su^in^d by dmtble evidence. ^
^ The profits arising rmt 6f jiAdicral proceedings ^
are of no ^ value ; <jfl| they are indeed )j^ an accu-
mulatibn ^ :i^ of crime, m fbffowed pj^ by ^
cikmitbus vifitttatiob* ^^ always ^ afrAicr ^_
fii'awiiditgJfSI cddifpedi^tit^nfr ; ^ if is Mt thalt ^
H^aferf ^Ml8/ in' Iff tlprigfctness ; {^ it is fftSt
A people them»eiVes ^ <SlWo^ ^ a wretbh^
^^. JZ f5 ^^^® **^^ punishinerits di^ Heaven U^
BotHl extreme: ]J^ tSSte ebmm^ ^ people' f^ ^
wbuld have no'^^ gooJ|U|^gbverttmcnt :j3g ^ tfirough-
out 5^"p the whole "Worfif. •

aETtap kkg ^ sdd, iJl «!P Oh yes, JB Si rtiy f»^-
tdrtesifece^oll^, >^^frMl {henceforth ^ i/»h^t haVe-
y^ 1^ to look tos ^i{^i^be£fbt|g th& acdpih^M-
roenlf of virtue; ^ in bringfeg |^ the p^jife jj^ to flie^
Iff due Mtfcdken (by puhishmentb). j^ 0o yoii, therein
f<«^v^<J*i«felIy pJ^^K^ten tome;^t\^i»eyt ni|a

f^by^tli!pIbying$^puiii^th€«Mls^ate att«dYied) ^
endless '^ ^ applause ; for M^ ^ by tlie' use <tf
die five ^ inflicliond^jgj th^]^ fi*«e all rfl fiit^ t^
doe nieditiniv ^ aifif attaiU^d ;^ felicity: ; SSj ^^eiVe
tlferefort, 3E th^ kiiigftf || Biftpj^ ^ moftitade, ^
^ *tld *tteniriv«^ Stltvay^ tlitfs* p felicitous

pittttishttlBntS.

i«.>» .1 — '--' • _

^ T6e dKlDes^* c6)ttMtytatbr tl^ttkb thkV the ddse of* thiT pai^aph
18 ob«0urtl

Pp

322 TUB DECREE APDaESSKD TO WAN.

SECTION IX.

THE DECREE ADDRESSED TO THE MARQUIS WAN. ^

(B. C. 769), S The king ^ S spake to the fol-
lowing effect ; ^ Oh my father, ^ ^ E-ho, f ^
how greatly |^ illustrious ^ were Win ^ and Woo !
^ how intensely ^careful ^ their resplendent ^
virtue ! ^ ^ it rose eminently ^ Jt ahove, ^ y|
and was diffused extensively ^ T^ below, j^ ^
Where upon J; the Supreme ^ Ruler ^ concentrat-
ed ^ his ^ decree ^ on ^ 3E Win-wang, (con-
stiluling him the sovereign of China), iff j|| There
were also (your ancestors), $E ^^^ former j£ correct
statesmen, if^ who were enabled }ic >& to assist ^
and brilliantly ^ to serve |^ their ]^ princes, ^ so
that ;J\ both their small -J^ and great ^ ^ plans
and schemes ^ jf^ were invariably ^ |g^ carried out;
''^ thus ^ our former jjjl, ancestors ^ sat peaceably
on ^ their thrones.

"•^ "j* Alas ! g| have pity -^ on me, <[> the little
^ child, 1^ who on my first accession ^ have met
with ^ ^ ^this severe reproof from Heaven, 3^
to the exhaustion ^ of my resources, S which might
have conferred benefit ^ upon ^ ^ the common

* JS^ BE Ycw^Tf dr%, having been killed by the >% 5ai Keu^n-

JAng Tartarfs3C W&n, the marquis of ^^ Tsfn, and J^ tVo6,

the dake of ^|1 Ching placed the heir apparent, J^ ^3 E-kew on the

tbtone, who took the title of T* ZC Ptng-wang, and removed the
capital to the eastward. Ping-wang then appointed the marquis Win
to be the lord of a region, and gave him the fragrant wine and red
bow, while be issued this decree directing him what to do. The his-
torians bare recorded it, and formed it iato a section. The present
and ancient tests both have it

* E-bo was the private designation of the marquis W&a ; the king
called bim father, because be was oi the same clan.

THE DECREE ADDRESSED TO WAN. 323

people, ^ and by the incursions of 5^ the Tartars, ^
my ^ ^ country ^ has been severely injured. fp
Also among ^ my ^ ^ officers, |^ ^ there are
perhaps no. ^ aged ^ and experienced men, ^ who
are clever J^ inj^ their |^ departments ; ^ ^j
while I myself am ^ ^ inadequate (to the duties of
my station). ^ I repeat it, *)^ jjjS (of those who have
stood before) my grand-father 'j^ ;^ and father, ^
^ who is there »\^ that compassionates ^^ my ^
case ? t||^ tt^ Alas ! ^ ^ would you but display me-
rit-jpin behalf of me, — a single \ individual, 5JC
I should be perpetually ^ tranquil ^ on f^ the

throne.

^ Oh father ^ ft) E-ho ! ^]^ you %^ are able ^
to set forth (the glories) 73 of yonr |^ illustrious f]Q^
ancestors ; ^ for you ^ have commenced ^] by imi-
tating the/ example ;>(^ of WSn ^ and Woo, f^ ^
and have united ^ and connected (the fortunes) J^
of your 1^ prince, ^thus displaying ^ filial regard
^ for ]|y your former ^ ^ accomplished prede-
cesser, f^ You ^ have greatly f^ assisted '^ and
shielded ^ me ^ in ^ difficulty. (Concerning ^
such as ^ you, therefore, -^ I may ^ congratulate

myself.

2 The king B continued, ^ Oh father ^ ^^1 E-
h6 ! ^ U return jjjlj and inspect ||f \ our ffp host,
^ and tranquillize ^ your ^1 state, J^ ^ while
you present ^ in your (aiicestorial temple) ^ 1^ — •
^ one cup distilled from black millet ; beside?! j^^ ^
*-• one red bow, |^^ ^ ^ and 1 00 red arrows ; as also
^ ^ —* one black bow, )§ "^ 1^ and 100 black
arrows ; ^ El iS ^^^^ ^ ^^^^ of four horses. ^
Oh my father, ^i ^ go ;* ^ render pliable ^ thosei

* According to history it appears, that ^^ 3E Yew-waig married
a lady of *P shin, and begat tlie heir apparent H lij £.kew. Af-

324 Wt^ OMH AT PB.

j4a distwiM^ tnd capable fl ih<^w whp^ near ;
eiiijuA Jfapd tninauiyj»e7f!i th^
and 4o aot ^ improper^ ^ §ee}i yKHir owi> i^me.
Inaipect |j|0 and compassionate f^ jom ^ capital*
J^ and coipplete ||| four || iUiustnous {g virtu*.

SECTION X.

THE OATH ^ $ AT FB.*

J^ The duke 13 said, ^ Oh ^ my Mfltpki, ^ 4»
t^ ^ make a poise, M^ but listen ^ to siy com-
loand^. jIH. Previous to 3|^ *•» ^ Bl*^ Hwa^6 and
the ^ ^^rseu-jAng foreigrers ^g^ rose up toge^

^r in rebellipn.

^ ^ Brace on well J^ your ^ helmets ^ nod

coats of mat} ; S|[ bind on 7| your ^ dubs, ^ ^

%e4 ^ nothing ^ ^ be out of prdcur. ^ Prepara

your ^ fcoAS ^ apd arrows ; jl^ temper Jjr yot»

^ larices ^ and spears, 1^ sharpen 75 your
swords' ^ points. ^ ^ a^d let not any thing >fC

he out of trim.

^ Now ^ we are about ^ to enlarge ^ ^ thie
enclosed pasturage ^ for the cows j^ and horses ; do

terwards he became fond of ^^ ^>( Pacu-sz^, when he degraded the

Empresd ^p Shin, a<)d set aside the heir apparent fropa ih^ euQces*
sion. Upon this the iparquis of Shin was enraged, and gwre presents
to the Tartars, whereby he induced them to attack and kill the kinir*

The |pfurqi|is of Shin then set up the heir apparent, who became ^p

^^ PipjBf-wdng. Plng-wang considering that the marquis of Slu^
had done him a great service in setting hiu) on the throne, forgitt ilM
circumstaiice of the murder of his father, and forbore to revefige it.
On this account he is oauoh blamdd by the Chinese Commentator.

^ Pe is the name of a place. The jH ^ flwjRe-.^ and pp J^
Tseu-jii^g foreigners rebelled atlhe ^ame time, when tbf m%n|uip^

^^ Loo went to subdue them. At ^ Pe he abjured the multitude ;
hence the name of this section is called the oath at Pe. The ancient
•04 modern texts both have it.

THE OATH AT PE^ 326

JIP 7J ypur '3^ pHfeHs, III wd dp Jtiot ^ daw5 ^ to
lajure ^ the pasturage. ^ ii^ |^ <l^ the <^tlle i^
the feeding grounds be harmed, j^ you Kl] shall '^
suffer ^ the fixed ^ puoishments.

g§ When the horses ^ a^d cows ^ W^ are at heat,
fS^ and men ^ or womeo-'Serirants ^ ^ abscond, |^
4o not 1^ dare ^ to eross pv^r the hjoes jg in pu^uit
of them ; ^t (bhould Any of you people) ^g^ reverently
'^^ ^ UriDg tfee^i back, ^ I will |^ coasider abouit

remunerating ^ you. Tj Should you troops,
however, j^ cross the lines ^ in the pursuit, ^ und
not ^return to your posts, jfj^you |[lj will ^ expe-
rience ^ the fixed J?] punishments. Further-
iifiore, 1^ l^t none |^ dare ffl^t^ commit robberies

and thefts, H^ jumpii^ over jg^walls j|| and fences,

to steal J|| horses ^ wd pows, ^ or decoy g
p^o^'^ n^en-servants ^ and maidens, (for if you do)
H; you Jllj shall ;|^ be visited with ^ the allotted JjM
punishments.

^ ^ On the nth day of the cycle, $^ I f|| mean
U to attack ^ ^ the rseu-jt^ng foreigners ; p^ J^
do you, therefore, collect i||^ th« n^^ssary provisions,
^ and do not ^ dare to have ^ ^ any deficiency,
J^ ^ y^^ Sy sb^ll '^ suffer ;x severe 5PJ punish^
ment. J^ \ The people of Loo (assemble from) ?S
the three ^p environs ^ and the three ^ outskirts,

75 do you, therefore, collect together ^^^the planks
^^ and posts (for constructing mod forts,) ^ ^ for on
the Jlth day,^ I ^ intend ^ to throw up the de*
feiices ; |K do not $|[ presume IfC ^ to have anything
wimting, ^ or ypu |[|J will "^ experience ^ ^ a vane*
ty of ^J punishments, |^ besides ^ death, igt The
liOo Jv people (also march with the population of) ^
Ihe three $p suburbs ~ and the three ^ precuia(;8,
i^ 7^ do you, therefore, gather together ^^^ a quan-

326 THB OATH AT t'hAE.

tity of provender, ^ and do not $^ dare 7^ ^ to have
any deficiency, ^ or you gl) shall ^ be subject to ^
the great fflj infliction.

SECTION XI.

the oath ^ ^ at t'hae*

^ The duke }p\ said, ^ Oh ^ my db officers !
listen 1^ without ^ tumult -^^ to my ^ oath,
which 1 now announce ^ to you, ^ "a J^ll^ *® *^®
commencement of what I have to say.

•^ \ The ancientJi j^ have ^ a saying, Q to the
effect, ^ that when people f^ arrive at the pinnacle
of good fortune, ^ ^ they are apt to follow their
own inclinations, -j^ ^ j^ and find much pleasure in
80 doing. ^ In reproving ^ others ^they feel ^
no 1^ difficuitv, »1# but ^ to receive # reproof, ^
and allow it ^R ^ to take its due course, }£ 1^^^
how difficult is this !

^ ♦tSa;^ ^ The trouble of my mind is, H *»* "^7
days JSj and months ^ J§[ are passed away, ^ and
they seem as if ^ they would not ^ ^ return. f

The Ts6-chu^n history says, that fjl "T" ^® ^*^

came from ^I Cbing, and sent word to the ^p Tsln comntry, say-
ing : The Ching people have ordered me to take charge of the northern
gate ; if you send an overwhelming force thither, the country wiU be

yours'. The duke 7^ Mdh enquired of j^ /BC Keen -shdh, what
he should do ? Keen-shdh dissuaded him from listening to the sug-
gestion, but the du^e disregarded his advice ; and sent "pfc Xffi
M&ng-mtng, "^ ^ Yew-k'helh and |^ 21 P^^-yth, to attack
the Ching country. |^ Scang, the duke of "^ Tafn, led out his

troops, and defeated the ^^ Tstn army in ^3^ Heaou, making
prisoners of its three generals. Tlie duke of Tsln then regretted the
step he had taken, and delivered an oath to his ministers ; which the
historians have recorded in the present section. The ancient and
mordern texts both have it.

f To give him an opportunity of retrieving what he had lost.

THE OATH AT t'hAE. 327

^H Regarding "j^ ^ old and experienced ^ J^
councillors, §l] Q we complain ^ that they do not
^ comply with ^ our }^ wish ; f^^ whilst ^ 'j^
our more modern ^ \ advisers, ^ because they

f\\

But al-

readily comply with our inclinations,

are brousfht into close connection with us.

though m these ^ should signify ^ their assent to

the measure we adopt, JpJ let us still g^ f^

consult ^ those ^ ^ yellow-haired old men, pj| and

then ^ there will be no ]^ fS mistake.

## :^ i That good old officer, j^ ^ although
his strength ^ ^ be exhausted, ^ I would fi^ still
prefer ^ i^ to have him ; ^ ^fe ^ ^ while yonder
bold aijd vigorous yeomen, though they c:\n J|^ perforna
archery ^ and horsemanship ^ without ^ deviating
from the rules, ^ I fi^ ^ ^ do not desiie. f^
But 1^ ^ those who interrupt ^ goodness |§ "^ by
their contentious wrangling, ^ and cause ^ ^ vir-
tuous men J^ to swerve from ^ their principles, ^ I
^ have already ^ ^ ^ too many of them.*

8|C ^ ^ iS 7^ Deeply reflecting on these matters,
]j^tj should ^ there be — only one ^ £ minister ^
B[^ who is single-hearted, ^ without f[^ other g^
qualification, ^ and whose j^ mind ^ i|C ^ is up-
right and hoqest, ^ ^f| who could display Ip^ ^ for-
bearance, and seeing A ^^ others ^ possess ^ ta-
lents, could feel ^ as though "Q he himself ^ pos-
sessed jj^ them ; or if A )^ others (attained to) ^
^ thorough intelligence, ^|£S could in his mind ]j^
love J^^ them, ^ '^ j(B Q ^ j^ greater than
that which his mouth could express ; ;^ this (man) ||^
might be ^ ;:^ employed J^ to jjjj protect ^my -^
sons ^ and grandsons ^ with my black-headed ^

^ The good old officer refers to Keen-sbilh : the bold yeomen to
iht three generaU'} and the contentious wrangler is Ke-tsE^.

328 Trfft OATH At f'HAfi.

people*, ^ and ^ to superintencf^^*!) ^ ihig inteMtts
(iof the country.)

But when \ ;^ other n^n ^ possess ;^ ttAeatt^
j^ to envy £Jt^ *^* h*^ :2l them ; \, ;^ whett
other mea attoin ^ ^ to thorough ioteUigedce, fjff
iS lO ^^ oppose ffi ^ ^ and prevent their advancre-'
ment ; ^ such a man ^ ^^. could not be !^ c^m*-
p|<^ed^ ^^ ^^ and coaid not ^ protect ^ my ^
sons ^ and grandsons, together vnth ^ my black-
headed ^ people;^! should alto^ say, ^ ^
how dangerous would be be t

^ )^ ^ 1% 1 he disturbances of a* country ^ fl\5
bef aacribed ^ to -^ one J^ man, and ^ ^1
the glorious: tranquillity of a state, jllp f^ •"* A
also depen<^*0]i the felicitous conduct of a single^ imfi-
vidual.

EXTRACT FROM THE
MIRROR OF CHINESE HISTORY,

BEGINNING U^ITH THE BEIGN OF YJ.OU*

ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE FACTS RELATED IN THK

0MOO-KING.

THE EMPEROR YAOU, DESIGNATED TAOU-t'hANG.

Outline of History. ^ ^ The 41st year of the
5th cycle, (B. CJ. 2,356,) was the first year of the
Emperor ^ T'hang, otherwise called ^ Yaou, who
from the marquisate of >^ T'hang ascended the impe-
rial throne, at ^ ^ PiRg-yang, and who ruled with
energetic virtue.

Detail of history. The Emperor's surname was ^F ^^
£.ke, and his name ^5C ^l/Fanj-heun ; he was the son of |^ SJ?
Kapu-sin, or the Emperor i^ Kuh \ the yonn<:?er brother ol'tke Em-
peror ^^ Ch^ ; and the great grandson of ^T SS Heen-yuen, or ^^
^^ tl «5 yellow Erappror.f Yaou's mother was a daughter of ^^

^^ Cliin-fung, called ]^ ^(5 K'ing-too, who having become the
wife of K.\ou-sin, was atfecied by the felicitious influence of a red

dragon, and after 14 month's conception, bore Yaou, at jj ^§
Tau-ling. He was brought up in his mother's family, in the country

of the marquis of ^F E, after which he removed to "^ Ke ; on
this account he was denominated E-ke. At_ 1 3 yciirs of age, he

assisted the Emperor ^^ Ch^, and having become established, he re'

♦ A. D. 1803, closed the 74th Cidnese cycle of 60 years ; the
commencement of which must be placed at B. C. 2637. Yaou's
reign commenced in the 4l8t year of the 5th cycle, which must
therefore correspond with B. C. 2,356.

t The yellow Emperor was the iaventor of the cycle.

Qq

330 THE EMPenOR \'aou.

ceiTed an appolnlmcnt to the gOTernment of nS 'I'*^^** Atbii 15Ui

jear he wa« again appointed to ^ Tblbg^f as the marquia of that
place ; from which cause he was deauminated Taou-t'h^ng. The
Emperor Ch^ was nine years on the throne, but beiuir disliked and
rejected, both by gods and men, the barons elevated Yaou to the im-
perial dignity, who at the age of 16 ascended the throne, at Plnir-
y&ng.| His rule was characterized by vigour, and he estahlished

j^ Yin (the ilth month) to be the beginning of the year.

Outline. The Emperor ordered ^ He and ^ Hd
to draw up the calendar, and to construct a representa-
tion of the heavens, in order to assign the proper times
for the labours of the people.

Outline. In the ^ q 42t]d year of the 5th cycle,
the 2nd of Yaou*s reign, he ordered He and Hd to
arrange the laws for the intercalary month ; to fix the
four seasons, and to complete the year.

Outline. In the )j|J ^ 45th. year of the 5lh cycK
and the 5th of Taou*s reign, the southern barbarians
from ^ ^ Yu^-shang (Canton) came to court, and
presented a great tortoise.

Detail. The southern barbarians fl'om TuS-^hang (Canton), with
double interpreters, came to court, presenting a divine tortoise, which
in the course of a thousand years had attained to a size of upwards of
three feet in diameter ; on its back were characters, in the tadpole
style, conveying a record of what had happened since the beginning •£
the world ; Yaou ordered thera to make a note of it^ aud denomina*
ted it th<> calendar tortoise. la Yaoti*s palace there grew an herfey

called ^^ T^ Ming-kSe, which from the first to the fifleentb day ef
erery moon produced a fresh leaf, and from the 15th to the dose daily
let fall a leaf. If there was a little superfluity, the leaf was pressed
down but did not fall. As thetefore the moon's age could ha ascer*
tained by looking at the plant, it was called the almanack plant.

Outline, Ir |^ J^ the 47th year of the 5th cycle^

and the 7th of Yai)U*s reiofn, the unicorns rambled im

^ »■ ■ ■■■ '-.i.wi-i ■ ^

♦ The modem ^ ||3 Ting-ta6u district, of ^ ni Yen-chow

county, in the province of )X\ ^^ Shan-tung^ Lat. 35. & N.
Long. 0. 35. W. of Pekin?.

f The modern district of ^^ T'h&ne. in tlie county of ^( ^

Pa&u.tlng, in the province of sSi ^Chlh-te, Lat. 38. 42. N.
Long. 1. 28. W.
} In Shan-se, Lat. 36. 0. N. Long. 4. 55. W.

THE EMPEROR. YAPIL ^^jL

the suburbs and forests, while the phoenixes nestled in
the banks and galleries.

Outline. In the ^ |^ 52nd year of the 5th cycle,
and the 12th of Yaou's reign; the Emperor weiit on a
tour of inspection to the rei^ons and hills.

Outline. In the 55 Q 30th year of the 6th cycle'
and the 50th of Yaou's reig'n, the Emperor rambled
through the cross- ways and diverging roads, to inspect
the iS Uwa mountain.

Detail. The Emperor having ruled over the empire fifty years,
rambled through the high ways and bye ways, when the boys sang a
ballad, saying, ^^ He who has estabiiBwed the multitude of us people is
Done other than your Eminence ; we know and understand nothing,
but to obey tlte Eiupt^ror s laws*'* There were some old men, however,
who smote the clods, and sang along the roads, Maying, ** At sUniis^
we engage in labour, and at sun-8et we rest ; we dig our own well*
and drink, we plough our own fields and eat ; what does the Emperor *s
strength avail us.** He thon made the inspection of the Uwa moun*
tain, when the warden of HwafeliciUted him, saying, ** May the august
individual become rich, enjoy longevity, and have many soijS." The
Emperor said, *^ I had rather he excused : he who has many sons has
many iears ; he who is rich has a load of anxieties, and longevity is
frequently attended with much disgrace." The warden said, ** When
Heaven produces people, it always affords them employment, thus
should you have ever so many sous, if you will give them something
to do, what need you fear. JBe rich, and divide your wealth among
otheis ; then what anxiety will you have. Should the empire possess
the right way, you may prosper with the rest ; but should the world
be wicked, yoU have only to cultivate virtue, and retire into obscurity;
then when life is done, disgusted with mankind, you depart and join
the genii ; and whilst you ascend yonder bright cloud, and mount to
the regions of the Supreme, where will be the disgrace ?"

Outline. In the |^0P 40th year of the 6th cycle,
and the 60th of Yaou's reign, J^ ^ Yu-simn was ce-
lebrated for hL> filial piety.

Detail. Shun*s mother being dead, his father ^ ^H Kob*80W

married again, and begat^^^ Seiing ; Se4ng was proud, and Ko^^
sow was partial to the son of his second marriage, tirying every now
and then to &ill Shun ; Shdn avoided the dan^^er, but for every
trifiing fault he ^vas severely punished. He was, however, obedient
and tninquil, and did not fail in his filial duties. Ele was respectful
to his parents, and kind to his younger brother ; being every day
serious and careful : so that at 20 years of age, he l^ecame celebrated

for his filial pie^. When he ploughed the ground at the ^ L^Qi

tiS2 TUK EMPcmoft TAdr.

Biotintain,* the people of thai place all yielded their landmarks fo

cauh other. WTien he fished in the ^^ Liiy lake.f the iDhabitaiita
mutually rp«irned their dwelling*. When he became a potter on the
bankji of the Yellow Biver, J the Te««eU formed in that r^on were

neither rough nor porous ; he also made Tarioivi implementa at the -f^

Show hi II, J aiid frequently resided at ^ ^^ Foo-hea ;ii but wher-
ever he diielt a year, the people formed a gatlteriog ; if he stayed two
years, they built a city ; and if three, a capital.

Outline. In the ^0^ 4 1st year of the Cth cycle,
and the Gist of Yaou s rei^n, (B. C. 2,195,) the inun-
dations occasioned distress ; when the Emperor, having
first consulted PQ ^ the President of the Princes, ele-
vated |§^ K^5n to oflBice, and appointing him the
Superintendent of Public Works, ordered him to regu-
late the affcilr.

Outline. In the ^ ^ 49th year of the 6th cycle,
and the 69th of Yaou's reign, KwSn failed in his at-
tempt to regulate the waters.

Outline. The next year, the Emperor summoned
^ ^ Yfl-shun, and elevated him to office, having giv-
en him his two daughters in marriage.

Detail. Yaou's son 'j^ VJ^ Tan-choo, was a degenerate child,
on which account the £in^eror sought for a virtuous person to succeed
to his tliron*?. He enquired of the Lord President : when the Presi-
dent said, There is the solitary individual, Y(i-Shun, the son of Kow-
tow : his father is stupid, his mother insincere, and his younger
hrather pnrid ; nevertheless Shiiu has harmonized his family by the
pri.i';;;)l*'S of ttiial piety, and prevented them from b:Comiiig outraije-
')m;y wicked. T le Em^ieror said, I will try him ! when he sum-
tvf iii .'lim to the |)iiblic servit;e, conferred on him an office, and gave
.r<» t»vo d^a^litejs i.i mirr*age to Siiuu.

Outline. The Emperor tried Shiin in business.

Detail. Ya6u, bein^ a!)o.jt to resign his throne to Shun, first
triod him in the management of business, in order to ascertain his ta-
lents and virtue; when he ordered him carefully to set forth tiie five
ooostant laws, and the five constant laws weie obeyed, tie gave him
a hundred calculations, and the hundred calculations were uniformly
arranged. He set him to receive guests at the four gates of the pa-

♦ Lat, 35. 25. N. Long. 4. 35. W.
t Lat. 36. 15. N. Long. 5. 25. W.
J Lat. 3(5. 36. N. Long. 0. 48. W.
g Lat. 36. Long. 0.

Lat. 37. 3. N. Long. 0. 15. W.

THE EMPEROn YAOIT. 333

lace, and r11 in the four gates became thoroughly harmonious. He
employed him at the foot of the great mountJiin, (to inspect the mar-
shes and dry land) amid violent winds, thunders, and rain, and he
made no mistake.

Outline. Shtin employed the sixteen |^ heailsT of
houses.

Detail, }^ J^ Kaou-yUng had eight talented sons, who were

celebrated throughout the empire, as the eight joyful ones ; |§j ^p
Kaou-sin also had eight clever children, who ^ere famous in ail tue
world as cniefs. The age acknowledg^id their excellence, arid
did net allow their names to fill into disrepute, Shun ordered the
eight former to superintend the land, and manage the various affairs,
while he directed the eight latter to diffuse instruction in all quarter s.

Outline. ^ *^ Cycle VI. 5 1st year, being the
7 1st of Yaou, ShuQ banished the four wicked persons.

Detail. The Emperor f^ Hung had a degenerate son, called
]/l^ HwSn-tun ; ^ ^^ Shabu-haou had an unfilial child,
called 1^ T^ Keung-ke ; ^ J^ Chnen-hilh, had a wicked off-
spring called f^ >pL Taou-wuh ; and ^f| -^ Tsin-yun had a per-
verse child called -^ -^ Taou-t*bl*^, who were denominated the
four wicked ones in the empire ; all of these were banished tc the
four distant regions.

Outline. 21 ^I^ <^ycle VI. Anno 52 ; Yaou's reign
72 ; Shun ordered ^ Yu to level the land and drain
the waters ; ^ Yih superintended the burning of the
forests ; ^ K'he instructed the people in sowing the
seed ; while ^ SeS became the minister of instruction,
to diffuse the live precepts.

Outline. f^M ^' ^^^- ^' 53. Yaou 73; on the
first month of spring Ya6u presented Shiin to the notice
of Heaven, and ^hua received the giving over of Ya6u*s
administration in the temple of his accomplished an-
cestor.

Outline. B ^ C. VI. A. 56. Yaou 76 : the five
pHnishments were adjusted.

Outline. ^ np C. VI. A. 57. Ya6u 77, the great
tune was invented.

Outline. ^ ^ C. \I. A. 58. Ya6u 78, Shun

334 THE BMPRROH YiU>U.

perambulated the yarious regions and mountains. A
divine tortoise bearing an inscription came up out of
the river f^ L6.

OuiliMe ^-^ C. VI. A. 60. Yadu 80, ^ Yft,
having completed his work in regulating the waters,
proceeded to settle the nine provinces, and to arrange
the tribute ; when holding a black gem, he entered in*
to the imperial presence, and announced the complex
tion of his undertaking.

Outline. ^ ^ C. Vll. A. 1. Ya6u 81, the
twelve provinces were first arranged, and twelve hills
appointed as the guardians of the same, while the chan-
nels of the rivers were deepened.

Outline, ^^C. Vll. An. 20. Ya6u 100; the

Emperor died at the city of ^ Y4 ig.*

Detail. The Emperor, in bi^ capacity of soTereigo, was as bene*
Tolent as Ht^aven, and as wise as the gods ; approaching him he ap-
peared like the sun, and at a distance his form resembled the bright
clouds. He was rich without pride, and noble without seV-induIgence.
He Wore a yellow cap and sombre clothes, while he rode in a red
chariot dr iwn by white h irses ; the eaves of his thatch were not cut
even; his rafters were rough, and unplaned ; the ends of his beams
were de:'titute of cro^s pieces ; the great road chariot (in which he sa*
er'ficed to Heaven) was not painted, nor his straw mat ornamented
with a border ; his principal dish of soup \yas not nicely c«)m;iounded,
ner was the grain he ate carefully clean<«ea ; his broth was made of
pulse, and he ate out of a clay-dish, and drank with an earthen «poon;
be was not adorned with gold, silver, petirl or precious stones, nor
did he display embroidery and variegated silks ; he regarded not
strange and extraordinary things, nor valued rarities and curiosities :
be would not listen to lascivious airs, nor would he white-wash the
walls and apartments of his palace ; he covered his t>ersoH with doth
irarmenta, and guarded i^inst the cold by wearing deer-skins ; while
he never changed his clothes and shoes, until they were entirely worn
out.

Outline. ^ "^ Cycle Vll. An. 22. Yadu 102;
Shun avoided ttie son of Yadu, and went to dwell on
the south of the Yellow Biver ; hut the people of the
empire, instead of following- Yaou's son, followed bhiin;
thus Sb^a ascended the imperial throne.

• The modern S^ Ubig-iuiig, (I«at. 34. M. N. Long. 3.

•21 W.)

THE BMFBRON 9HU!f. 333

THB BMPEROR ^ SHUN, DESIGNATED^ ^ YBW-YU.

Outline, m ^ Cycle VII. An. 23. (B. C. 2,254),
the 6r8t year of tlie Emperor Shun ; on the first month,
knd the first day, the Emperor visited the temple of his
accomplished predecessor, and ascended the imperial
throne, at^ \ijS Poo-pan, while his reign was charac-
terized by btivbUity. ♦

Detail, The Emperor's somanie w wb 3Bj^ Tadti, his fratte ^^^p
Chung-bwa, and be was the son of Ko&-sow ; the Einperor Yaou elo-
vated and employed him, after which he conferred on him the impe* ^
rial dignity. He was associated in the government 28 years, and af-
ter Ya6u was deiid and buried, he first ascended the throne, as sole
ruler, at POcpan. \

Outline. He inspected the pearl-adorned sphere,
and the gem-constructed tube, in order to ascertain the
motion and position of the sun, mouTi, and five planets.

Outline. He appointed the nine officers^

Detail -^ Y& was the diief engineer, ||| K*h^ was the diri'c.
tor of agriculture, ^^ S§$ was the minister of pnblic instruction, ^|
P^ Kaoa.yaoa was appointed criminal judge, ^g Shwuy was the
superintendent of works^ jQe ^^ ^u the warden of the marshes^
^ 9^ P^-^ '''^ ^^ master of ceremonies, ^ ^ U6w.kwei was

the chief muffieian, and ^J ^^"9 receiyed and carried out the prince's
commands ; the(>e were the nine officers.

Outline. ^ Choc (the son of Yadu) was appointed
to the i^ovemorship of ^ Tan, in ordei to keep up the
sacrifices due X6 his ancestors.

Outline. 1 he Emperor paid homage to his father

J|||^ ^ K06-BOW, and appointed his younger brother ^
beang to ^ )i^ Ye \-pe territory.

OmUne. ^ Yil, j^ |^ Kaou-yaou, j^ Yth, and f^

Tselb, assisted the Emperor with their counselsw:^

— ■ ^-. .., -■■ ..

* The reigns of the Tsrious Emperors are said to be ctiaracterised'
by tke Tarious dements, which perfiaiis has shtoe referedcs to their
ancient philosophy. Shun is said to have reigned by the Miflaence of
earth, which we have denominated stability.

tTbe modem iffl /n Poo-chew; Lat 36. 15. N< Long.
5. 24 W. ^

X See the Sboo«king.

336 THE EMPEROR SHUN.

Outline. TJ^e Emperor went on a toiir of inspection
to the four mountains and the eight earldoms.

Outline. "J" ^ Cycle VI 1. An 24. the second
year of Shun's reign, the Emperor sought for men of
talent, and willingly received reproofs, for which pur-
pose he set up the " complaint board."

Detail. The Emperor encouraged the expression of public opi-
nion, and sought fur men of talent, to aid him in his government ; he
was willing to receive reproofs in order to be made acquainted with
his raistikes, and set up a board, on which neople might state their
complaints, that all his subjects might expose his faults; while he ap.
pointed a drum for those who dared to animadvert on his measures,
so that every cue had an opportunity of expressing his opinion.

Outline. The Emperor constructed a five stringed-
lyre.

Detail . The Emperor played on a five stringed lyre, and sang
the ode of the southern breeze, saying,

" The southern sephyrs sweetly blow.
To ease my people's grief;
The southern winds how op})ortun&
To bring my son's rLlief. "

Outline, ^^ Cy. VII. An 25. Shun 3. The
Emperor enquired into the people's merits.

Outline. J^I^Cv. VU. An. 27. Shun 5. The
Emperor composed the music of ^TjJ ^ Seaou-shaou,
in nine cantos ; which induced the divine birds to sport

and plt^y. The Emperor then ordered ^ Kwei, the
chief musician, to make a harp of twenty-three strings.
Kwei composed the tune of the nine invitations, the
six ranks, and the six heroes, in order to set forth the
imperial virtue. After which he adjusted the six notes
of music, harmonized the five sounds, and gave free

passage to the eight winds. |^ ^ Chung-le wished
to make enquiry efter more men of this stamp, when
the Emperor said, '' one Kwei is enough."

Outline. ^4^ cy VII. An. 31, Shun 9. at the
third triennial examination, the Emperor elevated and
degraded men, according to their talentb or dullness.

Outline. 1^ ^ Cy. VII. An. 36. Shun 14. The
Emperor made an ode.

THE EMPEROR SHUN. 337

Detail, At that time the itors indicative of fair weather appeared,
the congratulatory clouds arose, when the tarious workmen harmo>
nized and sung^ in which the £mperor joined, saying,

** The blissful clouds, how bright they shine,
The sacred rites how slow !
The sun and moon their light combine.
And growing splendour$ show."

The eight lords then advanced, and prostrating themselves, replied,

^^ The lofty skies are clear and bright.
The stars their praises bring,
The sun and moon combine their light.
To magnify our king. "

Outline. X B Cycle VII. Anno 54. Shiin 32.
71x6 Emperpr commanded Yii to take a share in the
government, ^a.nd to head the host ofoSLcers.

Outline. )^-^Cy, VII. An. 55. Shiin 33. Ear-
ly in the m<»miag, on the first day, of the firsit month

of spring, -^ Yii received Ihe imperial conuna^ds jin the
temple ^ the divine ancestor (YaoM)« and led on the
^arioujB.o£SlceE6, as ^t the con;^mencemexrf of the Empe-
ror Shtin'a jreigi^.

Outline. The Emperor commanded ^ Yii to ar-
range the great laws and the nine classes ; dlso to re-
new the division of the empire into nine provinces.

OutUne. im* Cy. VIL An. 57. Shun 35. The
Emperor commanded Yil to attack the people of Meaou.

Deiail. At that tune the inhabitants of S§ Meaou were disobedient
to the laws, when the Emperor ordered Yito go and chastise them ;
jifler thirty 4fty8 the Meaou-ites ag^in rebelled, and Y^ marched back
liis troops as useless. The Emperor, however, widely diflfused a-
broad the principles of accomplished virtue, flourishing the staves and
i^^th^rs on the two stah-cases of the court, when in 70 days the
JMf aoooites came to submit.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. VIII. An. 10. Shiin 48.
Tlie Emperor went southward on a visit of inspection,
and died in the desert of ^ :|^ Tsang-woo.*

Outline. Zl^ Cy. VJll. An. 12. ShiinSO. ^
Yti avoided the son of Shun, and dwelt at the city of
^ Yang ; the people of Ihe Empire, however, did not
revert to the son of Shun, but reverted to Yii.

At i^i ^ Ning.yuSn, Lat. 25. 40. N. Long. 4. 45. W-

Rr

338

THE HEA DYNASTY.

THE GREAT YU.

Outline. ^ ^ Cycle. VIII. Anno 13. B. C.
2,204. The first year of YA, the sovereign of Hea ;
in the first month of spring, Yt ascended the throne at
^ Han ; * his reign was distinguished by firmness, f
Ue adopted the same month for the commencement of
the year, and altered the denomination of the year fix>m
^ tsae^ a sidereal, to j^ Suy^ a solar year.

Detail. The Emperor^s surname was ^}J^ Sze, and his name 3C

^ WS.n-m{ng ; he was the son of |^ Kw&n, the earl of ^^ Tsung,

and the great grandson of ^cf ^S Heen-yuen, the Yellow Emperor*

His mother was a daughter of ^^ ^p Ydw-sin, and her name was

i^ Cl Sew-kS. Yii was nine cubits and two inches high. X The
Emperor Shdn exalted Yu. and directed him to succeed to his father's
employments ; in canTlng out the duties of which he was eight years
from home ; by land he travelled in a carriage, by water in a boat»
over mudflats in broad- bottomed shoes, like sieves ; and in crossing
mountains he had spikes under his soles, to prevent his slipping ; thus
he opened out the nine provinces, rendered passable the nine public
roads, embanked the nine marshes, and measured off the nine hills.
After this he received the government fiom the Emperor Shiin, and
ascended the throne at Gan-ylh, in the Han country. Of colours he
preferred black, for sacrificial animals he chose those of a sombre hue,
and had standards of a darkened kind.

Outline. The Emperor went on a tour of inspec-

tioD, and assembled the princes of the Empire at j^ifi
oo-san.

Detail, Yu went to inspect the south, and assembled the princes
at To6-san ; § ^ hen those who came bringing gems and silks as pre-

♦ The modern ^ ]^ Gan-yth, Lat. 35. 5. W. Long. 5. 30.^W.
f The original has it, ** he reigned by the virtue of metal."
X The cubit of the Hed dynasty was 10 inches, each of which was
the length of ten g^ins of millet.

§ The modern ^ ^ Fung.yang, Lat. 32. 55. N. Long. 1. 2.
East

THE HEA DYNASTY. 339

cents amounted to a myriad states. * Previous to this Yu had mar-
ried the daughter of the chief of Too-san, called f^ Keaou, who

bore him a son named ^P K'hS. For four days, K'h^ sobbed a-
loud, but Yii disregarded his cries, and only thought of the work of
levelling the land.

Outline. The Emperor composed the music of the
Hed dynasty, and established flags as the distinction
of rank.

Detail. Yii commanded ^^ |^ Kaou.yaou to compose an ode,
in nine cantos, to celebrate the completion of his undertaking. For-
merly 5? Tirthe Yellow Emperor invented carriages, ^Jj ^^

Shaou-haou yoked in oxen, and ^^ vp Ke-chung added horses ; Yft
therefore, ordered Ke-chung to be the master of the chariots ; he
also appointed feathered standards, flags painted with bears and
tigers, pendants and banners adorned with serpents and tortoises, to
distinguished high and low ranks. He also suspended bells, drums,
musical stones, rattles, and tambours, for the service of the scholars
who came from all quarters ; saying, He who wishes to guide me ia
the right way, may beat the drum ; he who can instruct me in recti-
tude may ring the bell ; he who has any business to inform me of,
may spring the rattle ; those who have any complaint to make, may
strike the musical stones ; while those who have a cause te try, may
shake the tambour. The Emperor moreover said, I am not so much
afraid lest the scholars throughout the empire should be left in the
roads, as I am afraid lest they pass by my door. At a single meal,
Y^ has been known to rise up ten times, and during one batib, thrice
to tie up his hair, (in order that he might attend to complaints), and
thus encourage the people of the empire. In former ages people had
manufactured sweet wine and fermented mare's milk; in the time of

Y\ €S nfC ^-te^ invented intoxicating liquor ; Yu drank thereof
and found it pleasant ; but he removed E-telh to a distance, and de-
nounced strong drink, saying, In after ages, some will by means of
virine ruin their country. At that time Heaven rained down metal-
lic dust for three days, f

Outline. TSLCy. VIII. An. 14. Y6 2. ^ RQ
Kaou-yaou died. The Emperor introduced Yih to the
notice of Heaven. J

Outline, a ^n .^y- VIII. An. 16. Yik 4. The
Empeior cast nine tripods.

* A large definite number is here put for an indefinite one.
f This was probably a shower of ashes from some volcano, called ou
account of the shining particles it contained metallic dust.
J That is, made him prime minister.

340 THE HEA DTKAiBtTT.

Detail. Yu receiyed the metal broagfit by the nine mTen of
provirices, and cast therewith nine tripods, oo which were reptfestot**
ed the nine divisions of the empire.

Outline. H ]|g Cy. Vlll. Ap. 17. YA 5. The

Emperor went on a tour of inspection.

Detail, Til, on going abroad, observed a criraoMd, when he alight*
ed from his carriage, enquired into his ease, and wept over him. His
attendants said. Why does your Majesty pity a criminal, who hns acted
contrary to right principles, ? Y^ said, " The subjects of Taou and
Shvtn idl embodied the feelings of Yaou amd Shiki, but since I be-
came sovereign, all the people follow their own inclinations ; it is
therefore that I am sorry." Yu t^ien coined money of the gold ob-
tained from the |@ Lelh hill, to redeem the children of those people
who had been compelled to sell them for want of food. When Y&
was crossing the Yang-tszS-keang, a yellow dragon lifted up the
boat on its back ; the boatmen were alarmed, but Yii glancing at
Heaven, sighed, saying. Having received the decree of Heaven to
^le the empire, I have exerted my utmost strength to encourage the
people ; while livine, that is my dependance, and dying that is my
home; why should I be concerned about a dragon t He thus cared
no more for th*? dragon then if it had been an iguana. In an instant
siflerwards the dragon bowed his head, put down lus tail, and disap-
peared.

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. Vlll. An. 20. Yii. 8. The
Emperor continued his tour to the south of the Yftng-
tsze keang, where he assembled the princes of the em-
pire, and put ^ ]^ Fang-fung to death. After' whieh
the Emperor died at >^ ^ Kwae-ylh.

DetaiL When Yu arrived at 3^ j^ Ta.yu«,» and ascended

the ^^ Maou hill, he called a general convocation, to ennoble the
virtuous, and promote the meritorious, hence he changed the name
of Maou hill, into that of Kwae-ke, the mount of General Assembly.
Thus Yu inspected the region south of the Y&ng-tszd-keang, and
assembled his officers at the General Assemby hill. Fang-fang
cftm^ late, wherefore Yiji slew him and cut him in pieces. After this
Yi!^ died at Kwae-ke, and was buried there.

* This is the modern j^ j^ Shaou-hing, in Ch«.keang, L«t. SO.
6. N. Long. 4. 5. E.

tHfi HEA DYI^ASTY. 34l

THfi l|^ EMPEROR ^k'HE.

Outline. ^^ Cy, VI 1 1. An. 21. B. C. 2,196.
This "Was the first year of K'h6, the sovereign of the
Hea dynasty ; when the princes of the empire adran*
eed the heir-apparent to the imperial throne.

Outline. Zl "pf Cyc. VI 11. An. 22. K'he2. Th^
<^arl ^ Yih gave np the government and retired to
his country, when the Emperor personally assumed
the reins of government, and gave a grand entertain^-
Tic^ent to the princes of the empire.

DetaU. The earl YYh, gave up charge of. the government, and
retired to his own dominion on the south of the ^£ Ke hill. When

K*he assumed the reins of authority, and went to yy^ ^g Kln-ta^,f
where he entert ained the princes of the empire.

Outline. g^^Cy. Vlll. An. 23. KTie 3. The

people of 7^^ T^w-hoo fought a great battle at '^
Kan.

DitaU. At that time the people of Yew-hoo4 departed from the
right waj, treating contemptuously the five elements, and neglecting
the three periods for commencing the year. When K*he summoned
the six legions to attack them, and a great battle was fought at Kan.§
The imperial troops being unsuccessful, the officers of the sit legions
wished to renew the attack, when K*he said^ Our present want of
nuccesss is in consequence of my deficiency in virtue, and the failure
of my instructions. Thereupon he ordered his troops to return to the
capital, where he discontinued the parade of harps and guitars, and
the striking of bells and drums ; while he did not make use of his
usual mats, nor feast on his ordinary viands ; moreover, he treated
his relations and elders with suitable affection and respect, honouring

the virtuous and employing the capable, while he ^^ |^ set aside
the gods ; in the course of a month the people of Yiw-hok> submitted,
«ad were exterminated.

Outline. 2£]gCy. Vlll. An. 29. E'he 9. The
Emperor died, and was succeeded t)y his son T'hae-
kang.

• The modern ^ ^. Tang-fung, in Ho-nan. Lat. 34 28 Sf.
I^ong. 3. 24. W.

tThe modern!^ ^ K'hae-fung, in Ho-nan. Lat. 37. 47. N.
Long. 1. 26. w.

} The modem ^ Yew district, in ^ ^ ?e.gan county, in the
province of Shen-se, Lat. 34. 5. N. Long. 6. 50. W.
5 The southern suburbs of Yew-hoo.

s42 the hea dymasty.

^ ^ t'uae-k'hanq.

Ouiline. 5^B Cyc. Vlll. Aiu 30. B. C. 2,187.
The first year of T'hae-k'hang. The Emperor bur-
thened the throne (without fulfilling the duties of his
office,) and did not cultivate the principles of govem-
ment adopted by the former kings.

Outline. S^S^^ Cyc. Vlll. An. 48. Thae-k'hang
19. The Emperor went on a hunting expedition to
the south of the river ^ L6, when ^ E opposed
him at the Yellow River, and the five imperial brothers,
escorting their mother, followed after the Emperor, who
then fixed his capital at |^ ^ Tang-hea.

Detail, T'hae-k'bang went a banting to the south of the Lo

river, for a hundred days without returning ; when ^^ E, the prince

of ^ 37 YSw-keung, because the people could endure it no longer,
opposed him at the Yellow River, on which account he could not
return to his capital. His five younger brethren, escorting their
mother, went after him, and waited for bim on the north side of the
L6 river. All his brethren were cQspleased, and quoted the cautions

of the great -j^ Yii, in an ode which they composed. T*hae.k'hang
having lost his country and being prevented from returning, establish-
ed himself at Yang-hed.'i'

Outline. 5^^ Cyc. Vlll. An. 58. T'hae-k'hang
29. The Emperor died at Y4ng-hea, when the prince
E established T'hae-k*hang's younger brother
Chung-k'hang.

^i ]^ chung-k'hang.

Outline. ^^CycVlll. An. 59. 8.0.2,158.
The first year of uhung-k'hang. The Emperor order-
ed the Earl of j^ Yin to take command of the six le-
gions. During the autumn, in the 9th month, on the
first day of the moon, the conjunction of the sun and
moon, contrary to anticipation, occurred in Scorpio.-]-

Outline. ^^ Cy. Vlll. An. 60. Chung-k'hang

* The modean /JC PK T*hae-k'hang district, in Ho-n&n, Lat.
34. 5. N. Long. 1. 28. W.

f This alludes to an eclipse which was not foretold hy the astrono-
mers.

tHK HEA DYNASTY. 34^

2. The Emperor ordered the earl of Yin to attack the
countries of ^ He and ^ Ho*.

Detail, At that time He and Ho (the imperial astronomers) were
given up to intemperance, J and had entirely neglected the duties of
their office, so that even the important event of an eclipse, was by them
unascertained : hence the Emperor ordered the earl of Yin to go and
attack them.

Outline. ^^ Cyc. IX, An. 11. Chung-k'hang
13. The Emperor died, and his son Seang succeeded.

THE ^ CMPEROR '^ SEANGi

Outline. ^^Cyc. IX. An. 12. B. C. 2,145.
The fisrt year of the Emperor Seang. The capital
was removed to ^ ^ Shang-k'hew.

DetaU. At that time the authority of the state had passed into the

hands of prince ^^ £ ; when ^fq Seang haying heen driven away
by £, fixed his residence at Shang-k'hew ; where he relied on the

aid of his clansmen ^^ ^g Chin-keuen and ^* ^$ Chin-tsin.

Outline. 3^ ^ Cyc. IX. An. 19. Seang 8. ^
% Han-tsiih slew ^ E.

Detail. £, the prince of Yi w-ke&ng, availing himself of the aid
of the He& people, superseded the government of He& ; but depend-
ing en his own skUl in archery, he did not attend to the welfare of the
community, and gave himself up to the chace : he rejected various
faithful ministers, and employed H&n-tsiih, who made use of flat-
teries within, and lavished bribes without, gratifying £ by hunting,
until all, both at home and abroad, revolted from his authority. One
day, when £ was returning from hunting, his domestics killed and
boiled him. £ had usurped tbe government, and established himself
in power altogether about eight years ; until Tsiih slew him and
reigned in his stead, without changing the designation of Y^w-keunf

Tsiih, moreover, took possession of £*s concubines, and begat

Yaou and ^^ Ud.

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. IX. An. 39. Seang 28. Han-
tsuh killed the Emperor at Shang-k'hew.

Outline. Tsuh ordered ^ Yaou to exterminate ^
Chin-keuen, and W^ SlI Chin-tsin ; also to kill the

♦ He and Ho were the imperial astronomers in the days of Yaou
and Shun, after whose death the office seems to have been continued
in their families. «

844 I^HS BK^ DYNASTY.

Emperor fg Seang. The princeas jg Min, his Em-
press, was then pregnant, and escaping from ^ Tow,
fled to her father^s country, ut :^ {ff Yfewjbg.
Mei, an old nunister of the Hea dynasty, also escaped
to the countiy <^ ^ ^ Yewkik

^ ^ shaou-k'habg.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. IX. An. 40. B. C. 2,117. The
first year of Shaou-kTwmg. In this year ^ Min, the
relict of the £mpa-or Seang, bore ^ ^ Shaou-k'hang
at :# ^ Yew^ing. ♦

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. X. An. I. Shaou-k'hang 22.
Shaou-k'hang, of the Ueh dynasty, fled from Yew-jiag

to ^YA.

Detail. Sfaaou^k'bang was chief of the shepherds at ^j Jini^,

when 1^ Keaou (the son of Han-tsiih, the 4Morper,) ordered fgi^
Shdh (his minister) to seek after him i on which account he fled to

Yii, where he became the chief cook. The r^r of ^^^ lOJOttk

Szty gave him bis two daughters iq smirriags. From tbi# time

le was able to displajr his virtues, and multiply his schemes, .in or-

der to gather aix)uo4 him the crowds of the He4 pe^e, and to

encourage the old servants of the state.

Outline. 3J5 £ Cy. X. An. 18. was the 39th year
of Shaou-k'hang of the He4 dynasty. (S^ the note
below.)

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. X. An. 19. Shaou-k'hang 40.

Me, one of the old ministers of the Hea dynasty,

raised an army, attacked ||| y^^ Hdn^tsuh, and
slew him, when the young king ascended the imperial

throne. After this the king ordered *^ Keaou and ^
He to be slair, and the old practices (^ f tl to be reyiir-
ed. Thus the principles of the He& dynasty flourished
i^ain, and the princes of the empire all came to court.

Detail. Me, one of the old ministers of the H§& dynasty, fnm

^ Uan-tsQh usurped authority over the He& dynasty 39 years,
but- when Shaou-k'hang was bom, the historians, considering^ that the
dynasty was not yet extiuct, called this the first year of Shaou-k'hang.

THE HeA dynasty. Sm

the country of Yew-kth| collected together the remnants ef Chin-
kwan, and Chin-tain, in order to exterminate B&n-tsilh, and set up

Qha^u-k'hang ; be aho ordered >^3C Nyik-ga^, (one of the ter-

vanta of Shabit-k'hang,) to make an end of Keaou, at JB Kwo f

whilerhe direct^ ^B ^j* Ktrd-fihoo, (Sha^-k'hang's son,) to de€S*

t^oy ^^ He and J^ Ko ; thus ieU the etatl» ef Y^w-ke^ng. After
. this Shaou-k'hang returned la Ua old metropolis, and the principles
of the Hek dynasty were again revived, while the princes came to
court as usual.

Outline. ^ E. Cy. X An. 30. Sl»6u-k'hang 51.
The Emperor appointed his i^atural son, ^ |^ Woo^^fl,
to the government of ^ Tui^t in order to pay the ac-
customed honours to the grave of the former li.mg»

Deiaii. Sbabu-k'hapg* being a&aid lest the sacrifices at ^
^■^'s grave should be discontinued, appointed bis natural son to the
government of Yu^, and gave hkn the title of Wo6-yA, that thus htf

might sacrifice at the toB»b pf Yii, every spring «pd autumn, in ^ ^
Kwei-ke.

Outline. ^^ Cy. X. An. 40. Shadu-Vhang 61.
The Emperor died, and his son ^ jj^ Kwei-cho6, as-
eeteded the throne.

THB ^ BMPEROR :^ CHOO.

Outline. ]|| ^ Cv. X. An. 41. B- C. 2,056,
ires the first year of Cbo6.

Outline. ^ W Cy. X. An. 57. Chod 17. The
Smperer died, andwaB sueeeeded by his son Hwae.

THE ^ EMPEROn ^ HWAE,

Outline. ^ ^ Cv. X. An. 58. B. C. 2,039,
was the first ye&r of Hwae.

Outline. B^^j^Cy. XL An. 23. Hwae 26. The
Emperor died, and was succeeded by his son Mang.

THE J^ EMPEROR ^ MAJ?G,

OntUne. T ^ Cy. XI. An. 24. 5. G. 2,013,
W9» the first year of Mwgf

Outline. ^ j^ Cy. XL Ao. 4L M^og IS. The
Emperor died, and was succeeded by his soa S^.

Ss

346 THE HeA DYNASTY;

THS ^ EMPEROR ^ SEE.

Outline. QH Cy. XI. An. 42. B. C. 1,99?;
was the first year of Se^ ; when the Emperor gave
orders to the eastern and western foreigners.

Outline. M ^ Cy. XI- An. 57. Se6 16. The
Emperor died^ and was succeeded by his son Puh<
keang.

THE ^ EMPEROR "^ ^ PUH-KEAKG.

Outline. SjS ^ Cy. XL An. 58. B. C. 1,979,
was the first year of Puh-keang.

Outline. B^Cy. XII. An. 56. Puh-keang 59-
The Emperor died, and his younger brother Kedng,
established himself on the throne.

THE »f^ EMPEROR J^ KEUMG.

Outline. ^^ Cy. iCII. An. 57. B. C. 1,920,
was the first year of Eeiing.

Outline, m ^ Cy. XIII. in. 17. Keung 21. The
Emperor dieo, and was succeeded by his son Kin.

THE ^ EMPEROR ]^ KIN.

Outline. aJS E Cy. XIIL An. 18. B. C. 1,899, was
tKe first year of mn.

Outline. 2^5 SCy. XIIL An. 38, Kin 21. The

Emperor died, and K'hiing-ke^ the son of Puh-ke4ng,
was established on the throne.

THE ^ EMPEROR ^1^ k'hUNG-KEA.

Outline. 6Em ^y- XIII. An. 39. B. C. 1,878.
was the first year of Kli£kng-ke&.

Outline. ^ Jg Cy. XIII. An. 41. K'hing-ke&
3. The Emperor collected iron, and formed swords.

Outline. ^ jgCy. XIV. An. 5/ K'hiing.kea
27. 35 ^ Cho6-kwei, of the fQ Shang state, begat a
son, named ^ L^, (or ^ T'hang, the founder of the
Shang dynasty).

THE HEA DYNASTY. 347

Detail. ^ 5S Chob-kwei'B concubine, JtC W Foo-too, hav-
ing observed a while vapour piercing the moon, bore ^ T'hang.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XIV. An. 9. K'hfing-ke& 31.
The Emperor died, and his son Kaou ascended the
throne.

THE i^ EMPEROR ^ KAOU.

Outline/ ^ "if Cy. XIV. An. 10. B. C. 1,847,
was the first year of Kaou.

Outline. ^ Tfe Cy. XIV. An. 2©. Kaou 11. The
Emperor died, and his son FJl ascended the throne.

THE ^ EMPEROR ^ FA.

OutUne. ^. ^ Cy. XlV. An. 21. Fa 1. B. C. 1836.

The diflferent kinds of foreigners, came to visit at the
Emperor s gate.

Outline. atH Cy. XIV. Ar. 39. Fi 19. The
Emperor died, and his son Kwei ascended the throne.
(This is the same with Kefi).

KEE 1^ ^ KWEI.

Outline. ^ HW Cy. XIV. An. 40. B. C. 1,817,
was the first year of Ke&.

Outline. ^ 5^ Cy. XV. An. 1. Kei 22. ^ ^
Eung-lSw removed the seat of his government to |^
Pin.

Detail, Formerly J^ ^g How-tseth, was promoted to the BjJ
Tae country, * and changed his surname to xE ^®» ^^^ afterwards

Kung-llw (his descendant) removed to Isg Pin ; f here Kuiig-l^w,
although dwelling among barbarians, was able to revive the pursuits
of H6w*tselh, attending to husbandry, and inspecting the ground,

while from the J^ Tselh and Jo. Tsoo streams, he crossed the j^
Wcii, to take materials for use ; those who travelled with him amas-
sed wealth, and those who remained behind accumulated hoards ; the

♦ The modern JS ^ Se-gan, in Shen-se, Lat. 31. 15. N. Long.

7. 33. West.

t The modem W^ yf\ Pin-chow, in Shen-se^ Lat. 35. 5. N. Long,

8. 26. We?t.

3^ THE HfiA DYNASTY.

people depended on his haj^v iAfluence, and cberiafaed a regard ibr
hini ; thus many followed and supported him ; and from this time the
priuoiples of the Chow dynasty began to flourish.

Outline. ^ 3t ^y- XV. Aa. 12. Keg. 23. An
attack was made on ^/M Yk^-Ae, at ^ ijj Miiag*
san, who presented j^ @ Mei-h^, of whom the Enipe-^
ror became extremely (bud.

DeiaiL Ke^ could straighten hooks and twist iron- into ropes ;
hence depending on his powerful strength, he did not cultivate virtue,
but by military engagements afliicted the people. There was cat

j^ ^^OhaoU'leang, who instigated the Emperor to act disorderly,
aud urged him to be grasping and quarrelsome : whereupon h(S at-
tacked Y^w-she, of Miing-san. Ydw-she presented a young female
named Mei-h^, of whom Ke^ became exceedingly fond, and to all
whose suggestions he indiscriminately listened ; for her he made a co-
ral chamber, and an ivory vesdbule, with a terrace of precious stonesi
and a bed of chrysopras. He also gave himself up to wanton delights,
amidst hills of flesh, and groves of dried meat ; he also had a pond of
wine, on which a boat could float ; where at one roll of the drum
three thousand men drank like oxen, for sport and pastime.

Outline. TSCy. XV. An. 14. Ke8 35. ggg

Choo-kwei, of the state Shaog died« wbea his aon ]g
Le (called also ^^ Chiog-t'hang) succeeded.

Outline. ^ T'hang, of the state ^ Shang, fixed
his settlement, at ^ P6.

Detail. From the time when 9^ K'h^ was appointed to ^he
Shang state, until the days of Ching-t'hang, the seat of government
was removed eight times. T'lianj^, bowdver, established his residenoe
at Fo ;* that having been the dwelling-place of the ancient kings.

Outiine. )^ ^ Oy. xV, An. 15. KeS 36. ^
1 'hang, of the |^ Shang ttate, employed his troops to
punish ]@§ K5.

Outline. B ^ Cy. XV. An. 16. Ke6 37. ^
T'hang, of the Shang state, seut a messenger with pre-
sents to invite ^ 3^ E-yin, who lived at ^ ijj^ Yew-
sin.f

ill Shang-kew district, in Ho.n&n. Lat. 34

t The modern gfe @ CWn-l^w district, in Hd-nan, Lat. 34. 45.
N. Long. 1. 45. W.

THB HEA VfYnASTY. 349

OutKne. ^ T*hang, introduced ^ f* E-yin to ^
Ke^, the monarch of SP Hed.

DetaH. E-yin went to the court of H^, and proelftimed tlie doc*
Irittee of Ta6u and Shtin ; but Ee^ would not listen.

Outline. ^ ^ Oy. Xv. An 19. Ke« 40. |^^
Ej^ again returned to ^ P6 ; (after five ineffectual
efforts, to persuade the pnnce of Hed to reform.)""

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XV. An. 21. K«« 42. fH

Ke(^, the sovereign of ^ Qea, imprisoned ^ T'hang

9t tha tower of ^ Hea, and after a short time libera*
ted him.

Detail. At that time some huntsmen spread their nets, and in*
closed a field on all sides, in order to exterminate all the animals
therein ; Ching-t'hang, however, went out into the field, and order-
ed them to remove three sides of the net, «ayinff» Let those that wish
to go to the left, flee thither, and those who desure to flee to the right,
let them escape in that direction ; but if any of them are thus &ted, let

them (all into oar snares. All the princes south of the river ]^
H4n, hearing of this, said, T'hang is benevolent, even towards brutes,
how much more will he be kind to men ? whereupon their hearts all
reverted to him. Ke^ was vexed that T'haog had so effectually
succeeded in harmoniting the princes, and summoning lum into tus

presence, he imprisoned him at ^ ^ Ch&ng-tseu^ni the toWe)r oi
Ue&. Afterwards, however, he let him go.

Outline. -^ Q Cyc. XV. An. 30. Keg 51. ^f^

ChuDg-b;o6, the great historian escaped to the j^
Shang state.

• J>eiaU. Ke^ dug a pool, and made a night palace, where men
«nd unomeii lived promiscuously togetiier, where also he remained
three decades, without appearing \» court ; upon this Chung-ko6, the
historian, holding his charts and plans, went to reprove the monarch
with tears ; he was not listened to, bowever, and tbexefore fled to

Shang. 'T^ ^ T4-p^ also went to the Shang state, saying, HaTing
•foserved ^o suns, one flaming in the east, and the ether settiiig in

the west, I enquired of i^ ^ I^ng-^, who told me, that the wes-
tern sun was Hei, and the eastern Shang, whereupon I reverted to
T'hang.

OutHne. ^ ^ Cyc. XV. An. 31. Kfi^ 52. The

£raperor put to death a reprover^ named J^ % ^
Kwan-lflng-pUng.

350 THE 8HAN6 DTSA^TY.

Detail. Kwan-lung-p^ng sent in a remoustrance, saying, A mo-
narch should be humble, respectful, and sincere ; economical in ex-
penditure, and kind to the people, then the empire would be at peace^
and the shrines of the tutelary deities with the ancestorial temples be
firmly established. But at present, your Majesty is extravagant, and
fond of slaughter, so that the people are only afraid lest you should
die toe late. The affections -of your subjects are gone, and Heaven
has decreed to withhold iu protection ; why do you not reform a lit-
-tle^ -The Bmperor not paying any attention, P^ng stood firm, and
refused to retire : when KeS became angry, and slew him*

Outline. The Hea dynasty perished. At that time
two suns fought in the Heavens,* the stars fell, the
great mountain was precipitated, earthquakes occurred,

and the ^ E and ^ Lo streams were exhausted.

THE SHANG DYNASTY.
)^ ^ ching-t'hang.

Outline. ^ ^ Cycle XV. An. 32. B. C. 1765.

This was the 18th year of Ching-t'hang, (reckoning
from the time when he succeeded to his father.)

Outline. The king having sworn in his troops, at-
tacked ^ Ke?, the sovereign of ^ Hea, and banish-
ed him to ^ J^ Nan-tsaoilL.

Detail. KeS was oppressive and vicious, without disposition to

reform, hence the kine swore in his soldiers and attacked KSL ^r

^^ £ yin was his prime minister, and 9 S P^.chang his cbari*

oteer, when he fought with Ke^ at 0^ j]^ Mtng-teadu ;f Keg's
Uoops having being routed, T'hang banished him to N&n-t8aoii,J
>vhen Ke4 said, I regret that I did not kill T'hang in the HH tower.

Outline. ^ ^ip ]ft Ch6ng-h wuy composed a declara-
tion for the information of the king. (See the Shoc-
king.)

Outline. The king returned from He4, and issued a
general proclamation to all the states.

* Probably a parhelion.

t Near T^ ^ Pl«g-y&ng county, in Shan-se, Lat. 36. 6. N.
Long. 4. 55. v

• X The modern ^ Tsaou district, in Gan-hwuy, Lat. 31. 40. N.
Long. 1. 25. E.

THE SHANG DYNASTY. 351

Outline. On the 3rd month, the king of Shang as«
cended the imperial throne at ^ P6, where he fixed
his capital, and established his government, denominate
ing the new dynasty j^ Shang. He also altered the
time of the new year, and changed the colour of the
garments to white.

Outline. The king arrived at the eastern suburbs,
where he discoursed on the merits and faults of his

princes, established the descendants of ^ Yil, together
with the posterity of the most meritorious among the
ancient sages. He also appointed the kingdoms of
^ ^ Koo-chfih,* &c. each one in their order.

Outline. This year there was a great drought.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XV. An. 33. T'hang 19. A
great drought

Outline. X M Cy. XV. An 34. T'hang 20.
The drought continued. Ke^ died.

Outline. JJ^^Cy.XV. An. 35. T'hang2l. Stili
a great drought ; when the Emperor gave forth the

gold of ^ 111 Chwang-san to be coined into money,
for the relief of the people.

Outline. S 3^ Cy. XV. An. 36. T'hang 22. The
same drought.

Outline. H ^ Cy. XV. An. 37. T'hang 23. Still
drought.

Outline. ^ a Cy. XV. An. 38. T'hang 24. The
drought as before. The Emperor prayed in the mul»
berry grove, and blamed himself for six things, when
the rain fell.

Detail. At that time there had been a great drought for seven
years ; when T^hang went personaUy to pray in the wilderness ad-
joining the mulberry grove. In his supplication he said, Do not on
account of the negligence of a. single individual, injure the lives of the
people. He then blamed himself for six things, saying. Is it that my
government is deficient in economy ? or that my people are not ap-
pointed to proper offices ? er that my palaces and buildings are too

♦ Koo-chiSh is the modern J^ ^p* Yung.ping county, in Gblh-le
province, Lat 39. 56. N. Long. 2. 25. £.

352 THE SHAKO DYNASTY^

lofty ? or that female altendanta are too Bumerous f or that presents
are too freqjaently dent ? or that flatterers are too many T* He had
BCoreely done speakings when a great rain descended exteadilig over'
Betend thousand le.

Outline. The Emperor composed a piece of music
Q& the great advantages obtained.

Detail. When the rain descended, the season was esctremefy pTO«
duotSve, aad the people of the eiapita vrwa delighted ; whersupon
the emperor composed an ode on the mulherry grove, called the great
deliverance. He also engraved inscilplSons on the implements used,
to serve as a warning and cantion to fotore ages.

Outlini. Tbe Emptrof sacrificed to ^ K'h£» as tha
god of grain.

OutliM. 'Y^ Cy. XV. An. 44. TTiang 30. Tfie
Emperor died, when his legitimate grandson T'ka6-kie^
succeeded.

^[^ ^ t'hae-kea.

Outline. )S^^ Cy. XV. An. 45. K C IJ53, lu

the first year of T'ha6 keil, called also i^ ^ Thae-
tsung^ the Grand Master, during the wtoCer, in the 12th
month, ^ ^ E-yin offered a sacrifi<cc te the former
king, and presented the succeeding monai^ before his
ancestor ; while the hundred officers gave a fiill account
of themselves, and listened to the arrao^feiaenfs of the
prime minister. E-yin then clearly discontted otx the
virtues of his glorious predecessor, itt^otsierta instruct
the new king. *

Outline. The king went to the palade at f^ Tttiig>
where he continued mourning for his father.

DstaU. The king did not display his native virtae, bnt subverted
the statutes and regulations of T*hang, whereupon £*yia baill « pa-
lace for him at Tung,t where he caused th< king to moura for his
father ; whilst he himself took charge of the government, and sus-
tained the burthen of t3ie cotintry, receiving the homage of th^ princes
of the empire.

Outime. jQ'g Cy. XV. An. 46. The Mcoad yite;
the king still remained at the palace of Tung.

* See the Shoo-king.

t Where was the grave of T'h«ng« situated in ffi J7^ KeiSh-j^
district, in Shsn-se, Lat. 35. 3S. N. Long. 4. 5i7 W.

THE SHANG DYNASTY. 353

Outline. ||^ Cy. XV. An. 47. The 3rd year ,
during the winter, in the 12th month, on the 1st day of
the month, E-yin escorted the king back to ^ P6.

DeiaiL T'ha^-ke& resided at Tung three years : where he re-
pented and reformed himself ; resting: in benevolence, and complying
^vith rectitude ; when E-yin took the crown and robes, to escort
T'ha^-keH on his return to Po- T'ha6-kea then increasingly cultiva-
ted virtue, and the princes of the empire all reverted to him, while
he displayed kindness to the people, and did not presume to despise,
the widow and destitute.

Outline. E-yin having given up charge of the go-
vernment, prepared to announce his retirement from
office, and set forth various admonitions before the
king. (Seethe Shoo-king.)

Outline. J|]g Cy. XVI. An. 17. T'ha6-kea 33.
Th« king died, and was honoured in the ancestorial

temple as the ^ ^ Grand Master ; while his son
Yuh-ting ascended the thione.

^iy YUH-TING.

Outline. ^ £ Cy. XVI. An. 18. B. 0. 1719. The
first year of Yuh-ting, king of Shang,

Outline. }^^ Cy. XVI. An. 25. Yuh-ting 8. The
great adjuster E-yin died, and was buried at P6 ; when
^ ^ Kew.tan discoursed on the actions of E-yin.

Outline. g^Cy. XVI. An. 46. Yuh-ting 29.
The Emperor died, having appointed his younger bro-
ther T'hae-kSng in his stead.

>ftC 1^ t'hae-kang,

Oktline. ^ ^ Cy. XVI. An. 47. B. C. 1,690, the
first year of T'ha6.kSng, king of Shang.

Outline. If J^ Cy. XVII. An. 1 1. Thae-kSng 25.
The Emperor died, and his son Seaou-ke^ ascended the
throne.

/]"% ^ SeAOUKeA.

Outline. ZL 35rCy. XVll. An. 12.B. C. 1,665, the
first year of Seaou-ke^, king of Shang.

Outline. ?5S^|| Cy. XVII. An. 28. Seaou-keS 17.

Tt

3^ m VBAnO 0Y1IASTY.

The Emperor died, and his younger brcAher YAng^ke
iVas estabfisbed.

Outline, zt M ^7- ^V"- ^»- 29. B. C. 1^8,
th« firit year of YAng-ki. llie kfluence of the Shatig
dynasty began now to decline, and the subordinate
princes, occasionally neglected coming to court

Outline. $^ 0)1 Cy- XVII. An. 40. Yteg kk 12.
The Emperor died, and his younger brother Tlia^-woo
was eawblishcid.

Outline. Vp Jg Cy. XVlI. An. 41. B. C. 1,636,
the first year of l^ae-woo, the king of Shang, denomi-
nated the tf ^ Midway Master. Some ominous ap-
pearances occured at P6 ; while ^ K^ £-tselh, (the
son of £-yin ), was the king's chi6f niinister, and great-
ly cultivatea the principles of government adopted hy
Cbing-t'hang.

. Detail. T' W*woo appointed E^tsetb ioV^ Yik prime tAxMlu ;
when at P^, the singular phenomena occurred^ a mulberry and a
sycamore tree growing up togetb^f in thd ecnirtsy ind in one ni^t ai-
tikining the sise of a doable span. Tfaa^-Wdo ixNs tUrmed, and en-
quired of E-tseUi. Tselh said, evil omene cannot oyereome Tiftue |
Esrhaps there is soinethiiig deficient in your Miiesty's govenmieiit.
et your Maj^ty tberefoi« cultivate riftue, Afad tfXi Will be trefi.
T'hai.woo listened to this advice, and cultiVatU to n great degtee
the virtues of the former kings ; and in three days (be ominous mul-
berry died away.

Outline, ffi 4^ Cy. XVIL Ah. 43. TTia6-woo 3.
All the vassal princes mthout exception came to conrt.

Detail. T'ba^-woo personally cultivated vi^e, and clearly main-
tained the ceremonies proper for nourishing the aged. He went
early to hip '• . and r«»turned late ; he enquired after those who Wete
Biok, and c '/: .'• ' with those who ver* in mourning ; so that after
three yenr^, nnibiiflsadors from distant states, wlio w^re obliged to use
interpreters, came to his court, to the tiumber of sixty-seven. There
uere also two clever men who assisted him in the go^erumeni, tllus
the principles of the Shang dynasty again revived.

Outline. )3^^ Cy. XVllI. An. 55. T'had-woo

70. The Emperor died, aitd teceited &e titl^ bfttl ^
Cbung-tsung, or Midwmy MtotCr ; wtUe his «Jn Cmng-
tiD^ ascended the throne.

TU^ 8HAIfQ DYNASTY. 355

• • • . ■ . . , .•

^^ CHUyo-TING.

Outlinfi. B^JS^^y XVI II. An. 66. B. C. 1,561.
The first year of CMng-tin^, king of ShaD^.

OutUne. ^:y Cy XIX. Au^ 1. Chung-tmg 6.
The capital was removed to ^ Gaou. "^

OutUne. The J§ Lan foreigners made a predatory
attack on the empire.

0^tUne. 3te^ Cy. XIX. An. 8. CTiung-tiug 13-
The king died, when a revolution broke out, and the
Emperor's younger brother Wae jin was set up.

Outline. fEr ^ Cy. XlX. An. 9. B. C. 1,648.

The first year of Wa6-jiQ, the king of Shang.

Outline. |^ ^ Cy. XIX. An. 23. Wa6-jin 15.
The king diedf; when the country was agaia in^
volved ip rebellion ; and th.e Emperor's younger bra*
ther Ho-tan-ke^ was established.

M S ^ HO-TAN-S5A.

Outline. ^'K Cy. XlX. An. 24. B. C. 1,533.
The ^first year of ti^4an-ke&, the king Qf Shang ; when

Hihe capital ]0ra^ removed to ;M Seang. | At this time
Ihe principles of the Shang dynasty began to decline.

Outline. 2L i^ Cy. XIX. An. 32. Hd.tan-ke&
9. The king died, and was succeeded by his son Tsoo-

yih.

II, ZL TSOO-YI H.

JOutline. p§ ^ €y. XlX. in, 33. B. C. 1,524.
The first year of Tso6*y¥h, king of Shang. Desolation
occured at Seang, hence the capital was again remov^

to ^ K&ng. X

* .. - . j I ... - . ■ J ■■ .. ■ > ■

♦ The modern J5t }^ Ho-yin, in Ho-n&n, Lat. 34. 58. N. Lang.
2. AQ. West. '

t The modern ^ .^ Ohang-tth, in Ho-fian, Lat. 36. 7. N. Long.
1. 58. West.

X The modern M tt Ho-tflin, in Shen-ee, Lat. 35. 38. N. Long.
5. 42. West.

366 tnu sHANo dynasty.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XIX- An. 41. Tsoo-yih 9.
Desolation occurred at E&ng, when the capital was
removed to JjJ Hing, ♦ At this time 3E ^ Woo-
heen, (son of 35 )^ "J* Woo-han-tsz^,) was prime mi-
nister, and the principles of the Shang dynasty again
revived, while the princes of the empire paid court and
submitted.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XJx. An. 51. Tsoo-yth 19.
The bing died, and Tso6.sin, his son, ascendfed the
throne.

fflE ^ TSOO-SIff.

Outline. Zl^ Cy. XIX. An. 52. B. C. 1,505.
The first year of Tso6.sin, king of Shang.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XX. An. 7. Tsoo-sin 16.
The king died, and his younger brother Yuh-kei was
established.

^ ^ YUH-KEA.

Outline. * ^Cy. XX. An. 8. B. C. 1,489, the
first year of luh-keS, king of Shang.

Outline. 2j ^ Cy- XX- -^"- 32. Yuh-keS 25.
The kmg died, the country was thrown into confusion,
and Tsod-ting, the younger brother of Tsod-sin was
established.

fS "7" TSOO-TING.

Outline, pg^ Cy. XX. An. 33. B. C. 1,464.
The first year of Tsoo ting, king of Shang.

Outline. ^ ^|1 Cy, XXf, An. 4. Tsod-tinor 32. The
king died, a revolution succeeded, and N&n-kSng, the
son of Yiih-ke^ was established.

f^ ^ NAN-KANG.

Outline. )J|$ ^ Cy. XXr. An. 5. B. C. 1,432.
The first year of Nan-k^ng, king of Shang.

Outline. ^ J^ Cy. XXI. An. 29. Nan-kSng 25.
The king died, another revolution took place, and Yang-
keS, the son of Tso6-ting was established.

♦ Th« raodara jfll^ Hing-ta^, in Chlh-le, Lat. 37. 5. N. Long.
2. Wwt.

THE Stf ANG DYNASTY. B57

^ ^ YANG-KKA.

Outline. ^ H Cy. XXI. An. 30. B. C. 1,407.
The first year of Y&ng-keS, king of Shang: At this
time the principles of the Shang dynasty gradually de-
clined, and the princes of the empire came not to court.

Outline. B ^ Cy. XXI. An, 36. YAng-keS 7.
The king died, and his younger brother Pw&ii-k^ng was
set up.

^^ PWAN-KANG.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XXI. An. 37. B. o. 1,400.
The first year of Pw&n-kSng, king of Shang. The ca-

pital was removed to J^ Yin, which henceforth became
the designation of the dynasty.

Detail. At that time the principles of the Shang dynasty were on
the decline, when it was thought advisable to remove the capital to
Yin. * The ministers and people all seemed contented with their
old residence, and were unwiUin|r to remove, on which account Pwan-
k&ng drew up a document, to inform his subjects^ (of the advantages

of removal), when they reverted to !^ P6 ; changing the designation
of the dynasty from Shang to Yin. fwan-kllng practised the rules

of government adopted by )^ ^^ Ching-t'hang, and the dynasty
again flourished.

Outline. X?|1 ^7- XXII. An. 4. Pwan-k^ng 28. The
king died, and his younger brother Seaou-sia was set up.

>J^ ^ SeAOU-SIN.

Outline. )j^ J^ Cy. xxll. An. 5. B. C. 1372. The
first year of Seaou-sin, king of Yin. The vigour of
the dynasty again declined.

Outline. )^ ^ Cy. XXII. An. 25. Seaou-sin 21.
The king died, and his younger brother Seadu-yih wag
set up.

^J> Tl SEAOU-YIH.

Outline. E B. Cy. XXIL An. 26. B. C. 1351. The
first year of Seadu-yth, king of Yin.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XXII. An. 51. Seaou-yth 26.
The old duke, W^ Tan-foo, removed from f^ Pin to

* The modern j^ BP Ycn-sze, in Ho-n^n, Lat. 34. 45. N. Long.
3. 45. West.

^98 THS 9HA1I^ D¥HASTT.

^ Ke* and changed the name of his state to ^
Chow.f

OutUnf. ^ ^ Cycle XXII. An. 53. Seapu-yth 28.
The king died, and his aon Wooting ascended th^
throne.

^ "J^ WOO-TING.

OutUme. X H Cy. XXII. An. 54. B. C. 1323. The
first year of ]^ ^ Kaou tsnng, (the Exalted IVIasiter,)
or Wo6.ting, kiog of Yin. The king coutinued moura.
ing, and '^ j^ Kan-pwan acted as his prime minister.

Delail. Woo-ting observed a rigid mourning for bis father, and
refuted to tpeak ; he bad Kan-pwati for his prime minister, to whom
mil the offieers gave a fuH account of themselyesy while they clieyed
his directions.

Outline. ^^ Cy. XXlI. An. 56, Wod-ting 3.
When the period of mourning was ended, the king etili
refused to speak, after which he obtained ^ fj^ Foo-
yuS, whom be set up as his prime minister, directing
sail his officers to learn of him.

Deiail, Wo^^ting, having concluded his mourning, still refused
to speak, while he reverently meditated on rig)it piincipies, «nd du-
ring that period, dreamed that the Supreme Ruler had conferred
upon him an exceUent atsiatant. He ihen commainded the people to
draw the portrait (of the person he had seen in his dream,') and search
for him everywhere throughout the empire. Yu£ was one of a gang

of labourers employed in constructing a dam at |^ j|^ Foo-yen,
wben being discovered, he was directed to take on himself ithe office
of prime minister, and superintend the host of officers. The Empe-
ror also had him in immediate attendance on his person, morning and
evening receiving instruction from him, that he might learn his prin-
ciples. Yu^ then set farth the three sections of the ^ iq^ Yujf de-
crees, (contained in the Shocking), for fixe edificatk>n of the mouarcfa.

Outline. ^^ Cy. XXII. An. 59. Wod-ting 6.
The ambassadors of six j^ates, who were obliged to use
interpreters, came to court.

Delail. Woo- ting .was sactificing to Jjt ^J Cblng-t'hang,

* The modern W# |ij Ke-dan district, in Siian-se, Lat. 34. 20.
N. Long, p. 6. W;

t This Ftate aftenrards 4)eea«H5 s^^preme, «nder the title of the
Cliuw dynasty.

THE SHANG DYNASTY. 359

\vhen a pheasant ftMT in, and settling on the ear of the tripod, began:

to crow. tjJH fi Tsob-^ took this opportunity of admonishiiq^ the
king ; but Woo-ting turned his reflections on himself, and thought
me^e intikisely on the royal way of goverhnsent ; so that six states,
usii^ interpreters, came to court : from this time, the feathers of the
wild fowl were much used in court dresses.

Outline. )j^^ Cy. XXm. An. 25. Wo^thig 32.
Alt attack was made on ^e land of demons, (or north-
crA Tartars.)

ZfetiiH. The inhabitants *f tht demon land having become disso-
Itfte, Woo-tisg attacked them, and after three years orerc^me them,
so that at home and abroad there were no disturbances, and the vi«
gour of the Yin dynasty revived.

Outline, y^ Cj. XXIII. An. 34. Wod.tmg4l.

^ Tan-foo, the old duke of Chow, begat a son

called ^ ^ Kwei-leih.

Outline Zl ^ Cy. XXlII. An. 52. Woo-ting 59.
The king; died, and received as his |)QSthumous title,

'' iff ^ the Exalted Master," His son Tsod-Uing
ascended the throne.

|l^^ TSOO-KANO.

Outline. p| ^ Cy. XXlIt. An. 53. B. C. 1,264.
The first year of Tso6-k&ng, king of Yin.

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. XXI II. An. 69. Tsod kiing 7.
The king died, and bis younger brother Tso6-ke& was
established.

1^ ^ TSOO-KEA.

Outline. ^ i^ Cyc. XXIII. An. 60. B. C. 1257.
The first year of 'i*so6-ke&, king of Yifl.

^ Outlim. % 3g Cy. XXIV. An. ^. Tso6.fceft 28.

^ JS Kw<nL-leih, thd heir-apparent of the Chow state,

begat a son called ^ Ch'hanif.

Dttai. ^^ T'fcaiS'kean^, the old duke's wife, baxe her

y«tirtg^4t iK)n iKv^ref-leth. KweMdth Carried ^^ T'ha^-jin ;
who, with her mother-in-law, was virtuous. T*ha^-jln bare* d sort
called Cb'aag, whteh child gave sonre inilicatlOhs of becoming a sage.
The old duke used to. say, If at some fut\iiCe ^ridd my family should
flourish, it will be through the medium of Ch hang.

Outline. '^^ ian-foo, the old duke of

360 THE 8HAXG DTKASTT.

Chow died, and his youngest son ^|^ Kwei-leih
succeeded

Deiail. Tbe old duke hsd three sons ; the eldest was called jOC

{j^ Tlii^-pth, tiie second, f^ T^ Chunsr.piiig, alias, ]^ ^K
Yu-chuog ; and tbe youngest, Kwei-leih. Tlia^-pTh and Tu-caung
knew that the old duke wbhed to set up Kwei-leth, in order to con-
vey the govemoient to Ch'ang ; hence, when the old duke became ill,

under colour of collecting med'cines, they went to the region of ^^

King and ^^ Man, (the modem ^^ yf| Soo-chow, in Keang-nan,)
where the people of tbe country did homage to theai as princes,

under the title of ^ ^^ Keu-woo.

Outline. ZL 7^ ^f- XXIV. An. 32. Tsoo-keJi 33.
The king died, and his son Lin-sin ascended the
throne.

LIN-SIN.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XXIV. An. 33. B. C. 1,224.
The first year of Lin-sin, the king of Yin.

Outline, ajs^. Cy. XXIV. An. 3S. Lin-sin 6. The
king died, and his younger brother ESLng-ting was
set up.

^ "J^ KANG-TING.

Outline. 5t ^ Cycle XXIV. An. 39. B, C. 1218.
The first year of King ting, the king of Yin.

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. XXIV. An. 59. KSng-ting 21.
The king died, and his son Woo-yTh ascended the
throne.

^^ WOO-YIH.

Outline, -^l^ Cyc. XXlV. An. 60. B. C, 1197.
The first year of Woo-yih, king of Yin. At this time
the capital was removed to ^ ijj Hd-pih.*

Outline. p5 H Cyc. XXV. An. 3. Woo-yHi 4. The
king went out a hunting, and died between the Yellow
and Wei rivers, when his son T'ha6-ting ascended the
throne.

♦ The modem ^ ^ Wci-hwuv, in Ho-ii&n, Lat. 35. 27. N.
Long. 2. 12. W.

THl SHANG DYNASTY. 361

Detail Woo-yth was an unprincipled man, and made images,

which he called ^ |^ Celestial gods ; with these he played at
chesf , ordering his people to make them move. The celestial gods
lost the game, when he abused them ; and making leathern bags full
of blood, he threw them up and shot at them ; which he called shoot-
ing at the heavens. One day, whilst hunting between the Yellow and
Wei rivers, he was struck dead by lightning.

^^ t'hae-ting.

Outline, y ^fj Cy. XXV. An. 4. B. C. 1193. The
first year of 'l'hae.ting, the king of Yin. Kwei-leih,
the duke of Chow, attacked the foreigners of the city of
""Y6n.

Outline. 2^2^ Cy. XX V. An. 6. T'hae-ting 3. The
king died, and his son r6-y% ascended the throne.

i}^ 2!1 TE-YIH.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XX V. An. 7. B. 0. 1190. The
first year of T^-y^h, the king of Yin. The emperor
ordered Kwei-le^h, the duke of Chow, to be the super-
intending loid.

Detail. Kwei-leih, the duke of Chow, had attacked the foreigners

®^ JvO **j Che-hoo, and ^[ ^g E-too, when the king gave him a
cup adorned with precious stones, and fragrant wine made of black
millet, by which he was constituted the chief baron.

Outline. ^ ^ Cjc. XXV. An. 13. Te-ylh 5. ^
Kwei-lelh, the duke of ^ Chow, died, and was
succeeded by his eldest son g Chang, (or ^ 5E WJin-
wang.)

Outline ^a Cy. XXV. An. 18. Teyth 12. The
western ]ord of Chow ruled well the jl^ Ke region,
and displayed benevolence in his government.

Detail, The western lord, (Chang) was walking in the fields ,
when he saw an old bone, and ordered it to be buried. His atten-
dants said, This bone has no owner. The western^lord said, He who
possessses the empire, is the proprietor of the empire, and he who
rules over a state is the owner of that state ; thus, I am the owner of
the bone ; whereupon he buried it. When the people throughout
tne empire heard of it they said. If the western loid can regard an old
bone, how much more will he regard men ! The western lord was
truly benevolent, venerating the aged, compassionating the young,
and treating the virtuous with condescension. Daring the day he

Uu

362 THE 811 ANG DYNASTY.

gave himself no leiRure to eat, in order to entertain scholars ; hence
a variety of clever men reverted to him.

Outline. The fabulous birds sang at B^ jlj K'he-
san. *

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XXV, An. 21. T^-yih 15.

There was an earthquake at 1^ K'he, iu the region of

^ Chow.

Detail, The western lord was laid up with sickness, for five days,
when an earthquake occurred, which in every direction did not ex-
tend beyond the herders. The western lord said, Heaven exhibits
calamitous omens, in order to punish the guilty ; let us follow after
viitue and reform our lives, perhaps by so doing we shall avoid the
threatened evil. In a short time his sickness was cured.

Outline, a^^ Cy. XXV. An. 29. T6.y?h 23.

Ch'ang, the western lord of Chow, begat ^ FS, (or
o6-w&ng.)

Detail, When Ch'hang was heir apparent, he married a lady of

^ ^ Y^w-sin, called ^XC xM T'ha^.sz^ ; she was not jealous, and

bure ten sons; the eldest, called f^ Q^^ Pth-yth-k'a&u, died

young ; the second was called ^^ F& ; he was of a gentle disposition
and possessed sage-like virtues. The western lord made him his

heir apparent. After him followed JsL T4n, who studied under ^^

j^ Ketb-shdh, and was benevolent and talented ; the westt^rn lord
entrusted him with the government.

Outline. ^ B Cy. XXV. An. 30. T^-yth 24.
The emperor ordered i^Ch'hang, the western lord, to
oppose the barbarians of ^ Kw^n, and to provide
against the ^^ ^^ Yen- wan foreigners.

Outline, p^ ^ Cy. XxV. An. 43. Te yih 37.

The king died, and his sou ^ Sin, ascended the throne.

Detail. T^.yth's concubine bore ^ ^ Wei-tsz^ ; she again

bore yP |?J Chung- yen ; after which she became empress and

brought forth ^ Sin. T^-ylh and his empress considered Wei-tszi
to be virtuous, and wished to fix upon him as the heir apparent. The
great hbtorian, holding fast to the laws, contended, saying, Having a
son by your wife, you must not set up the son of a conculiine. Where-

9

♦ Th- modern 15^ ^1 K'he.8an,!n Shensc, Lat. 34.20. N. Long.
6. V/. ^

THE SHANG DYNASTY. 363

upon the eraperor established j^ Chow, (i. e. ^ Sin), as his

successor.

^^ CHOW-SIN.

Outline. "X^ Cy. XX V. An. 44. B. C. 1153.
The fir.<t year of Ch6w-sin, the king of ]^ Yin. Ihe
king opposed reprovers, patronized extravagance, and
gave himself up to wine and women.

. Detail, Chow was fond of debate, in which lie was quick and rea-
dy ; he was an acute observer ; in strength and energy he surpassed
others ; he could beat ferocious beasts with his hand ; he had cunning
enough to evade reproofs, and volubility sufficient to gloss over his
errors ; he boasted himself above his ministers on account of his abi-
lity ; and he lifted up himself above all the people of the empire on
account of his fame ; imagining that they all rated far below himself.
Chow was by nature very extravagrant, and fond of women and wine.

He was the first that made ivory chop-sticks, when ^U ^p* Ke-
tsz^ sighing, said, Now you make ivory chop-sticks, by and bye you
must have crystal cups ; and when you have ivory chop-sticks and
crystal cups, you will want t© eat bear's paws and leopard's wombs ;
other things also must be in proportion ; all of which should your Ma-
j'^sty require in sufficient abiindance, you will endanger the empire.

Outline. ^ ^ Cycle XXV. An. 51. Ch6w-sin 8,
The emperor attacked the people of Yew-soo, and ob-
tained ^ ^ T^-ke, of whom he was very fond ; this
woman was given up to dissolute pleasure, and increas-
ed the severity of the punishments^ so that the people
shuddered with vexation.

Derail. When Chow attacked "^ ^^ Y^w-soo, the prince of
that country gave him Ta-k^ in marriage. This woman obtained fa-
vour in his eyes, and her words were listened to ; whosoever she lik-
ed was honoured, and those whom she hated were slain. The em-
peror then ordered pljj ^^ Sze.keun to institute at ^^ -pj* Chaou-
ko,* the music of the nortliern country, the dance of the northern
Tillage, and the pastimes of mutually yielding to each other. He also

constructed j^ ^g the Stag gallery, with chambers and doors of
precious stones ; the gallery was half a mile in breadth, and a thou-
sand cubits high ; it was seven years in building ; heavy taxes were
levied in order to store tlie stag gallery with wealth, and to provide

Keu-keaou with grain. f He made a collection of dogs and

* The mod(?rn ^ Ke district, in Ho- nan, Lat. 35. 38. N. Long.
2. 7. W. The former capital city of Chow.

f Botii this gallery and granary were at Ke : the metropolis of
Chow.

364 THE SHANG DYNASTY.

Lorses, and curious thiagSy with which he replenished his pahice : ha

also enlarged ^ Hi Sha-k'hew,* and ^E^S, Yuen-ta^.f He
assembled a ^eat number of players and musicians at Sha.k*hew,
where he had a pond of wine, and a forest of hanging beef, with oak.
ed men and women pursuing each other in the midst. In the palace
he had nine markets, and spent the live-long night in carousing.
When the princes of the empire revolted, Tii-ke thought that the
punishments wers too light, and executions too rare, hense the digni-
ty of the throne was not established. On this account the punish-
ments were rendered more severe. Thus she had smoothing irons ,
which being made hot with fire, she ordered men to carry, until
their hands were burned ; besides which a brazen pillar was made,
which, being rubbed with grease, was placed across burning coals ;
over this the poor culprits were made to pass, when their feet slip,
ping, they fell into the flames. Tl,-k^ observinsr this was highly de«
lighted, and called it the punishment of the roasting spit. AU the
people of the empire, however, repined with shuddering.

Outline. 7" g Cyc. XX V. An. 54. Sin-chow 11.

The emperor minced the earl of ^ Kew, and when

the earl of ^ G6 remonstrated, he cut him up into

slices, whilst he imprisoned the western lord at
Yew-le.

Detail. The emperor appointed Ch'hang, the western lord, with
the earls of Go and K^w, to be the three dukes, or regents. The
earl of K^w had a daughter, who was sent in to the emperor, when
the young woman not being disposed to admit of familiarities, the em*
peror slew her in his rage, and miuced her father. Go instantly and
earntfetly reproved him, \Thea he cut up that earl into sliced meat.
He also ripped up a pregnant woman to look at the foetus, while he
cut off the legs of some who were crossing the water early in the
morning, to see if the marrow was hard. The western lord, hearing

of these things, sighed in secret, j^ Hoo, the earl of ^^ Tsung,
being aware of this, informed the emperor, whereupon be imprisoned
Ch'hang, the western lord, at Yew-l^.

Outline. jcJc4^ Cyc. XXV. An. 55. Sin-ch6w 12.
The western lord oi Chow exercised himself in the di-
agrams while imprisoned at Yew-le.

Outline. Ej^^yc. XXV. An. 56. Sin«*ch6w 13.

* The modern 2p ||R Plng.heang district, ui Chih4e, Lat. 37.
2. N. Long. 1. 23. W.

t This place was bounded on the south by ^^ K^, and on the

north by RJi i^ Han-tan, which latter was situated Lat. 36. 42.
N. Long. 1. 50. W. These were both of them separate palaces.

THE SHANG DYNASTY, 365

The western lord was liberated, when he presented the
territory west of the river ^ L5, and requested thafr
the punishment of the roasting spit might be abolished;
which was acceded to. After which the emperor con-
ferred on the western lord a bow and arrow, together
with a hatchet, indicating that he was at liberty to
punish whomsoever he thought proper.

Detail. ^ M. ^ San-^-sang and ^ 7v Hung-yaou, two
servaats of the webtern lord, feeling: concerned about hiiD, sought out

a beautiful woman from the ^^ ^p Yew-sin country, with a speck-

led horse from Ij^ 5^4 Le-jiing, and a team of four from ^ j^S

Y^w-hcAng, with other rare and curious things, employing ^ j^^
P^-chung, a favourite minister of the Yin dynast/, to present them.
The emperor was greatly delighted, and said. This one article (the
female) is sufficient to procure the liberation of the western lord, why
present so many things ? He therefore forgave the lerd.

Outline. ||l^cyc. XXv. An. 57. Sip-ch6w 14.
The state of ]^ Yu and ^ Jiiy, adjusted their differ-
ences at ^ Chow.

Detail, The princes of Y^* and Juy,f contended about some
ploughed fields, which dispute having been long unsettled, they a-
greed to wait on the prince of Chow for the sake of arbitration. On
entering the borders, they perceived the ploughmen yielding the fur-
rows to each other, and the travellers giving way to their fellows on
the road; when they entered the city of Chow, they found that men
and women had different pathways allotted them, while grpy-headed
persons were not seen carrying burdens in the streets ; on entering
the court, they saw the scholars giving way to the great officers, and
the great officers bowing to the scholars. Upon this the two princes
were moved and said. We worthless fellows, deserve not to tread the
courts of such excellent men. They, therefore, declared common the
fields about which they had been contending, and retired. When the
people of the empire heard of this, forty-two states reverted to the
authority of Chow.

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. XXV. An. 58. Sin.chow 15.
The western lord of Chow, obtained the services of |^
f^ Leu-shang, and appointed him to be his instructor.

Detail. Leii-shang's ancestor was formerly prime minister, and

i^^"^^^' ^'^m

* The modern 2p ^ Plng-luh, in Shaa-se, Lat. 34. 47. N.
Long. 5. 25. W.

f The modern p^ J^ Juy-ching, in ditto, Lat. 34, 50. N.
Long. 6-6. W.

366 THK 8HANO DYNASTY.

ftftsisted ^ Yu in drain In? the waters. During the rule of Shun,
aiid at the commencemeut of the Hea dynasty, he wae appointed to

the Leu country, and took the surname of ^^ Kean^. Shang wai
the descendant of this man. The western lord being about to go out
a hunting, consulted the divination, when the answer was, that he
should neither get dragons nor snakes, neltlier boars nor bears, nei-
their tigers nor leopards, but he should obtain one who could aid a
monarch in attaining extensive rule. In verification of this predic-
tion he met with Leu-shang on the south of the river Wei.* On
conversing with him, he was greatly delighted, saying, •* My ances-
tor, T*hae-kung used to say, that a sage would come to Chow, on
which account the Chow state would flourish. Are you not. Sir, the
very person. My ancestor, T*hae-kung, has waited for you a long
time." He therefore denominated him the expectation of T*hae-
kunqr, and takin^? him up into his carriayre, returued with him, ap-
pointing him to be his tutor, aud calling him ^^ my master ! Father
Sbdng."

Outline. 21 S Gyc- XXVI. An. 2. Ch6w.sin 19.
The western lord attacked ^ Tsuug,f and built the
city of ^ Fung,J to which he removed his capital.

Outline. The western lord of Chow built the
Excellent teiTace.§

Outline. ^ 5g Cy. XXVI. An. 3. Ch6w-sin 20.

Ch'hang, the western lord of Chow, died, and was

succeeded by his eldest son ^ FSi, (this was |^ £
Wod-wang.)

Detail. When the western lord^^va!^ laid up with sickness, he
said to his eldest son, *'*' On observing good, be not slow to practice
it ; when the opportunity ai rives, do not hesitate ; and in rejecting
what is wrong, do not let it abide : these three are the points at
which virtue rests.*' The heir-apparent bowed and received instruc-
tion ; after which the western lord died, and was hurried at ^t

Peth, (the modern ]^ ^ Han-vang, in Shan-se, Lat. 31. 20. N.
Long. 7. 50. W.)

Outline. 5^ ^ Cy. XXVI. An. 10. Sin.ch6w 27.
F&, the western lord of Chow begat his eldest son ^
Sung.

♦ The modern ]% ^ Wci-uan, iu Shan-se, Lat. 34. 29. N.
Long. 7. I. W.

f The modern ^K Hoo district, iu Shan-se, Lat. 31. 8. N Long.
7. 50. W.
Jin the neighbourhood of Hoo, on the banks of the river Fung.
§ Spoken of by Mencius, built for astronomical purposes*

THE SHANG DYNASTY. 367.

Detail. The western lord took to wife the daughter of Q j^

Leu-shang, called Q ^ Yth-keang. This lady was virtuous ; in
standing, Hhe never leaned ; in sitting, she never stretched out her
legs; and ia wrath, she was never cruel ; so that in this year she bore
her son Sung.

Outline. 'X jl Cyc. XXVI. An. 14. Chow-sin 31.
The western lord of Chow went eastward to inspect the
troops, and conquered ^ Le.

Detail, The western lord went up to sacrifice at Peih, and after.

trrwads proceeded eastward to inspect the troops at the

Mang ferry ; * when he crossed the Yellow river, and in the midst
of the stream a white fish jumped into the king's boat. The king
stooping down picked it up for a sacrifice. Having crossed the ri-
ver, a tire darted down ftom above, and again rose up from below, un-
til it came to the king's house, and was changed into a bird, of a red
colour, with a soothing voice, f At this time the princes of the em-
pire had all revolted from Yin, and reverted to Chow, so that without
previous arrangement 800 chiefs met at the Mdng ferry, saying, The

tyrant ^ Chow ought to be attacked. The king said, " You know
nothing of the celestial decree ; it may not be done. " Whereupon
he led his troops back, and returned. But the Le state being unprin-
cipled the western lord raised an army to attack it, which he soon

conquered, fflft ^T Tsoo-e, being alarmed, hastened to inform the
king (of Yin.) The king, said, *' Is not my life protected by the de-
cree of Heaven ! " Thus he would not listen.

Outline. )j^ ^ Cy. XxVI. An. 15. Chow-sin 32.
^ ^ Wei-tsze reproved the tyrant, and not being lis-
tened to, left him. ^ ^ Ke-tsze also reproved him,
and was imprisoned, when he feigned madness, and be-
came a menial. \\^ ^ Pe-kan steadily resisted the ty-
rant, and died for it.

Detail. The tyrant Chow had a virtuous minister, called -f§ jpf
Hwuy-pth, who was of a loyal disposition, and frequently reproved
his master in plain terms, when Chow, enraged, killed and minced

him. On the contrary there ^s one ^g gQ LAy-k'hne, a sycophant,
who addressed the tyrant in flattering words; on this man, Chow
conferred gold and gems, and promoted him ; rewarding him also with
the cultivated lands of Hea. Wei-tsz^ often remonstrated, but not
being listened to, he departed. Kett^ze reproved him, also in vain.

♦ The modern Mang district, in H6-nan, Lat. 34 52. N. Long.
3. 50. W.

t TiieRe were looked upon as omens indicating the fall of the Yin
and the rise of the Chow dynasty.

368 THE CHOW DYNASTY.

A certain perfion said, You had better quit his service. But K^-tssi
repl'ed, *^ When a minister reproves, and finding his words disre*
gurded, departs, he then displays his master's wickedness, and an«
nounce it himself to the people. This I cannot bear to do." He
then let his hair fkW loose, and pretending to be mad, became a slavi.
Afler which he secreted himself, and played upon the harp to soothe
his sorrows. Common opinion says, that K^-tsz^ was too rigid in his
adherence to his principles. Pe-kan urgently remonstrated with the
tyrant, and set before him the difficulties with which the former kings
had to contend, together with the clear indications that Heaven's de-
cree was changeable, and that the dynasty was about to be destroyed ;
beseeching the king to wash his heart, and change his policy. The
minister then prostrated himself before the gate of the palace ; when
Chow became greatly enraged, and said, Pe-kan considers himself a
sage ; I have heard tliat in a sage's heart there are nine apertures.
Let us cut hiiti open and see.

Outline. The Shaog dynasty fell.

THE CHOW DYNASTY.

woo WANG.

Outline. B ^n ^>- ^''^Vl. An. 16. B. C. 1121.
The 13th year of Wo6, king of Chow. During the
winter, on the first month, and the 30th day of the cy-
cle, ^ FS, the king of j^ Chow, led forth his troops,
and assembled the prirces, for the attack of |§J Shang,
announcing it at tiie same time to Imperial Heaven,
and Empress Earth, together with the spirits of the fa-
mous hills and great rivers which he passed.

Detail. The king heard that the tyrant's cruelties had increased
exceedingly, so that he had killed the prince P£-kan, and Imprison-
ed Kd-tsz^ ; while Wei-tsz^ bearing away the sacrificial implements
had fled to the Chow state. Upon this the king generally informed
the princes, saying. The Yin dynasty has committed grievous crimes,
and we cannot refrain from punishing them. Thus he marched
eastward, to attack the tyrant.

Outline. During the spring, in the first month, the
king of Chow assembled, in great numbers the princes
of the empire at the ^ ^ MSng ferry, where he swore
in his troops to the attack of the Shang (or Yin)
dynasty.

On the second month, 2^ ^ on the 60th day of the
cycle, the king of Chow drew up his troops at the bor-

THE CHOW DYNASTY. 369

ders of the Shang state ; and on the following day the
tyrant mustered his hosts to the battle at the ^ ^
Muh desert. *

Outline. The troops of the Shang dynasty having

been routed, the tyrant ^ Show fled to ]|| ^ Liih-
tae, (the Stag Gallery), where he burned himself to
death. The king then ascended the throne, entitling
his dynasty Chow, while he restored the former prin-
ciples of government adopted by Shang.

Detail. The tyrant, hearing of the approach of Wob-wang,
raised an army of 700,000 men to oppose his progress ; Wo6-wang

then ordered his preceptor (^ ^ Sliang-t56, accompanied by ahun-
dred men, as champions, with great impetuosity to rush on the tyrant's
soldiers. The troops of the latter, although numerous, having no
mind for fighting, inverted their weapons in the contest, in order to
open out a passage for Woo-wang ; the patriot then rushed forward,
and the tyrant's troops all fell into confusion. Chow turned hb
back and fled, when mounting to the top of the Stag Gallery, he a-
dorned himself with pearls and eeros, and burned himself to death.

Woo-wang. having beheaded jB ¥^i T&-k^. raised a tumulus over

P^-kan's grave; he also distinguished the family of |^^ Shang-ydng,
(a vutuous minister of the Yin dynasty), distributed the grain of Ked-
keaou, and scattered the wealth of Luh-tae, (the Stag Gallery) ;
while he sent home the females of the harem. The men of Yin were
all delighted, saying. The king, with regard to benevolent men, raises
a tumulus over the grave of one who is dead, bow much more will
he honour the living T with respect to clever men, he distinguishes
the families of those who are gone, how much more will he do for
those that remain ! with reference to wealth, he scatters that which
had been accumulated, then surely he will not collect more ! and in
the case of the female sex, he sends home to their parents those who
are found in the palace, how much less is it to be expected that he
will summon others.

Outline. The king appointed |^ ]^ Wo6-k^ng,
the tyrant's son, to be the earl of ^ Yin; and ordered ^

^ Kwan-shuh, ^T^X Tsae-shiih, and ^ ^ H5-shuh,
to be guardians ot the Yir state.

Outline. During summer, in the 4th month, the
king came from ^ Shang, and the princes of the em-
pire received orders from the new dynasty of Chow.

♦ The modern f^ Ke!h district, in ^ 1^ Wei-hwuy depart-
ment, provinee oi Uo-nan, Lat. 35. 28. N. Long. 2. 12. W.

Vv

370 THK CHOW DYNASTY.

AD the prinoea iKmoaied the king as emperor^ when Urn
Dew mooardi changed the time for oomineociog the new yew, esta*
bUshing the month which was the first in the series as the beginning
of the annual period, altering the appellation given to the year, assum-
ing red as the national ooloor, and directing the crown to be worn with
the robes of state. He then sent back the war horses to the south
of the Flowery Moontain, * and let go the draught oxen in the wil-
derness of the Peach GroTe ; f he conTeyed home the instruments of
war, and wrapped them op in tiger^s skins ; he covered the war chari-
ots and armour, and stowed them away in the treasury, in order to
shew the people of the empire that they were not to be used any more.

Outline. The Idng then made a general appoint-
ment of the princes tlm>ughout the empire.

DetaU, The king, retrospectively regaiding the original sages,

appointed the descendants of the diyine husbandman, P^ J^ Shin-

n(kng, to the district of ^ Seaou; } the posterity of j|^ ^ Hwang-

t^, the Yellow Emperor, to the territoiy of |^ Chiih; J the grand-

son of the emperor ^ Yaou to the goyemment ofnj Ke ; | the

descen'laDts of the fiunous ^» Shiin, to the region of ^^ Chin ; % and

the adherents of the Great -j^ Yii, to the department o^ ifQ Ke. **
Thus he promoted all his meritorious officers and wise councillors^
while his preceptor, Sh&ng-foo, was placed at the head of them all^.

and appointed to the command of {^ £c Ying-kew, ff which conn-

try was called ^f Tse ; ^ ^ Cbew-kung was also established in

pBQ J^ Keiih-foo, XI which was called the ^ Lo6 country ;

* Near the district of iffi Hwa, in Shen-se, Lat. 34. 30. N. Long.
6, 47. West.

t Near the district of ^ ^ Hwa-yin, m ditto, Lat. 34. 35. N.
Long. 6. 31. West.

} The modem EJ(5 ;lt| Shen.chow, in Ho .nan, Lat. 34. 45. N.
Long 5. 25. West.

§ The modern ^ ^ Chang-tsing, in Shan-tung, Lat. 36. 40. N.
Long. 0. 22. East.
II The rooderii Pe-kine.

H The modern ^ *)fj Chlng-chow, in Ho-nan, Lat. 33 46. N.
Long. 1. 26. West.

♦♦ The modern ^ Ke, in Ilo-nan, Lat. 34. 42. N. Long. 1.
33. West.

ttThe modern Q ^ Ch'hang-lo, in Sbang-tung, Lat. 36. 46. N.
Long. 2. 42. East.

XX There is a district of this name still in Fhan-tung, Lat. 35. 44. N.
Long. 0. 46. W.

THE CHOW DYNASTY. 371

Shihf the duke of fi Shaoui was appointed to the superintendence

^^ v^ Yen ; • ||^ Kaou^ the duke of ^ Pelh, was fixed at

Pelh ; t his uncle ^p Beiuy was madegovernor of ^^ Kwiin ; I

his uncle j^ Too, was appointed over ^^ Tsa^ ; § his uncle ^^

^P Chin-to over ^ Tsaou ; || his uncle ^ Wo6 over ff^ Ching ;^

his uncle ^ K'heen over ^ Ho ; ** and his uncle p^ K'hang,

over fly Wei. fl" Thus he appointed, of his brethren and relatives!
fifteen persons to different districts, besides more than forty of other
families. After this he distributed the honoured cups, and shared
out the implements employed by the Yin dynasty among the princes.

Outline. The king sacrificed in the ancestorial tem-
ple of Chow, and retrospectively dignified with royal
honours ^ 3E T'ha6.wang, 3£ ^ Wang-kwei, and

^ 3E W&n-wang, after which he settled the regulations
about avoiding the pronunciation of their names.

Detail. The king sacrificed in the great temple, and settled the
ceremonies to be employed in sacrificing to ancestors ; directing the
avoiding of his predecessor's name, and establishing their posthumous
titles* Thus the base were not classified with the noble, nor the infe-
rior with the superior ; while the emperor was referred to Heaven
for his classification, the princes not being permitted to rank with him.

He retrospectively accorded royal honours to the old duke Jgl^ fj^

Tan-foo, who was called ^J\ 3t T*ha^*wang ; while ^p ^5 Kwef-

lelh was denominated 3u ^ Wang-kwef , and 5w 7§ TVUn-kabu

entitled Jv 5E 'WUn.w&ng.

* Identical with the modern Peking.

f The modern ^ ^f Han-yang, in Shen-se, Lat. 34. 20. N.
Long. 7. 50. West.

X The modern ^U j|| Ching department^ in Ho-nan^ Lat. 34.
46. N. Long. 2. 35. West.

§ The modem |^ Tsae district^ in H6-nan, Lat. 32. 45. N. Long.
1. 32. West..

II There is still a district of this name in Shan-tung, Lat. 34. 5^.
N. Long. 0. 47. West,

^ The modern m[ Ju WUn-shdng, in Shan-tung, Lat. 35. 50 .
N. Long. 0. 12. East.

** See a district of this name in Shen-se, Lat. 36. 34. N. Long.
4. 43. W.

tt The jnddern ^ ^ Wei-hwuy, in Ho-nan. Lat. 35. 27. N.
Long. 2. 12. West.

372 TttK CHOW DYNASTY.

Outline. The king ofiFered a burnt-offering to Jtl ^
tlie Supreme Ruler, while he contemplated the hills
and rivers in sacrificing to them^ and loudly announced
the completion of his military expedition.

Outline. The king received the warnings of the red
book, which he recorded for his own admonition.

Detail, The king haying ascended Uie throne, on the third month,
gummoned the great officers, and enquired of them, saying, Oh what
is the compendium of excellence, and the general direction for practice,
\yhich can become a constant law for posterity throughout ten thou-
sand ages ? His preceptor, Shang.fo6 replied, ^'It is contained in
the red book, which says, When respectful care exceeds slothful in-
difference there will be felicity ; but when sloth exceeds care, ruin
will follow ; when rectitude is more regarded than lust, matters
will be agreeable, but when passion surpasses uprightness, calamity
will ensue. In every thing, without proper constraint, affairs will
go wrong, and without due caution, there will be incorrectness ; er-
ror leads on to destruction, but respect lasts for ten thousand ages.
The compeudiumof exccllcace, the general rule for conduct, which can
become a constant law for posterity, is contained in the above max-
ims." The king hearing the words of the book, became suddenly a-
larmed, retiring he adopted them as his monitors^ writing them on the
four corners of his mat, as well as on his tables, mirrors, tubs, plat-
teic beams, staves, girdles, shoes, sandals, cups, bowls, doors, win-
dows, swords, bows, and spears, in short on every thing were these
sentences engraved.

Ouilinc The king enquired about right principles

of Ke-tsze, when Kc-tbze set before him "^^ the
great plan."*

Delail. The king having conquered Yin, and released KS-tsz^
from confinement, asked him about celestial principles, when KS-tsz^
laid before him the great plan ; after which the king appoiiited him

to rule over §^ §^ Corea, where he had no occasion to acknowledge
himself a subject to the Chow dynasty.

Outline. ]^ % Pih-e and ^ ^ Shuh-tsfe, two old
servants of the Yin dynasty, left the Chow country,

and concealed themselves in the 1^ ^ Shdw-yang
hill, where they starved themselves to death.

Detail. Pih-e and Shiih-tse were sons of the ruler of ^^ rJ
Koo-chiih. Their father wished to establish Shiih-tsS (the youngest)
as his successor ; but when their parent died, Shilh-tsS yielded the
government to his elder brother Plh-S. Pth-^ said, It is our father's
command (that you 8h\)uld rule : ) and immediately absconded.

• See the Sboo-king. fciect. The great plan.

THE CHOW DYNASTY. 373^

Shiih-tse also, refusing to be acknowledged as sovereign, fled ; and
the people of the country set up the second son. When Wo6-wang
attacked the tyrant of Yin, E and Tse together stopped his horse,
and set forth the duties of princes and ministers, in order to reprove
hira. The attendants wished to kill them, but T'ha^-kung said.
These are righteous men. After which he ILfted them up, and ri;-
moved them. When Wo6-w§,ng had adjusted the confusions of the
Yin dynasty, and the people of the empire had acknowledged the new
dynasty of Chow, £ and Tse were ashamed of the transaction, and
concealed themselves in the Sh6w-yang hill ; * being too righteous

to eat the corn of the Chow dynasty, they gathered the ^[ Wei ve-
getable (edible ferns) and ate it ; when about to die of hunger, they
made the following ode.

Come let us meunt yon western hill.
And gather Wei seeds for our fill ;
A tyrant's come i ' the tyrant's place,
And people know not the disgrace ;
The great Shin-nung, with Yaou and Shun,

Of these old sages, there are none ;
Oh whither, then, shall we return.

Our lives are done ; our fate we mourn*
They then died of hunger on the Shbw-yang hill.f

Outline. The king established the ty the law.

Outline. The capital was removed to §^ Kaou.
(The modem @| ^ Se-gan, in Shen-se, Lat. 34. 16.
N. Long. 7- 30. W.)

Outline. Schools were established, and old men
taken care of: while the great military music was
composed.

Outline. The ^ <^ Suh-shin tribe came to present
tribute.

Detail, At that time the various trihes of foreigners, brought the
different articles peculiar to their countries as tribute ; wheDSupon
the people from Suh-shin presented w^ooden shafts and stone heads
for arrows, tlie former about a cubit and a half in length. The king^
wishing to display the illustrious virtue nhich induced difitant stranr
gers to come, bound together the strings of the arrows, saying.
This is the tribute of the Suh-shfn people.

Outline. ^^ Cycle XXVI. An. 17. Woo-wang

♦Near the y^ ^ Poo district, in Shen-se, Lat. 36. 18. N.
Long. 5. 22. W.

t While they were gathering the Wei seeds, an old countrywo-
man said. You gentlemen are so righteous that you will not eat
Chow*s corn, but these are also Chow's ferns ; on hearing lyhich
they starved themselves to death.

374 THE CHOW DYNASTY.

14. The westero strangers presented a hound, when

^ Shth, the duke of ^ Shaou composed an essay to
admonish the king.

Detail, The western foreigners brought a large dog as tribute ;
when the duke of Shaou, considering that a dog was an uncommoa
article of tribute, and might easily induce sovereigns to be fond of
strange things, which example ought not to be set before the princes,
composed a treatise called the strangers' dog, as a piece of admoni^
tion for kings.

Outline. The king was sick, when H^ Tan, the

duke of ^ Chow, prayed to the three former kings,
begging that he himself might be taken instead of the
king.

JDetaiL Wo6-wang being ill, the duke of Chow, considering that
the royal house was not yet established, that the subjects of the Yin
dynasty were not entirely subdued, and that the foundation of the
new state might be easily shaken, therefore solicited of the spirits of
T*hae-wang, Wang-kwef, and Wan-wang, that he might be allowed
to die instead of the king. The hbtorian recorded the form of prayer
used by him, and laid it up in the golden-mounted casket. On the
next day, the king recovered.

Outline. ^H Cyc XXVl. An. 18. Woo-wang

15. During the spring, the king went to inspect the
districts and mountains, sacrificing to the gods, and
giving audience to the princes of the empire.

Outline. ^^ Cyc. XXVl. An. 19. Woo-wang

16. During the summer, ^ ^ Ke-tsze came to court.

Detail. K^-tsz^ came to pay court to the Chow dynasty, when
passing by the old market of Yin, he was grieved to see the ruins of
the former palace, with the grain growing upon its site. Wishing
to burst out into a loud lamentation, he thought it would be impro-
per, and being desirous of weeping in secret, he conceived it would
be too womanish, therefore he composed the following ode on the ears
of wheat.

How pointed are the ears of wheat !

How beauteous the corn !
But oh that cunning crafty wight,*
AVho my advice did seorn !
The remaining subjects of the Yia dynasty, when they heard the
ftong could not refrain from shedding tears.

Outline. Zi 5 f Cyc. XXVL An. 22. Woo-w&ng
19. During the winter, in the 12th month, the king

I ■■■■ .. ■ — -■■_■ — —

* Alluding to his former master.

THE CHOW DYNASTY. 375

died, when his eldest son |^ Sung ascended the
throne, while ^ Tan, the duke of ^ Chow, filled
the office of prime minister and regulator of all the
public works.

jjJ(^3E CHING-WANG.

Outline. ^ ^ Cycle XXVL An, 23. B. C. 1114.

The first year of Ching-wang, of the Chow dynasty, W
Tan, the duke of ^ Chow, assisted the king to mount
the throne, and the empire was well governed.

Detail. Ching-w^ng was young (only 13 years of age,) and could
not fill the throne, when the Duke of Chow took a share of the govern-
ment, ascending the throne and regulating affairs ; thus he faced the
south, and placed the the imperial screen at his hack, in order to give
audience to the princes of the empire. He then inculcated the

principles to he observed by the heir- apparent on his own son jQ ^^
Plh-k'hin, that Ching-w&ng might be made acquainted with the reci-
procal duties of father and son, prince and minister, superior and
inferior. When Chlng-wang was in fault, he chastised Plh-k'hin,
in ordei to point out to Chlng-wang what was expected from a young
prince about to succeed to the throne.

Outline. J3, Tan, the duke of ^ Chow, made an
announcement for the information of g)^ Shih, the
duke of ^ Shaou.

Deiail. At that time, the duke of Shaou was one of the three re-
gents ; from the ]^ Shen district (in Ho- nan) and westward, Shaou
was the piiucipal, 'while from that point eastward the duke of Chow
presided. Ching-wang being young, the duke of Chow was associ-
ated in the government, and bore the burthen of the country ; but the
duke of Shaou was suspicious of him ; the duke of Chow therefore,
compos(»d the section of the Shoo-king, entitled " Oh prince Shth V
and the duke of Shaou was satisfied. (See the Shoo-king.)

Outline. During the summer, in the sixth month,

they interred ^ 3E Woo-wang at ^ Peih.
Outline. The king was considered of age.

Detail. Having buried Woo-wang, they crowned Chlng-wang
(as being of age) when the new monarch paid his respects in the
ancestorial temple, and received the congratulations of the princes.

The duke of Chow then commanded jfl^ ^P Chuh-yung to compose
a eulogy,|saying, ** In praying for the kins? use intelligent expressions,
but be brief." The phraseology of Chuh-yung's prayer ran thus,
** May the king live near to his people, and far from flatterers ; may
he be sparing of his time and lavish of his wealth ; familiar with the

376 THE CHOW DYNASTY.

virtuous, and giving employment to the capable." The eulogy was
as follows : *• On a favourable month and a lucky day, your Majesty
was crowned and put away your childish disposition ; having been
adorned with the robe and crown, you have respectfully imitated the ta-
zure heavens, and taken the six points for yonr pattern, following
your father and grandfather's example, and thus attaining to eternal
continuance without end."

Outline. The king ordered Pth-Vhin, the eldest son
of the duke of Chow, to be appointed to the ^ Lo6
country.

Detail, When Pth-k*hin went to his appointment in Loo, the
duke of Chow addressed him, saying, I am the son of W&n-wang,
the younger brother of Wo5-wang, and the uncle of the present king;
thus I am no ignoble person in the empire. But during one bath, I
have thrice tied up my hair, and in the course of one meal, I have
tliree times voided my mouthful, and risen up to attend to scholars,
lest I should miss a single virtuous man in the empire. Now, my
son, you are about to proceed to Lob, take care that you do not on
account of the kiiikrdom vaunt it over men.

Outline. The three uncles of the king ^ Kwan, ^

Tsa6, and ^ H6, spread abroad certain reports, in
consequence of which the duke of Chow went to reside
in the east.

Detail. Kwiin, the king's uncle, with his brethren circulated re-
ports through the country, saying, ** The duke (of Chow) will work
to the disadvantage of the young king." In consequence of this, the
monarch became suspicious of the duke of Chow, when the duke gave
up his appointment, and retired to the eastward, where he took the
three hundred and eighty-four symbols in the book of diagrams, and
attached expressions to each of them.

Outline. T 1^ Cycle XXVI. An. 24. Chlng-
wang 2. The king administered the government, while
Chow-kung dwelt to the eastward, when the guilty
persons (who spread the reports) were discovered.

Outlive. )X ^ Cycle XXVI. An. 25. Chlng-w&ng
3. Whilst the duke of Chow dwelt in the east country
he composed an ode, to be presented to the king, called
the 9wl ditty.*

Outline. During the autumn, there was a great

* The owl is a vicious bird, which plunders nests and eats eggs,
from which the writer drew a comparison with Wo6-k&ng, Tsa^, and
the rest, for attempting the injury of the royal house.

THE CHOW DYNASTY. 377

t)f wind, accompanied with thunder, when the king
went to meet the duke of Chow, returning from the
8torm eastward ; the monarch hud no sooner gone out of
the suburbs, than a shower of rain beat down the wind.

Detail. During the summer, when the grain was fully ripe, and
iiad not yet been reaped, there was a violent storm of thunder and
lightn'ng, with wind ; the corn was in consequence beaten down, and
some large trees were torn up by the roots. The king was very much
alarmed, and accompanied by his great officers, all capped and
Tjeltecl, went to open the gold-mounted casket, wt»en he met with the
•document in which the duke of Chow had prayed 'to be substituted
for Woo-wang : he held the paper in his hand and wept, after which
he went out of the suburbs to meet the duke of Ciiow ; immediately
the heaven sent down rain, which allayed the wind, whereupon the
•corn revived, and there was a plentiful harvest.

Outline. The three uncles of the king ^ Kwan,

t Tsae, andQ H6, with "^ ^ Woo-k^ngr rebelled ;

the ^ Yen state, with the ^ ^ Hwae-e, and ^ 5^
Tseu-jAng foreigners also revolted.

Detail, Chlng-wang having met the duke of Chow on his
xeturn, the three uncles of the king became alarmed, and in connec-
tion- with th« Hwae-6 and other foreigners, broke out into opim
rebellion.

Outline. The king ordered the duke of Chow to go
eastward to attack the rebels, when the duke made
a general announcement to the people of the empire.

Outline. fQ -^ Pth k'hin, the earl of^^ Loo, led
forth an army to the attack of the Hwae-e, and Tseu-
jiing foreigners.

Outline. Woo-k^ng, having been takon, was slain ;
when ^ ^ ^ Wei-tsze-k'he was appointed to the
government of the ^ Sung state, * in order to connect
the successiou of ^ Yin.

Outline. The king's uncle, •§' Kwan, was put to

death at ^ Shang ; ^ Tsue, another uncle, was

imprisoned at ^|^ K5-lin ; while the third uncle ^

Ho was degraded to the rank of a plebeian. The ^

Yen state was then tranquillized, together with the ^^

5^ Hwae-6 foreigners, so that the eastern division of
th e country was set at rest.

♦ The modern ^ jJ|J Shang-k'hew, in il6:iu:i.

378 THE CHOW DYNASTY.

Outline. The duke of |g Chow having set to rights
the eastern states, returned in triumph, and composed
an ode for the encouragement of the officers and sol-
diers.

Outline. HB.Cyc-XXVl. An. 26. Chiag.w&ng
4. The king put off moaming for his &ther, paid his
respects in the anceatorial temple of the former kings,
and then examined the host of officers. The duke of
Chow resigned all charge of the government into the
king's hands ; who, standing in the centre, administer-
ed die snme, surrounded by the four sages : ^ ^ the
duke of Chow stood always before him, to lead the
emperor on in the right way ; ^^ the great duke stood
OB the left, to aid the emperor's views; ^ ^ the duke
of Shaou stood on the emperor's right, to brush away

his faults ; while |^ ^ the historian Yfh stood be-
hind him, to take care of any thing that might be for-
gotten ; thus in deliberation no counsel was lost, and
in undertakings nothing went wrong.

Outline. ^ 9P Cyc. XXVI. An. 48. Chtng-wAag
6. The king arranged the hundred officers, and re-
gulated ceremonies and music.

Detail, The duke of Chow aaebted Chiog-w&og, and the six
great officers of state regulated the ceremonies, composed music, and
distributed weights and measures, so that the empire was well settled.

Outline. Ambassadoi-s from the j^ ^ YuiS-sh&ng
country came to court.

Detail, On the south of ?£ Afc Keaou-ch^, * is the Tu^-sh&ng
country, the people from which region, making use of triple inter-
preters came to present a white jungle fowl. The duke of Chow
said. When the virtuous influence of the good man does not affect a
country, he is not willing to receive presents from that state; and
when bis government does not extend to a people, the upright maa
is loth to consider them as subjects. The inteipreter saia, **The
yellow-haired elders f in 'our land have made the observatioo, that
the sky has not been charged with furious winds and violent .raiiis,
nor the sea agitated with waves, for these three years ; they have

*3w J^ Keaou-chS is generally taken for Cochin China,
f Old persons have their hair white/ but when they become very
old it turns yellow.

THE CHOW 0YP«AaTY. 379

therefore concluded that in the middle, country (China) there must
have arisen a perfect sage ; on which account we have come to pay
our respects." Hearing this, the dake of Chow presented them in the
ancestorial temple : the messengers were, however, ignorant of the
way to return, whereupon the duke ga^e them five close cAiriages,

each of which was so constructed as to point to the south ; the am-
bassadors mounted these, and passing through j^ ^§ Foo-n&n, and

'P^O Lln-yXh to the sea shore, in about a year they arrived at
their country. Hence the southrpointing carriages have always been
used to direct the way, and. to show the submisfiion of distant stran-
gers, !n order to regulate- the four quarters of the world.

Outline. ^ Jg Cy. XXVI. An. 29. Chiog-wang
7. In the second mocitli o{ spring, the king* command-
edl the great protectar, duke Shaou, to inspect the site
of the new capital, la the third moath, the duke of
Chow came to ^ Ii5, when the work was comnienced,
and the buildings carried on. The king also eame to;
the new city, and ordered the duke of Ohow to remain
behind and regulate the city of Lft.

Detail. In the first instance Wob-wUng founded a city at $^l
Haou ; (the modern j^ ^ Se-gan, in Rj|^ S Shen-se), which he
called ^S Ml ^6 honourable city of Chow, this was the western
metropolis. He wa* also about to build J^ 'Mi^^ complete city

of Chow, when he dwelt at L8, (the modern JftJ ^ ]^ Ho-nan-fob,)
but the work was left unfinished. At tbos time, the king (Ching-
w&ng) wished to carry out the intention of his father Wob-w&ng, and

settle the tripod (i. e. fix the metropolis) at ^ ^ He^jeuh, (or
L6) ; when, on consalting the divination, the answer was, ** The dy.
nasty shall be handed down through thirty generations^ and last se-
ven hundred years.*' In the second month, he ordered duk« Shs^ou
to go first and inspect the site. In the third month, the duke of
Chow came to X»o, when he commenced the work, and began to build,
caling it the royal city. This was the eastern metropolis. He mote-
over said. This h the centre of the world ; whither the people from
all (quarters bringbg in their Uibute will find the roads plain and even.
When the duke of Chow had built the complete city of Chow, the
king came to the city L6, and removed the refractory people of Yia
thkher, whilst be left the duke to manage the government. Afler
which the king returned to the western capital.

Outline. He established (the sacrifices to Heaven
at) ^^ N&n-keaou, besides which be founded the
illustrious temple (for the service of WSln-wang), and
erected the great altar (ixr the centre of the country.)

380 THE CHOW DYNASTY.

Outlive. ^ H Cyc. XXVI. An. 30. Chit\g.
vfkng 8. The duke of Chow was appointed to regulate
the eastern capital.

Outline. The king commanded ^ ^ Tsa6-chiing
to be re-appointed to ^ Tsa^.

Detath Tfla^-chiing was the son of Tisa^, one of the king's un-^
c1e9. When the royal uncle died, the duke coneidering that Ch{ing
was virtuouty instiuc.ed Ching-wilng to reappoint him to Tm^.

Outline. 1^ ^ Cyc. XX VI. An. 31. Chlng-
w&ng 9. The king appointed his younger brother,

^ J^ Shuh.yu, to be the ^ j^ Marquis of T'hang.

DctaiL The kin^ was amuting himtelf with Shtih-jrUy when he

clipped a leaf of the ^^ Tung tres* into the form of a scepter, and
presenting it to Shdh-yu, said, I instal you in office with this. The

liistorian ^^ Yth then requested him to select a day when he would
establish Sh\ih-yu in his government ; the king said, *' I was only in
sport with him. " To which the historian replied, ** An emperor
should never say things in sport; when he utters any thi»g the
historian records it, ceremonies complete it, and music chant* it/'
On this account the king appointed Shiih-yu to T'hang, who was
thenceforth called T'hang Shtth-ya.

Outline. P§ Ep Cycle XXVL An. 33. Ching-wAng
11. When the duke of Chow was at JS; Fung, he
composed a piece against self-indulgence, for the in-
struction of the king.

Outline. While the duke of Chow dwelt at Fung,
he fell sick, and being about to die, he said, " Bury
me at }^ ]|l^ the complete city of Chow, to shew that
I do not aare to leave the king." When the duke ex-
pired, however, Ching-w&og insisted on interring him

at Sjk Peth, in company with W&n-w&ng, in order to
shew that he did not presume to look on the duke of
(yhow as his subject. Ching-w&ng, considering 'that
the duke Chow had acquired merit in the empire,
granted to the duke of the ^ Lo6 country, generation
after generation, to sacrifice to the duke of Chow, with
the rites and music due to an emperor ; therefore in
the end of summer, in the sixth month, they annually
offered the imperial sacrifice to the duke of Chow, in

* A species of Jatropha.

THE CHOW DYNASTY. S8l

the great ancestorial temple, considering WSn-wdng as
the emperor from whom he sprang, and associating the
duke of Chow with him.

Outline. The king ordered ^^ Keup-chin to
tegulate the eastern border in ^ ^ the complete ci-
ty of Chow,

DelaiL The duke of Chow beinsr dead, Keun-chtn was ordered
to take charge of the complete city of Chow, in his stead.

Outlin0. 'X ^ Cyc. XXVI. An. 34. Ching-wang

12. The king went on a tour of inspection, to give au-
dience to the princes of the empire, at the diflFerent
mountains, when he put in force the regulations re-
garding promotion and degradation.

Outline. )^)^ Cyc. XXVI. An. 35. Ching-wang

13. The king enacted the laws regarding the round
money of the nine treasuries.

Detail. Formerly, in the time of Yaou and Shdn, and during the
■dynasties of Hea and Shang, there were only three sorts of metallic

currency; until the time of jJ^ ^^ ^^ T*ha^«kung>w4ng, when
the laws regarding the coin of the nine treasuries were established ;
the coin was round, with a square hole in the centre ; the weight of
•each being calculated according to ths Chinese dram,* and were all
payable at the nine treasuries. Cloth, two feet and two inches in
breadth, and 40 feet in length constituted a piece.

Outline. ^ ^ Cycle XXVI. An. 59. Ching-wang
37. During the summer, in the 4th month, the king

ordered ^ SWh, the great protector, with the rest
of the ministers, to receive the retrospective decree.
^See the Shoo-king.)

Outline. The lung died, and his eldest son 0)]
Chaou, ascended the throne, under the title of

3E k'hang-wang.

Outline. ^-^ Cyc. XXVI. An. 60. B. C. 1077.
The first year of K'hang, the king of Chow. A gene-
ral announcement was made to the princes of the em-
pire, when they came to pay court at the §p Fung pa-
lace.

■ I »i— »j.^^— »— i— ^— ^»p— ^— ^— ^^»^^— <

♦ The Chinese dram was the 24th of a Chinese tael, which was
about 4 oz. avoirdupois.

382 THE CROW DYNASTY.

Detail. When the princes came to pi^ their reipectB, the king
issued the announcement of R'han^, giving them a general view of
fbe merit established hj W&n and Woo ; after which he gave audi-
ence to the princes at the Fung palac#, and from thenceforth the
cbiels were all suhmissire.

Outline. ^ J^ Cyc. XXVI L An. 1 1 . K'hang.wftng
12. During the summer, in the 6th month, the king

ordered the duke |^ Pdh to tranquillize the eastern
region.

Outline. )^ ^ Cyc. XXVI I. An. 25. K'bang-wdng

26. The great protector ^ Shth, the duke of ^ Sha<5u,
died.

Detail, From the first, the duke of Shaoti regulated the western
region, where he rendered the people qui te harmonious. Once the
attendant officers begged leave to summon the people to ctmie to him,
the duke 8ba6u, said, *' To trouble a whole people rather than trou*
ble a single indiridual, is not according to the principles of our for-
mer prince W&n-w^ag/' He therefore went round on a tour of in-
spection through the cities and villages, hearing causes under the -^^
Tang tree, (a sort of pear.) After this he di^ ; and men, thiuldng
of his government, could not bear to cut down the Tang tree ; and
having composed a ballad on the sweet pear, they chanted it.

Outline. The king died, and his son ^ Hea, as*
tended the throne, (under the title of Cha6u-wdng.)

Detail, During the ages of Chlng-w&ng and K*hang-w&og, the
empire was so tranquil, that punishments were set atfide, aod not
used for 40 years.

Wi £ CHAOU WANG.

Outline. ^331 Cyc. XXVIL An. 26. B. C. 105L
The first year of Cha6u, the king of Chow.

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. XXVII. An. 39. Cha6u.wftng
14. fH Fuh, the younger brother of the earl of ^ Lo6,

killed his chief, duke ||^ Tew, and set up himself in
his stead.

Outline. H ^ Cyc. XXVI 1. An. 16. Cha6u.wing
61. A variegated bright light passed through ^ ^
the constellation Draco ; while the waters of the wells
overflowed ; the king went on a tour of inspection to
the river ^ Han, where he died, and his son ||l|
Mwin ascended the throne.

Detail. At this time the vigour of the Chow dynasty begaa t#

THE CHOW DYNASTY. ^3

tiecline ; the king went southward to inspect fais territory /aud re-
turned to the confluence of the fff TsS and ^E H4n rivers.^
The people on the shores of the H&n put the kin

king on beard of a
ael that ^ as fastened with glue, so that when he came to the mid-
dle of the stream, the glue dissolved, and the boat went to pieces,

thus the king, and the duke ^^ Tsa^ were both drowned.

MUH-WANG.

OutUne. ^ j^ Cyc. XXVIIl. Au. 16. B. C. 1000.
the first year of Muh, Uie king of Chow.

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. XXVIIL An. 19. Muh-wang
3. The king ordered f§ 3P Keun-yiy to be the chief
minister of instruction, and j^ (p| PlhkeAng to be the
chief of the household. (See the Shoo-king.)

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. XXVIII. An. 33. M uh-wAng
17. The king went on an expedition westward, when
the people of ^ Tseu rebelled, the king therefore re-
turned and attacked the 1 seu people, whom he over-
came.

Detail. There was or e j£t ^C Tsaou-foo, who pleased the king
by his skill in driving his chariot, and having obtanied eight studs of
liorses they went on a hunting expedition to the westward, with
which the king was to delighted that he forgot to return. At that

time ^[ Ting, the lord of f^ Tseu,f who possessed only 500 square
le of territory, by practicing benevolence and righteousness, obtained a
red bow «ind arrows, wheieupon considering it a divine omen, he took

the title of "ffly ^u Yen-w&ng; while of the surrounding nobles thirty-
six paid their court to Tseu. When the sovereign heurd that the lord

of Tseu had usurped a royal title, T«a6u.fo6 being hie charioteer, he
returned hy forced marches to quell the insurrection ; and having

obtained ^S the Tso6 state as his ally, he attacked the Tseu country.
The lord ot Tseu, not liking to expose his people to the hazard of a

battle, fled northward to the ^ P&ng city,} whither about 10,000
of his people followed him. When the lord of Tseu was about to die,

^ At the city of »|'^ Hin-yang, inHoo-pth, Lat. 30. 31. N.
(Long. 2. 18. W.

t The modern j|[ ^ Fung-y&ng, in Keang-nan, Lat. 32. 55. N.
Long. 1. 1. E.

J The modern ^^ yx\ Tseu-chow, in Keang-nan, I al. 34. 10. N.
Long. 1. 0. £.

384 THE CHOW DYNASTY.

"^ saM, I have relied too much on accomplished virtue, and have not
understood military tactics, therefore am I brought to this. The
king then appointed Tsaou-foo to the government of the citj of

jig ChaoUy* whence his descendants took the surname of Chaou.

Outline. )^ H Cyc. XXX. An. 51. Muh-w&Dg35.
An attack was made on the 3^^ K'heuen-jAog^ fo-
reigners.

Detail. The king being about to attack the K'euSn-jiing foreigners
in the west, (for not contributing to the sacrifices usual on the removal

of a deceased monarch's tablet,) ^[ 5C M6\v-fi>6, the duke of ^
Tsa^, reproved him, saying, You should not do it ; the former kings
illustrated virtue, and did not make a display of their troops. When
soldiers are assembled and put in motion at tiie proper season,
then their movements inspire awe ; but when military force is always
displayed, people become familiar with it, and familiarity removes fear;
therefore, under the government of the ancient kings, within the im«
perial domain, was exacted the feudal service ; beyond the royal pro-
vince were roquired the baronial dues ; and at th"? passes of the countiy,
at the out- pests, tlie Ptranger*s fealty was accorded ; still further, t..e
foreigners were merely subjected to the restrictions of the court ; white
outside of all, the barbarians did what could be required of those who
occupied the wild Mrastes. Those who performed the feudal service
aided in sacrificing to the immediate predecessors of the monarch ;
the baronial dues consisted in presenting offerings to the progenitors
of the ruling dynasty ; the stanger's fealty was shewn in sending up
gifts on ths removal of the tablets from one temple to another , those
who were merely subject to the restriction of the court forwarded tri-
butes of things necessary for the altar ; and the dwellers in the wilder-
ness merely came to pay court at the accession of a new oionarch.
The sacrifices to royal predecessors were presented daily, those to the
imperial ancestors monthly ; those on the removal of tablets quarterly;
those who sent in tribute came annually; and those who paid
cotirt on a new accession, only after the death of a monarch. This
was the arrangement of the former kings ; but when neither of these
sacrifices nor preftentations were made, then followed capital inflictions
for the punishment of the serfs, soldiers were sent to attack and reduce
the barons to subjection ; or military expeditions weie undertaken a-
gainst the nourliiront strangers, or threatening orders were despatched
to the foreigiKTs, or letters of announcement to the barbarians ;
. when these orders were issued and the presents still did not arrive,
then the ancient kings redoubled the cultivation of their virtue, but
did not oblige the people to go to a distance to fight. Thus those
who were near invariably came, and the distant universally submitted.
Now the people of K*heu^n.j^ng have come to wait on the new

* The modern jt|i WL Chaou-chJng, in Shen-se, Lat. 36. 23. N.
Long. 4. 46. W.

T8B CBOW DYKACTT. Wi

«QTeY«%B in AiMtmeiit of ihe'r dptjioft ^n^ if you in^ift on 8t-
tacking them for not sacrificing i^ the ren^ov^l of a tablet, 9nfl W^jf^^
a display of your military preparations, will not this be to set asMe
the instructions of the foipnicr kii)g|s, and ^v^tually prevent them even
from coming to pay homage on the accession o/a new sovereign. The
king, however, would uot listen, but went forih to war ; mk^n he
Qhtained four white wolves, ^nd fqiir white stags^ i^ihI r^Vura^d : from
this time those who dwelt iu tlie wild r^gioi^s came no more to court.

Outline. B IS Cyc. XXlX. 4?.. 6. IiTuti-w4ng 50.
The king 4rew up the code? of pupi^t^nient^ established
by Q Le6, for the information of ^Iji.

Outline. ^]^ Cyc, XXIX, An. 11. MuhrW^ng
05. Jhe ©mperor died 9t ^ ^ T^-^ung, when his ^Qn
^ ^ E-ho6 ascended th^ lErQP^.

Detail. The emp^rer, being dysirons <rf gratifying his mind by
travelling round the empire, undertook to go wherever the traces of

horses and carriasres could be found. 'Phe fatherly pouncillor, 1^'C^
Ts^-kung, composed an ode, in ovdenrlo check t)M royal incUoations;
^nd his^iMJesty brpnght hi^ \vaqd9riHgat9 i^n end |t T^-knng.

Outline. Z^"^ Cye. XXIX. An. 12. ©. C. 945.
Euag, the ^ng pf Chow's fir&t year.

Outline. If ^ XXIX. An. t4. The eroperor lyent
to ramble on the bankp of the ^ Kitig.

Petail. Whilst the kiufr wiis rarablmg on the banUs of the Kin^
stream,* ^ Kang, the duk^ pf ^ >|.eXh,t f«Jiowed him, and thre?
young women fled to him for prolef»iipn. His mother said, *' You
«liduld send them to toe emperor. AJUo»g wild beasts three 4onsti«
tute a flock, among men the same number make u*p a plurality.
Tiiree young wonven are bright and beautiftil things ; what virtue
.have yotu to be worthy of housing them. Even the kin<? if n^t worr
thy of them, h(3W much less you, ugly littje fellow ! Wh^n ugly pig-
mies store up things for thenaselves, they ase sure in the end to smart

ior U.^ The duke p^ Kliang appropriated the young women to
iiiiti«etf wotftunit pre»$eatinic thi m to tiie kif^g; and in one year the
kiny e at e rminat ed the Meth eountxy.

Ontiine. p^ ]^ Cy. XxIX. An. 23. Kung-vang

* This^brenm takes its rise in Kan-sfih, »«?ar ""p ^ Plng-leang
£06, Lat. 35. 34. N. I^ng. 9. 48. W.

t The Melh counts^' is the modern ^ j^ Dng-ta^ district in
Ping-leang county, Lat. 34. 69. N. Long. 9. 5. W-

Xx

■386 THE CHOW DYNASTY.

12. The king died, and his son |^ Keen ascended
h e throne, under the title of

^ ^ E-WANG.

Outline, y * Cy. XXIX. An. 24. B. C. 933.
The first year of E, king of Chow, when the capital
was removed to :^ J| Kwei-le.*

Outline, "j^ ^ Cy. XXlX. An. 25. E-wang 2.
The royal house became weak, and poets began to com-
pose sarcastic effusions.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XXIX. An. 48. E-wang 25.

The king died, and ^^ Peih-fang, the younger bro-
ther of Eung-wang was established, under the title of

^ 3E HEAOU-WAKG.

Outline. £ ^ Oyc. XXIX. An. 49. B. C. 908.
Hea6u, the king of Chow's first year.

Outline. ^ j^ Cyc. XXX. An. 1, Heaou-wang 12.
^ ^ Fei-tsze was appointed to the superintendence
of a subordinate city, and proceeded to ^ Tsin.

Detail, Among the descendants of f^ ^^ 3pU Go-la^-klh,
was one Fei-tsz^, who was fond of horses, and was skilful in breed-
ing them; the king commanded him to superintend his horses in the

fields between the *Jf K'heen f and ^ Wei % rivers. The horses
increased in number ^kod size, whereupon the king promoted him

to be the superintendent of a secondary city in the ^^ Tsln country,

directing him to succeed to fpf^fPXh-e ; (this person was the an-
cestor of the Tsln dynasty.)

Outline. A great storm of rain and hail occurred, by
means of which the cows and horses died, and the ri-
vers ^ Keang and ^ Han were frozen.

Outline. j^|| Cy. XXX. An. 3. Heaou-wang 15.The
king died, when the princes of the empire again set up

* The modern AH "^^ Hing-ping district, in Se-gan county, L»t
34. 18. N. Long. 8. 3. W.

t The K*heen river rises in Shen-se province, and J]q[|^^ Fung-
seang county, Lat. 34. 25. N. Long. 9. W.

\ The Wei river rises also in Shen-se province, and jjE 9

Sing-tsaou county.

THE CHOW DYNASTY. 387.

Seg, the eldest son of^EE E-wang, under the title of

W 3E E-WANG.

Outline, y ^\l Cy. XXX. An. 4. B. G. 893-
The first year of E, the king of Chow. At this time
the emperor first descended the hall, and waited on the
princes, when the ceremony of holding audience was
discontinued.

Outline. BE Cy. xXX. An. 6. E-wdng 3. The
king ordered duke ^ K'helh to attack the Tartars of
the plain.

DetaiL At that time, the holdera of the more distant tenures did
not come to court, on which account the emperor ordered the duke

K'helh, to head the six legions and attack the Tartars of ^ ^

T'had-yu^n, • and pursue them as far as W^ Yu-tseu^n (in the
same county) ; when he obtained 1000 horses.

Outline. ^1^ Cy. XXX. An. 11. E-wang 8.
]l^^ ||^ HeAng-keu, the viscount of ^ Tso6, attacked
M YAngi t ^ Yang, and H Yug, % even to ^ G6.§

Outline, i ^ Oyc. XXX. An. 19. E-wang 16.
The king died, and his son ^ Hod ascended the throne,
under the title of j^ ^ L6-w&ng.

Outline. The king put to death ^ ^ Puh-shin,
the marquis of ^ Ts6, and set up his younger brother
^ Tsing, in which aflFair he shewed his tyranny, and
the poets censured him.

^ as LE-WANG.

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XXX. An. 20. B. C. 877.
The first year of Le, the king of Chow. At this time
the viscount of ^ Tsoo voluntarily resigned his usurp-
ed title of king.

-" — ^ _ — —

41 The modern T'ha^-yuen, in Shen-se province, Lat. 37. 53. N.
Long. 3. 55. W.

t The modern ^ Fang district, in Hoo-pth province, Lat. 32. 1 .
N.Long. 5. 46, W.

X Both of these are situated on the Yang-tszd-keang, in the same
province.

. § The modern Sj ^ Woo-ch'hang, in Hoo-pih province, Lat.
30. 35. N. Long. 2. 15. W.

388 THE circw dtoastt.

Outlh^. ^ g iyy. tSX. An. 30. U-nrAng 11.
The inhabitantH of:^||^ Hiira8-« invaded the empire
e^ a planderii^ ^xpeditiot^, vfh^n &e king ordeted ^
jijl K'heih«<fhung to lead an Mmf i^iii5t them.

Outline. ^SCy. XXX. An. 38. L6-w4ng 19.
iU Shan, the eldest son of 1he pHnce of ^ iTse, kil-
led his prince, and set himself up to reien.

dutUnr. The marquis of Ts6 remo^l4iis rule to )S
Hf Ltn-tszd.*

Outline. ^ ^ Cy. XXX. L6.wftng30. Tlie king
appoint^ ^ M ^ Yiing-^-kung to be a Boble.

y^tail. The king was load of gain, and became famUiar wiUi

YCing-^.kung ; when the great officer ]^S ^ J(iy-le&ng-fo6 te^
proved the monarchy saying, ** Y^ug-^-kuog ie entirely addicted to
gain, and does not know the difficulties connected -tiietewith. Now
gain results l^om almost evtiry thing, add is to b^itaet with tbroagh-
iout tbe wide world ; h\it wb^n a man becomes addicted to H, 3the
danger tieztieme. One who ruliis mankind «boaid draw forth gak
from its sources, and diHTuse it ftmong the ffod^ abov<e and men below,
that both divine ahd'himian beln^^ with au otiter-^elListences, msy in-
variably attain to (the atmast|>^itt of eiijoymeiil, and still there will
arise murmurings and complaints every day. %ttt if, as now, you aim
to engross the4jfain fbryourAe^ifiAone, howosio lit be rtgfati If a coai*-
wai^ fellow addicts ttidweif 'to (gaih^'we call him ft thief; and 4«hen
Jiings practise it, few of them come to a good end. If ^ou employ
1r(ing.^.kung, the Chow dynasty Will he ruined." the king, how-
efter, wotild not listen, abd a^^poiated Y&ngi.i§«-kDng to be a noble, oo
^hich account th^ princes of the empire iqrb^r^ io ffw^at the usual
tribute fur offering's.

Outline. 21 W ^ycle XXX. An. 5Z Uw&ng 33.
The Kiou* set fjeopie to look out after '4he Tcvilers of
the government and kill them.

Detail. li^wftng was tjtaniiical and^e people cif Khe country

spoke ill of liim ; when the duke ^ Sha6u announeed, saying,
*' Tiie people cannot endure this." Tbe king ^a^ enraged, aiyd em-
ploy d a wizard of the ^ Wef country to find out tboie who apoke
iii of the i^overrjmeut, and inform him, that be -might put them to
death. Thuis the people did not dare to speak, but looked on each o-
ther as thtiy passed along the roads. At this the king wtt deUght^«
and said to duk-. 8ha6u, *^ 1 can put a stop to the 'fiuilt-ftaders.'*
8ha6u said, ** You have merely dammed up the< complaints ; but ta

■^l*^*— i— ~«**— — <W«.»>.*M..*^l»My^»^i— ^»i^»^»»^«i..» j H« I m^tma^i^m^

* The modem Ltu-Uad, in Shan-tuiig/ pnniate, Lit .39. ^^ •!(•
Leaf. 2. 4. £.

THK CHOW JDTKASTY, 389

stop up people *s mouths is more dangerous than to d«m up a stream.;
when tlie f.rce of the water bursts the daiD« and it flows all abroad, it
will inflict injury on many. It is tlie same with the people. There-
fore the best plan with streams is lead them forth aud let them flow
on : and the best method with the people Is to give them liberty and
let them talk. Now when the common peopie ponder over things in
their minds, and alio I? themselves to speak about them, you shou!d
try and carry out their views ; how* could you jthifik of damming tbem
up? Kyou atop their mouths, shouUl they rise up a|;aijist us, wNit
can we do to them ? " The kinif, however, would not listen^ apd
thus the people forbore to give utterance to their sentiments.

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. XXX. An. 53. L6-wang 34-
The duke Shaou composed an o<te Tidicuiing the kins^.
All the carls composed poems, sjarcasticaliy reproving
fheir fellow-officers, through whom they ridiculed th«
king.

Outline. X S ^J^- ^^^- 4°- 5*- L6-waag 35,
I'he tyrannical cohduct of the king increasing more

^nd more, the carl ]^ Jfty ivrote an ode, to reflect
Cipon him. The common people also compos^ odes
animadverting on the king.

Outline, fi ^ Cy. XXX. An. 56. U- w&ng 37.
The people rebelled, and the kinc? went to dwell at ^
Che ; ♦ when the heir-apparent i^ Tsing, concealed
himself in the house of duke ^ Shd6u.

Daiail. The king a dispo^^ition being tyrannical and appressives
the myriads uf the people could endure it no longer, but rose up ^in
revolt and attaoked the king ; when the latter fled to Che, while hia
eldest 8on, Tsing. concealed hiraseif in tbe house of Shaou : the peo-
pie oFthe country surrounded the hoH>«e, when Shaou aaid, '* Por-
nif rly I was urgent in reproving i\m king, but he would not liste^^
until this calamity came upon him. Jfyou now pujt the heii-appa*
rerirt'to death, will not the kinn consider 4hat I have ajc;ted as hisfeoe*
n>y, and had a apite ^flinst him ? 'He who serves a prince of th|B
empire ^honld expose himself to danger on his account without 1>ear-
ing malice, and when vexed should not indulge resentga**«t» ^ow much
less he who serves a king." liaviag said this, he tppkhi? own sq]^,
and substituted him for the heir-apparent, while the latter escaped.

Outline. -^ ^ Cycle XXX. An. 57. Le-w.ang 38.
During the fipring, the ki^g still remaioed at ChQ,
while the dukes ^ Sha&u and.^ Chow managed the

■■ .t M

^ The modem ;|giUd 4i(i$rict, ia Slieo^t IM.36. ^4 .N.liO^.

390 THE CHOW DYNASTY.

government, calling their association " United harmo-
ny.

Detail, The two ministers Shaou and Chow, considering^ that
the heir-apparent, Tsing, was too young to rule, assooiated together,
and managed the affairs of the country, under the title of ^' Combined
harmony."

Outline. ^ ^ Cycle XXXL An, 10. Le-w4ng 51.
Tlie king died at Che, when the dukes Shaou and
Chow requested the heir-apparent Tsing, to ascend the
throne ; whose title was

*a ^ SEUEN-WANO.

Outline. ^T^ Cyc. XXXI. An. II. B. C. 826.
The first year of Seuen, king of Chow ; at this tinie the
dukes ^ Shaou and ^ Chow aided in the adminis-
tration.

Detail. Chow and Shaou assisted the king in managing the

government, imbibing the spirit of the former kings 3v WiLn, ^

Woo, jf^ Ching, and ]p[ K'hang ; and employing the earl of ^

Shin, with 'M' jll ^ Chung-san-foo, and j^'f^ Chang-chung;
when the princes of tlie empire again paid court to the Chow dynasty.

Outline. The king appointed ^ ji^ Tsin-chung to
be a great officer, and directed him to punish the wes-
tern Tartars. At the same time he commanded ^ ^
^ E-keih-fo6 to lead an army towards the north, and
to attack the |^ ^^ Yen-win barbarians.

Outline, ^i ^ Cycle XXXl. An. 12, Seuen-w4ng
2. A drought occurred : when the king ordered ^ ^
Fang-shuli to march soldiers southward, and put to
rights the ^| King and ^ Man foreigners. He also
directed J^ Hoo, the duke of ^ ^ Shaou-muh, to
head an army and attack the barbarians south of the
^ HwaS ; while the king himself undertook to march
in person against those north of the J|| Hwae.

Outline. H ^H ^yc XXXI. An. 16. Seuen-wang
6. A great drought again occurred. When the king
applied himself to the practice of virtue.

Detail. Seuen-wang, having succeeded to the throne after the dis-
play of L^-wang's cruelties, cherished in his mind a disposition to
reduce to order the confusions that prevailed ; thus when ' calamitieB

THE CHOW DYNASTY. ^91

occurred, he was alarmed, and laid himself out in the cultivation of
viitue, with the view of dispersing those calamities. The people of
the empire wero delighted that the royal system of renovation was
again put in practice, and that there was some one to concern himself

ahout the people ; while yj ^jyj Jing-shGh composed an ode in
praise of the king.

Outline. ZL M Cycle. XXXl. An. 22. Seuen-wang
12, The marquis of .^ Lo6 came to court, and pre-
sented his two sons ^ Kwo and j^ He to the king ;
when the king appointed ]^ H6 to be the heir-appa-
rent to the ruler of J^ Loo. At this time the king
neglected to go in person to cultivate the thousand
acres.

Detail. The king neglected to cultivate in person the royal field^

when 3C Wan, the duke of ^^ K'heth, reproved him, saying,
'* The great business of the people consists in husbandry ; the sacri*

fieial grain presented to the , l^ ^ff Supreme Ruler comes from this
source : the increase of the population springs from this : the provi*
ding of necessaries depends on this : harmony and concord ariso
hence ; wealth and abundance commence here ; liberality and since*

rity are completed by this means. Hence (in former times) f^
Tselh, was accpunted such a great officer, because agriculture was
his business ; he did not seek for gain from his subordinates, by in-
terfering with the work of husbandry ; during three seasons of the
year, (spring, summer, and autumn,) agriculture was minded, and at
the remaining season, (winter) military affairs were attended to *
therefore, in waging war dignity was displayed ; and whilst guarding
the country wealth was amassed. Thus the ancients were enabled to
please the gods and harmonize the people, sacrifices and offerings
were presented in due season, and distributions were made liberally
and abundantly. Now if your Majesty wishes to carry out the clue
handed down by the former kings, and yet rejects their greatest acts
of merit, neglecting the gods, and stinting their offerings, while you
exhaust the people's wealth ; how will you attain to happiness or en-
joy the use of your subjects f" The king, however, would not listen.

Outline. 21 ^fe ^jc XXXI. An. 32. Seuen-wang
22. The empress ^ Keang took oflF her hair-pins and
ear-rings to reprove the king ; when his majesty be-
came more diligent, and revived his government

. Detail, The king was in the habit of rising late, when the em-
press Keang took off her ornaments, and waited in the harem to re-
ceive her punishment, while she sent her instructress to inform tha
king, saying, ** In consequence of my want of talent, my lord and

393 THE CHOW DTNASTT.

■lasker hut become addicted to ■eneaal deliglito tnd §argMd of rif-
tne;, failing io pro|)nel3r, and holding late audiences. Now il a per-
•on ia adiicied to pleasure, he will certainly beeome extraTagani ;
bohni; foud of extra#agaoce« he will aoon ezluuiat delight, and when
delight is exhausted, confusion will thenceforth arise. It has been
generally observed that llic ori^n of confusions may be traced to the
female members of a family, therefore I presume to solicit my appro-
priate puniBhment.*' The king replied, ** It b I, that am devoid of
virtue ; I have myself committed the error ; it is ne &ult of your*s.'*
I^rom this time he became more diligetit in government ; attended
early at \m levees, aud retired late ; so that at length he acquired the
name of ibe reviver uf the dynasty.

Outline. ^ ^p Cycle XXXL An. 40. Seuen-wiog
30. A horse wcus traDsformed into a man : aod a rab-
bit danced at ^ "^ Kaou-king.

Outline. -3^ ^ ^ycle XXXL An. 49. Seuen-wang
39* The king atUckeJ the western Tartars, and fought
at '' ^ ^ the Thousand acres/' when the royal
troops were defeated.

Outline. ^ ■?? Cyc. XXX I. An. 50. Seuen-w&ng

40. The king numbered the people at ^j^ (^ T'hae<>
yuen.

DetaU. The king havinsr lost the southern army, numbered the

people in T'hu^-yu^n.* fy tl| ^[ Chong^san-lbb reproved him,
^*yi"g9 The people ought not to be luimbered. The aneieats^ wilb«
out uumbering the people knew their acooont : the registrar brought
up the account of tiie birtlts aiid deaths : tl>e stiperintendent of clana
examined into the people's surname's : the minister of iiistruetioo
vnu aequaioted with the number of consoripts : the minister of jus«
tice knew the amount of felonies ; the sopervis « knew the quantity of
various kinds of goodiv ; tue superintendent of works calculated the
amount of pehs ; the inspector of corn-floors knew what grain was
coming in, and the head of the granaries was well aware what corn
went out : thus the much or litUe, the births or deaths, the income
and expenditure could all be ascertained. Again, they knew the
number of the people by the business to which they attended s
thus the king superintended ai^riculture in the pubtie field ; he hunt-
ed in the mid^printr, when there vras leisure fmn husbandry ; be hoed
the ground aiid reaped the corn also in the pui^ic fleU ; 4e took A
shcvthuut in the beginning of autumn, when the corn waH well
grown ; and he pursued the pleasures of the chace during wintet*
when agricuUnral labours were ^nished ; thus he was familiar with
the nutfiber of Uie people. Wliait need had he to coaat thoai. To

♦ The tnodtrn ^ |j^ Thai?-ytJ^n, in 8hen^, \M. 37. M. W.
Long. 4J. 55. W.

ntrtnber the people without any reason Is offensive in the sight ^
Heaven ; * it is injurious to the interests of government, and prejudi-
cial to posterity. The kin^, ho\Vevei*, would not listen to this advice.

Outline. ^^ Cycle XXXI. An. 53. SeUen-wang

43. The king put to death the great officer tt'jj^

Too-p% ; when 2SE M Ts6-jo6 contended for him, even
till death.

Detail. The king was aboiit 16 kill U'oo-pth, without any fkult,
when Tso-joo the friend of Too-ptii, contended for him before the
king, nine several limes, but the tiioiiarch would not accede to his
request. The king said, " You should distinguish between your
prince and your friend." Jod said, " Wiieh my prince is in the
right and my friend in the \^r6ng, t will obey my prince and slay
my friend ; but when iriy friend is in the right and my prince In the
wrong, I will side with my friend, and oppose my prince.*' The
king enraged said, " Retract yout words and live j retain thert and
die." Jod said, " A true scholar does not deviate ftbta rectitude to
escape death ; nor will he retract his words to save his lifb. I will
shew how your Majesty is ill the wrong, in order to set the innocence
of Too pih in the right light.'* The king, however, 6le\y Ttw-plh,
and Ts6. jo6 died for him.

OatUne. Q ^ Cyc. XXXl. An. 56. Seuen-wang

46. The king died, and his eldest son j^ N^S was
established : with the title of

|i| ^ Y£W WANG.

Ouitine. H ^ Cyc. XXXI. An. 61. B. C. 780.
The first year 6f Ye w, the king of Ohow.

Outline. ^ J^ Gyc. XXXl, An. 59. Yew-w&ng 3.
The king indulged ^ ^ Paou-she as his favoufite.

Detail, Formerly the men of ^^ Paou.f coromttted some of-
fence, and hegged to be allowed to send in a female to the king, in or-

d«r to atone for their mlsdeedis ; thiE was ^g J(i>( Paoa-ife^. Iti
the 3rd year, the king went into the hap-emi, where he saw and became

i^hamouted of her; from their union ||^ Q^ Plh-fiih was born.

Outline. Near the western capital of Chow, J th«
three rivers were disturbed by an earthquake, and the

♦See 1 Chronicles XXL 7. ~~"

t The modern ^ |j^ Paou-cblng, in Shen-se, Lat. 33. 4 N*
Long. 9. 21. W.

t The modern P^SE' Se-gan, in Shen-se, Lat. 34. 16. N. Long,
7. 31. W.

Y V

394 THE CHOW 0VNASTY.

^ King, ^J^ Wei, and'7^ L6 streams were exhaust
ed, while the J^ K'he hill was prostrated.

Detail. Near the western Chow, the three rivers King, Wei,

and L6, were all disturbed by an earthquake, when jQ ^^ ^^I
PIh-Yang-fo6 observed : *^ The Chow dynasty is about to perish.
The influences of nature are not generally disturbed, and when their
arrangement is disordered, it is in consequence of some confusion
among the people. When the male principle of nature is prostrate,
and cannot come forth, being oppressed by the female principle, and
unable to rise, then earthquakes occur. Now the three streams being
disturbed by an earthquake, it is because the male principle has lost its
position, and is kept down by the female. When the superior princi-
ple is out of place^ and is subjected to the inferior, the heads of the ri-
vers will be stopped up ; and when the heads of the rivers are stopped
up, the dynasty must fall. Water and land being duly proportioned,
the people have enough to eat ; when land is not in due proportion, the
people experience a deficiency of the necessaries of life, and then

what else have they to expect but ruin. Formerly when the ^r £

and j^ L5 rivers were exhausted, the ^2 Hea dynasty fell ; when

the Yellow river failed the f^ Shang dynasty came to an end ; and
now the state of the Chow dynasty is similUu: to that of those two
dynasties towards their close : moreover the heads of the rivers are
stopped, if stopped, they will soon be exhausted. Furthermore a
country depends on its hills and rivers, so that the exhaustion of rivers
and the disruption of mountains is a sign of ruin. When rivers
are exhausted, mountains must fall ; and the fall of the dynasty will
not exceed 10 years ; such is the number of its seasons. He
whom Heaven has rejected, will not exceed the term allotted him."
Thus it appeared that the three rivers being a!l exhausted, and

the VBC ^'^^ ^^^ having fallen in that year, eleven years afterwards

pig ^E Yew-wang was overthrown, and the Chow dynasty was re«
moved eastward.

Outline. ^ [^ Cycle XXXI. An. 60. Yew-w&Qg
4. Jftt Ho, the marquis of ^ Wei, composed an ode
OQ repentance, 111 which he satyrized the king.

Outline. All the ministers composed odes against
calumny, in which they rediculed the king.

Outline. The poets, grieved at ttie confusions of the
times, and at the unceasing expeditions which were
undertaken, composed some poetical effusions animad-
verting on the government.

Outline. 7H H Cycle XXXU. An. 2. Yew-wAng
6. In the lOth month of winter at the new moon, there
was an eclipse of the sun.

THE CHOW DYNASTY. 395

Outline, p^ ^ Cyc. xXxlI. 'An. 3. Yew-w^ng
7. The king employed f* ^ Yin-sh6 ; when ^
•iy Kea-foo made an ode reflecting on him.

Outline. X ^pCyc. XXXlI. An. 4. Yew-wang 8.
The king employed ^ Y6w, the earl of |f|J Ohing, as
minister of instructon.

Outline )X^ Cyc. XXXll. An. 5. Yew-w4ng
9. In the 6th month of summer, there fell a shower of
sleet.

Outline. The king set aside the empress ^ Shin,

and the heir-apparent ^^ ^ E-kew ; whilst he made

^ ^ly( Paou-sze empress, and constituted her son ^

Pih-fuh heir to the throne ; whereupon HC ^ E-
£ew fled to the Shin country.

Detail. When the King deposed the empress and heir apparent,
and E.kew had fled to the ^ Shin country, the great historian, |^

Ffh-y&iig, exclaimed, " The calamity is now complete, and there
is no help for it." It appears that Paou-sz^ would never laugh,
and notwithstandiug the king employed all kinds of means, she stea-
dily refused to smile. Previous to this, the king had agreed with the
princes of the empire, that if robbers made an incursion on his ter-
ritory he would l*ght the fire -beacons as a signal, on seeing which
they were to raise troops and come to his assistance. The king,
wishing to make Paou^sz^ laugh, without any cause fired the bea-
cons. The princes came and found no robbers, when Paou-sz^
burst out into a loud laugh. Paou-sz^ was found of hearing the
ripping of silk, wherefore the king issued great quantities of silk

to be torn,' in order to please her. ^ff^ ^5 3C Khelh-sMh-foo
was a sycophant, fond of flattery and gain ; and the king made him
a nobleman, at which his subjects were universi&lly displayed.

Outline ^ ^ cyc. XXXll. An.7.Yew.wang 11.
The king attacked the ^ Shin country, when the
marquis of Shin joined the Tartars and made an incur-
sion on the royal domain ; after which the Tartars slew
the king at the foot of m jij L6-san, while ^ Y^w
the earl of ^p Ching, died in his defence. The ® Tsin,
191 Wei, and ^ Tsin people brought troops to the aid
of the sovereign, and quelled the Tartars. 1 hen, in
conjunclion with |^ ^ Keuh-t'huh, the eldest son of

396 THK CHOW D¥|ffA9rT.

the king of ^ Cbing, tiiey o<Mabraed to set up the
former heir-apparent ^ ^ £-kew.

DeUtii. The king wishing to kill the fonner heir-mppaient E-ke#«
•ooght for him in the Shin coantrj ; the marquis of Shin would not
give him up, when the king attacked hii doBUBione ; the msrquiB of^

Shin, with the BMn of ^n TeSkng incited the western Tartars to attack
the king ; upon this the king firei the heaoons in order to saounon
troops to his defence, but no troops came, whereupon the Tarlais
dew the king at Ihe foot of the LA bill ; they also took prisoner Paou^

sx^, and killed ^ Huan, the duke of ^ Ching, while they

carried away all the valuables of the Chow capital. '^Q Wan^ the

marquis of ^ Tsfn, ^^ Wob, the duke of |)| Wei, and |||

S<$ans^, the duke of ^^ Tsln, assembled their troops and rescued
|he Chow country, while they subdued the Tartars , after which they
unitod with K*beuh-t'hiih, the heir-apparent ai the Chixig country,
and went together to the Shin country, to set up £-kew, Uie former'
heir-apparent, under the title of Plng-wang. Upon this the western
Chow dynasty fell.

2p 2 PING-WANO.

Outline. ^ ^ Cyde XXXII. An. 8. B. C. 769.
The first year of Ping, the king of Chow, when the ca-
pital was removed to the eastward, and fixed at ike ci-
ty of ^ L6.

Detail, As soon as Plng-wHn^ succeeded be removed the ci^ital;
eastward, to the city of Ld, in order to avoid tiie western Tartars^ At
this time the bouse of Cbow had dwindled into decay, while among

the princes of the empire the strong swallowed up this we;»k. The yBf

TsS, ^Q Tsob, ^^ Tsin, and p Tsin countries became great,
and the governmeiit fell into the hands of the hxdn of the viuFioas re-*
gions.

Outline. The king aj^ointed |^ Seang, of the
Tsin country, to be a prince of the empire, aad gave
bim the territory about |l^ Ke and ^ Fung.

DeiaH. When the king removed eastward to Lo city, SSaog, the
duke of Tstn, escorted the king with his troops, whereupon the king
elevated duke Seang to the rank of a prince of the empire, and gave
him the territory of Ke and Fung. Thus the duke SSang laid the
foundation of his state, and was classed among the eastern princes,
sending to court the accustomed presents.

Outline. The king also elevated ^ Hd, the mafi>
qui& of H^ Wef, to the dignity of duke; and issued a
decree to f^ Kew, the marquis of ^ Tsin.

THK CHOW DYNASTY. 397

Outline. The ^ Tsia state sacrificed to h- ^
the Supreme Ruler at the western altar.*

Outline. ^ ^ Cycle XXX 1 1. An. 10. Piog-wAng
3. The king appointed |g ^ Keuh-t'huh, the dukd
of ^ ^hing, to he minister of instruction.

Outline. Q ^j] Cycle XXXIl. An. 16. Plng-wdng

9. The ruler of tbe ^ Tsin state removed his capital
to the junction of the ^ K'heen and 7^ Weirivers.f

Outline. ^ ^ Cyc. XXXI I. An. 20. Piog-w&ng
13. ^ Wod, the duke of |^ Wei, died, when his son
Yang succeeded.

iDelatl. When the duke W06 was 95 years of age, he still ad-
dressed exhortations to his country, saying, ^ From the nobles and
downwards, even to the officers and scholars, whosoever of you are
in my court, do not ye reject me as old and superannuated, but ra-
ther administer to me advice and instruction." Thus when riding in
the carriage, there were the directions of the martial escort ; when
standing to give audience,, there were the maxims of the inferior o&
oers ; when leaning on the table, there were the reproofs of his in-
structor ; when at home or at rest, there were the suggestions of hii
near attendants ; when entering on business, there were the ineulca-
tions of the chief musician ; when dwelling at ease, there were the
recitals of the musical performers ; the historians did not fail to re-
cord, nor the blind bards to chant, in order to instruct and direct htm^

Further he composed the gg^ Jp( Yth-kea^ ode, to admonish himself^
and when he died, people called him, the sage and philosophic duke
W06.

Outline, ^j 5^ ^^^' XXXII. An. 22. Plng-wdn^
15. The ruler of ^ Tsln erected an altar at |^P Foo.

Details. Wdn, the duke of Tstn having dreamed, that a yellow
enake descended from heaven, and came in contact with the earth,
while its mouth poiated to the hills of Fo9^ % made enquiries of the

historian ^j^ Tun, who said, " This is a proof of the presence of the
Supreme Ruler ; four Highness should sacrifice to him." On this
account he cons^ucted an altar at Foo, and using the three kinds of sa»
crificial animals, he offered the great sacrifice to the white emperor.

Outline, g^ S -Cycle XXXll. An. 26. Plng-wang
19. The king sent the people belonging to the royal

* This was considered an act of usurpation, as the sacrificing to
the Supreme, was eolely the royal prerogative,
t Situated in Lat. 34. 16. N, I^ng. 9. W.
X The modern Foo district, in Shen-se, Lat. 36. 5. N^ Long . 7.

10. W.

398 THE CHOW DYNASTY.

domain to guard the frontier of the Shin conntry.*
Outline. 25s 9P Cycle. XXXI 1. An. 28. Plng-wanj?

21. 1 he earl of ^ Tsln gained a great victory over
the Tartar hordes, and took possession of the territory

westward of the flj^ Ke mountain, while all east of
the Ke reverted to the kiug.-f

Outline. ^ ^ Cycle. XXXI I. An. 29. Ping-wang

22. The royal house became feeble, and the princes
of the empire rebelled.

Outline. ^ ^ Cycle. XXXI I. An. 31. Ping-w&ng
24. The palaces in the western capital of Chow fell to
ruin, when the bards composed the ^ ^^ Shoo-IS ode.

At this time the ^ Tsin country first instituted the
punishment of exterminating the three grades of
relationship.

Outline, pg ^ Cyc. XXX 11. An. 33. Ping-wang
26. Ihe marquis of ^ Tsin appointed his uncle jfH^ ^
Ching-8ze to the government of ^ *^ Keuh-yuh.J

Outline. )^^ Cyc. XXXI 1. An. 55. Ping-wang
48. The ^- L06 country first requested leave to use the
ceremonies employed in the temple for sacrificing to
heaven and earth.

Detail. Jg Hwuy, the duke of ^ Lob, sent s^ gg Tsae-
jang to request leave of the emperor to use th& ceremonies employed

in sacrificing to heaven and earth, when the king despatched §5 /9
Sze-keo to the Loo country : the duke detained him there, and his
posterity resided in that state, from whence sprang the heresy cf

Mth-telh. From thenceforth the hob country hegan to of-
fer the sacrfice to heaven and earth.

* This act is found great fault with hy the historians, because the
marquis of Shin had killed Plng-w&ng's father, and in their opinion,
instead of protecting the king, ought to have exterminated him.

t The Ke mounUin is situated in Lat. 34. 20. |N. Long. 8. 52.

t The modern ^ ^ Kefib-yfih, in Shen-sc, Lat. 35. 42. N.
Long. 4. 47. W.

APPENDIX A. 399

LIST OF THE 28 C0J\r8TELLATl0NS,
ACCORDING TO THE CHINESE.

J^ Keo, the horn, consists of four stars, in the form of a cross, viz.
Spica, Zeta, Thete, and Iota, about the skirts cf Virgo.

Kang, the n«ck, consists of four stars, in the shape of a bent bow,
viz. Iota, Kappa, Lamba, and Rho, in the feet of Virgo.

.qJ Te, the bottom, consists of four stars, in the shape of a measure,
viz. Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Iota, in the bottom of Libra.

Fang, the room, consists of four stars, nearly in a straight line,
yvi. Beta, Delta, Pi, and Nun, in the head of Scorpio.

ll^ Sin, the heart, consists of three stars, the middle one of which is
the brightest, viz. Antares, Sigma, and Tau, in the heart of
Ssorpio.

yc

Wei, the tail, consists of nine stars, in the shape of a hook, viz.
Epsilon, Mim, Zeta, Eta, Theta, Iota, Kappa, Lamba, and
Nun, in the tail of Scorpio.

t Ke, the sieve, consists of four stars, in the form of a sieve, viz.
Gramma, Delta, Epsilon, and Beta, in the hand of Sagittarius.

^7* Tow, the measure, consists of six stars, in the shape of a ladle,
like Ursa Major, viz. Mim, Lamba, Rho, Sigma, Tau, and Zeta,
in the shoulder and bow of Sagittarius.

^T ^cw, the ox, consists of six stars, viz. Alpha, Beta, and Pi, in
the head of Aries, and Omega, with A and B, in the hinder part
of Sagittarius.

5^ Neu, the girl, consists of four stars, in the shape of a sieve, viz.
Epsilon, Mim, Nun^ and 9, in the iefl band of Aquarius.

Heu, emptiness, consists of two stars, in a straight line, viz.
Beta in the left shoulder of Aquarius, and Alpha in the forehead
of Equuleus.

@ Wei, danger, consists of three stars, in the shape of an obtuse-
angled triangle, viz. Alpha in the right shoulder of Aquarius,
and Epsilon or Enif, and Theta in the head of Pegasus.

Shth, the house, consists of two stars, in a right litie, viz. Alpha»
or Markab, in the head of the wing, and Beta, or Scheat, in the
leg of Pegasus.

Pelh, the wall, consists of two stars, in aright line, viz. Gamma,
or Algenib, in the tip of the wing of Pegasus, and Alpha in the
head of Andiomeda.

Kwei, astride, consists of sixteen stars, said to be like a person
striding, viz. Beta, or Mirac, Delta, Epsilon, Zeta, Eta, Mini,
Nun, Pi, in Andiomeda, wi;h two Sigmas, Tau, Nun, Phi, Chi,
and Psi, in J^sces.

n

400 LIST 09 THE COHSTILLATIONS.

Low, a mound, consists of three stan, in the shape of an isoaceles
triangle, vis. Alpha, Beta, and Qamma, in the head of Artes.

Wei, the stom^h, consists of three principal stars, in Musea
Borealis.

Maoa, consists of the seven stars in Pleiades.

Pel h, tiie end, consists of six stars in Hjadea^ with MIm and
Nun, of Taurus.

Tsan, to mix, consists of seren stars, yiz. Alpha, or Betelgeozy
Beta or Ri^el, Gamma, Delta, Epsilon, Zeta, £ta, and flatppa,
in the shoulders, belt, and legs of Orion.

Tsz'?, to bristle up, consists of three stars, vix. Lambs, and 2
Phi, in the bead <^ Orion.

Tsing, the well, con<tist^ of eight stars, viz. four in the feet and
fuur in the knees of Gemini.

Kwei, the imp, consists of four stars, viz. Gamma, D-^Ha, Eta,
and Theta, of Caiicer.

^^ J>ew, the willow, -consists of eight stars, viz Delta, Epsilon,
Zeta, £U, Theta, Rho, Sigma, and Om^a, in Hydra.

Sing, the star, consists of seven stars, viz. Alpha, Iota, two
Taus, Kappa, and two Nuns, in the heart ot Hydrz.

J^ Chang, to draw a bow, consists of five stars, in the form of a
drawn bow, viz. Kappa, Lamba, Mim, Nun, and Phi, in tbe
second coil of Hydra.

Ylh, a wing, consists of 22 stars, in the shape of a wing, all in
Crater, and the third coil of Hydra.

fj^ Chin, the cross bar of a carriage, consists of four stars, viz. Be-
ta, Gamma, Delta, and Epsilon, in Corvus.

It will appear from the above that the Chinese constellations do not
at all correspond with our signs of the Zodiac, nor indeed are they all
included within 23 degrees north or south of the ecliptic. As for the
grouping of their tttars, and the names assigned to ea^ch groap, though
arbitrary, they cannot be deemed more arbitrary than the system
which bag obtained in western nations, which has as little foundation
either in reason or nature as the Chiuese arrangement.

The following h an e^hilutiDn ot theconat^liltioiui, u Ibey appear in
the varioua months of Lhe]r«ar, wMcli ma; Berve to eiplain some ex-
preisionB in the test and epmmentaiy of the Historical Classic.

■BJ •■ 01 WOK '"* ■'' Z

3 db" s^

B^i^f ill iw"*^

rwf^fil §§5| ^^^^fs

j_ CapricoTflUB, Aquwiu", Pi8f«e "^ »
TJ)w KSw'NyAH^WeiSblSTelh "

s •? ^

Sa, u. Mit^igfat. 10. p.m. -

B-ajif.- »±» i^i^l

Kwei, Low, Wei,Maou, Pelh.Tuze.Taani!;

„ ^ ^ t:

2. a. m. Midnight. 10 p. m.

00

9

402 KYBlBmON DP TUB CONSTKLLATIOKS.

H :t *

Wqisj *mq< '«8 ^« 'i«aH Vn "*?« '*<?.L

?^"':#l: ti? l^sJifr^^

• ?^-!^rfal Autumn |»a81|ii^S «■

rj#5?i Ulia |>iVa

Tsljg, Kwif, £,^vv ,Sini<, Cha"g» * ^n, Chin

a ^ ^

2. a. m. Mdaigit. 10 p.m.

CO

•ni ♦« -nT •inooij'^'ai 'd -g

B dp ^

^^iSo f^l ^"tW"*"

9:

3

i^«

9

kiK

Lilra, hcornirt Sagittar ug '^*

? ^ aI ^ ^ d^ Jf- i&

Ke6, K'ang, f^, F^ug, Sin. \^

fi -^ :^ *

^..•. m. Midnight lOTp, m.

00

Ke

H

APPENDIX B. 403.

ASTRONOMY OF THE SHOO-KINeS.

[Tbe following remarks are from the pen of a Correspondent, sign-^

ine himself 5C Wan, in the Chinese Repository.]

We shall perhaps more easily understand what the commentator*,
means by the phrase *' the sun coming into conjunction with the
heavens," if we substitute a star for the heavens ; which is the same
thing, as all the fixed stars perform their diurnal revolution in the
same tine, and are immoveable i«/^r ^^. The earth's motion in its
orbit does not affect the apparent diurnal revolution of the stars, which'
is c lused by it!« motion on its axis. This rn ot'on of the earth in its
orbit, ho.wever, being in an ellifise round the sun, affect-^ its apparent
diurnal revolution, and jrives to the sun an apparent ea»5tward motic n
among the fixfd stars, so that as compared with any star with which it
is on the meridian at noon to-day, it will hav*^ laetred behind, by their
passing the meridian to-morrow, 3/w. 55.9095*. mean solar time.
This is what gives rise to the difference between solar and sidereal
time.

N')\v this daily acceleration of the star will give it just one revolu-
tion more in the year than the sun has made. So that the revolutions-
of the stir, expresse 1 n sidpr**al time (i. e. one revolution of a star for
one diy.) is 366./. 6k. 9/n, 9.6't. whereas the true solar year (distin-
euished fnmi the tropical) is 365/ 6k. Qn 9.6v. in mean solar time.
These fractions being exactly equal, it is evident the star and sun-
will be on the meri iian at the same moment again, or be in conjunc-;
tion, as the commentator calls it ; the star having performed 366 &c«
revolutions, and the sun 365 &c. revolutions.

With regard to the nioou's rate, as compared with the sun, the
following is a calculation of a lunation, or synodtcal period of the
moon, upon the data ^iveu us by the commentator. According
to the commentator, the sun is slower than the stars, but the
moon is thirteen times slower than even the sun ; it must, there-
fore, from the time of one conjunction lose an entire circumferei.ce,
phis the space lost by the sun before they cin be in conjunction again*
The space traversed by the sun during this time i«, however, un*
known, and must be sought from the quantities whicti are known,
viz. the time from one conjunction to another, which is the same in
both ; the rate of the moon's retrocession per diem given by the com-
mentator at 13 7-19ths, equal to 1 S'*'* 368 121 ; and the rate of the

8un*8, 1 a dny. The unknown quantity to be sought for is the
space the sun will retrograde, before the moon, with its grt*ater velo-
city of retrocession will fall back upon it, which we will suppose to
be represented by x. We have then, x = space traversed by
the sun ; 13 '368121 = moon's daily retrocession ; and 1. = 8uu*s
retrocession. Now as the time is equ:d in the case of both the sun
and moon (viz from one conjunction to an<tther, the same for both,)
the spaces traversed by them respectively will be as their retroces-
sions, or velocities. From this we have the followin^r equations.

A Chinese degree i* expressed by ^, to dlsiiuguish it irpm' an
English degree.

40^ ASTRONOliV O* tfit Ill^-KIIIG.

l/'a6a42l ^ : l* : ; 365*-^5— jt : s And.
31*368421—1 • 1* : : 365'*^^ : ;r, from ^ich we have .
it ^ 1^^ 365*'^^ t^ 365* 25 ^ 20 53085» ipMe traversed by su.

13*-36842l— 1* 14 36»42l

But the mooD, to come into conjanction with the ton, roust retro-
grade an entire circumference, plus the* space traversed by the sun,

which it does With a velocity of 1^*368421 per diem.

A lunaUoti Is ih^refore ^365*-25+29^-5308 5 = 2?.53085 d«yi.

13 368421

29^53085 days ^ 29d. \2h. 4<m. 25^. 26/. ) ^.^ .

' aqq S differenceOf .

CommeoU^tor 29 ^ day8-=29i. 12;^. 44/n. 26*. 31f. S

According to Herschel, a lunation is 29i. 12A. 44m. 2#. 62^
Difference between Hcrschcl and the Commentotor is 22*. 49^
This discrepancy arises from the commenUtor's giviiig a slight
difference in the rate of motion of the moon from that given in our ta-
bles. I will ix re contrast these rates, as it may at least serve to give
us some rwpect for Chinese ob§ervatiaH9, (though we may have but
little for their science,) to note their accuracy in this case ; and be it
i«membered, that the commentator flourished ▲. b. 1210, more
than 600 years ago.

The moon's slowness from ito adherence to the heavens, (which.

our astronomers call its velocity) is 13 ^ pet diem, wbicb expres-

eed in dfechnMs is 13'^-36B42l. Bntthe Chinese deerec, (marked

thus '^(is to our degree as 1 to 1:0145833. And 13* -3684^1 re-
duced to our degrees by this standard gives us for the moon's slow-
ness ...• 13 "^^ 17626? difference

By Herscbel, the moon's velocity is •••*-. . -IS"* -17640 YQ'* 00014

Chinese sun's slowness 0** 98562

fiy Herschel, the sun's velocity 0** 98562

*where we see the fraction carried out to five figures jdves no difference.
With regard to the computation of the number of days in a month,
k seems to have been a prevaiKng opinion amon^ the ancients thai
^ lunation or synodical month lasted 30 days. Noah during' the de*
luge, counted 5 months as equivalent to 150 days, at 30 days to ox:€
month. This was it8 fixed length among the Babylonians, £vry}>tians,
Persians, and Grecians. Hence Hesiod called the last day of the
month *' the thirtieth," and so did the astronomer Thales ; and
iiis coteml>orary Cleobulus, another of the seven sages, put forth
a riddle, representing the year as divided into 1^2 months of 30 days
and nights.

•* The father is one, the sons twelve ; to each belong
Thirty daughters, half of tliem ynfiite, the t>ther8 black ; ,
And though itnmorlal, yet they perish all.'*
" Ttos^rHmtiliB imt^eA ye»r,r ^ays Dr. Hades, " consisted df lH

^rrfiOIfOMY OF THE SHOtVftJNCK 4^

iVdntheofdOdajrseftdi,^ 960day9. This wm in use before Mhft
deluge, as appears from Noah 8 reckoning 5 montkis, or 150 daya^^
frooi the 17th day of the 2nd raontii to 17th day of thii 7th month, m
expressing the time of the rittng of the waters, and 7 months and 10
days more, till they were dried up, and Noah and his fiimily left the
ark, after a residence therein of 370 days till the 27th day of tlie 2nd
m'inth of the ensuing year. Genesis, chaps. 7 and 8. This was .
the original Ohald^^an year ; for Berosus, in his history of the Antedi-
luvian kings of Bahylonia, counted their reigns by aan^ or deeades of'
years ; a sarus, Alexander Polyhister relates, (apud Syceil. p. 32)
was 3600 days or ten years, each coasistlng of 360 days. After the
deluge this primitive form was handed down by Noah and his descen-
dants, to t te Chaldeans. Egyptians, PhcBniciaas, Persians, Greeks,
Romans, Indians, and Chinese, as is evident from the testimonies of
the best and mvjst ancient writers, and historians." Hales" Analysk
of (Ihronology, vol. 1. p. 31.

'* The Chinese year originally consisted of 360 days, as did also the
Mexican, which they divided into 18 months of 20 dajrs each.** Sca«
liger, de Emend. Temp, page 225.

'* The sun and heavens in eonj unction,*' I have translated a solar
year, the explanation of which hns appeared in a preceding note, see
page 403. In attempting to -adjust the excess of ^e solar, with the
defect of the lunar year spoken of in p. 8. it is difUcult to determine
Whether, tlie commentator wi^l^ed to adjust his intercalations to the
solar or tropical year ; as he makes the year 365ci. 6^., which U
heither the one nor the other, but an assumed period like our Julian
year. It seems a little remarkable that the Chinese should have
made their year identieal with the Julian year. Shall we regard this
as a coincidence ; it being natural for each party to throw aw»y ao
small a fraction, or conceive rather that the Julian year had been
beard of in China, a. D. 1200 ?

The Commentator makes out 19 years to be a lunar cyde^
thus the ancient year is 360 days, which substracted from

^^^9Tb ^*^®' ^*^^® ^9To ^*y*» ^ ^S K'h^-ying, oreuri.
plusaj^ of 24 terms. Ancient year of 360 days, minus lunar year cf
^^9T& ***^» «qwals ^oXb ^^^** which is the J^ ]^ S54iea, or
deficiency made by the new moons and quarters. One year's interca*

lation is the sum of the surplusage and defldency, vh. '^JStTTn

5 9 2 8 2 7

daj-^ 5g^ equal 10— -days. The intercjtlatitww ibr 3 mod $

years are of course obtained by nraltiplyiitg <tim ^eum by the figuMS :•
jmd 5 respectively.

The cycle mentioned nbove b the UeUnM cycle, ctlMiaChe Gov.
mon Prayer Book, the cycle of the Golden number. The caiculattefei

bf ihis cycle, whiA shows that the ^ ^^ Klie-ylng surplusage and

the |^£^ S6-heu4eiciei)cy^l^7 intercalatioBs in 19 years, be-
^came even witfc •the lunar months, dnay be tHHrformed in X^ro ^raj-s,. jiji
Ibllows.

406 ASTRONOMY OF THE SHOO-KING:^

We h^ve for thf> mono, 19 lunftr yenrs plus 7 lunations ; and tof
the sun 19 years of 365 days and 6 hours.

Then (I9>< I2)+7 = lunations 235X29 53085 = 6939 7497 *> days.
19 Julian years == 365 25 X 19 = 6939 75 days.

So that the \\i\\r ami soiar yeiirs will com nence a^ai:i as they did
before, acrordin'j to the Chinese calculatioas with only the slight dif.
fert^nce of 21j?. 36 if.

By Mayer'a Tables 235 liinationR = 6939i. 164. 32i» 28*. which
is les«i than 19 Julian years, 1^. 27/rt. 32*. The Chinese difference
being so much less arises from th'ir inakin? a single lunation too
great. I formerly calculate! this cycle as above, in imitation of the'
western modi^s of calculatiui? it ; but it has occurred to me whilst
writing, tiiat the commentator mtist have caloulated it from his inter-

cnlntions derived from the ^ j^ K'h^ ying surplusage, and J^

S6-heu deficiency, which may be done as follows ; I vear's inter-
inB2 7 in®^7

calation is ^^g~^Q days; for 19 years we have ^'-'9~f(J^ 1^ =

/^ nr o

20t>Q-T^ days. To equallize which we have 7 intercalary lunar

months = '^'^qYo ^ ^ "^ ^^^ g^Q ^*^®- '^^^®^® ^^^^ are ex-

actly equal, and this is no doubt the way in which the commentator

calculated the cycle.

" The unsettlini? of the seasons" results from what we have already

8 2 7
seen. The iutercalution for one year is 1^ qTa ^^y^9 which multl*

plied by 3 gives 3^q-j-;v ^^7^ J ^^^ t^^s being lost would derange the

correspondence of the seasons with the calendar year more than a In*
nar month.

"The incompleteness of the year" refers to the loss of the same
month as the onR above mentioned, hut in this sentence it is applied
to the year, as in the prt^c^dinir. it was used to show that its loss
would unsettle the seisons. The Cliin se regilate th'jir year fr«)in
tK^ winter solstice, whi(;h always falls in the 1 1 th month, and this is
the reason why tho eonmentatir mentions the entering of the Uth
month into the 12th, to show the derang^*raeat of the year ; and in a
sentence or two below mentions its enterinsf a second time into the
I2th month to sfiow the loss of an citire year.

We ap^ informed by J ickson, (vol. fl. p. 66,) that ** the most an-
cient and (luthentic of the Ciunese annaU,the.X ikin (Shoo-king,) re*
lates that the omperor Yao or Yaou, in the 70th year of his reisrn,
B. c. 2269, by the assistance oft '^o skilful astronomars Hi and Hj,
reform 'd the Chinese calendar, and adjusted the lunar to the solar
year of 365 days by the intercalation of seven months in the course of
19 years." ^

** The E.jypt^n ani Chinese account?," says Dr. Hales, " tend
strongly to corroUorati the B-ibylpnian or Chaldean astronomical ob-
fi^rvations of the risin;;^^ an I settin^-i of the stirs, reaching back from
4.lexauler'i ci;itur| of Bibyloa, B. o. 330, for 1933 years, which

Astronomy op the shoo kino.

407

were 9ent to Aristotle by his relation Calisthenes, who attended
Alexander on that expedition, aecordin!^ to Porphyry. This series of
observations, tIior<:fore be^an B. 0. 2233, about the accession of Belus
2nd, who repaired the primitive tower of Babel, and built an observa-
tory tiiereon. It therefore is more probable that the length of tlie
solar vear, 365 entire days, was kr.owu so early, at least to the Chal-
deans, if it did not originate from them to the neighbonring nations.
And this is confirmed by two remarkable circumstances. The l^t,
that the five supernumerary days were intercalated alike by ibe Ctialde-
ans, Medes, Persians, Egyptians, Grecians, Romans, and ev^n Mexi-
cans, at the end of their civil year : and 2nd, that they were celebra-
ted among all these nations with great mirth and feasting. Such
were Sakea or Sakea hemerai among the Babylonians,or'days of ebrie-
ty,* (from the Persic Sakia, ''compotaliOy or the Hebrew sakah ^btbit^*)
during which, according to sacred and profane history, Babylon, was
surprised and tnken by Cyrus, as foretold by Jeremiah, chaps, xxv.
26, and li. 39 57, and recorded by Herodotus book 1, and Xeno-
phon Cyropeedia, book 7. These circumstances evidently indicate a

common origin.

'* I append to this article the followinsf tables, which I believe will
prove useful to students of the language who may engage in enqui-
ries or calculations relating to Chinese astronomy. Tiiey are ex*

tracted from a Chinese astronomical work called ^J J^ ^^ pf ^^

The numtier of degrees in each of the 28 constellations, where the

sphere is couated 365 degrees.

4*

16. 7th
10- 12tl.

II., 2d :)i: II.

10.^

20. 13th
13:^ I7th^ 13!^ I8th3^
2Ut ^ 12:^ 22d# 31. 23th
18l^ 27th

18^ 4th ^ 5. 5th ^£5i 7.'
24. 9th ^ 8.^10thj^l2;^

16."^ 14th

13?' 15ti

12.

9.^ 19th

5t 24th pf I7.''25tl
13-

14. 20th# 2.

26th gg 18. 27th^ 17. 28thJ

The number of the degrees in each of the 28 constellations, when
the sphere is divided into 06O' degrees, which is the diusion that
pn;> aiU at present.

9.^ 3d ^ 16. <- 4th # 6.<' 5th ft: 6.-

10.^ 8th ^ 24.^ 9th 4^ 7." lOihl^ll.

MklO-t 13th M 18> 14th ^10, 15thiil8.^

ler ISth:^ 11.- 19th3^16.^ 20th^l.-

31.^ 23d ^2. 24ih:)$pi3/25rb46.'

20.^ 2Sth ^ 18--

1st ^ 13.^ 2d
6th ^ 18.- 7th
l^tb^ 10.C'12th
16thJ|:i2.ci7th
2l8t^l0/ 22d

26ih^^l8. 27th

#0$ AUTRONOMY OP TiK 8HCCVVI^4|,

The k>catioQ and value of the 12 signs of the zodiic.

1 ^ from 3S!r ^^'^ to i^ 12th.'^ inclusive equals 33!*'

2 5EE from ^ ^tb- to ^ Ist. inclusive equals 30.

3 ^ from M ^' J, ^ ^ l^th.^ inclusive equals 27

to S 2d. inclusive equals 80.

4 5P from ^ 2d. to S 2d. inclusive equals 80.

^ J^ from 1^ 1 0th. to FF Ist inclusive equals 28.

6 P from ^ 15th. to i^ pth. inclusive equab 30.

7 ^ from |lJP 4th. to (j^ 14th. inclusive equals S6.
S ^ from ^ 9th. to ;j|p 3d. inclusive equals 31.
9 ^ from ^ 7th. to ^ 8th. inclusive equals 30.

10 ^ from ^ 4th. to ^ 6th. inclusive equals 30.

1^ p^ from ^ 2d. to ^ 3d. inclusive equals 27.

21 ^^ irom ^[ 12th to ^^ 1st. inclusive equals 38.

■It ':?/ i^i^i^*^-:

'%A

■■■■ N;4 ■ iti^M

■■■■■ ''■'■ '-^^ ^'>Ai7 ■

ti^.Z.—

/-' .'•:

409
THE CHINESE ZODIAC.

Since penning the above" sheets, the accompanying
Chinese Zodiac fell into the hands of the author, and
before issuing the work to the public, he avails himself
of the opportunity of giving the benefit of it to his
readers. It will be found to diflfer in some degree

from the arrangement quoted from the ^ ^ ^ §
Seang-keih-t'hung-shoo, in the preceding page ; we
have not the means at present of deciding which is
right, but we feel inclined to give the preference in
point of accuracy to the Zodiac here appended.

The author of the Zodiac now given has disposed the
28 Chinese constellations into a circle, the centre of
which is occupied by a rough sketch of the stars in the
J^ Hj[ ^ polar regions ; some of those which are nam-
'ed are i^ ^ Kochab, in Ursa minor, and ij ^ Ze-
ta, in the same constellation ; with the j|j :^ ^ ^
pole star. Surrounding this rough delineation are
the twenty-four terms, into which the year is divided
arranged in a circle ; these are the >J> ^ Sea6u-h4n,
little cold, Jan. 8th; i^^Tkhkn, great cold, Jan.
2lst; j^;^ Leth ch'hun, the commencement of spring,
Feb. 5th ; pg :rJC YA shwuy, copious showers, Feb. 2 1st;
Hf ^ King chih, the stirring of insects, Marcn 5th;

^ Ch'hun fun, the vernal equinox, March 22nd;

g|5 Ts'hing ming, the fine clear season, April 6th;

^ Kuh yA, the corn-refreshing showers, April
22nd ; iC ^ Leih hea, the commencement of summer,
May 7th ; /|^ ^ Seaou mwan, the minor completion,
or wheat harvest. May 22nd ; ^^ Maag churg, the
rice-planting season, June 7th ; ^M Hed che, the
summer solstice, June 22nd ; ^^^ # Seaou sho6, the
little heat, July 8th ; iC S "^a shoo, the great heat,
July 21st; iC ^Leihtsew, the commencement of
autumn, Aug. 9th ; ]g g Ch'hoo »ho6, the r«laxatiom

410

of heat, Aug. 24th ; ^ ^ Pth loo, the white dews^
Sept. 8th ; ^ ^ Ts'hevv fun, the autumnal equinox,
Sept. 24th ; ^ ]p Han loo, the cold dews, Oct. 9th ;
f§ plj^ Shwang keaug, the hoar-frost appearing, Oct.
21st ; Si ^ I-^^h tung, the commencemeat of winter,
Nov. 6th ; /J> ^ Seaou seufe, the little snow, Nov.
23rd ; 3^ § 1 a seu^, the great snows, Dec. 8th ; ^

3g. Tung ch6, the winter solstice, Dec. 22nd. In a
circle outside of the one containing the terms, and simi-
larly divided, is a list of the flowers that bloom or droop
at each given season, which is only of importance to
the florist, and of little consequence to the astronomer.
Outside of this is a delineation of the nine-fold path of
the moon, described on the 207 th page. The middle
circle, which is thicker than the others, and has various
dark spots described on it, is intended for the ecliptic, or
sun's path, and the other circles intersecting it and
each other in various places are designed to shew the
course of the moon : at the points of intersection there
are various characters indicative of the possibility, or
otherwise, of an eclipse occurring at the period of such
intersections ; thus at the time of the 3^ ^ Ta han, or
Jan. the 2 1st, where such an intersection occurs, ^
^ the sun may be eclipsed ; and near about the
same place two of the moon's circles intersect each
other, where f\ ^ !^ $ the moon may be eclipsed ;
about the time o{j£^ Leth ch'hun, commencement
of spring, Feb. 5th, another bisection of the lunar cir-
cles occurs, where a lunar eclipse may also take place;
passing the eye along the thick line, intended to repre-
sent the ecliptic, the reader will find a place marked by
a black spot, and intersected by two lunar circles, be-
tween the f^ i^ Yii shwiiy, Feb. 21st, and the || ^
King cWh, March 5th, where ^ ^ ^ |&^ ^^
sun and moon may be eclipsed ; at the ^^T^vernal
equinox^ the lunar paths again cross each other, and
the moon may be eclipsed ; between the ^ ^ Tailing

411

min^, April 6th, and the ^ ^ Yii kuh, April 22Ddv
another black spot is found on the ecliptic, indicating
that the suu may be eclipsed about that period ; while
over it may be seen an intersection of the lunar paths,

where the moon may be eclipsed ; near the ^ ^
Mdog chung period, June 7th, another black spot is
placed on the ecliptic, where it is intersected by two

lunar paths, and where ^ j^ iRS ^ ^ M the sun and
moon might be expected to undergo an eclipse, but do

not; about the position of the ^:§- Td shoo, July 21st,
a black spot is found on the ecliptic, where the sun
may be eclipsed, and a little above the lunar paths
cross each other, where the moon may be eclipsed ;
at the '^ ^v commencement of autumn, the moon's
paths cross each other, where the moon may undergo
an ecli[)se ; between the ]^ j^ Ch'ho6 shoo, Aug, 24,
and the ^ ^ Pth loo, Sept. 8th, ^ H ^ M ^ both
the sun and moon may be eclipsed ; at the ^ ^ Au-
tumnal equinox, the moon's paths cross each other,
near the outside of the circles, where a lunar eclipse
may occur ; between the ^ ^ H&n loo, Oct. 9th,
and the ^ j^ Shwang keang, Oct. 21st, there is a
black mark on the ecliptic, indicative of the possibility
of an eclipse of the sun at that period, while a little
below is a bisection of two lunar paths, where a lunar
eclipse may take place; between the ^3>'^ Sea6u
seug, Nov. 23rd, and the i^ g Taseug, Dec. 8th,
a black mark occurs on the ecliptic, intersected by two

lunar paths, where Q ^ ]?B t^ ^ M both sun and
moon might be expected to undergo an eclipse, but are

not eclipsed ; at the ^ ^ winter solstice, there is a
bisection of the moon's paths, nearly on the outside of
the circles, where the moon may be eclipsed.

Amongst the nine lunar paths the stars forming the
28 constellations are interspersed, with radii indicating
the space they occupy in the heavens ; and in two out-
side circles, the position they hold according to the
twelve horary characters, (corresponding to the Euro-

412

pean Zodiac,) with the number of degrees taken up hj

each constellation. Thus to begin with p^ Keo, the
first of the Chinese 28 groups of stars, we find that it

is situated in ]§ Shin, or Libra, of which it occupies
a little more than 1 2 degrees, while it consists of two
stars, viz. Spica and Theta of Virgo, instead of four
stars, as stated on page 3£9. The next is 'fQ Kang,
also occupying a little more than 9 degrees of Libra,
and consisting of four stars, as in p. 399. The third

constellation is J^ Te, occupying a little more than
one degree of Libra, and 15 degrees of ^(] Maou, or
Scorpio ; the form is the same as stated in p. 399.

The fourth is ^ Fang, which occupies a little more
than 5 degrees of Scoipio, and consists of four stars,

cs in p. 399. The fifth is >C> Sin, occupying 7 de-
grees of Scorpio, and consisting of three stars. The
sixth is J^ Wei, occupying two and a half degrees of
Scorpio, and fifteen and a half of ^ Yin, or Sagittari-
us, and consists of nine stars. The seventh is ^ Ke,
which occupies nine and a half degrees of Sagittarius,
and consists of four stars. The eighth is ^ Tow,
which occupies four degrees of Sagittaiius, and a little
more than eighteen of 32: Chow, or Capricornus, it
consists of six stars. The ninth is ^ New, which
occupies little less than seven degress of Capricornus,
and consists of six or seven stars. The tenth is ^
NyA, which occupies four degrees and eight-tenths of
Capricornus, and six degrees and two-tenths of ^
Tsze, or Aquarius, it consists of four stars. The ele-
venth is J^ Heu, which occupies nine degrees of

Aquarius, and consists of two stars. The twelfth ifi ^
Wei, which occupies fifteen and a half degrees of
Aquarius, and one degree of Pisces, it consists of three
stars. 1 he thirteentth is ^ Shth, which occupies a
little less than eighteen degrees of Pisces, and consists
of two stars in a right line, with a number of smal-
ler ones disposed around them. The fourteenth it

413

Peih, which occupies a little more than ten
degrees of Pisces, and consists of two stars. The
fifteenth, J^ Kwei, occupies one degree of Pisces,
and seventeen degrees of J^ Seuh, or Aries ; con-
sisting of sixteen stars, in an irregular sort of cir-
cle. The sixteenth, ^ Leu, occupies a little more
than twelve degree of Aries, and consists of three
stars. The seventeenth, ^ Wei, occupies one degree
of Aries, and thirteen degrees of ^ Yew, or Taurus,

consisting of three stars. The eighteenth, ^ Maou,
occupies eleven degrees of Taurus, and consists of the

seven stars of Pleiades. The nineteenth, ^ Pefli, oc-
cupies about five degrees of Taurus, and twelve de-
grees and two-tenths of ^ Shin, or Gemini, consisting

of the six stars of Hyades. The twentieth, ^ Tsze,
Occupies only half a degree of Gemini, and consists of
three st-nrs. The twenty-first, ^ Tsan, occupies nine
degrees of Gemini, and consists of seven stars in Orion.

The twen ty- second, ^ Tsing, occupies nine degrees
of Gemini, and twenty-one degrees of ^ Wei, or
(.'ancer, consisting of eight stars in the knees and feet
of Gemini. The twenty-third, ^ Kwei, occupies two
degrees of Cancer, and consists of four stars. The
twenty- fourth, ^jj Lew, occupies six degrees of Cancer,
and seven and a half of ^ Wo6, or Leo, consisting of
eight stars. The twenty fifth, ^ Sing, occupies six
degrees of Leo, and consists of seven stars. The twen-
ty-sixth, ^ Chang, occupies fifteen degrees and four
tenths of Leo, with two degrese of ^ Sze, or Virgo,
and consists of five or six stars. The twenty-seventh,
^ Yih, occupies twenty degrees of Virgo, and

consists of twenty-two stars. The twenty-eighth, ^
Chin, occupies nine degrees of Virgo, and nine of

^ Shin, or Libra, consisting of four stars, with
two smaller ones adjoining.

'I

I

i

ii

1

i

^